[Federal Register Volume 72, Number 232 (Tuesday, December 4, 2007)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 68234-68439]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 07-5644]



[[Page 68233]]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Part II





Department of Transportation





-----------------------------------------------------------------------



National Highway Traffic Safety Administration



-----------------------------------------------------------------------



49 CFR Parts 564 and 571



Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; Lamps, Reflective Devices, and 
Associated Equipment; Final Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 232 / Tuesday, December 4, 2007 / 
Rules and Regulations

[[Page 68234]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

49 CFR Parts 564 and 571

Docket No. NHTSA-2007-28322
RIN 2127-AJ75


Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; Lamps, Reflective 
Devices, and Associated Equipment

AGENCY: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), 
Department of Transportation.

ACTION: Final Rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document amends the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 
(FMVSS) No. 108 on lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment 
by reorganizing the regulatory text so that it provides a more 
straightforward and logical presentation of the applicable regulatory 
requirements, which includes the agency's interpretation of the 
existing requirements. It also greatly reduces the need to consult 
relevant third-party standards by including applicable requirements 
directly into the main body of Standard No. 108, rather than 
incorporating such provisions by reference. This final rule does not 
impose any new substantive requirements on manufacturers.
    In addition, this document amends 49 CFR Part 564, Replaceable 
Light Source Information, by adding a newly created Appendix C, which 
relocates figures addressing sealed beam headlamps that currently 
reside in FMVSS No. 108 and a relevant Society of Automotive Engineers 
(SAE) standard there. We believe few lighting manufacturers still 
produce sealed beam headlamps, and their diminishing use is unlikely to 
draw new manufacturers of this type of lamp. Accordingly, we see no 
drawbacks to consolidating the information regarding sealed beam light 
sources with other light source information currently located in 49 CFR 
Part 564.

DATES: Effective date: The final rule is effective September 1, 2008 
with voluntary early compliance permitted immediately. The 
incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the rule 
is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of September 1, 
2008. Petitions for reconsideration: Petitions for reconsideration of 
this final rule must be received not later than January 18, 2008.

ADDRESSES: Any petitions for reconsideration should refer to the docket 
number of this document and be submitted to: Administrator, National 
Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 
West Building, Ground Floor, Docket Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For technical issues: David Hines, 
Office of Crash Avoidance Standards (NVS-121), NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey 
Avenue, SE., West Building, Washington, DC 20590 (Telephone: (202) 493-
0245) (Fax: (202) 366-7002).
    For legal issues: Ari Scott, Office of the Chief Counsel (NCC-112), 
NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Washington, DC 20590 
(Telephone: (202) 366-2992) (Fax: (202) 366-3820).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Table of Contents

I. Executive Summary
II. Background
    A. Historical Overview of the Standard
    B. The Need for an Administrative Rewrite of the Standard
III. December 2005 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) and Public 
Comments
    A. The NPRM
    B. Discussion of Public Comments Received in Response to the 
NPRM and Their Impact on the Final Rule
    (a) 49 CFR Part 564
    (b) 49 CFR Part 571.108
    1. Administrative Considerations
    2. Omissions, Typographical Errors, and Inconsistent Language
    3. Organization of the Standard
    4. Suggestions Beyond the Scope of the Rewrite
    5. Suggestions Within the Scope of the Rewrite
IV. The Final Rule
    A. 49 CFR Part 564
    B. 49 CFR Part 571.108
V. Benefits and Costs
VI. Rulemaking Analyses and Notices
Appendix A: FMVSS No. 108 Rewrite Cross Reference
Appendix B: FMVSS No. 108 Rewrite Cross Reference
Appendix C: List of figures

I. Executive Summary

    After carefully considering the public comments on its December 
2005 proposal, the agency has decided to adopt a final rule amending 
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 108, Lamps, 
Reflective Devices, and Associated Equipment, by reorganizing the 
regulatory text and directly importing requirements from applicable SAE 
standards currently incorporated by reference into the regulatory text. 
In doing so, the agency has decided to make some changes from the NPRM, 
including modifying the organizational structure of the standard, 
relocating test procedures and performance requirements from attached 
tables to the regulatory text, and incorporating the substance of 
several additional interpretations into the standard. In addition, 
three SAE documents that the agency had proposed to continue to be 
incorporated by reference in the NPRM have now been integrated into the 
regulatory text, and the location of marking requirements within the 
standard has been further consolidated.
    Consistent with the NPRM, the final rule also establishes an 
Appendix C in 49 CFR Part 564, Replaceable Light Source Information, as 
a repository for dimensional and electrical information associated with 
standardized sealed beam headlamps that currently resides in figures in 
FMVSS No. 108.
    These modifications have furthered the objective of this rewrite by 
increasing clarity as follows: (1) Making requirements easier to find 
and comprehend; (2) presenting performance requirements and test 
procedures together through the inclusion of relevant provisions of 
third-party documents (previously incorporated by reference) directly 
into the regulatory text of the standard; and (3) updating Standard No. 
108 to reflect significant letters of interpretation. The rewrite of 
FMVSS No. 108 is considered administrative in nature because the 
standard's existing requirements and obligations are not being 
increased, decreased, or substantively modified. Accordingly, costs 
associated with manufacturer compliance with Standard No. 108 are not 
expected to change as a result of this regulatory action.

II. Background

A. Historical Overview of the Standard

    On December 30, 2005, NHTSA published a notice of proposed 
rulemaking \1\ (NPRM) to amend FMVSS No. 108, Lamps, Reflective 
Devices, and Associated Equipment, by reorganizing the regulatory text 
so that it provides a more straight-forward and logical presentation of 
the applicable regulatory requirements. The initial version of FMVSS 
No. 108 was adopted almost 40 years ago to increase motor vehicle 
safety by establishing minimum requirements for vehicle lighting, 
reflective devices, and associated equipment. In developing the 
standard, NHTSA incorporated requirements from a number of industry 
consensus standards, in particular SAE standards. At that time, motor 
vehicle technologies were relatively simple, as compared to today's 
designs. For example, motor vehicle headlighting systems were limited 
to ones consisting of either two

[[Page 68235]]

7-inch or four 5\3/4\-inch round sealed beam units. During the ensuing 
years, a number of rectangular sealed beam units, replaceable bulb 
headlamps, and integral beam headlamps were developed, and FMVSS No. 
108 was amended to permit the use of these new technologies. Later, the 
standard was further amended to add requirements for high-mounted stop 
lamps, side marker lamps, and side reflex reflectors, to allow for 
daytime running lamps, and to address the conspicuity needs of large 
vehicles.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 70 Fr 77454, (Dec. 30, 2005) (Docket No. NHTSA-2006-23634-
3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    However, such amendments were made on an ad hoc basis, which, over 
time, resulted in a patchwork organization for FMVSS No. 108. 
Furthermore, when regulated parties had questions regarding how FMVSS 
No. 108 should be interpreted (in many instances due to rapid advances 
in lighting technology not fully anticipated or addressed by the 
existing regulatory text), they submitted requests for interpretation 
to the agency on specific issues. Since its promulgation, a large 
number of interpretation letters have been issued pertaining to 
Standard No. 108. Thus, in its current state, FMVSS No. 108 has 
requirements that are located directly in its regulatory text, located 
in referenced and sub-referenced SAE standards, and elaborated upon in 
various agency interpretations. Since its inception, NHTSA has never 
completed a thorough reorganization of the entire standard.

B. The Need for an Administrative Rewrite of the Standard

    Due to concerns about being able to locate requirements efficiently 
and the apparent lack of clarity associated with the standard (as 
demonstrated by an abundance of letters of interpretation), we decided 
to undertake an administrative rewrite of FMVSS No. 108. The agency has 
also received complaints that the current text of FMVSS No. 108 
sometimes results in confusion, in part due to the way it is organized. 
Regulated parties have stated that the current organization of FMVSS 
No. 108 makes it difficult for them, at times, to be fully confident 
that all applicable requirements have been identified and satisfied 
prior to certification to the standard. Also, numerous interested 
parties have stated that the large number of interpretations that have 
been issued by the agency regarding Standard No. 108 make it difficult 
to locate and identify the agency's position on relevant issues. In 
addition, regulated parties have conveyed to the agency in recent years 
that some of the older versions of SAE standards incorporated by 
reference into FMVSS No. 108 are no longer readily available from SAE 
International.
    Throughout the past few decades, SAE has published revised, 
successor versions, with differing requirements, for many of their 
standards incorporated by reference into FMVSS No. 108. This appears to 
sometimes cause confusion on the part of regulated parties who, 
mistakenly, may believe that the most recent version of a SAE standard 
represents the regulatory requirement. The agency believes that 
interested parties should have easy access to the requirements of the 
standard, and, therefore, we believe there is value in publishing, 
without substantive change, applicable requirements that are currently 
contained in third-party documents directly within FMVSS No. 108 
itself. The same logic applies to our decision to include the results 
of relevant legal interpretations in the standard. Furthermore, several 
provisions currently in Standard No. 108 refer to regulatory inception 
dates that are several years in the past, so the agency is eliminating 
text citing such past dates.
    For these reasons, we believe that the benefits of an 
administrative rewrite of FMVSS No. 108 (e.g., making the standard more 
navigable and thereby facilitating compliance with existing 
requirements) justify the necessary commitment of agency resources to 
accomplish this reorganization of the standard.

III. December 2005 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) and Public 
Comments

A. The NPRM

    As noted above, NHTSA published a NPRM on December 30, 2005 that 
proposed to reorganize FMVSS No. 108 to improve the clarity of the 
standard's requirements, thereby increasing its utility for interested 
parties. This administrative rewrite attempted to make the standard 
more understandable by adopting a simplified numbering scheme, to 
improve organization by grouping related materials in a more logical 
and consistent sequence, and to reduce reliance on references to third-
party documents. As proposed, the reorganized standard progressed from 
vehicle-level requirements to device-level requirements, beginning with 
the most common requirements and then proceeding to exceptions.
    The NPRM also proposed to move figures addressing sealed beam 
headlamps that are currently included in FMVSS No. 108 and SAE J1383 
APR85, Performance Requirements for Motor Vehicle Headlamps, into 49 
CFR Part 564, Replaceable Light Source Information, as a newly created 
Appendix C. This modification would be consistent with the current 
practice of placing replaceable light source information in Part 564. 
The title of Part 564 would also be changed to ``Replaceable Light 
Source and Sealed Beam Headlamp Information'' to reflect the addition 
of the sealed beam headlamp content.
    Whereas Standard No. 108 currently references approximately 35 
different SAE documents in nearly 100 separate instances, the NPRM 
proposed reducing that number to eight documents, which were ones 
believed not to be routinely used by regulated parties. Accordingly, 
the NPRM proposed to incorporate the content of these frequently used 
SAE documents directly into the regulatory text and/or attached tables 
of Standard No. 108.
    The proposed tables included Table I, which listed the required 
lamps and reflective devices for the various vehicles regulated by 
FMVSS No. 108. The number of required lamps and reflective devices, 
their color, their mounting locations and height above the road 
surface, and their manner of activation were included in Table I, which 
resembles an expanded version of Tables I through IV of the current 
FMVSS No. 108. Table II detailed the requirements for the four 
different kinds of headlighting systems permitted by the standard. 
Table III contained the conspicuity system requirements for large 
trucks and trailers, while Tables IV and V provided, respectively, 
effective projected luminous lens area requirements and visibility 
requirements. Tables VI through XII and XIV through XX listed 
photometric requirements for individual lamp types. Table XIII detailed 
the target locations for license plate lamp photometry. Table XXI 
contained test procedures and performance requirements for all 
associated devices. Finally Tables XXII and XXIII contained non-
photometry test procedures and performance requirements for all lamps, 
reflective devices, replaceable light sources, and vehicle headlamp 
aiming devices (VHAD). In addition, several new figures were included 
to clarify some of the application requirements for conspicuity 
systems.
    From a regulatory perspective, it was the agency's intention, as 
expressed in the NPRM, that the administrative rewrite of Standard No. 
108 would neither result in any current obligation being diminished, 
nor any new obligation being imposed. In other words, the substantive 
requirements are identical to those of the current version

[[Page 68236]]

of FMVSS No. 108, including incorporated documents. Therefore, we do 
not believe that vehicle manufacturers and lighting manufacturers would 
have to make any changes to their respective products or production 
processes if the NPRM were made final.

B. Public Comments Received in Response to the NPRM

    The agency received comments from twenty seven entities in response 
to the December 2005 NPRM, which were submitted by 11 lamp or lamp 
component manufacturers, 11 manufacturer or user associations, three 
vehicle manufacturers, and two test organizations. Commenters included: 
Truck Manufacturers Association (TMA), Motorcycle Industry Council 
(MIC), Koito Manufacturing Co., Ltd., (Koito), Truck Trailer 
Manufacturers Association (TTMA), General Electric Automotive Plastics 
(GE-Plastics), General Motors North America (GM), Specialty Equipment 
Market Association (SEMA), Grote Industries, L.L.C., (Grote), 
Innovative Lighting, Inc., Calcoast Industrial Testing Laboratory 
(Calcoast), General Electric Automotive Lighting (GE), Valeo Sylvania, 
L.L.C. (VS), Guide Corporation (Guide), Alliance of Automobile 
Manufacturers (AAM), 3M Traffic Safety Systems (3M), Valeo Lighting 
Systems (Valeo), Association of International Automobile Manufacturers 
(AIAM), Owner-Operator Independent Drivers Association, Inc. (OOIDA), 
Atlas Material Testing Solutions (Atlas), American Trucking 
Associations, Inc. (ATA), Honda Motor Co., LTD. (Honda), Nissan North 
America, Inc., (Nissan), and Bayer Material Science, L.L.C., (Bayer). A 
joint response was submitted by Motor and Equipment Manufacturers 
Association (MEMA), Transportation Safety Equipment Institute (TSEI), 
and Motor Vehicle Lighting Council (MVLC), collectively the 
Associations (ASSN). Several months after the comment closing date the 
Associations submitted a supplementary response which was shortly 
followed by another supplementary response in conjunction with the 
Alliance (AAM/ASSN). All comments are available in Docket No. NHTSA-
2006-23634 and were considered in the promulgation of this final rule.
    The comments about the NPRM that we received can be divided into 
five general categories: (1) Administrative Considerations; (2) 
Omissions, Typographical Errors, and Inconsistent Language; (3) 
Organizational Structure; (4) Suggestions Beyond the Scope of the 
Rewrite; and (5) Suggestions Within the Scope of the Rewrite. A summary 
and analysis of each issue identified is provided below.

(a) 49 CFR Part 564

    We received only one substantive comment concerning the relocation 
of the sealed beam headlamp figures into a new Appendix C of Part 564 
of this chapter. GE requested a separate NPRM for this purpose and that 
the drawings that would be filed in Appendix C be made available for 
review.
    We stated in Summary of the Proposal in the NPRM that the final 
rule adopting the rewrite of Standard No. 108 would occur concurrently 
with the relocation of the sealed beam figures to Appendix C of Part 
564. We also provided, at the end of that notice, a complete listing of 
all the figures and where they currently reside in FMVSS No. 108 or SAE 
J1383 APR85, which is incorporated by reference in the current version 
of FMVSS No. 108, but we did not provide specific regulatory text for 
Appendix C in the NPRM. Ample opportunity was provided for public 
comment on this issue, so we are making the establishment of Appendix C 
of Part 564 of this chapter and the transfer of the identified figures 
to it part of the final rule. We believe that it would be beneficial 
for the sealed beam drawings to be relocated as part of this 
reorganization so that applicable requirements are transferred in an 
accurate manner, thereby satisfying our commitment not to change the 
existing requirements of the standard.

(b) 49 CFR 571.108
1. Administrative Considerations
    Some of the comments submitted in response to the NPRM were not 
focused upon the substance of the rewrite but rather addressed 
administrative concerns. Several commenters requested statements of 
reassurance that ``* * * no substantive changes from existing 
requirements are intended,'' and ``* * * state that the existing body 
of interpretations is still valid.'' On these points, we clarify as 
follows. First we reiterate that the administrative rewrite, as 
expressed in this final rule, does not make any substantive changes to 
the requirements of Standard No. 108. Furthermore, as stated in the 
NPRM, not all letters of interpretation were appropriate for inclusion 
into the regulatory language of FMVSS No. 108. Generally, we excluded 
those that we concluded did not add value to the regulatory text (i.e., 
one without broad applicability). However, all existing letters of 
interpretation, whether or not they are specifically integrated into 
the FMVSS No. 108 final rule, continue to reflect the legal opinion of 
the agency unless they contradict the explicit regulatory text of the 
standard or were overturned by subsequent interpretations.
    AAM suggested that the final rule should not be mandatory until 
September 1st, one year after publication of the final rule. We have 
established September 1, 2008 as the mandatory compliance date, with 
voluntary early compliance permitted immediately.
    ATA, OOIDA, and TMA all expressed concern about conflicts between 
FMVSS No. 108 and the regulations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety 
Administration (FMCSA). They requested that the rewrite of Standard No. 
108 reconcile the differences that they perceive between it and the 
regulations of the FMCSA.
    The FMCSA has established regulations for lamps, reflective 
devices, and associated equipment for commercial vehicles in use and a 
few specialized types of commercial vehicles at time of manufacture. 
The FMCSA made significant revisions to its lighting regulations in 
2005 \2\ and some substantive differences do exist between the lighting 
regulations of FMCSA and FMVSS No. 108. These differences may have the 
potential to cause manufacturers of lamps and reflective devices that 
fall under the jurisdiction of both NHTSA and FMCSA to pursue different 
design, manufacturing, and compliance processes to satisfy the 
regulations of both agencies. However, any attempt at reconciliation 
here would be outside the scope of the rewrite process. Recently, FMCSA 
issued a final rule \3\ in response to a petition for reconsideration 
to its August 15, 2005 final rule, which resolved the differences 
between its regulations and FMVSS No. 108, as interpreted in NHTSA's 
July 28, 2005 interpretation to Mr. Clarke,\4\ concerning auxiliary 
lamps mounted near identification lamps. Regulated parties may want to 
consider other approaches to address the remaining differences between 
FMVSS No. 108 and 49 CFR Part 393. One such approach could be to submit 
rulemaking petitions to NHTSA and FMSCA requesting reconciliation of 
the differences between FMVSS No. 108 and 49 CFR Part 393.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ See 49 CFR Part 393, as last revised by 70 FR 48008 August 
15, 2005 (Docket No. FMCSA-1997-2364-44).
    \3\ 72 CFR 32011 (June 11, 2007) (Docket No. FMCSA 1997-2364).
    \4\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/GF002551.3.html.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 68237]]

2. Omissions, Typographical Errors, and Inconsistent Language
    Given the complexity of the proposed administrative rewrite of 
FMVSS No. 108, including the integration of the content of numerous SAE 
standards incorporated by reference into the regulatory text, some 
omissions and typographical errors occurred. Numerous comments were 
received identifying such occurrences. Accordingly, we have amended the 
regulatory text of the final rule to correct these errors.
    Some respondents have noted instances where they believe that the 
language of the regulatory text used in the NPRM was not faithful to 
the language and intent of the current FMVSS No. 108. In many instances 
where a claim of unfaithful language was made in the comments, the 
agency adopted a conservative approach, choosing to revise the language 
of the NPRM back to that of the original document in the final rule. 
Where such a revision was not made, we have stated our reasons for that 
decision.
    Two rather significant instances where contradictory regulatory 
language was found to exist in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 and 
its incorporated documents are discussed here. One has to do with the 
appropriate photometric requirement for a specific type of replaceable 
bulb headlamp and is discussed in detail in the section devoted to 
Table II. The other concerns the ratio between the stop lamp function 
and the taillamp function in a lamp where those functions are optically 
combined. The discussion related to Table IX contains an explanation of 
this issue. Both instances bolster our opinion that regulatory 
requirements should be stated once and only once in a document. Neither 
instance has ever generated an interpretation request nor did many 
respondents raise either issue in their comments to the docket. This 
reinforces our belief that, notwithstanding the existence of ambiguous 
regulatory language, the intent of the specific requirements was clear.
    Because correction of either situation would require a substantive 
change to FMVSS No. 108, we have decided to refrain from addressing 
these examples now. However, we may issue a notice of correction in the 
near future to address what we believe are mistakes and inconsistencies 
that have existed for some time in Standard No. 108.
3. Organization of the Standard
    The organizational structure of the reorganized standard, as 
presented in the NPRM, progressed from vehicle-level requirements to 
device-level requirements, beginning with the most common requirements 
and then proceeding to exceptions. Requirements in the rewrite of FMVSS 
No. 108 are consolidated into dedicated paragraphs. Paragraphs S1 
through S4 were organized in the same manner as the present standard. 
S4, Definitions, was expanded to incorporate relevant definitions from 
the applicable SAE standards previously incorporated as part of 
Standard No. 108. Paragraph S5 addressed the remaining references to 
SAE standards. Vehicle-level requirements were located in paragraph S6, 
including requirements by vehicle type. Following that, requirements 
were organized with dedicated sections for each type of lamp and 
reflective device, beginning with signal lamps, reflective devices and 
associated equipment under paragraph S7, and headlamp and headlighting 
requirements under paragraphs S8 through S13, and S16 through S18. 
Paragraph S14 addressed aimability performance requirements, while 
paragraph S15 contained requirements for replaceable light sources 
(including references to Part 564). In order to make requirements 
easier to find, a Table of Contents was added as an appendix to the 
standard.
    The most detailed comments about the organizational structure of 
the standard were those in the supplementary response from the ASSN/
AAM, which recommended a significantly different organizational 
structure that would divide the content of FMVSS No. 108 into four 
sections. Under the ASSN/AAM structure, the first section would contain 
general and specific lamp requirements, and the second section would 
consist of Tables I, II, III, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIV, XV, 
XVI (split into three separate tables), XVII, XVIII, XIX, and XX. 
However, there would be some format changes to lamp photometry tables 
and the addition of graphical illustrations of photometric test points. 
These commenters similarly suggested three new tables that would 
graphically illustrate the required photometric test points, lines, and 
areas associated with upper beam headlamps, lower beam mechanically 
aimed headlamps, and lower beam visually/optically aimed headlamps. The 
third section would contain all the figures of the NPRM as well as 
Table XIII, License Plate Lamp Target Locations, redesigned as Figure 
19. The fourth section would be subdivided into five annexes which 
would contain photometric test procedures and the physical test 
procedures of Tables XXI, XXII, and XXIII.
    ASSN/AAM also suggested dividing Table I into five separate tables: 
one for vehicles less than 80 in (2032 mm) in overall width, another 
for vehicles 80 in (2032 mm) or more in overall width, one for 
trailers, one for motorcycles, and one for school buses. The activation 
requirements would be removed from these tables and located in a new 
paragraph titled ``Electrical.'' Tables IV and V covering projected 
luminous lens area and visibility would be eliminated and their 
requirements dispersed to the applicable individual lamp sections. 
These individual lamp sections would have a common format divided into 
14 subsections representing specific requirements. An additional table 
would be created that would contain all marking requirements.
    In consideration of the comments submitted by ASSN/AAM, we have 
decided to make significant changes to the structure of the standard 
presented in the NPRM. These structural changes include: (1) Relocating 
test procedures and performance requirements that were primarily 
contained in paragraph S6.8 and Tables XXI, XXII, and XXIII of the 
proposal, to paragraph S14 of the final rule; (2) expanding and 
standardizing the presentation of requirements in individual lamp and 
reflective device sections of the final rule beyond that of the 
proposal; (3) including the provisions from additional SAE documents, 
incorporated by reference in the proposal, in the regulatory text of 
the final rule; and (4) further consolidating the location of marking 
requirements in the final rule beyond that of the proposal.
    We believe there is value in adopting a structure in the final rule 
that is easy for regulated parties to navigate. There were some aspects 
of the ASSN/AAM recommended structure that we did not adopt due to our 
effort to avoid redundancies, streamline the standard, and avoid adding 
new material not currently contained in Standard No. 108, including 
graphs, which could cause confusion. We believe that our approach in 
modifying the structure of the NPRM will collectively provide the most 
value to all end-users.
    We have decided to adopt the ASSN/AAM recommendation regarding 
reorganization of the layout of several photometry requirement tables 
for reasons that follow. Standard No. 108 provides two alternative 
methods for demonstrating the photometric compliance of turn signal 
lamps, taillamps, stop lamps, backup lamps, parking lamps, and high-
mounted stop lamps. For these lamps compliance can

[[Page 68238]]

be demonstrated by achieving a minimum photometric intensity at each of 
18 to 22 discrete test points distributed within a pattern about 
20[deg] high and 40[deg] wide centered about the H-V axis.\5\ 
Alternatively, FMVSS No. 108 also permits these specific lamps to 
demonstrate compliance by meeting a minimum photometric intensity for 
groups of these test points. Individual test points in proximity to 
each other are organized into groups consisting of from two to six 
points. The minimum photometric intensity requirement of each group is 
approximately (but not always exactly) the arithmetic sum of the 
minimum photometric intensities of all included points. This allows a 
lamp where one or more test point(s) in a group do not meet their 
individual minimum values to be compliant provided the remaining test 
points in the group exceed their minimum values by enough to allow the 
group total to exceed the group requirement.\6\ Turn signal lamps, 
taillamps, stop lamps, and parking lamps have five groups of test 
points; while backup lamps have six groups, and high-mounted stop lamps 
have four groups.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ The pattern is wider for backup lamps and tighter for high 
mounted stop lamps.
    \6\ No individual test point photometric intensity can fall 
below 60% of the point requirement when the group photometric method 
is used. In addition, photometric values between adjacent test 
points are regulated.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Tables VI, VII, VIII, IX, XII, XV, which detail photometry 
requirements for those lamps permitted to use both the individual test 
point and the grouped test point compliance methods, are formatted such 
that test points are organized in group order. Progressing from left to 
right horizontally, each test point group is identified by number, and 
then the individual test points included within that group are 
identified by their vertical and horizontal positions. Next, the 
minimum photometric intensity for each individual test point is shown, 
and finally, at the right end, the group minimum photometric intensity 
is shown.
    In contrast, the photometry requirements tables suggested by the 
ASSN/AAM, and endorsed by Calcoast, organize the lamp test points in a 
vertical, then horizontal, manner that requires the user to search for 
each point to include in a group and then consult a sub-table to find 
out the minimum photometric requirement for that group. We find this 
suggested approach unnecessarily complex and prone to increasing, not 
decreasing, the possibility of error in determining photometric 
requirements. Therefore, we have decided to retain the format of the 
photometric tables as presented in the NPRM with one simplification, 
which was to locate the horizontal and vertical test point positions in 
the same relative positions in each table.
    Calcoast suggested, and we agree, that the horizontal test point 
positions and the vertical test point positions should always appear in 
the same columns. In our earlier proposal, this was not the case, and 
we have made modifications consistent with Calcoast's suggestion. The 
final rule designates the horizontal test point positions in a column 
to the left of a column that designates the corresponding vertical test 
point positions.
    Nissan suggested that those lamps that are permitted to demonstrate 
photometric compliance by either the individual test point method or 
the grouped test point method have the required photometric intensity 
values for each individual test point reduced to 60 percent of the 
current requirement and only allow use of the grouped test point 
method. We did not adopt this suggestion because it would have reduced 
the number of compliance methods available to manufacturers, a 
substantive change beyond the scope of this administrative rewrite.
    The original response from the ASSN, as well as the comments from 
Guide, suggested abandoning Tables XVIII and XIX and incorporating 
headlamp photometry requirements in a series of tables similar to the 
current FMVSS No. 108. We were not persuaded that more headlamp 
photometric tables would add value to the standard. Upper beam headlamp 
requirements are not related to whether a headlamp is mechanically or 
visually/optically aimed and six beam patterns adequately cover all 
headlamps. Many photometric test points are common to all lower beam 
headlamps. Tables XVIII and XIX present all required beam patterns 
(except for certain motorcycle headlamps) in a clear and concise 
format. Table II directs the user to the appropriate beam pattern in 
Tables XVIII and XIX. We retained this format for headlamp photometry 
requirements in the final rule.
    Several commenters mentioned inconsistent use of a ``no 
requirement'' indicator where a test point appears in a photometry 
requirements table but there is no value required at that point. Our 
proposal used both a blank space and a N.R. notation. In the final 
rule, we have adopted a consistent indicator that there is no 
requirement for a test point. A dashed line (-) is used exclusively for 
this purpose in photometry requirements tables.
    Commenters generally favored the use of tables in the NPRM for 
presenting performance requirements. However, Nissan, Grote, and TTMA 
all commented that Table I was too lengthy and should be separated into 
several sections based on common content. The Alliance suggested 
splitting Table XXIII into three separate tables because it contains 
tests for three distinctive items: (1) Headlamps, (2) vehicle headlamp 
aiming devices (VHAD), and (3) replaceable light sources. The 
differentiation of content in Table II of the NPRM was mentioned as 
being a particularly appropriate method of providing distinction.
    Several commenters, including ASSN/AAM and Grote, noted that tables 
containing significant amounts of text, such as the test requirements 
in Tables XXI, XXII, and XXIII, would be difficult to use because of 
lengthy passages that contain several sentences and express several 
unique test conditions or requirements. We agree with these comments. 
The tabular format is best suited to displaying quantitative values or 
short textual requirements. In the final rule, we moved virtually all 
test procedures and performance requirements to S14, the last section 
of the standard. Specifically, the content of Table XXI of the NPRM has 
been moved to S14.9, Associated Equipment Physical Test Procedures and 
Performance Requirements, the content of Table XXII of the NPRM has 
been moved to S14.3, Motorcycle Headlamp Out of Focus Test Procedures 
and Performance Requirements, S14.4, General Test Procedures and 
Performance Requirements (consisting of the color test and plastic 
optical materials test), and S14.5, Signal Lamp and Reflective Device 
Test Procedures and Performance Requirements. In addition, the content 
of Table XXIII of the NPRM has been moved to S14.6, Headlamp Physical 
Test Procedures and Performance Requirements, S14.7, Replaceable Light 
Source Physical Test Procedures and Performance Requirements, and 
S14.8, Vehicle Headlamp Aiming Devices (VHAD) Physical Test Procedures 
and Performance Requirements.
    General test procedures and performance requirements that were 
located in S6.8 of the NPRM have been placed in S14.1 of the final 
rule. Similarly, the photometric test procedures of S6.8 of the NPRM 
are now in S14.2 of the final rule.
    In the final rule, we decided to split several of the tables into 
shorter, more distinctive, sections and we completely revised the 
content of Table III and Table XIII. Table I, Required Lamps and

[[Page 68239]]

Reflective Devices, is divided into three parts: (1) Table I-a for 
passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses of 
all widths; (2) Table I-b for trailers, and (3) Table I-c for 
motorcycles. We decided upon sectioning Table I in this manner for 
several reasons. One is user diversity. Organizations that manufacture 
vehicles such as passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, 
trucks, and buses typically do not also manufacture trailers or 
motorcycles. Likewise, organizations that manufacture trailers 
typically do not manufacture self propelled vehicles, and those that 
manufacture motorcycles do not produce cars, trucks, or trailers. Some 
commenters suggested separate sections for narrow vehicles (less than 
2032 mm in width) and wide vehicles (those 2032 mm or wider). However, 
several manufacturers produce both narrow and wide vehicles, sometimes 
as different optional versions of the same vehicle, such as pickup 
trucks.
    Another consideration was commonality. Both narrow and wide 
vehicles are required to be equipped with a headlighting system, turn 
signal lamps, taillamps, stop lamps, side marker lamps, side and rear 
reflex reflectors, backup lamps and license plate lamps. Narrow 
vehicles are required to have parking lamps and high-mounted stop lamps 
while wide vehicles are not. Similarly, wide vehicles must have 
clearance and identification lamps which are not required on narrow 
vehicles. This same distinction occurs between narrow and wide 
trailers, for which common content significantly surpasses 
differentiated content. Therefore, we have concluded that it is 
unnecessary to section Table I by vehicle width.
    We are retaining the title of the three sections of Table I as 
Required Lamps and Reflective Devices, even though one of the lamps 
listed in Table I-a, Daytime Running Lamp (DRL), is not a required 
lamp. The heading above the DRL listing clearly describes it as being 
permitted but not required. However, because the DRL, when installed, 
is regulated in all attributes listed in Table I, Number and Color, 
Mounting Location, Mounting Height, and Device Activation (unlike other 
non-required lamps), the agency decided that Table I is the appropriate 
location for it.
    The three sections of Table IV, Effective Projected Luminous Lens 
Area Requirements, are now identified as: (1) Table IV-a covering turn 
signal and stop lamps; (2) Table IV-b for high-mounted stop lamps; and 
(3) Table IV-c for school bus signal lamps. The four sections of Table 
V, Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices, now include: 
(1) Table V-a for backup lamps, high-mounted stop lamps, and school bus 
signal lamps; (2) Table V-b which contains the lens area option for 
turn signal lamps, stop lamps, taillamps, and parking lamps; (3) Table 
V-c which has the luminous intensity option for turn signal lamps, stop 
lamps, taillamps, and parking lamps; and (4) Table V-d that has older 
alternative requirements for turn signal lamps, stop lamps, and 
taillamps.
    Table VI, Front Turn Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements, was split 
into two sections in the final rule. Table VI-a contains the base front 
turn signal lamp photometry requirements and also the values for 2\1/2\ 
times the base photometry requirements while Table IV-b contains values 
for 2 times the base photometry requirements and 1 the base photometry 
requirements
    New Table XIII consisting of: (1) Table XIII-a, Motorcycle Turn 
Signal Lamp Alternative Photometry Requirements, and (2) Table XIII-b, 
Motor Driven Cycle Alternative Photometry Requirements, includes the 
stop lamp requirements for certain motor driven cycles previously part 
of Table IX in the NPRM, as well as alternative turn signal 
requirements for motorcycles noted in paragraph S7.1.1.1 and S7.1.2.1 
of the NPRM but not previously tabularized. The three sections of Table 
XVI are now: (1) Table XVI-a, Reflex Reflector Photometry Requirements, 
(2) Table XVI-b, Additional Photometry Requirements for Conspicuity 
Reflex Reflectors, and (3) Table XVI-c, Retroreflective Sheeting 
Photometry Requirements.
    Table XIX has been split into Tables XIX-a, containing photometric 
requirements for lower beam patterns LB1M, LB1V, LB2M, and LB2V. Table 
XIX-b contains requirements for lower beam patterns LB3M, LB3V, LB4M, 
and LB5M while Table XIX-c contains requirements for lower beam pattern 
LB4V.
    As mentioned previously, the ASSN/AAM response proposed a common, 
templated organizational format for the individual lamp sections and 
expansion of their content to include 14 subsections representing 
specific requirements. The requirements that they suggested be included 
in each section include: (1) Number, (2) color of light, (3) 
arrangement, (4) position, (5) geometric visibility, (6) orientation, 
(7) effective projected luminous lens area, (8) electrical, (9) tell 
tale, (10) marking requirements, (11) other provisions, (12) plastic 
materials, (13) photometry, and (14) physical tests. Implementing this 
request presents a dilemma for several reasons. First, most of the 
requirements suggested to be listed in individual lamp sections are 
already stated in parts of Table I, Table IV, and Table V. Table I of 
the NPRM is an expansion of Tables I, II, III, and IV of the current 
version of Standard No. 108, tables which have been part of the 
standard for decades. The agency rarely receives questions or 
complaints about regulatory content contained in Tables I through IV, 
but instead, they are often considered the most useful feature of the 
current version. We received no comments, including the ASSN/AAM 
submission, which suggested elimination of Table I.
    We also believe that the suggestion of ASSN/AAM to remove the 
activation requirements from Table I and place them all in a new 
section titled ``Electrical'' was without merit. The activation 
requirements of the various types of lamps, like the other categories 
listed in Table I, are primarily vehicle-level requirements rather than 
device-level requirements, and are best presented along with those 
other requirements.
    Table V of the NPRM is a restatement of Figures 19 and 20 of the 
current version of Standard No. 108, which were added in a final rule 
\7\ published on August 11, 2004 which promulgated the current 
visibility requirements. The agency decided that it would not be 
appropriate to disperse the visibility requirements of Table V (and 
likewise the effective projected luminous lens area requirements of 
Table IV) into individual lamp sections. The primary reason was that in 
real world situations, many lamp functions are combined with other lamp 
functions, very often optically combined. It is not unusual for a 
vehicle to have a combination rear lamp where the taillamp, stop lamp, 
and rear turn signal lamp functions are optically combined. The same 
holds true for front turn signal lamps and parking lamps. The 
presentation of visibility requirements for all regulated lamp 
functions together in Table IV allows regulated parties to quickly 
determine the appropriate requirements for such combination lamps and 
perhaps aid the decision about which visibility alternative to use for 
certification.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ 69 FR 48805 (Aug. 11, 2004) (Docket No. 2004-18794-1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The decision to leave Tables I, IV, and V intact in the final rule 
means that adopting the ASSN/AAM template for individual lamp sections 
would result in large scale duplication of requirements in Standard No. 
108. Duplication of the same requirement in more than one location in a 
regulatory document has the potential for

[[Page 68240]]

unintended consequences. We intended to avoid those consequences by 
having each discrete requirement only stated once in Standard No. 
108.\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ See the discussions of Table II and Table IX for 
explanations of existing duplicated requirements in the current 
version of FMVSS No. 108.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Therefore, to be responsive to the request of ASSN/AAM concerning 
the format of individual lamp sections while still maintaining the 
integrity of the standard by having only a single statement of each 
requirement, we have adopted the use of pointing statements. These 
pointing statements appear in those subsections of each lamp section 
where a requirement does exist but is stated in another location of the 
standard. For instance, in paragraph S7.4 pertaining to side marker 
lamps, subsections 7.4.1 Number, 7.4.2 Color of light, 7.4.3 Mounting 
location, 7.4.4 Mounting height, and 7.4.5 Activation, all conclude 
with the pointing statement ``See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.'' 
Similarly, S7.4.9 Markings points to S6.5 for details of the applicable 
marking requirements. S7.4.6 Effective projected luminous lens area, 
S7.4.7 Visibility, S7.4.8 Indicator, S7.4.10 Spacing to other lamps, 
S7.4.11 Multiple compartment and multiple lamps, and S7.4.12 Ratio all 
conclude with the term ``No requirement'' indicating a requirement for 
those specific items of lamp performance does not exist in Standard No. 
108.
    The entire content of Table III of the NPRM, dealing with 
conspicuity systems, was moved to paragraph S8.2 of the final rule. A 
new Table III was created to serve as a compilation of pointing 
statements directed to the locations within the final rule where 
marking requirements reside. While some headlamp marking requirements 
were relocated to paragraph S6.5 in the final rule, a number of other 
marking requirements continue to be dispersed within the document. In 
these cases, we have decided that the marking requirements are best 
located near the specific items to which they apply. However, these 
locations are all identified in Table III and consultation with this 
table should lead the user to all applicable marking requirements.
    Grote suggested that lengthy paragraphs of regulatory text be 
simplified by splitting them into separately numbered sub-paragraphs, 
particularly where the requirements were diverse. In a number of 
instances, we have been able to create such separation. Regulatory 
provisions (including renumbered paragraphs) where this has been done 
include: S6.1.3, S6.1.4.2, S6.1.5.2, S6.2.6, S6.5.3.3, S6.5.3.4, S6.6, 
S7.1.1.11, S7.1.1.12, S7.1.2.11, S7.1.2.12, S7.1.3, S7.2.11, S7.3.11, 
S7.3.12, S7.3.15, S7.7.13, S7.7.15, S7.9.14, S8.2.1, S8.2.2.3, S9.3.4, 
S9.8, S10.14.2, S10.17.1.1, S10.17.1.2, S10.17.1.3, S13, S14.1.4, 
S14.2.1, S14.2.3, S14.2.4, S14.2.5, S14.4.1, S14.4.2, S14.5, S14.6, 
S14.7, and S14.9. We have included the term ``split for clarity'' or 
similar language, often parenthetically, numerous places in the 
discussion of revisions to note where a section of text from the NPRM 
was divided into several smaller sub-sections in the final rule but not 
otherwise revised.
    Guide submitted numerous suggestions for reorganizing the NPRM by 
the reassignment of certain paragraphs within the organizational 
framework of the NPRM. In several instances, the agency concluded that 
the Guide suggestion proved to be a more appropriate location for a 
paragraph than the location proposed in the NPRM. We have noted these 
reassignments in our discussion (but without attribution to a Guide 
suggestion in some cases). This has caused numerous changes in the 
paragraph numbers throughout the regulatory text. Where a requirement 
in the final rule was identified differently in the NPRM, we have 
indicated the previous paragraph number in the revision summary.
    A number of Guide's suggested reassignments were not adopted, 
because we decided that the applicable textual provisions were already 
situated in the most appropriate location. Again, we did not mention 
every such rejection of Guide's suggested ordering or our reasoning for 
such decisions. While we believe that the final rule's organizational 
structure is the optimal choice, we recognize that it is not the only 
choice. Often, some of the requirements of Standard No. 108 intermix 
several attributes of lamps. Such an example is paragraph S7.11.2.1 
which contains requirements for a DRL spaced near a turn signal lamp 
(e.g., considerations for the actual separation distance, the luminous 
intensity of both the DRL and the turn signal lamp, whether the DRL is 
optically combined with a lower beam headlamp, and the activation 
properties of both the DRL and turn signal lamp). Requirements such as 
these do not fit neatly into a Mounting Location section or an 
Activation section, and their essence would not survive dispersion of 
the component requirements into these sections because of their 
interdependence on several diverse attributes.
    Another such situation involves the presentation of the 
requirements for conspicuity systems. The content of Table III of the 
NPRM was moved to paragraph S8.2 of the regulatory text to provide a 
more comprehensible presentation format. An argument could be made that 
this content should be split into two portions, one portion describing 
how conspicuity material is spaced and arranged and another portion 
describing where conspicuity material is to be placed on applicable 
vehicles. If this apportionment were made, the first portion could be 
considered a device-level requirement and the second portion a vehicle-
level requirement. Dispersing conspicuity system content in this way 
may seem correct from an organizational perspective, but would be in 
conflict with the goals of the rewrite of Standard No. 108 to present 
the requirements in a straight forward and logical manner.
    Our guiding principle in organizing the structure of the FMVSS No. 
108 final rule was to attempt to locate each requirement in the place 
where a user would be most likely to look for it. Accordingly, the 
final rule has been organized with the following major sections:

S1 Scope.
S2 Purpose.
S3 Application.
S4 Definitions.
S5 References to SAE publications.
S6 Vehicle requirements.
S7 Signal lamp requirements.
S8 Reflective device requirements.
S9 Associated equipment requirements.
S10 Headlighting system requirements.
S11 Replaceable light source requirements.
S12 Headlamp concealment device requirements.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens requirements.
S14 Physical and photometry test procedures and performance 
requirements.

Tables

    Table I Required Lamps and Reflective Devices.
    Table II Headlighting Systems.
    Table III Marking Requirements Location.
    Table IV Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements.
    Table V Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices.
    Table VI Front Turn Signal Lamps Photometry Requirements.
    Table VII Rear Turn Signal Lamps Photometry Requirements.
    Table VIII Taillamp Photometry Requirements.
    Table IX Stop Lamp Photometry Requirements.
    Table X Side Marker Lamp Photometry Requirements.
    Table XI Clearance and Identification Lamps Photometry 
Requirements.

[[Page 68241]]

    Table XII Backup Lamp Photometry Requirements.
    Table XIII-a Motorcycle Turn Signal Lamp Alternative Photometry 
Requirements.
    Table XIII-b Motor Driven Cycle Stop Lamp Alternative Photometry 
Requirements.
    Table XIV Parking Lamp Photometry Requirements.
    Table XV High-Mounted Stop Lamp Photometry Requirements.
    Table XVI Reflex Reflector and Retroreflective Sheeting 
Photometry Requirements.
    Table XVII School Bus Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements.
    Table XVIII Headlamp Upper Beam Photometry Requirements.
    Table XIX Headlamp Lower Beam Photometry Requirements.
    Table XX Motorcycle Headlamp Photometry Requirements.

Figures

    Figure 1 Chromaticity Diagram.
    Figure 2 Flasher Performance Chart.
    Figure 3 Replaceable Bulb Headlamp Aim Pads.
    Figure 4 Headlamp Connector Setup.
    Figure 5 Headlamp Abrasion Test Fixture.
    Figure 6 Thermal Cycle Test Profile.
    Figure 7 Dirt/Ambient Test Setup.
    Figure 8 Replaceable Light Source Deflection Test Setup.
    Figure 9 Environmental Test Profile.
    Figure 10 Headlamp Replaceable Light Source Pressure Test Setup.
    Figure 11 Trailer Conspicuity Treatment Examples.
    Figure 12-1 Trailer Conspicuity Detail I.
    Figure 12-2 Trailer Conspicuity Detail II.
    Figure 13 Tractor Conspicuity Examples.
    Figure 14 92x150 Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
    Figure 15 Types G and H Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
    Figure 16 Types A and E Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
    Figure 17 Type B Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
    Figure 18 Types C and D Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
    Figure 19 License Plate Lamp Target Locations.
    Figure 20 License Plate Lamp Measurement of Incident Light 
Angle.
    Figure 21 Vibration Test Machine.
    Figure 22 Flasher Test Standard Circuit.

4. Suggestions Beyond the Scope of the Rewrite

Units of Measurements
    Several comments were received concerning the way quantities in the 
NPRM were measured, in terms of units. In some cases, measurements were 
only in metric units, others in only English units, and still others 
dual-dimensioned with both metric and English units. We note that this 
situation currently exists within Standard No. 108 and the SAE 
standards and Recommended Practices incorporated by reference. Such 
perceived inconsistencies in the final rule are the result of the 
agency's decision to make no substantive changes to Standard No. 108 
during the rewrite process. This means stating measurements in their 
original form consistent with their original source documents, instead 
of attempting to convert and standardize the units.
    ASSN preferred dual English/metric measurements for every quantity 
and requested that both be provided in the final rule. The commenter 
also preferred that linear measurements be expressed in both inches and 
centimeters. AAM requested dual units with metric units followed by 
English units and the use of direct conversions to establish those 
measurements that were only stated in one unit in the NPRM. Nissan 
argued that in recent rulemakings, the agency has consistently listed 
measurements using metric units with English units referenced 
parenthetically. Nissan preferred linear measurements that were in 
millimeters, except for photometric test distances which should remain 
dimensioned in meters. Conversely, Grote recommended that measurements 
be expressed in inches followed by centimeters in parentheses, 
believing that the vast majority of current users continue to use 
English measurements. SEMA also supported dual units of measurements 
with a preference for centimeters rather than millimeters. In 
supplemental comments, AAM/ASSN requested all quantities in FMVSS No. 
108 that are not now metric be converted to metric pursuant to 
Executive Order 12770 (Metric Usage in Federal Government Programs).
    The FMVSS No. 108 rewrite is considered an administrative action 
because existing requirements and obligations are not being increased, 
decreased, or substantively modified. The agency has decided that 
converting values and providing dual-dimensions is outside the scope of 
this final rule. The conversion process, in some cases, would result in 
substantive change in the current requirements of the standard. This is 
because such conversions rarely result in a whole number equivalent, 
but more likely in an unwieldy value with more digits than the value it 
was converted from. The converted unit may have a non-exact value 
requiring it to be truncated after several digits. Such rounding may 
have little effect on some attributes but significant effect on others. 
An additional complication is that some currently dual-dimensioned 
values in FMVSS No. 108 are not exact equivalents. For instance, the 
air pressure required to be applied to the replaceable light source in 
the replaceable light source pressure test is expressed as 70 KPa (10 
psig). However, the English equivalent of 70 KPa is 10.152641661 psig 
and the metric equivalent of 10 psig is 68.9475728 KPa. Thus, a user 
may conclude that a replaceable light source may be compliant with the 
standard if it withstands a pressure of 68.9475728 KPa and not 70 KPa.
    Additionally, the comments received in response to the NPRM show 
that users of FMVSS No. 108 do not have a consistent preference for a 
particular approach regarding units of measurement. In consideration of 
our principle not to change any existing requirements, as well as the 
wide range of opinions on the best approach for dual-dimensioning, the 
agency decided to present values consistent with the current standard 
instead of choosing one of the suggested options.
Photometric Maps
    As previously mentioned, the AAM/ASSN supplementary comments, the 
ASSN initial comments, and the NAL comments recommend inclusion of a 
number of new graphical maps that would show details of the 
requirements for the various photometric test patterns. The signal lamp 
maps would show the position of each individual test point and how 
those points are combined into groups. The headlamp maps would show 
individual test points, linear test elements, and zonal test elements.
    In reviewing the suggested graphical maps, it was unclear which 
test points were part of which zone. Furthermore, such maps are beyond 
the scope of the administrative rewrite. In addition, there were no 
compelling arguments presented addressing how their inclusion would 
advance the goals of the rewrite. Adding such graphical maps would 
provide redundant information, significantly increasing the risk of 
potentially conflicting requirements, and likely generate numerous 
interpretation requests, especially if users were confused by the new 
graphs.
    That is not to say that these types of illustrations have no value. 
They seem particularly well suited for use by design and manufacturing 
organizations use in their internal design standards or photometric 
test procedures documents. Standard No. 108, like all Federal Motor 
Vehicle Safety Standards, strives to present regulatory requirements in 
the clearest way possible. It is not intended to serve as an all-
inclusive working guide for designing, testing, or manufacturing lamps, 
reflective devices, or associated equipment. NHTSA

[[Page 68242]]

anticipates that user organizations will carefully incorporate the 
requirements of FMVSS No. 108 into their internal working documents.
Requests for New or Revised Definitions
    Commenters requested inclusion in the final rule of numerous 
definitions for specific terms. These include: ``center (of item),'' 
``fixed body panel,'' ``four lamp type headlamp,'' ``hazard warning 
lamps,'' ``obstruction,'' ``rigid part of vehicle,'' ``separately 
lighted areas,'' ``two lamp type headlamp,'' ``special tools,'' ``tools 
ordinarily available,'' ``supplemental lamp,'' and ``auxiliary lamp.'' 
There was also a suggestion for a revised definition for the term 
``color bleeding,'' alleging it could be mistaken for the term ``light 
bleed.'' A suggestion was also submitted for addition of definitions of 
all lamp types mentioned in the current version of FMVSS No. 108, with 
the specific example of fog lamp.
    In its initial submission, AAM suggested the final rule use the 
term ``* * * light source optical centers * * *'' in place of the term 
``* * * light sources * * *'' and the term ``* * * optical centers * * 
*'' in place of the term ``* * * optical axes * * *'' as revisions that 
would be technology-neutral in the specific case of a series wired 
array of LEDs being considered a single light source per the January 5, 
2006 letter of interpretation to AMECA.\9\ There were also suggestions 
that the term ``lighted section'' be used exclusively and in place of 
``multiple compartment'' and ``multiple lighted area.'' Adopting any of 
these suggestions would have been a substantive action which would be 
beyond the defined scope of this rewrite. For this reason we have not 
adopted any of these suggested modifications in the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/Wolford.2.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Suggestions Within the Scope of the Rewrite
SAE Documents
    A significant initiative of the FMVSS No. 108 rewrite was the 
incorporation of requirements contained in SAE Standards and 
Recommended Practices (currently incorporated by reference or sub-
reference) directly into the body of the standard. The current version 
of Standard No. 108 relies heavily on the content of numerous SAE 
documents. It contains over 100 references to some 35 different SAE 
documents, many of which were issued in the 1960s. Some of these 
documents are incorporated in their entirety, whereas only portions of 
others are cited. The NPRM integrated much of the content of these SAE 
document directly into the regulatory language, resulting in only eight 
SAE documents continuing to be incorporated by reference.
    Generally commenters supported this action. SEMA requested that all 
referenced and sub-referenced SAE documents be included in the 
regulatory text of the final rule. While total elimination of documents 
incorporated by reference proved to be impractical, we did eliminate 
references to three additional SAE documents in the final rule as 
discussed below. We also restored a reference to SAE J567b, Bulb 
Sockets, in S14.2.1.6.2 of the final rule based upon comments by 
Calcoast. This reference exists in Footnotes 2 and 3, which follow 
Table IV, of the current version of FMVSS No. 108, but was eliminated 
in the NPRM. We agree with Calcoast that the exemption permitted in 
these footnotes stating that bulbs not listed in SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs 
and Sealed Units, December 1968, are not required to use a socket that 
conforms to the requirements of SAE J567b, Bulb Sockets, April 1964, is 
needed in the final rule.
    SAE J577, Vibration Test Machine, April 1964, has been replicated 
as Figure 21, and all references to SAE J577 have been removed from the 
final rule. SAE J823b, Flasher Test Equipment, April 1968, describes a 
standard test circuit to be used in the performance testing of 
vehicular hazard warning signal flashers and turn signal flashers. This 
SAE standard also has specifications for power supplies used in these 
tests and describes the circuit adjustments necessary to perform valid 
tests. We have chosen to incorporate the content of SAE J823b into the 
final rule. New Figure 22, Flasher Standard Test Circuit, provides the 
test circuit schematic diagram from Figure 1 of SAE J823b. Paragraph 
S14.9.3.1 of the final rule states requirements for circuit adjustments 
applicable to flasher tests, and paragraph S14.9.3.2 provides separate 
power supply specifications for the various flasher performance tests. 
With the inclusion of paragraph S14.9.3 and Figure 22 in the final 
rule, all references to SAE J823b have been deleted.
    SAE J588e, Turn Signal Lamps, September 1970, incorporated by 
reference in FMVSS No. 108, is referenced in paragraph S5.1.1.1 of the 
current version of the standard solely to establish requirements for 
double-sided turn signal lamps installed on truck tractors. It was 
eliminated from the final rule by incorporating the content of 
paragraph 3.4 and a portion of paragraph 3.9.1 of SAE J588e into 
paragraph S6.1.1.3 of the NPRM. The remaining portion of paragraph 
3.9.1 was incorporated in Table VII, Rear Turn Signal Lamp Photometry 
Requirements, of the NPRM by revision to Footnote 6.
    The revised paragraph S6.1.1.3 now reads, `` * * * A truck tractor 
need not be equipped with turn signal lamps mounted on the rear if the 
turn signal lamps at or near the front are of double-face construction 
and are located such that they meet the photometric requirements for 
double-faced turn signal lamps specified in Footnote 6 of Table VII.'' 
Continuing, paragraph S6.1.1.3.1 states, ``The flashing signal from a 
double-faced signal lamp must not be obliterated when subjected to 
external light rays from either in front or behind, at any and all 
angles.'' The revised Footnote 6 to Table VII now states, ``A double-
faced turn signal lamp installed as described in paragraph S6.1.1.3 on 
a truck tractor need only meet the photometric requirements for a left 
side lamp where the lamp is mounted on the left side of the vehicle, 
and for a right side lamp where the lamp is mounted on the right side 
of the vehicle.''
    This same SAE standard, J588e, Turn Signal Lamps, September 1970, 
is cited in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 as containing the 
requirements for the illuminated pilot indicator for turn signal lamp 
failure. The NPRM had erroneously stated the requirements from SAE J588 
NOV84, Turn Signal Lamps. Paragraph S9.3 of the final rule now 
correctly states the illuminated area of the indicator and the 
acceptable modes of indication. Consistent with these changes, all 
references to SAE J588e have been removed from the standard.
    We undertook the effort to eliminate these additional SAE 
references in the final rule in part because the nature of some 
comments suggested that the relationship between FMVSS No. 108 and its 
incorporated SAE documents causes significant confusion.
    One example of such confusion is found in the comments of Grote and 
Koito in reference to the limitations in applying reduced photometric 
requirements to adjacent front and rear side marker lamps. This section 
is based upon paragraph S5.1.1.8 of the current version of Standard No. 
108 which states, ``For each motor vehicle less than 30 feet in overall 
length, the photometric minimum candlepower \10\ requirements for side 
marker lamps specified in SAE Standard J592e,

[[Page 68243]]

Clearance, Side Marker, and Identification Lamps, July 1972, may be met 
for all inboard test points at a distance of 15 feet from the vehicle 
and on a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the longitudinal axis 
of the vehicle and located midway between the front and rear side 
marker lamps.'' In this case, the limitation of vehicles less than 30 
feet in overall length recognizes that those vehicles are ones where 
intermediate side marker lamps (and intermediate side reflex 
reflectors) are not required to be installed. Table 1 of SAE J592e, 
detailing the photometric requirements of side marker lamps, also 
contains a footnote ``b'' further limiting the vehicles where reduced 
photometric requirements can be applied. Footnote ``b'' states that, 
``The requirements for side markers used on vehicles less than 80 
inches (2 meters) wide may be met for inboard test points * * * '' This 
vehicle width limitation is reflected in Footnote 1 of Table X. This is 
an example where the text of an incorporated SAE document applies 
limitations beyond those contained in the text of FMVSS No. 108.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ The term ``candlepower'' used in this context means the 
contemporary unit of measurement used to express the luminous 
intensity attribute.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Another example is illustrated in the comments by AAM and Koito 
about the spatial relationship between front turn signal lamps and 
certain other front-mounted lamps and the photometric requirements the 
relationship imposes on the front turn signal lamp as stated in 
paragraph S7.1.1.2 of the NPRM (S7.1.1.10 of the final rule). Current 
FMVSS No. 108, at paragraph S5.3.1.7, imposes a multiplier of 2.5 on 
minimum photometric intensity requirements for a front turn signal lamp 
mounted less than 100 mm from the lighted edge of a lower beam 
headlamp. Turn signal lamps are also required to be designed to conform 
to referenced standards SAE J588 NOV84 for vehicles less than 2032 mm 
in overall width and SAE J1395 APR85 for vehicles 2032 mm or more in 
overall width. These documents provide, in paragraph 5.1.5.4 of SAE 
J588 and paragraphs 5.1.5.4, 5.1.5.5, and 5.1.5.6 of SAE J1395, 
additional photometric requirements for turn signal lamps based upon 
their construction. The method the turn signal lamp uses to project 
light (i.e., whether it primarily uses a reflector to direct light or 
not) determines how the relationship is measured between the turn 
signal lamp and the lower beam headlamp, or a surrogate lower beam 
headlamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or a fog lamp. Based 
upon this measurement, the turn signal lamp may be required to have a 
multiplier of 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 times the minimum photometric intensity. 
Thus, it is possible for a turn signal lamp not to be required to have 
increased intensity based upon paragraph S5.3.1.7 of current FMVSS No. 
108 but still be required to have increased intensity because of its 
construction or proximity to another front lamp, such as a fog lamp. 
This is an example where an incorporated SAE document imposes 
requirements beyond those explicitly stated in the regulatory text of 
Standard No. 108.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ The subject of turn signal lamp photometric requirements 
based upon spacing to other front lamps is discussed in several 
interpretations such as Matsui (9/20/95).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In its comments, AAM stated that FMVSS No. 108 has never contained 
a requirement for a vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator as 
contained in paragraph S6.6 of the NPRM (paragraph S9.8 of the final 
rule). We note that this requirement came from SAE J910, Vehicular 
Hazard Warning Signal Operating Unit, January 1966, and SAE J945, 
Vehicular Hazard Warning Flasher, February 1966, both incorporated by 
reference in Tables I and III of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. 
The requirements from SAE J910 contained in paragraph 5 detail how the 
pilot indicator is to operate, how it can be combined with the turn 
signal indicator, and the size and color of a dedicated vehicular 
hazard warning signal pilot indicator. The requirements from SAE J945 
describe how the means of providing the indication can be incorporated 
into the flasher if it functions under all test conditions applied to 
the flasher and how an audible indication can be used in conjunction 
with the visible indication. This is an example where incorporated SAE 
documents contain a requirement that is not expressly stated in the 
text of FMVSS No. 108.
    AAM also stated in its comments that only the lighting equipment 
requirements of SAE J587 OCT81, License Plate Lamps (Rear Registration 
Plate Lamps), are incorporated by reference in Standard No. 108 (i.e., 
in paragraph S5.1.1 of the current version). AAM argued that a license 
plate holder is not an item of lighting equipment and that requirements 
for the holder would also apply to a front license plate holder. In 
response, we note that SAE J587 OCT81 does contain specific 
requirements for a license plate holder and its relationship with the 
license plate, the surface the vehicle stands on, and the license plate 
lamp. The performance of a license plate lamp is dependent upon its 
physical relationship with the license plate. The license plate must be 
secured in position to evaluate this performance. To alleviate AAM's 
concern with application of the requirement to a front license plate 
holder, we have revised the text of paragraph S6.6.3 of the final rule 
(paragraph S6.1.1 of the NPRM) to state, ``Each rear license plate 
holder must be designed and constructed to provide a substantial plane 
surface on which to mount the plate. The plane of the license plate 
mounting surface and the plane on which the vehicle stands must be 
perpendicular within <plus-minus> 15[deg] '' (emphasis added).
    Grote commented that lamps designed to conform to SAE J1395 APR85, 
Turn Signal Lamps for use on Motor Vehicles 2032 mm or more in Overall 
Width, and SAE J1398 MAY85, Stop Lamps for use on Motor Vehicles 2032 
mm or more in Overall Width, incorporated by reference in Table I of 
the current version of FMVSS No. 108 for use on multipurpose passenger 
vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses, of 80 or more inches in overall 
width, could also be used on vehicles less than 80 inches (2032 mm) 
overall width, without meeting the requirements listed in Table III for 
these lamps. Grote based its comment on a statement in the Scope of SAE 
J1395 stating that, ``Turn signal lamps conforming to this report may 
also be used on vehicles less than 2032 mm in overall width.'' The 
Scope of SAE J1398 has a similar statement concerning stop lamps. This 
assertion is simply not correct. Table III of the existing version of 
Standard No. 108 applies to all passenger cars and motorcycles, and 
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses and trailers of less 
than 80 inches (2032 mm) in overall width. Table III clearly requires 
turn signal lamps to comply with SAE J588 NOV84 and stop lamps to 
comply with SAE J586 FEB84. Therefore, manufacturers may choose to 
design their lamps to also comply, respectively, with SAE J1395 APR85 
and SAE J1398 MAY85, but they also must be designed to comply, 
respectively, with SAE J588 NOV84 and SAE J586 FEB84. We do not agree 
with the argument that compliance with only SAE J1395 APR85 and SAE 
J1398 MAY85, respectively, is permitted, because this clearly 
contradicts the language in the existing regulatory text.
    Table III of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 requires that all 
passenger cars and motorcycles, and multipurpose passenger vehicles, 
trucks, trailers, and buses, of less than 80 inches (2032 mm) in 
overall width must be equipped with lamps designed to conform to the 
requirements of SAE J588 NOV84, Turn Signal Lamps for use on Motor 
Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm

[[Page 68244]]

in Overall Width, and SAE J586 FEB84, Stop Lamps for use on Motor 
Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width. Thus, if a turn signal 
lamp or stop lamp is not designed to conform with SAE J588 NOV84 or SAE 
J586 FEB84 respectively, it cannot be used on any passenger car or 
motorcycle or on any multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or 
bus of less than 80 inches in overall width, no matter whether it also 
is designed to conform to SAE J1395 APR85 or SAE J1398 MAY85. The 
explicit requirements of FMVSS No. 108 prevail over any seemingly 
contradictory language of an incorporated third-party document.
    Observing the confusion that exists because the current version of 
Standard No. 108 relies so heavily upon reference to third-party 
documents, we are convinced that our action to remove those references 
to the maximum extent possible was a correct decision. Remaining 
references to SAE documents in the final rule include:

S6.4.5 SAE J602, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable 
Sealed Beam Headlamp Units, August 1963
S9.3.5 SAE J941b, Motor Vehicle Driver's Eye Range, February 1969
S10.14.7.7 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically 
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S10.15.7.6 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically 
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S10.16.3.6 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically 
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S10.18.7 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically 
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S10.18.7.2 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically 
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S11.3 SAE J2009 FEB93, Discharge Forward Lighting Systems
S14.2.1.6 SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968
S14.2.1.6.1 SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968
S14.2.1.6.2 SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968
S14.2.1.6.2 SAE J567b, Bulb Sockets, April 1964
S14.7.3.1.2 SAE J2009 FEB93, Discharge Forward Lighting Systems
Cited Interpretations
    In the rewrite proposal, the agency integrated the clarifications 
provided by key letters of interpretation into the regulatory text of 
the standard. The criteria used in determining whether an 
interpretation was significant focused on whether it provided value in 
clarifying the provisions in the standard. In the vast majority of 
cases, past requests for interpretation have identified questions 
regarding applicability of certain provisions of the standard to 
specific design configurations. However, influential interpretations 
that clarified provisions of the standard, and continue to provide 
guidance to various parties beyond the original requestor, were 
believed to be particularly useful additions to the regulatory text. In 
the NPRM, the agency solicited public comment about additional 
interpretations that might be included in the final rule.
    In their submissions, several commenters mentioned specific 
interpretations of FMVSS No. 108 as candidates for incorporation in the 
regulatory text of the final rule. In two instances, we decided that 
the cited interpretations would make the standard more precise and 
added them to the final rule. The two interpretations are discussed 
below. Several commenters suggested other potential interpretations for 
inclusion into the final rule; however the agency decided that none of 
these provided enough value in clarifying the provisions of FMVSS No. 
108.
    Nissan suggested that inclusion of the June 18, 1985 interpretation 
to Mr. Nakaya \12\ would more precisely define where the measurement of 
the height of a high-mounted stop lamp should be made with respect to 
the rear window of a passenger car. A more detailed description of this 
interpretation is found in the discussion of revised paragraph 
S6.1.3.2.1 of the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/gm/85/1985-02.42.html
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A suggestion of TTMA was to incorporate an interpretative rule \13\ 
published in 1999 into the standard. This interpretative rule 
quantifies the ``as near the top as practicable'' mounting requirement 
that applies to clearance lamps and identification lamps mounted on a 
vehicle with cargo doors. That rule states that NHTSA will presume it 
practical to mount these lamps above the cargo doors when the header 
above those doors extends at least 25 mm (1 inch) above them. A more 
detailed discussion of this issue is found in the discussion of Table 
I.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ 64 FR 16358, (April 5, 1999).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revisions to the Proposal
S1 Through S3
    There were no comments submitted that related to S1, S2, or S3.
S4 Definitions
    AAM objected to mounting and spacing criteria being part of the 
definitions of a clearance lamp, identification lamp, and side marker 
lamp. In response, we note that all three of these definitions are 
faithful to the applicable, long-referenced, SAE standards whose 
content we have included in both the proposal and final rule text. 
These mounting and spacing criteria serve to clarify the spatial 
function of the lamps and are appropriate parts of the definitions. 
Therefore, we are keeping these criteria in the final rule.
    We removed the third sentence from the definition of ``effective 
projected luminous lens area,'' stating the term ``functional lighted 
lens area'' appearing in any SAE document had an identical meaning. The 
single instance of the term ``functional lighted (lens) area'' 
appearing in the NPRM was in paragraph S7.1.1.2.2 (S7.1.1.10.3 in the 
final rule) in reference to the procedure to determine the measurement 
point for a front turn signal lamp with a reflector. We replaced 
``functional lighted (lens) area'' in paragraph S7.1.1.10.3 with 
``effective projected luminous lens area'' and were thereby able to 
remove any reference to ``functional lighted lens area'' in the 
standard.
    Nissan observed that the definitions for ``mechanically aimable 
headlamp'' and ``material'' were not in alphabetical order in the NPRM. 
We have corrected this in the final rule.
    GE commented that the definition of ``replaceable light source'' in 
the NPRM was not identical to that of the current version of FMVSS No. 
108. As stated in the NPRM ``replaceable light source,'' means an 
assembly of a capsule, base, and terminals manufactured as a light 
source for an upper and/or lower beam of a replaceable bulb headlamp 
that is designed to conform to the requirements of Appendix A or 
Appendix B of 49 CFR part 564, Replaceable Light Source Information. 
The italicized text was added to the definition included in the current 
version of FMVSS No. 108 as part of an attempt to clarify that integral 
beam and replaceable bulb headlamps are allowed to incorporate 
``replaceable light sources'' that are used for purposes other than 
headlighting. However these ``replaceable light sources'' are not those 
defined in S4, but rather ones typically used for non-headlighting 
functions such as turn signal lamps, parking lamps, and front side 
marker lamps. In the final rule, as explained later in the discussion 
of S10 Headlighting system requirements, we have decided to address 
this issue by revising how these non-headlighting light sources were 
described. Because the revisions in language in S10 should eliminate 
confusion between headlighting and non-headlighting replaceable light 
sources, there is no need to change the definition in S4 and it is 
identical in the

[[Page 68245]]

final rule to that of the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
    Nissan commented that the definitions for ``vehicular hazard 
warning signal flasher'' from SAE J945, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal 
Flasher, February 1966, and for ``vehicular hazard warning signal 
operating unit'' from SAE J910, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal 
Operating Unit, January 1966, described the function of the hazard 
warning signal system in slightly different ways. Nissan contended, and 
we agree, that the description of the operation of the hazard warning 
signal system should be consistent. Therefore, we have revised the 
definition of ``vehicular hazard warning signal flasher'' from `` * * * 
means a device which, as long as it is turned on, causes all the 
required hazard warning lamps to flash'' to `` * * * means a device 
which, as long as it is turned on, causes all the required turn signal 
lamps to flash.'' Similarly the definition of the ``vehicular hazard 
warning signal operating unit'' was revised from `` * * * means a 
driver controlled device which causes all turn signal lamps, or other 
hazard warning lamps, to flash simultaneously to indicate to 
approaching drivers the presence of a vehicular hazard'' to `` * * * 
means a driver controlled device which causes all required turn signal 
lamps to flash simultaneously to indicate to approaching drivers the 
presence of a vehicular hazard''. This revision recognizes that the 
hazard warning signal of paragraph S6.1.5.1 only requires simultaneous 
flashing of sufficient turn signal lamps to meet the turn signal 
photometric requirements of Standard No. 108.
S5 References to SAE Publications
    In paragraph S5.2 of the NPRM we stated that ``A complete list of 
all SAE publications incorporated by reference in this standard are 
indexed at 49 CFR 571.5(j)''. This inclusion was in anticipation of a 
final rule based upon a NPRM \14\ that would have established 49 CFR 
571(j) to contain this list. This final rule has not been issued. 
Therefore, we have deleted this reference from the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ 70 FR 36094, (June 22, 2005)(Docket No. 2005-21600-1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    AAM requested that the word ``required'' be inserted into the first 
sentence of paragraph S5.1 between the words ``Each'' and ``lamp'' to 
be faithful to paragraph S5.1.1 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 
containing provisions for lamps, reflective devices, and associated 
equipment to be designed to comply with specific SAE Standards and 
Recommended Practices. We agree and have revised the final rule.
S6 Vehicle Requirements
    Proposed paragraph S6.1.1.1.1, allowing conspicuity material on a 
trailer to also serve as the required reflex reflectors if the 
conspicuity material was placed at the required locations of the reflex 
reflectors, has been relocated into the Reflex Reflectors portion of 
Table I-b of the final rule.
    Paragraph S6.1.1.3 was modified as stated in the SAE Documents 
section above to fully integrate the requirements of SAE J588e, Turn 
Signal Lamps, September 1970, relating to the use of double-faced turn 
signal lamps on truck tractors. This amendment also required a revision 
to Table XII and its Footnote 6 as well as the addition of paragraph 
3.9.1 of SAE J588e as paragraph S6.1.1.3 of FMVSS No. 108 and paragraph 
3.4 of SAE J588e as paragraph S6.1.1.3.1 of FMVSS No. 108.
    Paragraph S6.1.1.4 of the final rule, (paragraph S6.2.4 of the 
NPRM), was moved into the Vehicle requirements section based upon the 
Guide comment that it was a more appropriate location than the 
Impairment section. A typographical correction was also made to clarify 
that a parking lamp or a fog lamp may not be used as a DRL. This 
correction now results in language that is faithful to the current 
version of FMVSS No. 108 at paragraph S5.5.11(a).
    Paragraph S6.1.1.4, Hazard warning lamps, of the NPRM describing 
activation provisions for hazard warning lamps was moved to the 
Activation section where it became paragraph S6.1.5.1 in the final 
rule.
    The phrase ``fixed body panel'' in proposed paragraph S6.1.3.1 was 
objected to by Koito as being more restrictive than the phrase ``rigid 
part'' which is used in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 at 
paragraph S5.3. We have decided to retain ``rigid part'' in the final 
rule to be faithful to the original language and meaning. The phrase `` 
* * * the mounting location and * * * '' has been added to paragraph 
S6.1.3.1 ahead of ``height'' to be consistent with the references to 
Tables I, II, III, and IV of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 as 
referenced at paragraph S5.3 of that document. This clarification was 
recommended by Guide.
    Guide also suggested that the requirements of the second sentence 
of paragraph S6.1.3 of the NPRM, which becomes paragraph S6.1.3.2 of 
the final rule, deal more with photometry than lamp mounting location. 
We do not agree with this suggestion. This requirement deals with how 
to consider, for photometry purposes, the individual compartments or 
lamps of an array that consists of portions on both rigid and non-rigid 
parts of the vehicle as described in the July 12, 2000, letter of 
interpretation to Mr. King.\15\ Because this provision establishes 
photometric performance requirements based upon what kind of surface a 
lamp is mounted upon, its inclusion in the Mounting location section is 
appropriate. We have added a pointing statement in paragraphs 
S7.1.1.11.1 (front turn signal lamps), S7.1.2.11.1 (rear turn signal 
lamps), S7.2.11.1 (taillamps), and S7.3.11.1 (stop lamps) in the final 
rule to direct users to this requirement. Guide also stated that this 
section should also apply to the rear reflex reflector. However, as 
stated in several interpretations, reflex reflector requirements must 
be met by single reflectors, not a combination of separate reflectors. 
Supporting this position is the May 23, 2003 letter of interpretation 
to Mr. Babcock \16\ as well as the April 14, 2004 letter of 
interpretation to Mr. Strassburger.\17\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/21605.ztv.html.
    \16\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/babcock.ztv.html.
    \17\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/GF007569-2.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Paragraph S6.1.4, License plate lamp, of the NPRM has been 
relocated to paragraph S6.1.3.3 of the final rule in recognition that 
it states a requirement for mounting location.
    Paragraphs S7.9.1, Accessibility, and S7.9.2 Interior mounting, 
(duplication at S6.1.3.2.2 deleted) of the NPRM referring to high-
mounted stop lamps (HMSL) were relocated in the final rule to be 
paragraphs S6.1.3.4.2 and S6.1.3.4.1 respectively. These requirements 
relate primarily to how the HMSL is mounted to the vehicle, so 
paragraph S6.1.3 is the most appropriate location in Standard No. 108 
for them.
    Guide commented that the content of paragraphs S8.1.3 and S8.1.4 of 
the NPRM, dealing with headlamp beam mounting, belonged in that part of 
Standard No. 108 related to lamp mounting location. We agree and have 
moved them intact to become paragraph S6.1.3.5 of the final rule.
    Grote, Guide, Innovative, TMA, and TTMA all noted the typographical 
error in paragraph S6.2.5 of the NPRM. Both the title and text of this 
section contained the phrase ``* * * auxiliary identification lamp * * 
*'' which should be ``* * * auxiliary lamp* * *'' The correction has 
been made in the final rule, and this requirement has been relocated to 
the Mounting location

[[Page 68246]]

section as paragraph S6.1.3.6, as it states a mounting limitation.
    Paragraph S6.1.3.2.1 of the NPRM becomes paragraph S6.1.4.1, High-
mounted stop lamp, in the final rule. Nissan suggested that the term 
``window'' in the text had been defined more precisely in the June 18, 
1985 letter of interpretation to Mr. Nakaya \18\ as ``glazing'' and 
suggested use of that term in the final rule. We agree and revised the 
text accordingly.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/gm/85/1985-02.42.html
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Guide commented that paragraph S6.1.5.1 of the NPRM, concerning 
optional activation of stop lamps by vehicle retarders, duplicated 
Table I. Upon review, we believe it is a duplication, and we have 
decided that Table I is the appropriate location for it. Therefore, in 
the final rule this allowance is included in the Stop lamp-Device 
Activation portion of Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    We have relocated to paragraph S6.1.5.1 of the final rule the 
content of paragraph S6.1.1.4 of the NPRM stating requirements of the 
hazard warning signal. This is appropriate since, as we noted in our 
discussion of the definitions of vehicular hazard warning signal 
flasher and vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit, the only 
requirement of this system is simultaneous flashing of sufficient turn 
signal lamps to meet the turn signal photometric requirements of 
Standard No. 108.
    Another section relocated to S6.1.5, Activation, is paragraph 
S6.1.5.2 of the final rule, which details the requirements for 
simultaneous activation of lower beam and upper beam headlamps. These 
requirements had been included as paragraph S8.2 of the NPRM. We agree 
with the comment of Guide that this content was most appropriately 
located in the Activation section.
    We removed paragraph S6.2.3 of the NPRM, which addressed specific 
requirements for auxiliary lamps performing the function of a required 
lamp, from the final rule. Grote, Guide, SEMA, and TMA persuaded us 
that the proposed S6.2.3 contained language that was not faithful to 
the current version of FMVSS No. 108 and did not add to the 
understanding of impairment.
    Paragraph S14.2 of the NPRM was relocated to be paragraph S6.2.6 of 
the final rule. This section states the restrictions that apply to 
equipment in front of a headlamp lens. Paragraph S6.2, Impairment, was 
judged the most appropriate location for it. SEMA suggested revising 
the language of this section in a way that was inconsistent with the 
current version of Standard No. 108 by allowing obstructions if some 
undefined visibility requirement were met. This suggestion would be a 
substantive change outside the scope of this rewrite project, and, as 
such, was not adopted in the final rule.
    As previously mentioned, paragraph S6.2.4 of the NPRM stating the 
requirements for DRLs was relocated to be paragraph S6.1.1.4 of the 
final rule.
    The text of paragraph S6.3, Equipment combinations, of the final 
rule remains identical to that of the NPRM.
    Paragraph S6.4, titled Visibility and aiming in the NPRM, was re-
titled Lens area, visibility and aiming in the final rule, recognizing 
the lens area requirements of paragraph S6.4.1. References in paragraph 
S6.4 to Table IV were revised in the final rule to reference Table IV-
a, Table IV-b, or Table IV-c, as appropriate.
    AAM and Koito commented that the requirement of a manufacturer to 
irrevocably certify compliance to one of the visibility options of 
paragraph S6.4.3 was on a ``lamp function'' basis rather than a 
``lamp'' basis as stated in the NPRM. We agree and have revised the 
text of paragraph S6.4.3 accordingly to bring it in conformity to the 
final rule \19\ establishing these visibility requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ 69 FR 48805 (August 11, 2004) (Docket No. 2004-18794).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Nissan objected to the title of paragraph S6.4.4, SAE visibility 
alternative, of the NPRM stating they did not like the use of the term 
SAE as part of that title. Considering one of the goals of the FMVSS 
No. 108 rewrite was to reduce reliance upon third party documents, 
particularly SAE documents incorporated by reference, we have 
eliminated ``SAE'' from the paragraph S6.4.4 title in the final rule. 
The title of this section in the final rule is Legacy visibility 
alternative recognizing that it contains requirements that have long 
been a part of Standard No. 108.
    Nissan also commented that paragraph S6.4.5, Low-mounted lamps, 
duplicated requirements stated in footnotes to Tables V-b, V-c, VI, 
VII, VIII, IX, XI, XIV, XVI-a, and XVII. We agree with Nissan that 
these footnotes are the appropriate location for these requirements and 
have eliminated this subparagraph from the final rule.
    The addition of a new Table III to the final rule as a repository 
for listing the location in the regulatory text of each marking 
requirement of Standard No. 108 is noted in paragraph S6.5.
    AAM and Koito noted that the regulatory requirement identified in 
paragraph S6.5.1 of the NPRM for the ``DOT'' marking was stated as 
``the standard'' rather than ``49 U.S.C. 30115'' as stated in paragraph 
S7.2(a) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. We have revised the 
text of this section in the final rule to be faithful to the existing 
language.
    Paragraph S6.5.2, DRL marking, has been revised in the final rule 
to include the phrase ``* * * on its lens * * *'' after ``DRL'' to be 
faithful to the marking requirement as stated in paragraph 
S5.5.11(a)(2) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
    Several sections of the NPRM containing marking requirements for 
headlamps have been relocated in their entirety and without revision to 
paragraph S6.5.3 of the final rule. These include: (1) Proposed 
paragraph S17.1 which becomes S6.5.3.1; (2) S17.2 which becomes 
S6.5.3.2; (3) S17.3 which becomes S6.5.3.3 (split into several sections 
for clarity); and (4) S17.4 which becomes S6.5.3.4 (split for clarity 
and updated section references). Similarly, proposed paragraph S17.5 
summarizing the location of other headlamp marking requirements becomes 
paragraph S6.5.3.5.
    Proposed paragraph S6.6 stating requirements for associated 
equipment on regulated vehicles has been updated to indicate that the 
specific requirements for associated equipment are located in paragraph 
S9 of the final rule.
    Proposed paragraph S6.6.1, License plate holder, has been 
redesignated as paragraph S6.6.3 in the final rule due to renumbering 
of portions of paragraph S6.6 for clarity. AAM objected to this 
provision as stated previously in our discussion of SAE documents. The 
clarification that this section applied to rear license plate holders 
appears in the final rule (emphasis added).
    Paragraph 6.7, Replacement equipment, of the NPRM continues as that 
paragraph in the final rule. AAM, ASSN, and SEMA noted a typographic 
error in paragraph S6.7.1.2 where the word ``to'' inadvertently appears 
in the phrase ``* * * designed so that it does not to take the vehicle 
* * *'' (emphasis added). This error was corrected by removing that 
word from paragraph S6.7.1.2 of the final rule. SEMA commented that the 
language of paragraph S6.7 ``* * * infers that the standard would not 
preclude the installation of newer technologies on older vehicles and 
there is no suggestion that the introduction of lighting equipment into 
the marketplace is tied to vehicle manufacturer certification,''

[[Page 68247]]

and requested confirmation of this assumption by a response to its 
letter of December 16, 2005 requesting an interpretation by the Chief 
Counsel. SEMA's comment sought clarification of a notice of 
interpretation published in the Federal Register on November 1, 2005 
\20\ rather than addressing the substance of the rewrite of Standard 
No. 108, and, thus, was beyond the scope of the rewrite. We note that 
SEMA's concern was addressed by the agency in an August 24, 2006 letter 
of clarification.\21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ 70 FR 65972 (Nov. 1, 2005) (Docket No. NHTSA 03-15651).
    \21\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/SEMA.htm
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In its comments, ASSN objected to the inclusion of the second 
sentence of paragraph S6.7.1.2 of the NPRM which states in part, ``* * 
* the determination of whether a vehicle would be taken out of 
compliance with this standard when an individual device is installed on 
the vehicle is made without regard to whether additional devices, 
including separate lamps or reflective devices sold together with the 
device, would also be installed.'' Its contention is that this language 
which ``converts its informal interpretation into a formal rule'' was 
included in the rewrite of FMVSS No. 108 without ``the required cost 
benefit analysis'' and would limit the ``opportunities for vehicle 
personalization.'' The incorporation of the replacement equipment 
interpretation of 70 FR at 65972, or any interpretation, does not 
constitute a change in the requirements of the standard. An 
interpretation simply clarifies the existing requirements of the 
standard and as such does not require the cost-benefit analysis or 
other rulemaking formalities as ASSN suggested. Regulated parties are 
bound by the regulatory requirements regardless of whether they are 
expressed in the regulatory text or in interpretations either by letter 
or publication. A vehicle owner can continue to modify the lighting on 
his vehicle, including obtaining devices for that purpose from 
regulated parties such as vehicle dealers, so long as the vehicle 
continues to meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 and the replacement 
lighting equipment provides all regulated functions of the device being 
replaced in a single unit.
    Grote also commented on paragraph S6.7, requesting that the 
provisions of paragraph S6.7.1.2 not be applicable to heavy vehicles. 
Grote was concerned that a replacement lamp, reflective device, or item 
of associated equipment which is designed or recommended for particular 
vehicle models must be designed per S6.7.1.2 so that it does not take 
the vehicle out of compliance with this standard when the individual 
device is installed on the vehicle. Grote suggested that in the heavy 
vehicle market that it primarily serves, an owner of a fleet of heavy 
vehicles may elect to remove the original equipment lamps and 
reflective devices and replace them with equally compliant lamps and 
devices but in different functional combinations. That means, for 
example, one of a set of original equipment lamps installed on a 
particular vehicle may contain the stop lamp, taillamp, and side marker 
lamp function, while the other separate lamp contains the turn signal 
lamp, backup lamp, and reflex reflectors. Grote would like to be able 
to recommend a set of replacement lamps for this vehicle where the 
individual lamps of the set do not have the required functions grouped 
in exactly the same combinations as those of the original equipment 
set.
    Grote believes that it should be permissible to do this because the 
agency stated in the interpretation \22\ published in the Federal 
Register on November 1, 2005 that, ``* * * while our interpretation of 
S5.8.1 [of the current version of FMVSS No. 108] is not dependent on 
the size of the vehicle for which a lamp is intended, it has a more 
limited application to aftermarket lighting equipment for heavy 
vehicles than to light vehicles.'' However, the agency continued the 
discussion by stating, ``The specific context of the questions asked by 
Calcoast was aftermarket combination lamps for light vehicles, such as 
passenger cars. These lamps are typically designed for specific models 
and can only be installed on those models in the same location as the 
lamps they replace. However, for heavy vehicles, lighting equipment is 
often generic and not designed for specific models. Truck-Lite, for 
example, commented on our notice of draft interpretation that it sells 
many kinds of lighting devices through catalog sales to hundreds of 
vehicle manufacturers whose equipment it has no way of knowing about. 
Consistent with our discussion in the October 2004 notice of 
interpretation, we note that our interpretation does not mean that the 
manufacturer of generic lighting equipment has the responsibility for 
ensuring correct selection and installation of its equipment. On the 
other hand, under our interpretation, a manufacturer of aftermarket 
lighting equipment could not design or recommend lighting equipment for 
a specific vehicle if the vehicle manufacturer could not have certified 
the vehicle using that lighting equipment instead of the lighting 
equipment it actually used.'' We did not suggest in this interpretation 
that when we spoke of a ``more limited application'' in reference to 
heavy vehicles, we intended to treat replacement lamps and reflective 
devices for heavy vehicles significantly different than those for light 
vehicles. We were merely pointing out that we did not consider 
manufacturers of generic lighting equipment responsible for ensuring 
the correct selection and installation of their equipment. Therefore, 
with the exception of the previously mentioned typographical error 
correction, paragraph S6.7 in the final rule is identical to that of 
the NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ 70 FR 65972 (Nov. 1, 2005).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed paragraph S6.8 of the NPRM has been relocated to be part 
of paragraph S14 of the final rule. Substantive issues raised in the 
public comments to the NPRM will be discussed in paragraph S14.
S7 Signal Lamp Requirements
    Paragraph S7 of the NPRM contained specific requirements for signal 
lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment. With the 
reorganization of the final rule, only the signal lamp requirements 
remain in S7. In some cases, the order of appearance of specific lamp 
types in S7 has changed from the NPRM.
    As previously mentioned, we have partially adopted the request of 
ASSN/AAM concerning the format of individual lamp sections. We have 
modified the individual signal lamp sections so that a series of 
specific types of requirements are listed for each lamp in the same 
order in a ``template'' format. These requirements, in order, are: (1) 
Number, (2) Color of light, (3) Mounting location, (4) Mounting height, 
(5) Activation, (6) Markings, (7) Effective projected luminous lens 
area, (8) Visibility, (9) Indicator, (10) Spacing to other lamps, (11) 
Multiple compartment and multiple lamps, and (12) Ratio. These are 
followed by sections on Photometry and Physical tests. In many cases, 
the text following one of these types of requirements will ``point'' to 
a table or another section of the standard. Also, there are numerous 
instances where the specific lamp has no performance requirement for a 
category, and the text states ``No requirement.''
    References to physical tests applicable to signal lamps contained 
in Table XXII of the NPRM have been revised in the final rule to refer 
to paragraphs S14.4 and S14.5.

[[Page 68248]]

    Paragraph S7.1 of the final rule continues to contain the 
requirements for turn signal lamps. Paragraph S7.1.1.3 of the NPRM, 
addressing multiple compartment and multiple front turn signal lamps, 
becomes paragraph S7.1.1.11 in the final rule and has been split for 
clarity. In this section, Nissan stated that the term ``compartments'' 
after the word ``three'' was incorrectly plural; it has been changed to 
singular form in the final rule.
    As mentioned in the discussion of definitions, we replaced the term 
``functional lighted area'' in paragraph S7.1.1.2.2 of the NPRM 
(paragraph S7.1.1.10.3 in the final rule), with the equivalent term 
``effective projected luminous lens area.'' Since this paragraph was 
the only instance in Standard No. 108 where the term ``functional 
lighted area'' was used, it was eliminated from the definition of 
``Effective projected luminous lens area'' in the final rule.
    Calcoast objected to the language of paragraph S7.1.1.3.1 of the 
NPRM which stated, ``* * * overall width must meet the photometric 
requirements specified for a single section and not * * *'' photometric 
requirements for lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall 
width. In the final rule, we have changed this language in paragraph 
S7.1.1.11.4 to be faithful to the language of paragraph S5.1.1.12 of 
the current version of FMVSS No. 108. It now states, ``* * * overall 
width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire lamp and 
not.* * *'' This same issue was raised concerning rear turn signal 
lamps and stop lamps. Therefore, similar changes were made in paragraph 
S7.1.2.11.4 of the final rule for rear turn signal lamps and in 
paragraph S7.3.11.4 for stop lamps.
    Paragraph S7.1.1.3.2 of the NPRM (containing requirements for the 
ratio between the photometric intensity of a front turn signal lamp and 
that of a parking lamp or clearance lamp where optically combined) has 
become paragraph S7.1.1.12 in the final rule and has been split for 
clarity.
    Paragraph S7.1.2.2 of the NPRM (addressing multiple compartment and 
multiple rear turn signal lamps) becomes paragraph S7.1.2.11 in the 
final rule and has been split for clarity. Once again, Nissan stated 
that in this section, the term ``compartments'' after the word 
``three'' was incorrectly plural; it has been changed to singular form 
in the final rule.
    Paragraph S7.1.2.3 of the NPRM (containing requirements for the 
ratio between the photometric intensity of a rear turn signal lamp and 
that of a taillamp or clearance lamp where optically combined) becomes 
paragraph S7.1.2.12 in the final rule and has been split for clarity.
    Paragraph S7.2.1.1 of the NPRM (addressing multiple compartment and 
multiple taillamps) becomes paragraph S7.2.11 in the final rule and has 
been split for clarity. Again, Nissan stated that in this section the 
term ``compartments'' after the word ``three'' was incorrectly plural; 
it has been changed to singular form in the final rule. Also, AAM and 
Koito commented that there was an incorrect reference to Table VII 
instead of Table VIII in the NPRM; this has been corrected in the final 
rule.
    Paragraph S7.2.12, Ratio, has been added in the final rule to point 
to the ratio requirements for rear turn signal lamps and stop lamps 
optically combined with taillamps.
    Paragraph S7.3.1.1 of the NPRM (addressing multiple compartment and 
multiple stop lamps) becomes paragraph S7.3.11 in the final rule and 
has been split for clarity. Again, Nissan stated that in this section 
the term ``compartments'' after the word ``three'' was incorrectly 
plural; it has been changed to singular form in the final rule.
    Paragraph S7.3.1.2 of the NPRM (containing requirements for the 
ratio between the photometric intensity of a stop lamp and that of a 
taillamp where optically combined) becomes paragraph S7.3.12 in the 
final rule and has been split for clarity.
    Koito commented about the limitation of the application of reduced 
photometry requirements of paragraph S7.4.1.1 of the NPRM to side 
marker lamps installed on vehicles less than 80 inches wide. This 
limitation is consistent with Table 1, footnote ``b'' of SAE J592e. A 
more comprehensive discussion of this issue is part of the section on 
SAE documents in this final rule.
    Paragraph S7.5.12, Ratio, has been added in the final rule to point 
to the ratio requirements for front and rear turn signal lamps 
optically combined with clearance lamps.
    Paragraphs S7.7.2, Photometry, and S7.7.1, Installation, of the 
NPRM (applicable to license plate lamps) have been split for clarity as 
paragraphs S7.7.13 and S7.7.15 respectively, in the final rule.
    A reference to new Figure 20, License Plate Lamp Measurement of 
Incident Light Angle, was added to paragraph S7.7.15.4 of the final 
rule (paragraph S7.7.1.1 in the NPRM.)
    Paragraphs S7.9.1, Accessibility, and S7.9.2, Installation, of the 
NPRM (applicable to high-mounted stop lamps) were relocated in the 
final rule to be paragraphs S6.1.3.4.2 and S6.1.3.4.1, respectively.
    Guide commented that paragraph S7.11.2.2(c) of the NPRM should be 
relocated to the DRL activation portion of Table I-a. We disagree. This 
requirement, which becomes paragraph S7.10.10.1(c) in the final rule, 
only specifies activation and deactivation of the DRL when the turn 
signal is activated on a vehicle where the DRL is in close proximity to 
a turn signal lamp. Given these constraints of limited application, its 
present placement in the final rule is the most appropriate location. A 
statement in the DRL activation portion of Table I-a does point to 
paragraph S7.10.10.1(c) to also alert users to this requirement.
S8 Reflective Device Requirements
    Requirements for reflex reflectors located in paragraph S7.10 of 
the NPRM have been relocated to paragraph S8.1 in the final rule. 
Paragraphs S8.1.1 through S8.1.10 are categorized identically to the 
organizational template of signal lamps. However, a section covering 
multiple compartment lamp and multiple lamps and a section covering 
ratio are clearly not applicable to reflex reflectors and are not 
included. Paragraph S8.1.11, Photometry, replaces paragraph S7.10.1 of 
the NPRM, while paragraph S8.1.12, Physical tests, replaces paragraph 
S7.10.2 and paragraph S8.1.13, Alternative reflex material, replaces 
paragraph S7.10.1.1.
    References to physical tests applicable to reflex reflectors 
contained in Table XXII of the NPRM have been revised in the final rule 
to refer to paragraphs S14.4 and S14.5.
    The final rule combines the content of paragraph S7.12 and Table 
III of the NPRM into paragraph S8.2. Specifically, proposed paragraph 
S7.12 becomes paragraph S8.2, proposed paragraph S7.12.1 becomes 
paragraph S8.2.1, Retroreflective sheeting, (split for clarity), and 
proposed paragraph S7.12.1.1 becomes paragraph S8.2.1.3, Certification 
marking.
    Following this, the text of the proposed Application pattern-
Alternating red and white materials-Retroreflective sheeting box of 
Table III is stated as paragraph S8.2.1.4, the text of the proposed 
Application location-Retroreflective sheeting box of Table III is 
stated as paragraph S8.2.1.5, and the text of the proposed Application 
spacing-Retroreflective sheeting box of Table III is stated as 
paragraph S8.2.1.6.
    3M commented that they believe that the use of the phrase ``* * * 
material is required to be installed * * *'' in both

[[Page 68249]]

the requirements for Application pattern-Retroreflective sheeting and 
Application pattern-Conspicuity reflex reflectors implies that there is 
only one method of meeting conspicuity requirements, not two 
alternative methods. To increase clarity of these alternative 
requirements, we have revised the first sentence of the Alternating red 
and white materials-Retroreflective sheeting, (now paragraph 
S8.2.1.4.1) requirement to read ``* * * where alternating material is 
installed * * *'' We have also eliminated the phrase ``Where 
alternating color material is required to be installed'' from the 
beginning of the first sentence of Alternating red and white materials-
Conspicuity reflex reflectors section (now paragraph S8.2.2.2.1).
    3M also commented that the language in the Application pattern-
White material-Conspicuity reflex reflectors section (paragraph 
S8.2.2.2.2 of the final rule) discussing the dimensional relationship 
between adjacent white conspicuity reflex reflectors would be more 
appropriately included in the Application location portion. We disagree 
because the requirements in the Application location portion refer to 
the location of the material on the vehicle while the requirements in 
the Application pattern portion only refer to the location of a 
reflector to an adjacent reflector.
    AAM commented that the language of the Application location-
Retroreflective sheeting portion begins with the phrase ``Not permitted 
* * *'' which imposes a different requirement than paragraph S5.7.1.4 
of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 which states ``* * * but need 
not be applied * * *'' We agree and have revised the requirement of the 
Application location-Retroreflective sheeting (now paragraph S8.2.1.5 
in the final rule) to begin, ``Need not be installed, as illustrated in 
Figure 12-2, * * *''
    Proposed paragraph S7.12.1.2, Photometry, becomes paragraph 
S8.2.1.7 in the final rule with no substantive changes. The photometry 
requirements reference was updated to Table XVI-c and the photometry 
test procedure reference to paragraph S14.2.3.
    Proposed paragraph S7.12.2, Conspicuity reflex reflectors, becomes 
paragraph S8.2.2 and proposed paragraph S7.12.1, Certification marking, 
becomes paragraph S8.2.2.1 in the final rule.
    Following this, the text of the proposed Application pattern-
Alternating red and white material-Conspicuity reflex reflectors box of 
Table III is stated as paragraph S8.2.2.2.1 and the proposed 
Application pattern-White material-Conspicuity reflex reflectors box of 
Table III is stated as paragraph S8.2.2.2.2. Regarding retroreflective 
sheeting, we have addressed the previously noted 3M comment about 
alternative methods of meeting conspicuity requirements by eliminating 
the phrase ``Where white material is required to be installed'' from 
the beginning of the first sentence of the Application pattern-White 
material-Conspicuity reflex reflectors (now paragraph S8.2.2.2.2) 
section.
    Proposed paragraph S7.12.2.2, Photometry, has become paragraph 
S8.2.2.3 (split for clarity) in the final rule.
    Paragraph S8.2.3 of the final rule contains the requirements for 
conspicuity systems installed on trailers that were part of Table III 
in the NPRM. Paragraph S8.2.3.1 (split for clarity) includes the 
requirements for the three conspicuity elements required on the rear of 
a trailer and paragraph S8.2.3.2 (split for clarity) states 
requirements for the alternating color side conspicuity treatment 
required on trailers.
    AAM requested that the specific grades of sheeting permitted be 
mentioned in the requirements for Trailer rear-Element 2-white, now in 
paragraph S8.2.3.1.2.1. Therefore, we have inserted the phrase ``* * * 
of Grade DOT-C2, DOT-C3, or DOT-C4 * * *'' between the word ``long'' 
and the word ``applied'' in the first sentence making the language of 
the requirement faithful to that of paragraph S5.7.1.4.1(b) of the 
current version of FMVSS No. 108.
    TTMA commented that certain tank trailers may not have a vertical 
surface suitable for installing the Trailer side-alternating red and 
white materials conspicuity material between 375 mm and 1525 mm above 
the road surface. If installed in a downward orientation, it would not 
be effective for its purpose. The requirement of this section states 
that the material must be installed in this height range if practicable 
and going beyond this range is permitted if it aids correct 
orientation. We believe that the language of paragraph S8.2.3.2.1 of 
the final rule, along with the illustrative examples of conspicuity 
treatment applied to tank trailers shown in Figure 11, adequately 
addresses this issue.
    Paragraph S8.2.4 of the final rule contains the requirements for 
conspicuity systems installed on truck tractors, which was part of 
Table III in the NPRM. Paragraph S8.2.4.1 (split for clarity) contains 
requirements for Element 1 (alternating color) and paragraph S8.2.4.2 
(split for clarity) states the requirements for Element 2 (white). One 
mounting alternative for conspicuity treatment requirements in Truck 
tractor-Element 1 was inadvertently omitted from the NPRM. This 
material is allowed to be mounted to ``plates attached to the mudflap 
support brackets'' as stated in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 at 
paragraph S5.7.1.4.3(a). We have inserted this alternative mounting 
location after ``mudflap support brackets'' and before ``or on the 
mudflaps'' in paragraph S8.2.4.1.1 of the final rule.
S9 Associated Equipment Requirements
    Section 7.14 of the NPRM, Associated equipment requirements, is 
relocated to paragraph S9 in the final rule.
    Koito and Nissan commented that the first sentence of paragraph 
S7.14.1 of the NPRM, now paragraph S9.1.1 of the final rule, virtually 
duplicated the definition of Turn signal operating unit in S4. We agree 
and removed that sentence from paragraph S9.1.1. Paragraph S9.1.2 of 
the final rule states that turn signal operating units must meet the 
applicable performance requirements of paragraph S14.9. These 
references are to paragraph S6.6 and Table XXI in the NPRM.
    Similarly, the first sentence of paragraph S7.14.2 of the NPRM, now 
paragraph S9.2.1 of the final rule, virtually duplicated the definition 
of Turn signal flasher in S4. We removed that sentence from paragraph 
S9.2.1. Paragraph S9.2.2 of the final rule states that turn signal 
flashers must meet the applicable performance requirements of paragraph 
S14.9. These references are to paragraph S6.6 and Table XXI in the 
NPRM.
    In the NPRM, paragraph S7.14.3 stated requirements for the turn 
signal pilot indicator. These requirements have been relocated to 
paragraph S9.3 (split for clarity) in the final rule. Paragraph 
S7.14.3.1 of the NPRM described the turn signal pilot indicator size 
and color requirements. These requirements were erroneously based on 
paragraph 5.4.3 of SAE J588 NOV84, Turn Signal Lamps for use on Motor 
Vehicles less than 2032 mm in Overall Width. These requirements should 
have been based upon paragraph 4.5 of SAE J588e, Turn Signal Lamps, 
September 1970, as specified by paragraph S5.5.6 of the current version 
of FMVSS No. 108. We have stated the correct requirements in paragraph 
S9.3.4 of the final rule. These corrected requirements include a 
visibility requirement that references SAE J941b, Motor Vehicle 
Driver's Eye Range, February 1969, rather than the incorrect reference 
to SAE J1050,

[[Page 68250]]

Describing and Measuring the Driver's Field of View, which was included 
in the NPRM.
    The incorporation in paragraph S7.14.3.2 of the NPRM of the 
language from the incorrect version of SAE J588 also caused the 
description of the modes of indication of the turn signal pilot 
indicator to be omitted as noted in the comments from AAM. We have 
corrected this in the final rule by inserting the phrase ``* * *by a 
``steady on'', ``steady off'', or by a significant change in the 
flashing rate* * *'' into the text of paragraph S9.3.6.
    We also neglected in the NPRM to cite the reason for our use of the 
failure indication criteria of ``* * *minimum photometric performance 
specified in Tables VI or VII* * *'' rather than the text of paragraph 
S5.5.6 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108, which states that 
criteria as ``Failure of one or more turn signal lamps to operate* * 
*.'' The language incorporated in the NPRM came from the July 10, 1998 
letter of interpretation to Mr. Binder.\23\ In that interpretation, the 
issue of how to indicate to the driver the failure of a turn signal 
lamp that consisted of a number of LED light sources was discussed. The 
failure indication criteria for this situation was stated in Binder in 
this way, ``If a light source fails in a turn signal lamp on a vehicle 
that is not equipped to tow a trailer, Standard No. 108 requires that 
the failure be indicated to the driver. We are not aware of any LED 
turn signals in use, or how manufacturers would design such a unit to 
comply with this requirement. However, we believe that a failure should 
be indicated to the driver at the point where an LED turn signal ceases 
to furnish the minimum photometric performance required by Standard No. 
108.'' The statements in the Binder interpretation also apply to turn 
signal lamps using conventional incandescent light sources. If a turn 
signal lamp using an incandescent light source fails, it obviously has 
zero photometric output. Therefore, we adopted the language of Binder 
in the NPRM but omitted mention of it as one of the incorporated 
interpretations. We are correcting that omission here and are 
preserving the failure indication criteria of the NPRM in paragraph 
S9.3.6 of the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/18121.ztv.html
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Paragraphs S7.14.4, Headlamp beam switching device, and S7.14.4.1, 
Semi-automatic headlamp beam switching device, of the NPRM, were re-
designated as paragraphs S9.4 and S9.4.1, respectively, in the final 
rule. Paragraph S9.4.1.4 of the final rule, which was paragraph 
S7.14.4.1.4 in the NPRM, had a second sentence added to it which 
states, ``The device shall not affect the function of the upper beam 
indicator light.'' which was inadvertently omitted from the NPRM. This 
requirement comes from paragraph 4.14 of SAE J565b, Semiautomatic 
Headlamp Beam Switching Devices, February 1969, which is incorporated 
by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
    Paragraph S9.4.1.7 of the final rule states that semi-automatic 
headlamp beam switching devices must be designed to conform to the 
performance requirements of paragraph S14.9. These references are to 
paragraph S6.6 and Table XXI in the NPRM.
    Paragraphs S7.14.5 Upper beam headlamp indicator, and S7.14.5.1 
Indicator size, location, and color, of the NPRM, become paragraphs 
S9.5 and S9.5.1, respectively, in the final rule. However, the term 
``color'' and the last sentence of paragraph S7.14.5.1 stating that the 
color of the indicator need not be red were deleted from paragraph 
S9.5.1. By removing this language and making Standard No. 108 silent 
about the color of the upper beam headlamp indicator, we have 
simplified the manner in which the requirement is presented. The 
current version of FMVSS No. 108 states in paragraph S5.5.2 that, 
``Each vehicle shall have a means for indicating to the driver when the 
upper beams of the headlamps are on that conforms to SAE Recommended 
Practice J564a, April 1964, except that the signal color need not be 
red''. The second paragraph of SAE J564a states that ``* * *The upper 
beam indicator should consist of a red light* * *.'' As noted in the 
comments of AAM, we incorporated in the NPRM the requirements of SAE 
J564a directly into the text of the Standard No. 108 without including 
the red color requirement because of the noted exclusion. However, we 
neglected to remove the excluding language from the NPRM. We are doing 
so in the final rule.
    Koito and Nissan commented that the first sentence of paragraph 
S7.14.6 of the NPRM, now paragraph S9.6.1 of the final rule, virtually 
duplicated the definition of Vehicular hazard warning signal operating 
unit in S4. We agree and removed that sentence from paragraph S9.6.1. 
Paragraph S9.6.3 of the final rule states that vehicular hazard warning 
signal operating units must meet the applicable performance 
requirements of paragraph S14.9. These references are to paragraph S6.6 
and Table XXI in the NPRM.
    Similarly, the first sentence of paragraph S7.14.7 of the NPRM, now 
paragraph S9.7.1 of the final rule, virtually duplicated the definition 
of Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher in S4. We removed that 
sentence from paragraph S9.7.1. Paragraph S9.7.2 of the final rule 
states that vehicular hazard warning signal flashers must meet the 
applicable performance requirements of paragraph S14.9. These 
references are to paragraph S6.6 and Table XXI in the NPRM.
    Requirements for the vehicular hazard warning signal pilot 
indicator from paragraph S7.14.8 of the NPRM are relocated intact to 
paragraph S9.8 (split for clarity) in the final rule. AAM commented 
that a vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator was not required 
by FMVSS No. 108. We direct AAM's attention to SAE J910, Vehicular 
Hazard Warning Signal Operating Unit, January 1966, specifically 
paragraph 5. When we removed J910 as a referenced document in the NPRM, 
we incorporated the requirements of paragraph 5 into paragraph S7.14.8, 
which we are now designating as paragraph S9.8 in the final rule. \24\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ SAE J945, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal Flasher, February 
1966 incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 
108 also discusses a visible pilot indicator for the vehicular 
hazard warning signal. The test condition requirement of S9.8.3 of 
the final rule comes from J945.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

S10 Headlighting System Requirements.
    The headlighting system requirements of S8 of the NPRM become S10 
of the final rule.
    Paragraph S8.1 of the NPRM is now paragraph S10.1 (split for 
clarity) in the final rule. Guide commented that paragraphs S8.1.1 and 
S8.1.2 of the NPRM were redundant with the requirement, of paragraph 
S8.1, that the headlighting system conforms to one of the systems of 
Table II. We agree and eliminated paragraphs S8.1.1 and S8.1.2 from the 
final rule.
    We mentioned previously in the discussion of mounting location 
requirements that Guide commented that the content of sections 8.1.3 
and 8.1.4 of the NPRM, dealing with headlamp beam mounting, was most 
appropriately located in the lamp mounting location section. We agree 
and have moved them intact to become paragraph S6.1.3.5 of the final 
rule.
    Paragraph S8.1.5, Headlamp adjustments, of the NPRM was relocated 
to be paragraphs S10.18.1.1 and S10.18.1.2 of the final rule.
    We adopted, in S10 of the final rule, the ASSN/AAM suggested 
standard format similar to that of the signal lamp and reflex reflector 
sections. Those standardized criteria that apply to headlamps with the 
appropriate

[[Page 68251]]

pointing statements or ``no requirement'' notations become paragraphs 
S10.3 through S10.12 of the final rule.
    The requirements for a sealed beam headlighting system, which were 
S9 of the NPRM, become paragraph S10.13 in the final rule. Paragraphs 
S9 and S9.1 of the NPRM have been relocated intact to become paragraphs 
S10.13 and S10.13.1 respectively in the final rule. The simultaneous 
aim requirements for type ``F'' sealed beam headlamps, which were 
paragraph S9.2 in the NPRM, become S10.13.2 in the final rule, the only 
revision being the revised reference for the applicable photometry 
procedure. Paragraph S9.3, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph 
S10.13.3 in the final rule, again with a revised reference to the 
photometry procedure. The physical tests requirements of paragraph S9.4 
of the NPRM, which referenced Tables XXII and XXIII, become paragraph 
S10.13.4 (split for clarity) in the final rule, with updated references 
to the applicable test procedures and performance requirements in 
paragraph S14.
    The requirements for an integral beam headlighting system that were 
paragraph S10 of the NPRM become paragraph S10.14 in the final rule. 
Paragraphs S10 and S10.1 of the NPRM have been relocated to be 
paragraphs S10.14 and S10.14.1, respectively, in the final rule, with 
the only revision being the substitution of the term ``activated'' for 
the term ``mechanized'' used in the NPRM. Paragraphs S10.2, S10.3, and 
S10.4 of the NPRM have been relocated to become paragraphs S10.14.2 
(split for clarity), S10.14.3, and S10.14.4 respectively in the final 
rule.
    AAM and Koito both commented that the language in paragraph S10.5 
(repeated in paragraph S11.3) of the NPRM, stating that, ``An integral 
beam (replaceable bulb in paragraph S11.3) headlamp may incorporate 
replaceable light sources that are used for purposes other than 
headlighting'', could be interpreted to mean those ``replaceable light 
sources'' defined in S4 of the NPRM. This language came from paragraphs 
S7.4(i) and S7.5(j) of the current version of Standard No. 108. To 
alleviate concerns that this incorrect interpretation could be applied, 
we have revised the language of paragraph S10.5 (and paragraph S11.3) 
of the NPRM. Paragraph S10.14.5 (and paragraph S10.15.5) of the final 
rule now states, ``An integral beam (replaceable bulb in paragraph 
S10.15.5) headlamp may incorporate light sources that are used for 
purposes other than headlighting and are capable of being replaced.''
    Paragraph S10.6, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.14.6 
in the final rule, with a revised reference to the photometry 
procedure. The physical test requirements of paragraph S10.7 of the 
NPRM, which referenced Table XXII and Table XXIII, become paragraph 
S10.14.7 (split for clarity) in the final rule, with updated references 
to the applicable test procedures and performance requirements in 
paragraph S14.
    The requirements for a replaceable bulb headlighting system, which 
were paragraph S11 of the NPRM, become paragraph S10.15 in the final 
rule. Paragraph S11 of the NPRM has been relocated intact to be 
paragraph S10.15 in the final rule. Koito commented that the language 
of paragraph S11.1 of the NPRM stating, ``* * *must consist of the 
correct number of designated headlamp units shown for* * *'' did not 
clearly express the requirement. We agree and have revised this phrase 
to, ``* * *must consist of either two or four headlamps shown for* * 
*'' in paragraph S10.15.1 of the final rule.
    Paragraph S11.2 of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.15.2 in the final 
rule. Paragraph S11.4 of the NPRM has the phrase ``* * *be designed to* 
* *'' inserted before the word ``conform'' when it becomes paragraph 
S10.15.3 of the final rule.
    Paragraph S11.5 of the NPRM is relocated to become paragraph 
S10.14.4.1 of the final rule. It is supplemented by a new paragraph 
S10.15.4.2 stating the exception from the requirements of paragraph 
S10.14.4.1 (that were contained in paragraphs S7.5(d)(3)(i)(A) and 
S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(A) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108), which was 
omitted from the NPRM, as noted in the comments of Guide and Koito.
    As previously mentioned, paragraph S11.3 of the NPRM was revised 
for clarity and becomes paragraph S10.15.5 in the final rule.
    Paragraph S11.6, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.15.6 
in the final rule, with a revised reference to the photometry 
procedure. The physical tests requirement of paragraph S11.7 of the 
NPRM, which referenced Table XXII and Table XXIII, becomes paragraph 
S10.15.7 (split for clarity) in the final rule, with updated references 
to the applicable test procedures and performance requirements in 
paragraph S14.
    The requirements for a combination headlighting system that were 
S12 of the NPRM become paragraph S10.16 in the final rule. Paragraphs 
S12 and S12.1 of the NPRM have been relocated to be paragraphs S10.16 
and S10.16.1, respectively, in the final rule, with the only revision 
being the substitution of the term ``activated'' for the term 
``mechanized'' used in the NPRM.
    Paragraph S12.2, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.16.2 
in the final rule, with a revised reference to the photometry 
procedure. The physical test requirements of paragraph S12.3 of the 
NPRM, which referenced Table XXII and Table XXIII, become paragraph 
S10.16.3 (split for clarity) in the final rule, with updated references 
to the applicable test procedures and performance requirements in 
paragraph S14.
    The requirements for a motorcycle headlighting system that were S13 
of the NPRM become paragraph S10.17 in the final rule. Paragraphs 
S13.1, S13.1.1 (split for clarity), S13.1.2 (split for clarity), and 
S13.1.3 (split for clarity) of the NPRM are relocated intact to become 
paragraphs S10.17.1, S10.17.1.1, S10.17.1.2, and S10.17.1.3, 
respectively, of the final rule. Paragraph S13.4 of the NPRM becomes 
paragraph S10.17.2 of the final rule.
    Paragraph S13.2, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.17.3 
in the final rule, with a revised reference to the photometry 
procedure. The physical test requirements of paragraph S13.3 of the 
NPRM, which referenced Table XXII, become paragraph S10.17.5 in the 
final rule, with updated references to the applicable test procedures 
and performance requirements in paragraph S14.
    Paragraphs S13.5.1, Modulation, S13.5.2, Replacement modulators, 
S13.5.2.1, Replacement performance, and S13.5.2.2, Replacement 
instructions, of the NPRM are relocated intact to become paragraphs 
S10.17.5.1, S10.17.5.2, S10.17.5.2.1, and S10.17.5.2.2, respectively, 
in the final rule.
    Headlamp aimability requirements that were located in S14 in the 
NPRM have been relocated to paragraph S10.18 in the final rule with one 
exception and with very few revisions. The exception is proposed 
paragraph S14.2 dealing with equipment in front of a headlamp lens. The 
requirements of this section were moved to paragraph S6.2.6 in the 
Impairment section of the final rule.
    Paragraph S14.8.2 of the NPRM, which becomes paragraph S10.18.7.2 
of the final rule, contains requirements for use of nonadjustable 
headlamp aiming device locating plates for five types of sealed beam 
headlamps. The language in the NPRM stated that these units should 
incorporate lens-mounted aiming pads specified in Figures a, b, c, d, 
or e of the NPRM. The figures referred to were intended to be 
placeholders in

[[Page 68252]]

a draft version of the NPRM. The NPRM should have stated that, ``* * * 
incorporate lens-mounted aiming pads as specified for those units in 
Appendix C of part 564 of this chapter,'' which is incorporated in 
paragraph S10.18.7.2 of the final rule.
    Koito requested that an alternative measurement distance of 25 m be 
permitted for the measurement of the cutoff parameter for a visually/
optically aimed headlamp. Paragraph S14.10.1.5 of the NPRM, based upon 
the April 6, 2000 letter of interpretation to Mr. Spingler,\25\ 
required the measurement distance to be 10 m. One of the objectives of 
the rewrite of Standard No. 108 is to improve the clarity of the 
document without changing the substance of the existing requirements. 
The referenced letter of interpretation states a specific measurement 
distance without alternatives. Therefore, Koito's request would be a 
substantive change beyond the scope of the rewrite and paragraph 
S10.18.9.1.5 of the final rule duplicates the requirement from the 
NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/21406.ztv.html
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

S11 Replaceable Light Source Requirements
    Paragraph S15 of the NPRM, Replaceable light source requirements, 
is relocated to S11 in the final rule. Paragraphs S15 and S15.1 from 
the NPRM become paragraphs S11 and S11.1, respectively, in the final 
rule. Paragraph S15.4, Ballast markings, of the NPRM becomes paragraph 
S11.2 in the final rule and paragraph S15.5, Gas discharge laboratory 
life, becomes paragraph S11.3. Paragraph S15.6 of the NPRM, containing 
requirements for physical tests of replaceable light sources, is split 
into paragraphs S11.4.1 and S11.4.2 in the final rule. Paragraph 
S11.4.1 references the deflection test and pressure test applicable to 
replaceable light sources, which were part of Table XXIII in the NPRM 
and have been relocated to paragraph S14.7 in the final rule. Paragraph 
S11.4.2 references a restated power and flux measurement test that is 
described in paragraph S14.7.3 of the final rule, noting that the 
performance requirements for this test do not reside in the main text 
of Standard No. 108, but in the applicable appendix of part 564 of this 
chapter.
    The NPRM contained paragraphs S15.2 and S15.3, both titled Power 
and flux measurement, which essentially described the same test of 
replaceable light sources. Recognizing that they were test procedures 
and striving to advance the objectives of the rewrite, we consolidated 
the procedures of paragraphs S15.2 and 15.3 into a single procedure, 
without revising or modifying the requirements, and relocated it to 
paragraph S14.7.3 of the final rule.
S12 Headlamp Concealment Device Requirements
    The headlamp concealment device requirements of S16 of the NPRM are 
relocated intact to S12 of the final rule.
S13 Replaceable Headlamp Lens Requirements
    The replaceable headlamp lens requirements of paragraph S18 of the 
NPRM are relocated intact (split for clarity) to paragraph S13 of the 
final rule.
S14 Physical and Photometry Test Procedures and Performance 
Requirements
    As previously mentioned, ASSN/AAM and Grote commented that tables 
containing significant amounts of text, such as the test requirements 
in Tables XXI, XXII, and XXIII of the NPRM, are difficult to use 
because of lengthy passages that contain several sentences and express 
several unique test conditions or requirements. We agree with these 
comments. In the final rule, we have moved virtually all test 
procedures and their associated performance requirements to S14.
    General test procedures and performance requirements that were 
located in paragraph S6.8 of the NPRM have been placed in paragraph 
S14.1 of the final rule. Similarly, the photometric test procedures of 
paragraph S6.8 of the NPRM are now paragraph S14.2 of the final rule.
    Part of Table XXII of the NPRM, the out of focus test applicable to 
motorcycle headlamps designed to conform to paragraph S10.17(b), 
becomes paragraph S14.3 in the final rule. The color test and plastic 
optical materials test of Table XXII become paragraph S14.4 in the 
final rule. The remaining tests of Table XXII, the vibration test, 
moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test, become paragraph S14.5 in 
the final rule.
    All tests applicable to complete headlamps included in Table XXIII 
of the NPRM have been relocated to paragraph S14.6 of the final rule. 
The tests in Table XXIII of the NPRM related to replaceable light 
sources become paragraph S14.7 in the final rule. Tests in Table XXIII 
of the NPRM that apply to vehicle headlamp aiming devices (VHAD) were 
relocated to be paragraph S14.8 in the final rule. Also, the tests 
applicable to associated equipment that were located in Table XXI of 
the NPRM become paragraph S14.9 in the final rule.
    S6.8.1 of the NPRM, stating that lamps, reflective devices, and 
associated equipment regulated by Standard No. 108 be designed to 
conform to applicable physical test requirements, becomes paragraph 
S14.1.1 of the final rule. This is followed by proposed paragraphs 
S6.8.4 and S.8.4.1 of the NPRM, applicable to plastic optical 
materials, which become paragraphs S14.1.2 and S14.1.3, respectively, 
in the final rule. Bayer had asked that the word ``reflex'' be placed 
before the word ``reflector'' in paragraph S14.1.2 but we prefer to 
keep the language faithful to paragraph S5.1.2 of the current version 
of Standard No. 108. Paragraph S14.1.4, Samples, of the final rule is 
paragraph S6.8.2 (split for clarity) of the NPRM, except for the 
sentence ``A mounting bracket with a sample headlamp installed must not 
have a resonant frequency in the 10-55 Hz. range'' which was relocated 
to paragraph S14.6.8.1 in the final rule because of its specific 
applicability to the vibration test for headlamps. Paragraph S6.8.3 of 
the NPRM is now paragraph S14.1.5 of the final rule.
    Paragraph S6.8.5 of the NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2, Photometric 
test procedures, in the final rule. Paragraph S6.8.5.1 was split for 
clarity and becomes paragraph S14.2.1 in the final rule. Nissan 
commented that the measurement distance requirements in paragraph 
S6.8.5.1 were confusing because they mentioned license plate lamps and 
headlamps. We agree and have revised the text of paragraph S14.2.1.3 of 
the final rule to expressly state the required distance for all lamps 
that paragraph S14.2.1 applies to. Nissan also noted that proposed 
paragraph S6.8.5.1 contained a requirement for photometric intensity 
between test points that was duplicated in several photometry 
requirements tables as a footnote. We eliminated this language from 
paragraph S14.2.1 of the final rule, deciding that the individual 
requirements tables were the appropriate location for the intensity 
between test point requirements.
    Paragraph S6.8.5.1.1 of the NPRM becomes, in its entirety, 
paragraph S14.2.1.4 (split for clarity) of the final rule. Paragraph 
S6.8.5.1.2, detailing requirements for photometry of multiple 
compartment lamps and multiple lamps, becomes paragraph S14.2.1.5 in 
the final rule. We adopted the suggestion of Koito to specifically 
indicate the type of lamps to which this section applies.

[[Page 68253]]

    Paragraph S6.8.5.2 of the NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2.1.6 (split 
for clarity) in the final rule. Paragraph S14.2.1.6.2 was added to this 
section at the suggestion of Calcoast, which observed that the NPRM had 
not included the content of Footnotes 2 and 3, which follow Table IV, 
of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. The last sentence of paragraph 
S6.8.2, which specifically addressed samples for the color test of 
reflex reflectors, was moved to be paragraph S14.4.1.1 of the final 
rule.
    Paragraph S6.8.5.3, License plate lamp photometry, of the NPRM 
becomes paragraph S14.2.2 in the final rule. Paragraphs S6.8.5.3.1 and 
S6.8.5.3.2 of the NPRM become paragraphs S14.2.2.1 and S14.2.2.2, 
respectively, in the final rule. Nissan observed that the language of 
paragraph S6.8.5.3.2 was awkward and suggested a revision that did not 
change the substance of the requirement. We adopted Nissan's suggestion 
in paragraph S14.2.2.2. We also added paragraph S14.2.2.3 to the final 
rule to clarify that the bulb requirements of paragraph S14.2.1.6 also 
apply to license plate lamp photometry.
    Proposed paragraph S6.8.5.4, stating requirements for reflex 
reflector and retroreflective sheeting photometry, becomes paragraph 
S14.2.3 in the final rule. For clarity, paragraph S6.8.5.4 of the NPRM 
has been split into paragraphs S14.2.3.1 through S14.2.3.6 and 
paragraph S6.8.5.4.1 has been split into paragraphs S14.2.3.7.1 through 
S14.2.3.8.2 in the final rule. Likewise, paragraph S6.8.5.4.1.1 in the 
NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2.3.8.3.1 in the final rule.
    3M commented that the language of paragraph S6.8.5.4.1 of the NPRM, 
which is paragraph S14.2.3.7 of the final rule, did not allow a 
complete photometric evaluation of retroreflective sheeting because a 
presentation angle was not specified. 3M's premise was that the test 
method of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 relies on conventions 
regarding orientation and presentation that are part of ASTM E 810, 
Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Retroreflection of 
Retroreflective Sheeting Utilizing the Coplaner Geometry, which is 
referenced by ASTM D 4956, Standard Specification for Retroreflective 
Sheeting for Traffic Control, a document 3M contends is no longer 
referenced in the NPRM. This contention is incorrect. The reference to 
ASTM D 4956, from paragraph S5.7.1.2 of the current version of FMVSS 
No. 108, is replicated in paragraph S7.12.1 of the NPRM and finally by 
paragraph S8.2.1.2 of the final rule, with consistent language 
throughout. Since the connection to ASTM E 810 still exists, we see no 
reason to modify the final rule as 3M suggested.
    Nissan suggested that the language concerning the mounting of a 
reflex test sample for photometry, which becomes paragraph S14.2.3.1 of 
the final rule, did not allow for a test chamber which does not provide 
a linear 100 foot test distance, but rather was arranged in a non-
horizontal orientation. We do not agree and, therefore, have not 
changed the text from the NPRM to the final rule. The procedure of 
paragraph S14.2.3.1 is faithful to the language of paragraph 3.1.7 of 
SAE J594f, Reflex Reflectors, January 1977, incorporated by reference 
in the current version of FMVSS 108.
    The reflex reflector photometry test, like all tests in Standard 
No. 108, describes a procedure that NHTSA would use to test a reflex 
reflector for purposes of compliance. It also describes the performance 
requirements that the reflector must be designed to conform to, when 
tested according to the procedure. If a manufacturer chooses to use a 
procedure that differs with that described in FMVSS No. 108 as its 
basis of compliance, or to establish a basis of compliance that does 
not rely on an actual test, it is free to do so. However, the 
manufacturer must exercise due care in designing its product to conform 
to the performance requirements of all applicable tests in Standard No. 
108 when tested according to the procedures stated in the standard.
    Paragraph S6.8.5.5, Daytime running lamp (DRL) photometry 
measurements, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2.4 (split for clarity) 
of the final rule. Paragraph S14.2.4.3 was added to the final rule to 
clarify that the bulb requirements of paragraph S14.2.1.6 also apply to 
DRL photometry.
    Nissan expressed some confusion regarding how a dedicated DRL, 
without any equipment that alters or conditions the voltage, should 
have power applied to it for photometric testing as stated in paragraph 
S14.2.4. We are unable to answer this question as part of the rewrite 
process and note Nissan can request an interpretation for this specific 
situation.
    Paragraph S6.8.5.6 of the NPRM, covering photometry measurements of 
headlamps, becomes paragraph S14.2.5 in the final rule. Some 
rearrangement of content and splitting of sections for clarity was 
incorporated into the final rule. Specifically, paragraph S14.2.5.1 of 
the final rule contains the first sentence of paragraph S6.8.5.6 of the 
NPRM, paragraph S14.2.5.2 contains the last sentence of paragraph 
S6.8.5.6.5, paragraph S14.2.5.3 contains the last sentence of paragraph 
S6.8.5.6, paragraph S14.2.5.4 duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.1, 
paragraph S14.2.5.5 duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2, paragraphs 
S14.2.5.5.1 and S14.2.5.5.2 duplicate paragraphs S6.8.5.6.2(a) and 
S6.8.5.6.2(b) respectively, paragraph S14.2.5.5.3 (split for clarity) 
duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(c), paragraph S14.2.5.5.4 duplicates 
paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(d), paragraph S14.2.5.5.5 (split for clarity) 
duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(e), paragraph S14.2.5.5.6 (split for 
clarity) duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(f), paragraph S14.2.5.5.7 
(split for clarity) duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(g), paragraph 
S14.2.5.5.8 duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(i), and paragraph 
S14.2.5.5.9 duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(j). Paragraph S6.8.5.6.2 of 
the NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2.5.6 of the final rule, paragraph 
S6.8.5.6.4 becomes paragraph S14.2.5.7 (split for clarity), paragraph 
S6.8.5.6.5 (less the last sentence) becomes paragraph S14.2.5.8 (split 
for clarity), and paragraph S6.8.5.6.6 becomes paragraph S14.2.5.9. 
Guide commented that paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(h) of the NPRM described 
photometry measurement for moveable reflector headlamps rather than an 
aiming procedure and did not belong where it was located. We agree and 
have designated this provision as paragraph S14.2.5.10 in the final 
rule.
    AAM and Honda objected to the word ``specified'' which appeared 
before ``position relative to the * * *'' in the NPRM. We omitted 
``specified'' in the final rule to be faithful to paragraph S7.8.2.2(b) 
of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. We also added a horizontal 
range exclusion for visually/optically aimed moveable reflector 
headlamps with a fixed horizontal aim to be faithful to paragraph 
S7.8.2.2(d) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108, as noted in the 
comments of Nissan.
    Paragraph S14.3 of the final rule contains the out of focus test 
that was part of Table XXII of the NPRM. This test only applies to 
motorcycle headlamps that are designed to conform to paragraph 
S10.17(b) of the final rule. AAM identified two typographical errors in 
the out of focus test procedure where there were no periods after the 
abbreviations ``in''. Our practice is to not include a period after 
such abbreviations, so the text identified by AAM is correct although 
in several other instances we did include a period after such an 
abbreviation. In the final rule we have removed periods after all such 
abbreviations, except in those situations where other grammatical

[[Page 68254]]

requirements, such as the end of a sentence, require a period.
    Paragraph S14.4 of the final rule, General test procedures and 
performance requirements, contains the color test and plastic optical 
materials test, along with applicable requirements, from Table XXII of 
the NPRM. In both tests, the text as stated in the NPRM has been split 
for clarity in the final rule.
    AAM noted that the Scope of SAE J578c, Color Specification for 
Electric Signal Lighting Devices, February 1977, contains limitations 
on the application of this standard that may be important to lighting 
manufacturers. This portion of SAE J578c was inadvertently left out of 
Table XXII in the NPRM. In the final rule, we have added it as 
paragraph S14.4.1. This section will now read, ``The requirement 
applies to the overall effective color of light emitted by the device 
and not to the color of the light from a small area of the lens. It 
does not apply to any pilot, indicator, or tell-tale lights. The color 
of the sample device * * *''
    Paragraph S14.4.1.1 of the final rule, detailing alternatives for 
samples used in the color test of reflex reflectors, originated from 
the last sentence of paragraph S6.8.2 of the NPRM.
    Koito, 3M, and Honda commented that the language of the performance 
requirement for the color test for the color yellow using the visual 
evaluation method omitted a key word. In the NPRM, the requirement is 
stated as, ``Yellow (Amber) is acceptable if it is less saturated 
(paler), greener, or redder than the limit standard.'' The revised text 
in the final rule states, ``Yellow (Amber) is not acceptable if it is 
less saturated (paler), greener, or redder than the limit standard'' 
[emphasis added].
    AAM commented that the color restricted blue should be included in 
the final rule because it appears in SAE J578c. We know of no 
requirements in Standard No. 108 for the light from a lamp or the color 
of a lens material to be restricted blue. We also observed that there 
are also no such requirements for the colors green or blue. Therefore, 
we have not only decided against adding requirements for restricted 
blue but also have removed the requirements for the colors blue and 
green for both the visual evaluation method and the tristimulus 
evaluation method of the color test of paragraph S14.4.1 in the final 
rule.
    AAM commented that Section 3.2, Tristimulus Method, from SAE J578c 
is not stated in its entirety in the procedure column of the color test 
of proposed Table XXII. We have reviewed SAE J578c and the text of the 
Tristimulus Method procedure from proposed Table XXII. We do not find 
that the text of proposed Table XXII omitted any substantive portion of 
SAE J578c that describes how the test is performed. In the absence of 
any specific explanation of its comments by AAM, we are not revising 
the Tristimulus Method section, now located in paragraph S14.4.1.4 of 
the final rule.
    Paragraph S14.4.2 of the final rule contains the plastic optical 
materials tests from Table XXII of the NPRM. Atlas, Bayer, Grote, and 
AAM commented that the performance requirement for headlamp lens 
materials after the outdoor exposure test portion of the plastic 
optical materials tests in Table XXII of the NPRM was not identical to 
that stated in Section 4.2.3 of SAE J576 JUL91. The language of the 
NPRM stated that the requirement was no haze greater than 0% when 
measured by ASTM D 1033 (1992). SAE J576 JUL91 states the requirement 
as ``shall show no deterioration.''
    Koito noted that while the measurement method of ASTM D 1033 (1992) 
was required for evaluation of the post exposure haze of other 
materials, it was not required for the evaluation of headlamps. Koito 
also stated that the post exposure performance requirements for 
luminous transmittance and color required by SAE J576 at Sections 4.2.1 
and 4.2.2 are missing from the NPRM. We agree with these comments and 
have revised the plastic optical materials test outdoor exposure test 
portion performance requirements accordingly. Specifically, the 
performance requirement section for headlamp lenses, now paragraph 
S14.4.2.2.4.2 of the final rule, no longer requires evaluation by ASTM 
D 1033 (1992) and states, ``After completion of the outdoor exposure 
test, materials used for headlamp lenses must show no deterioration.'' 
The performance requirement section for luminous transmittance, now 
paragraph S14.4.2.2.4.4, states, ``After completion of the outdoor 
exposure test, all materials, when compared with the unexposed control 
samples, must not have their luminous transmittance changed by more 
than 25% when tested in accordance with ASTM E 308-66 (1973) using CIE 
Illuminant A (2856K).'' The performance requirement section for color, 
now paragraph S14.4.2.2.4.5, states, ``After completion of the outdoor 
exposure test, all materials must conform to the color test of this 
standard in the range of thickness stated by the material 
manufacturer.''
    Bayer stated that specifying 2.3 mm thick test samples for the 
plastic optical materials tests represents a change from the current 
version of FMVSS No. 108 and may increase the testing burden of the 
industry. We do not believe that specifying 2.3 mm thick samples is a 
change from current requirements. SAE J576 JUL91 does only suggest 2.3 
mm samples, paragraph S5.2.1 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 
(and paragraph S5.1 of the NPRM) states that, ``The words `It is 
recommended that', `recommendations', or `should be' appearing in any 
SAE Standard or Recommended Practice referenced or subreferenced by 
this standard shall be read as setting forth mandatory requirements * * 
*'' We consider the term ``suggest'' to have a similar meaning as the 
term ``should be'' and have therefore included 2.3 mm as one of the 
sample thicknesses used for the plastic optical material test. We 
believe there is value in specifying sample thickness. The inclusion of 
the 2.3 mm sample thickness also serves to alert regulated parties that 
should the agency choose to perform a compliance test, it will perform 
the test on this sample thickness.
    AAM suggested eliminating the notation concerning test samples 
having 32 sq cm of exposed area from the Procedure column of Table XXII 
of the NPRM and allowing it to remain in the Samples column of the 
outdoor exposure test portion of the plastic optical materials tests. 
We do not agree with this suggestion. The area requirement is important 
in both the preparation of the samples and their mounting orientation 
for the exposure test. An area specification is appropriate in both 
places and is included in both paragraph S14.4.2.1.2 and paragraph 
S14.4.2.2.3.1 of the final rule.
    The NPRM omitted the third sentence of SAE J576 JUL91 Section 3.3.2 
requiring that samples be mounted in the open with a minimum 30 cm 
(11.8 in) separation from their background. This has been corrected in 
the final rule by including the separation requirement in paragraph 
S14.4.2.2.3.1.
    AAM suggested that content of the Samples column of Table XXII of 
the NPRM for the outdoor exposure test portion of the plastic optical 
material tests be repeated for the heat test portion separately. We 
agree that this would add clarity. We have revised the heat test 
portion of the plastic optical materials tests to appear as a test 
separate from the outdoor exposure test and have placed content 
specific to the heat test into paragraph S14.4.2.3 of the final rule.
    Paragraph S14.5 of the final rule, Signal lamp and reflective 
device test procedures and performance requirements, contains the 
vibration,

[[Page 68255]]

moisture, dust, and corrosion tests that were located in Table XXII of 
the NPRM.
    As previously mentioned, the references in the NPRM to SAE J577, 
Vibration Test Machine, April 1964, have been eliminated in the final 
rule with the incorporation of the drawing and mechanical details of 
the vibration machine as Figure 21. The reference in the vibration test 
procedure to SAE J577 has been revised to Figure 21 in paragraph 
S14.5.1.1 of the final rule.
    AAM, Honda, and Guide commented about the inadvertent omission of 
the phrase ``one hour'' from the moisture test procedure of Table XXII 
of the NPRM. This is corrected in the final rule where paragraph 
S14.5.2.1, second sentence, states, ``* * * followed by a one hour 
drain period * * *''
    We have decided that the first sentence of the moisture test 
performance requirements of the NPRM stating, ``After completion of the 
moisture test * * *'' is more appropriately part of the test procedure. 
Therefore, we are relocating it to be the last sentence of paragraph 
S14.5.2.1 of the final rule.
    Calcoast commented that the moisture test performance requirement 
for a sealed reflex unit stated in SAE J594f, January 1977, at Section 
3.1.4 is ``any visible moisture constitutes a failure.'' We agree and 
have revised the moisture test performance requirements of paragraph 
S14.5.2.2 in the final rule to state ``Accumulation of moisture in 
excess of 2 cc, or any visible moisture in a sealed reflex unit, must 
constitute a failure.''
    AAM noted that the dust test of Table XXII of the NPRM is not 
required to be performed on sealed units per SAE J575d, August 1967, 
Section G, and SAE J575e, August 1970, Section G. We agree and in the 
final rule paragraph S14.5.3.1, Samples states, ``A sealed unit is not 
required to meet the requirements of this test.'' We also decided that 
the first sentence of the performance requirements of the dust test 
stating, ``After completion of the dust test the exterior surface of 
the device must be cleaned'' was part of the test procedure rather than 
a performance requirement so that sentence was moved to paragraph 
S14.5.3.2 in the final rule.
    Paragraph S14.6 of the final rule, Headlamp physical test 
procedures and performance requirements, consists of all headlamp test 
procedures from Table XXIII of the NPRM, except for those that apply 
specifically to replaceable light sources or vehicle headlamp aiming 
devices (VHAD). Several of the tests that become paragraph S14.6 had 
significant portions of their text split for clarity as part of their 
relocation from Table XXIII of the NPRM to paragraph S14.6 of the final 
rule. These tests include: (1) Abrasion test, (2) chemical resistance 
test, (3) corrosion connector test, (4) dust test, (5) temperature 
cycle test, (6) internal heat test, (7) humidity test, (8) sealing 
test, (9) chemical resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens 
headlamps, (10) corrosion resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens 
headlamps, (11) torque deflection test, and (12) both aiming adjustment 
tests.
    Honda commented that the pad cycling rate of the abrasion test 
procedure of Table XXIII of the NPRM contained typographical errors. We 
agree and have revised the text in paragraph S14.6.1.1.3 of the final 
rule from ``11 cycles at 10 <plus-minus> cm per second * * *'' to the 
correct language from the current version of FMVSS No. 108 paragraph 
S8.2(b) which is, ``* * * 11 cycles at 4 <plus-minus> 0.8 in (10 <plus-
minus> 2 cm) per second * * *.''
    AAM stated the requirement that the same sample headlamp be used in 
both the temperature cycle test and the internal heat test was not 
supported in the current version of FMVSS No. 108. We disagree. The 
current version of Standard No. 108 states, concerning integral beam 
headlamps at paragraph S7.4(h)(5), ``The headlamp shall meet the 
requirements of subparagraph (i) and then those of subparagraph (ii) 
[emphasis added]. Subparagraph (i) describes a temperature cycle test 
in accordance with paragraph S8.6.1 and subparagraph (ii) describes an 
internal heat test in accordance with paragraph S8.6.2. Paragraph 
S7.5(h)(i) requires replaceable bulb headlamps to meet the same 
physical tests in paragraphs 7.4(g) and S7.4(h) that are required of an 
integral beam headlamp. Thus, there is a very clear requirement that a 
single headlamp sample be used, in sequence, in the temperature cycle 
test and then the internal heat test.
    Guide and VS commented that the humidity test of Table XXIII of the 
NPRM incorrectly included a performance requirement of post-test 
photometry. We agree, and the post-test photometry provision has been 
removed from the humidity test, which is contained in paragraph 
S14.6.7.2 of the final rule.
    Honda and AAM observed a typographical error in the tolerance for 
air flow uniformity in paragraph (d) of the humidity test procedure. 
The text of the NPRM states, ``* * * each grid point is 10% of the 
average * * *'' while the corrected text of paragraph S14.6.7.1.6 of 
the final rule states, ``* * * each grid point is <plus-minus> 10% of 
the average* * *'' which is faithful to paragraph S8.7(d) of the 
current version of FMVSS No. 108.
    As we mentioned in the discussion of paragraph S14.5, the 
references in the NPRM to SAE J577, Vibration Test Machine, April 1964, 
have been eliminated in the final rule with the incorporation of the 
drawing and mechanical details of the machine as Figure 21. The 
reference in the vibration test procedure of Table XXIII of the NPRM to 
SAE J577 has been revised to Figure 21 in the final rule.
    Nissan observed that the applicability of the chemical resistance 
of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test and the corrosion 
resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test did not 
include integral beam headlamps, as required by paragraph S5.8.11 of 
the current version of FMVSS No. 108. Its comment is correct and 
paragraph S10.14.7.6 of the final rule correctly states the requirement 
for these two tests.
    Koito and Nissan questioned whether the inward force test of Table 
XXIII applied to headlamps other than sealed beams, particularly those 
headlamps that utilize a VHAD or are visually/optically aimed. This 
requirement comes from paragraph S7.8.5.1(b) of the current version of 
FMVSS No. 108. That paragraph states, ``when a headlamp is installed on 
a motor vehicle, its aim in any direction shall not change by more than 
0.30 degree nor shall the lamp recede more than 0.1 in (2.5 mm) after 
being subjected to an inward force of 50 pounds (222 newtons) applied 
evenly to the lens parallel to the mechanical axis.'' There is no 
distinction in this paragraph to any particular type of headlamp, so it 
must be applied to all headlamps.
    Nissan commented that the performance requirements of the aiming 
adjustment test (laboratory) were ``difficult to read'' as presented 
but did not explain the difficulties or suggest alternative language. 
In the final rule, we have split the performance requirements of this 
test into paragraphs S14.6.17.2.1, S14.6.17.2.2, and S14.6.17.2.3, 
which we believe will improve clarity.
    Paragraph S14.7 of the final rule, Replaceable light source 
physical test procedures and performance requirements, consists of the 
deflection test for replaceable light sources and the pressure test for 
replaceable light sources from Table XXIII of the NPRM, along with a 
replaceable light source power and flux measurement procedure. The text 
of all of these items has been split for clarity in the final rule. 
There were no comments submitted that impacted the substance of these

[[Page 68256]]

procedures and requirements. However as mentioned in the discussion of 
paragraph S11, the NPRM contained paragraphs S15.2 and S15.3, both 
titled Power and flux measurement, that essentially described the same 
test of replaceable light sources. We consolidated the procedures of 
paragraphs S15.2 and S15.3 into a single procedure, without revising or 
modifying the requirements, and relocated it to paragraph S14.7.3 of 
the final rule.
    Paragraph S14.8 of the final rule, Vehicle headlamp aiming device 
(VHAD) physical test procedures and performance requirements, consists 
of the six VHAD tests that were part of Table XXIII of the NPRM. There 
were no comments submitted that impacted the substance of these 
procedures and requirements.
    Paragraph S14.9 of the final rule, Associated equipment physical 
test procedures and performance requirements, consists of the tests 
contained in Table XXI of the NPRM. These test procedures and 
performance requirements, as written in Table XXI of the NPRM, were in 
block paragraph form. As we have done in several places throughout the 
final rule, we have split some of these longer paragraphs into several 
smaller sections, which are grouped according to similar content, in an 
effort to improve clarity.
    One of the goals of the FMVSS No. 108 rewrite was to remove 
outdated requirements from the document. The physical test requirements 
for associated equipment presented an opportunity to pursue this goal. 
The applicable SAE documents incorporated by reference in FMVSS No. 108 
were adopted between 1964 and 1969 and several of them contained 
specifications for both vehicles with a nominal 12 volt electrical 
system as well as those with a nominal 6 volt electrical system. 
Believing that few, if any, vehicles manufactured after the effective 
date of FMVSS No. 108 have been equipped with a nominal 6 volt 
electrical system, we deleted references to that voltage in the 
proposal.
    In its comments, AAM requested that we restore the nominal 6 volt 
requirements to the physical test requirements for associated 
equipment. Presumably, this comment was based upon the knowledge that 
one of its constituent organizations was producing a 6 volt device for 
a regulated vehicle or had plans to do so. While we continue to believe 
that those requirements are not currently being used by any regulated 
party, we do not want to eliminate a compliance option that has value. 
Therefore, we have restored the applicable language from the SAE 
documents \26\ incorporated by reference in the current version of 
FMVSS No. 108 for testing devices used in a nominal 6 volt electrical 
system. The restoration of nominal 6 volt requirements necessitated 
revisions in the following portions of paragraph S14.9 of the final 
rule: (1) S14.9.1 turn signal operating unit durability test procedure, 
(2) S14.9.2.2 vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit durability 
performance requirements, and (3) S14.9.3 turn signal flasher and 
vehicular hazard warning signal flasher test procedure and performance 
requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ SAE J589, Turn Signal Operating Units, April 1964; SAE 
J910, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal Operating Unit, January 1966; 
SAE J945, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal Flasher, February 1966; 
SAE J590b, Automotive Turn Signal Flashers, October 1965; and SAE 
J823b, Flasher Test Equipment, April 1968.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    AAM and Honda commented that the reference in the turn signal 
operating unit durability test procedure in Table XXI of the NPRM 
incorrectly stated the ripple voltage tolerance of the power supply. We 
agree and have revised the language of that procedure in the final 
rule. The text `` * * * ripple voltage of less than 5% * * * was 
changed to `` * * * ripple voltage of not more than 5% * * *.''
    The turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning signal flasher 
both maintained their reference to SAE J823b, Flasher Test Equipment, 
April 1968, in the NPRM. As previously mentioned, this document was 
eliminated from the final rule by incorporating its content directly 
into Standard No. 108. This was accomplished in the final rule by 
creating Figure 22, Flasher Standard Test Circuit, for the circuit 
diagram of Figure 1 of SAE J823b, and also by listing the test setup 
requirements of Sections 3 through 9 of SAE J823b in paragraph S14.9.3 
of the final rule as well as the power supply specifications for 
testing performance requirements and those specifications for testing 
durability requirements that were Section 10 of SAE J823b into 
paragraph S14.9.3.2 of the final rule.
    Koito commented on the load requirements (from paragraph S5.1.1.19 
of the current version of FMVSS No. 108) for variable load turn signal 
flashers for the turn signal flasher starting time test and the flash 
rate and percent current ``on'' time test. In the proposal, this 
information was located parenthetically after the notation ``Starting 
time test'' and ``Flash rate and percent current ``on'' time test''. We 
agree with Koito that this is not the optimum location for this 
provision, and have inserted it into the applicable test procedure in 
the final rule. Where those proposed procedures stated ``* * * with the 
design load connected * * *'' the text of the final rule now states ``* 
* * with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their 
minimum and their maximum design load) connected * * *.''
    Koito and AAM observed that load specifications stated in the 
procedure for the turn signal flasher voltage drop test and durability 
test procedures did not clearly replicate the requirements from 
paragraph S5.1.1.19 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108, and SAE 
J590b, October 1965, Section 2. We have revised the language of those 
procedures in the final rule to clarify the load specifications. The 
proposed procedures stated ``* * * with the maximum design load 
connected * * *'' which has changed in the final rule to state `` * * * 
with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their 
maximum design load) connected * * *.''
    Honda observed that the durability test performance requirements 
for the vehicular hazard warning signal flasher did not include the 
notation from SAE J945, February 1966, Section 7, requiring the post 
durability test to incorporate pilot lamps as part of the maximum 
design load. We agree and have revised the language of the performance 
requirements in paragraph S14.9.3.10.3 of the final rule from `` * * * 
maximum design load at an ambient * * * '' to ``maximum design load, 
including pilot lamps as specified by the manufacturer, at an ambient* 
* *.''
    Honda, AAM, and Koito all commented that the column headings for 
the semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device sensitivity test 
performance requirements were incorrect. We agree and have revised them 
in paragraph S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 of the final rule. They now read from 
left to right: Test position (degrees) [above the two columns of 
lateral and vertical test points], Dim (cd at 100 ft), and Hold (cd at 
100 ft).
    Honda observed that the maximum dim sensitivity at test point H-5R 
was incorrectly stated in the NPRM as 100 (cd at 100 feet). The correct 
value is 150 (cd at 100 feet) as shown in Table 1 of SAE J565b, 
February 1969. We incorporated this revision in the final rule.
    Koito also commented that the semiautomatic headlamp beam switching 
device voltage regulation test procedure incorrectly refers to ``dim'' 
sensitivity in the NPRM. The correct notation is ``hold'' sensitivity 
and that is

[[Page 68257]]

what appears in paragraph S14.9.3.11.3.1.2 of the final rule.
    AAM commented that the language of the semiautomatic headlamp beam 
switching device warmup test performance requirement of the NPRM was 
not faithful to SAE J565b, February 1969, Section 4.5. We have revised 
that language in paragraph S14.9.3.11.5.2 of the final rule to be 
identical to the first sentence of Section 4.5, specifically, ``If the 
warmup time of the device exceeds 10 seconds, it must maintain the 
headlamps on lower beam during warmup.''
Tables
Table I-a Portion of Proposed Table I
    As mentioned previously, we have decided to split Table I of the 
NPRM into three sections. Table I-a lists lamp and reflective device 
requirements for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, 
trucks, and buses of all widths. Where we refer to comments about the 
content of Table I-a, it indicates that those comments were submitted 
about the content of the portion of Table I of the NPRM now contained 
in Table I-a of the final rule.
    Based on comments submitted to the docket regarding our proposal, 
we have decided to make several revisions to Table I-a. One of these 
revisions was the inclusion of the abbreviation ``MPV'' in parenthesis 
after the term ``Multipurpose Passenger Vehicle'' in the title of Table 
I-a. We have subsequently used this abbreviation several times in this 
document.
    Guide commented that the reference in Table I for the number and 
color of headlamps does not directly state a number but instead makes 
an additional reference to Table II. We do not find this method 
difficult or complex, it somewhat duplicates the method of the current 
version of FMVSS No. 108. Sub-referencing is necessary because the 
number of headlamps actually used depends on the headlighting system 
chosen. We clarified the language of Table I-a for the number of upper 
beam and lower beam headlamps from `` * * * type and number * * * '' to 
`` * * * headlighting system * * * '' to more precisely describe this 
sub reference.
    AAM and Koito commented about the inclusion of the phrase `` * * * 
equal to or wider than the upper beam headlamps'' in the mounting 
location description for lower beam headlamps along with the 
corresponding phrase `` * * * equal to or narrower than the lower beam 
headlamps'' in the mounting location description for the upper beam 
headlamps. They, along with Honda, which commented about the same 
language in Table I relating to motorcycle headlamps, believe that this 
phrase is inconsistent with the current FMVSS No. 108 requirement. We 
agree that it does not fully describe the relationship required between 
upper and lower beam headlamps. We removed this language from Tables I-
a and I-c of the final rule and incorporated headlamp beam spacing 
requirements in paragraph S6.1.3.5.
    AAM commented that the activation requirement for turn signal lamps 
stating, ``Current 108 paragraph S5.1.1.19 references SAE J590b * * * 
in which Figure 1 combines flash rate and percent current ``on'' time. 
This figure appears as Figure 2 in Rewrite 108. There is no reference 
to percent current ``on'' time in Rewrite 108 Table I. We are unable to 
find a reference to Rewrite Figure 108 anywhere within the Rewrite 108 
text.'' The reference to NPRM Figure 2 is contained in Table XXI which 
details the performance of turn signal (and vehicular hazard warning 
signal) flashers, specifically in the performance requirements for the 
Flash Rate and Percent Current ``On'' Time Test. We agree that 
including the rate of 60 to 120 flashes per minute in Table I is a 
detail that is not needed. The flash rate will be determined by the 
choice of flasher and its performance when subjected to the test of 
paragraph S14.9.3. Therefore, we are revising the Device Activation 
requirement for turn signal lamps in Table I-a (and the corresponding 
requirement in Table I-b for trailers and in Table I-c for motorcycles) 
to read, ``Flash when the turn signal flasher is actuated by the turn 
signal operating unit.'' This statement more accurately describes the 
process by which the turn signal lamps are caused to flash.
    AAM, Honda, and Koito commented about the activation requirements 
for taillamps, side marker lamps, and license plate lamps with respect 
to their required activation when the parking lamps are activated. AAM 
contended that the NPRM does not clearly state that the taillamps, side 
marker lamps, and license plate lamps are required to be activated when 
the parking lamps are activated only on vehicles less than 2032 mm in 
overall width. To clarify those requirements, we revised the language 
of the activation requirement from * * * ``Must be activated when the 
headlamps are activated in a steady burning state or the parking lamps 
are activated (not a requirement for vehicles 2032 mm or more in 
overall width)``, to * * * ``Must be activated when the headlamps are 
activated in a steady burning state or the parking lamps on passenger 
cars and MPVs, trucks, and buses less than 80 inches in overall width 
are activated.'' This revision was made to the Device Activation 
requirements for taillamps, side marker lamps, intermediate side marker 
lamps, and license plate lamps in Table I-a.
    AAM also commented that the activation requirement for a stop lamp 
optically combined with a turn signal lamp was not stated in Table I 
using the language from SAE J586 FEB84, at Section 5.4.2 and SAE J1398 
MAY85, also at Section 5.4.2. One of the stated intentions of the 
rewrite is to clarify requirements without making substantive changes 
to them. Although we were satisfied with the language of the NPRM in 
this situation, we revised the language to be faithful to the original 
SAE language. We replaced the third sentence of the Device Activation 
requirement for stop lamps in Table I-a with ``When a stop signal is 
optically combined with the turn signal, the circuit must be such that 
the stop signal cannot be turned on if the turn signal is flashing.'' 
Identical revisions have been made in Table I-b for trailers and Table 
I-c for motorcycles.
    We have corrected an omission in Table I-a with respect to the 
requirements applicable to a truck tractor. The current version of 
FMVSS No. 108 excludes, in paragraph S5.1.1.2, a truck tractor from 
being required to be equipped with any rear side marker devices, rear 
clearance lamps, and rear identification lamps. The NPRM included this 
exclusion for rear side marker lamps, rear clearance lamps, and rear 
identification lamps but failed to include the notation for rear side 
reflex reflectors. This has been corrected in the final rule.
    TTMA stated in its comments that the partial photometric output 
exclusion for clearance lamps mounted other than on the front or rear 
of a vehicle where necessary to indicate overall vehicle width or 
protect the lamps from damage, appearing in paragraph S5.3.2.1 of the 
current version of FMVSS No. 108, does not appear in the NPRM. The 
exclusion for mounting location does appear in the Mounting Location 
portion of Table I-a for both front and rear clearance lamps (and has 
been added to Table I-b for trailer clearance lamps). The photometric 
output exclusion for such lamps appears in Table XI as Footnote 4, 
which is the appropriate location for this detail.
    TTMA also called attention to an interpretative rule issued by the 
agency in 1999 and published at 64 FR 16358 \27\

[[Page 68258]]

which quantifies the requirement that clearance lamps and 
identification lamps be mounted ``as near the top as practicable'' and 
describes how ``practicability'' will be determined for these lamps 
when mounted on a vehicle with cargo doors. We agree that this 
interpretative rule concerning presumption of practicability is 
important to include in FMVSS No. 108. Therefore, we have added to the 
Mounting Height portion of Table I-a, applicable to rear clearance 
lamps and rear identification lamps (and to those same lamps in Table 
I-b applicable to trailers), the sentence ``Practicability of locating 
lamps on the vehicle header is presumed when the header extends at 
least 25 mm (1 inch) above the rear doors.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ 64 FR 16358, (April 5, 1999).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    ASSN commented that the incorporation of the May 26, 2000 letter of 
interpretation to Mr. Farber \28\ permitting stop lamps to be activated 
when a vehicle is slowed by a device designed to retard the motion of a 
vehicle, should also be extended to activation of a high-mounted stop 
lamp. The Farber interpretation was issued several years after high-
mounted stop lamps were first required on vehicles but does not 
explicitly address their activation. The current version of FMVSS No. 
108 contains, in paragraph S5.5.4, slightly different activation 
requirements for stop lamps and for high-mounted stop lamps. It states, 
``The stop lamps on each vehicle shall be activated upon application of 
the service brakes. The high-mounted stop lamp on each vehicle shall be 
activated only upon application of the service brakes'' (emphasis 
added). This difference in activation requirements is explained in the 
September 10, 1990 letter of interpretation to Mr. Henneberger \29\ 
which states, `` * * * The second sentence of S5.5.4 restricts 
operation of the center stop lamp to application of the service brakes, 
but no such restriction exists in the first sentence. Although the 
first sentence requires operation of the stop lamps upon application of 
the service brakes, when considered in conjunction with the restriction 
stated in the second sentence, it can be read as implying that there 
may be other conditions under which activation of the stop lamps is 
permissible. However the reason for the difference in the two sentences 
is otherwise. Commonly, in red rear combination lamps, the same 
filament serves both the stop and turn signal functions. If the turn 
signal is functioning when the brakes are applied, the first sentence 
ensures that the stop signal overrides the turn signal.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/21341.ztv.html
    \29\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/gm/90/nht90-3.93.html
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Farber interpretation was incorporated into the NPRM because of 
its conclusion that, `` * * * when a vehicle is slowed by downshifting 
or an engine retarder, from the perspective of the following driver, it 
would be equivalent to what would occur if the service brakes were 
applied. Therefore, it would be permissible for the stop lamps to be 
illuminated under this scenario, since such illumination would not 
create any confusion in the mind of a following driver and thus would 
not ``impair the effectiveness'' of the required stop lamps.'' Clearly, 
the Farber interpretation establishes a situation where the action of a 
retarder or similar device is equivalent to the action of applying the 
service brakes. Since S5.5.4 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 
requires activation of the high-mounted stop lamp when the service 
brake is applied, it follows that it may also be activated by 
application of a retarder. Table I-a of the final rule has been revised 
to include this permitted activation.
    AAM recognized a typographical error in Table I-a in describing the 
mounting location requirements for school bus signal warning lamps. AAM 
suggested language that is more faithful to that of SAE J887, School 
Bus Red Signal Lamps, July 1964, the document incorporated by reference 
in the current version of Standard No. 108. We have revised the 
language of the final rule applicable to the mounting location of these 
lamps to state, `` * * * but in no case shall the spacing between lamps 
be less than 40 inches'', which is more faithful to SAE J887.
    Nissan commented that inclusion of the Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) 
in a Table titled Required Lamps and Reflective Devices implied that 
the DRL was the only non-required lamp permitted on regulated vehicles. 
We have discussed previously that we believe Table I-a is the 
appropriate location for the DRL in the standard. However, we have 
clarified the portion of Table I-a applicable to the DRL by revising 
the title from ``Additional Lamps Allowed * * *'' to ``Daytime Running 
Lamps Allowed * * *.''
    Nissan and AAM commented that Table I-a did not completely describe 
all mounting height restrictions on DRLs in the appropriate portion of 
the table. We have clarified in Table I-a that additional requirements 
do apply and are included in paragraph S7.10.13(b) of the final rule.
    Guide commented that additional DRL activation requirements are 
contained in paragraph S7.11.2 of the NPRM and should be added to Table 
I-a. We disagree. There is language in Table I-a calling attention to 
these additional requirements and directing users to paragraph 
S7.10.10.1(c) of the final rule, a notice that we believe is adequate.
Table I-b Portion of Proposed Table I
    In addition to those revisions to Table I-b that were listed in the 
preceding section, several others have been incorporated in the final 
rule.
    AAM commented that the width criteria for installing a single 
taillamp, stop lamp, or rear reflex reflector on a trailer was 
incorrectly dimensioned. Table I-b stated that the installation of a 
single such device can occur ``* * * on trailers less than 760 mm 
wide.'' The correct dimension from paragraph S5.1.1.14 of the current 
version of FMVSS No. 108 is 30 inches, and the final rule states that 
dimension for all three devices. Current paragraph S5.1.1.14 also 
states that when single devices are used, they shall be located ``* * * 
at or near its vertical centerline.'' To clarify this requirement, we 
have revised the Mounting Location requirement language from ``A single 
lamp (reflector) must be mounted at or near the vertical centerline'' 
to ``When a single lamp (reflector) is installed, it must be mounted at 
or near the vertical centerline.''
    AAM, Grote, and Koito all commented that the NPRM did not include 
the mounting height limitation of 60 inches for rear side marker lamps 
installed on trailers 2032 mm or more in overall width, which is stated 
in Table II of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. This omission is 
corrected in Table I-b in the final rule.
    TTMA commented on the appropriate location for the requirement 
stating that conspicuity treatment on a trailer can serve as the 
required reflex reflectors if the conspicuity treatment is placed at 
the locations required for reflex reflectors. This alternative is 
contained in paragraph S6.1.1.1.1 in the NPRM, but we agree it is best 
located in Table I-b and have moved it there, following the listing of 
``Reflex Reflectors'' and ``Intermediate Reflex Reflectors'', and have 
eliminated paragraph S6.1.1.1.1 from the final rule.
    TTMA commented that the requirements for mounting height for 
clearance lamps and identification lamps in Table I-b was missing. We 
have corrected this by adding the appropriate language from Table II of 
the current version of FMVSS No. 108,

[[Page 68259]]

``As near the top as practicable.'' We have also added language to the 
Mounting Height portion of the rear clearance lamp section stating 
that, similar to Table I-a, they are not required to be mounted as near 
the top as practicable when the rear identification lamps are mounted 
at the extreme height of the vehicle, an exclusion provided by 
paragraph S5.3.1.4 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 and 
inadvertently omitted from the NPRM.
Table I-c Portion of Proposed Table I
    Consistent with the revision in language to the Number and Color 
portion of headlamps in Table I-a, we have revised Table I-c. It 
previously stated ``* * * of a type and number listed * * *,'' but now 
states ``* * * of a headlighting system listed * * *.'' We believe that 
this revision more precisely describes this requirement.
    AAM commented that there are additional motorcycle headlamp 
mounting restrictions that are not acknowledged in Table I-c. We agree 
and have added language to direct the reader to paragraphs S10.17.1.1, 
S10.17.1.2, and S10.17.1.3 of the final rule for additional headlamp 
mounting requirements.
    We have inserted the language ``a turn signal'' between the words 
``between'' and ``lamp'' in the last sentence of the Mounting Location 
portion of the front turn signal lamp requirements section of Table I-c 
of the final rule to clarify that requirement. Also, the language of 
the last sentence of the Mounting Location portion of the rear turn 
signal lamp requirements section of Table I-c was revised so that it 
now states, ``* * * between the turn signal lamp and taillamp or stop 
lamp is 4 inches * * *,'' a change that clarifies the requirement in 
the final rule.
Table II-a Headlighting Systems--Sealed Beam
    GE, Honda, AAM, and Koito commented that the reference to 
photometry requirements in Table XIX of the NPRM for a lower beam 
visual aim ``LF'' headlamp erroneously stated ``LB1<SUP>(1)</SUP>'' 
rather than ``LB1V<SUP>(1)</SUP>.'' We agree and this has been 
corrected in the final rule.
Table II-b Headlighting Systems--Combination
    GE, Honda, AAM, and Koito commented that the reference to 
photometry requirements in Table XIX of the NPRM for a 4 lamp system, 
lower beam visual aim headlamp erroneously stated ``LBV<SUP>(4)</SUP>'' 
rather than ``LB1V<SUP>(4)</SUP>.'' We agree and this has been 
corrected in the final rule.
    Koito commented that if an integral beam headlamp was used in a 
combination headlighting system, it could consist of beam contributors 
and if so, they would be subject to the photometric allocation formula 
described in paragraph S6.8.5.6.6 of the NPRM. Koito requested that a 
footnote be added to call attention to that possibility. We agree and 
have added Footnote 7 to the final rule stating ``Beam contributor 
photometric allocation formula of paragraph S14.2.5.9 may apply.''
Table II-c Headlighting Systems--Integral Beam
    Footnote 6 was revised for clarity in the final rule to read, 
``Beam contributor photometric allocation formula of paragraph 
S14.2.5.9 applies.''
    Koito commented that the lower beam photometry requirements 
reference in the NPRM for the headlamp in a four lamp system that 
provides a portion of the upper beam and the lower beam should be 
``LB3M'' rather than ``LB4M'' for a mechanically aimed headlamp and 
``LB3V'' rather than ``LB2V'' for a visually/optically aimed headlamp. 
These references are taken from paragraph S7.4(a)(1)(iii) of the 
current version of FMVSS No. 108, which specifies Figure 28-1 or Figure 
28-2. LB4M is a restatement of the requirements of Figure 28-1 and LB2V 
similarly of Figure 28-2.\30\ We do not agree with Koito's comment and 
are therefore making no revision in the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \30\ And also Figure 17-2 which has identical requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table II-d Headlighting Systems--Replaceable Bulb
    AAM and Koito commented that the references in Table II-d to 
photometry requirements in Table XIX for UB1, LB1M, and LB1V should 
include Footnote 4, ``Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams 
are activated,'' based upon paragraph S5.8.8 of the current version of 
FMVSS No. 108. We agree that the UB1, LB1M, and LB1V requirements are 
derived from Figures 15-1 and 15-2 of the current version of FMVSS No. 
108. Paragraph S5.8.8 states that a headlighting system designed to 
conform to the photometric requirements of Figures 15-1 and 15-2 may be 
so wired. That footnote has been added to the final rule.
    Koito and AAM commented that the photometric requirement reference 
in Table II-d of the NPRM for the upper beam of a 2 lamp system with a 
light source composition of HB2 or any single filament type used alone 
or with any other single or dual filament type, should include UB3 
(Figure 27-1 or 27-2 in the current version of FMVSS No. 108) as well 
as the listed UB2 (Figure 17-1 or 17-2 in the current version of FMVSS 
No. 108). They provide the rationale that this is permitted by 
paragraph S7.5(d)(2)(ii)(A)(1) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. 
Indeed, a literal reading of that text could lead to such a conclusion. 
However, Figure 26, Table for Determining the Photometric Requirements 
of Replaceable Bulb Headlamp Systems, of the current version of FMVSS 
No. 108 clearly shows, in the box where the row marked ``Two-Headlamp 
System'' intersects the column marked ``HB2 or Any Single Filament Type 
used Alone or with Any Other Single or Dual Filament Type,'' that the 
applicable photometry requirements are those of Figure 17-1 or 17-
2.\31\ Faced with the seeming contradiction between paragraph S7.5 
(d)(2)(ii)(A)(1) and Figure 26, we looked for other cues in FMVSS No. 
108 that would confirm the correct requirement. One such cue is in 
paragraph S7.5(b) which states that, ``The photometrics as specified in 
subparagraphs (c) through (e) of this paragraph (depicted in Figure 
26), using any light source of the Type intended for use in such 
system.'' This clearly indicates that paragraph S7.5 and Figure 26 
provide identical information. Another cue is the language in paragraph 
S7.5(d)(2)(i)(A)(2) which states that only the photometry requirements 
of Figure 17-1 or 17-2 are to be used for lower beam with a two lamp 
system that uses an HB2 source.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ The current version of FMVSS 108 presents headlamp 
photometry requirements in sets of related tables that differ only 
by application to type of aiming system used. In this instance Table 
17-1 applies to mechanically aimed headlighting systems while Table 
17-2 applies to visually/optically aimed headlighting systems.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The specific language of paragraph S7.5(d)(2)(ii)(A)(1) first 
appeared in Standard No. 108 several years ago during a revision in 
text. Instead of concluding with ``* * * light sources that include 
Type HB2 * * *'' paragraph S7.5(d)(2)(ii)(A)(1) should have concluded 
with ``* * * light sources other than Type HB2 * * *'' This would make 
it consistent with paragraph S7.5(d)(2)(i)(A)(1), which addresses the 
lower beam, and Figure 26.
    Because this ambiguity has existed for a considerable length of 
time, it would be a substantive change to revise it in the final rule 
and thus is outside the scope of the rewrite. We have revised

[[Page 68260]]

Table II-d in the final rule to indicate that UB3 may be used as an 
upper beam photometry requirement for a 2 lamp system using a Type HB2 
or any single filament type used alone, or with any other single or 
dual filament type. However, regulated parties should be aware that we 
consider this to be incorrect and we may take action soon to correct 
what we believe is a mistake.
Table III Conspicuity Systems Requirements Becomes Table III Marking 
Requirements Location
    The recognition that the tabular method of organization did not 
work well for the presentation of lengthy textual requirements provided 
the rationale for moving the conspicuity systems requirements content 
of Table III of the NPRM to paragraph S8.2 of the regulatory text of 
the final rule. The substantive issues raised by public comment and the 
revisions to conspicuity systems are discussed under paragraph S8.2. As 
discussed under paragraph S6.5, Table III has been re-designated as a 
source for listing each location in the regulatory text of the final 
rule applicable for each marking requirement of Standard No. 108.
Table IV Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
    As previously mentioned, this table has been divided into three 
sections in the final rule.
    Koito and Guide commented that the effective projected luminous 
lens area requirements for a front turn signal lamp were incorrectly 
stated in what is now Table IV-a and did not agree with the 
requirements of SAE J588 NOV84. We concur and have clarified those 
requirements in the final rule to indicate that there is no effective 
projected luminous lens area requirement for each compartment of a 
multiple compartment front turn signal lamp.
    There were no comments submitted that impacted what are now Tables 
IV-b and IV-c in the final rule.
Table V Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
    As previously mentioned, this table has been divided into four 
sections. AAM suggested that the column marked ``Applicable Vehicles'' 
was not needed. We agree and have removed it from all four sections of 
Table V in the final rule.
Table V-a Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
    AAM suggested alternative language referring to the required 
visibility of high-mounted stop lamps when two lamps are installed. We 
agree with its suggestion and have revised the language of the final 
rule appearing in parenthesis to read (Single lamp or two lamps 
together where required by paragraph S6.1.1.2 of this standard.)
Table V-b Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices (Lens 
Area Visibility Option)
    Grote suggested that the mandatory enforcement dates for the 
exclusive use of the visibility options of Table V-b and V-c be 
included in those tables. We believe it is preferable to include these 
dates in paragraph S6.4.4 of the regulatory text of the final rule, 
where additional details about choosing a visibility compliance method 
are located.
    AAM suggested that the language of Footnote 2 of Table V-b (and 
Footnote 2 of Table V-c) be revised for clarity. We agree and those 
footnotes now read in the final rule, ``Where a lamp is mounted with 
its axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, the 
vertical test point angles located below the horizontal plane subject 
to visibility requirements may be reduced to 5[deg] down.''
Table V-c Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices 
(Luminous Intensity Visibility Option)
    AAM claimed that the visibility requirements specifying corner 
points at 80[deg] outboard are erroneous. We disagree because these 
corner points are faithful to those stated in Figure 20 of the current 
version of FMVSS No. 108.
Table V-d Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices (Legacy 
Visibility Alternative)
    AAM identified a typographical error in the proposal where a period 
did not directly follow the abbreviation ``mm'' in the required 
visibility of turn signal lamps. This has been corrected in the final 
rule by removing all periods after these abbreviations in keeping with 
the style of regulatory text.
    Nissan believed that the term ``existing'' in the parenthetical 
subtitle of this section was indeterminate and suggested it be removed. 
We decided to revise the subtitle from ``(Existing SAE Visibility 
Alternative)'' to ``(Legacy Visibility Alternative)'' in the final rule 
suggesting that these requirements are ones that have historically been 
used.
    Guide commented that the sentence ``Where more than one lamp or 
optical area is lighted on each side of the vehicle, only one such area 
on each side need comply'' should not be included in visibility 
requirements. We disagree because it is an integral part of the SAE 
documents incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 
108.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\SAE J1395 APR85, S5.4.1, SAE J586 FEB84, S5.4.1, SAE J1398 
MAY85, S5.4.1, and SAE J585e, September 1977, S4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Guide also suggested that the phrase ``To be considered visible'' 
preface the specific visibility requirements in Table V-d. We believe 
that the language of the requirements in Table V-d, along with the text 
of paragraph S6.4.4, clearly describe what is required and the 
additional language is not needed.
    We have revised the visibility requirement minimum value for a 
taillamp in Table V-d from 1250 sq mm to 2 sq in to be faithful to the 
language of SAE J585e, September 1977, Section 4, incorporated by 
reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108, which is the 
original source of this requirement.
Table VI Front Turn Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements
    As previously mentioned, this table has been divided into two 
sections. Table VI-a contains the base front turn signal lamp 
photometry requirements and the 2.5 times base front turn signal lamp 
photometry requirements. Table VI-b contains the 1.5 times base and the 
2.0 times base front turn signal lamp photometry requirements.
    Nissan, AAM, and Koito commented that displaying the ratio 
requirements for both turn signal lamps combined with parking lamps and 
turn signal lamps combined with clearance lamps in the same column of 
our proposal was confusing. We agree and have placed the requirements 
for those two combinations in separate columns in both Tables VI-a and 
VI-b in the final rule.
    Koito and AAM commented that Footnote 4 does not accurately state 
the requirements of SAE J1395 AP85, Section 5.1.5.2, incorporated by 
reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108. We agree and have 
revised that footnote in the final rule to read ``When a clearance lamp 
on a vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width is combined with a front 
turn signal lamp and the maximum luminous intensity of the clearance 
lamp is located below horizontal and within a 1.0[deg] radius around 
the test point, the ratio for the test point may be computed by using 
the lowest value of the clearance lamp luminous intensity within the 
generated area.''
    AAM noted several instances where the group minimum photometric 
intensity values for 2 and 3 lighted sections, 2.5x base photometry 
lamps, were erroneous. These five values were

[[Page 68261]]

all 0.5 cd less than their calculated values. The correct values have 
been incorporated in Table VI-a in the final rule.
    Koito suggested that several of the group minimum photometric 
intensity values for 2 lighted sections, base photometry lamps, are 
erroneous. Koito appears to have based its comment on the observation 
that the arithmetic sum of the minimum values of all test points 
included in the groups exceeds the value shown for the group. However, 
in this case all of the listed values are accurate. They are consistent 
with values of Table 1 for group requirements and Table 3 for 
individual test point requirements of SAE J588 NOV84, incorporated by 
reference in the current version of Standard No. 108. Although in most 
cases SAE has specified that group photometric values equal the sum of 
the individual test point values in a group, there are exceptions, and 
this is one of those exceptions.
Table VII Rear Turn Signal Photometry Requirements
    Footnote 6 of the final rule was revised to agree with the decision 
to eliminate the reference to SAE J588e for double faced turn signal 
lamps installed on truck tractors. It now reads, ``A double-faced turn 
signal lamp installed as described in paragraph S6.1.1.3 on a truck 
tractor need only meet the photometric requirements for a left side 
lamp where the lamp is mounted on the left side of the vehicle, and for 
a right side lamp where the lamp is mounted on the right side of the 
vehicle.''
Table VIII Taillamp Photometry Requirements
    Calcoast commented that Footnote 1 and Footnote 2 to Table VIII of 
the NPRM are not mutually exclusive. Therefore, the limitations imposed 
by compliance with one of these footnotes may negate an allowance 
offered by the other. We agree with Calcoast's assessment. The 
situation that it mentioned actually affects all lamps where grouped 
test point photometric compliance is permitted. The requirements of 
Footnote 1 of Table VIII also apply to all other lamps where grouped 
compliance is permitted. The original source of this requirement is SAE 
J575, Test for Motor Vehicle Lighting Devices and Components, paragraph 
J, which is identical in both J575d, August 1967, and J575e, August 
1970, the two versions of this standard applicable to signal lamps in 
FMVSS No. 108. Footnote 2 of Table VIII describes the basic premise of 
grouped compliance. The failure of an individual test point in the 
group to meet its minimum photometric intensity can be offset if one or 
more of the other points in the group exceed their minimum intensity 
requirement by enough margin that the group total intensity is still 
met.
    Additionally, turn signal lamps and stop lamps, including high-
mounted stop lamps, also have a further limitation from their original 
SAE source document concerning how much any individual test point can 
fail to meet its minimum intensity when considered in a group 
compliance situation. This limitation states that the measured value at 
each test point must not be less than 60% of the minimum value.
    All these limitations must be considered simultaneously when 
determining grouped photometric compliance for lamps where that 
procedure is permitted. Calcoast was correct in its assessment that 
these limitations may negate full utilization of each other.
    Koito and AAM identified two minimum test point photometric 
intensity values for 3 lighted section lamps they believe are 
erroneous. We agree and have corrected the values at 5L-10D and 5R-10D 
in the final rule.
    We have also revised Table VIII in the final rule to reduce 
confusion by placing the minimum and maximum photometric intensity 
values in separate columns for each of the lighted sections 
alternatives.
    Koito commented that Table VIII did not include Footnote 5 from 
Table 1 of SAE J585e, Tail Lamps (Rear Position Lamps), September 1977, 
incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108. This 
footnote limits the size of the area of maximum photometric intensity 
in a specified portion of the photometric pattern. This requirement was 
added to Table VIII in the final rule and now reads, ``A taillamp shall 
not exceed the maximum intensity over any area larger than that 
generated by a 0.25[deg] radius, within a solid cone angle from 
20[deg]L to 20[deg]R and from H to 10[deg]U.''
Table IX Stop Lamp Photometry Requirements
    The alternative photometric intensity requirements for a stop lamp 
installed on a motor driven cycle that were included in Table IX in the 
NPRM have been relocated to new Table XIII in the final rule. This 
relocation means that Footnote 5 is no longer needed in Table IX and it 
has been eliminated. Footnote 7 of the NPRM has been redesignated as 
Footnote 5 in the final rule.
    Honda, AAM, and Koito all observed an erroneous group minimum 
photometric intensity value for 3 lighted sections in group 3. The 
correct value is 520 cd instead of the listed 445 cd. This error is 
corrected in Table IX of the final rule.
    In Table IX of the NPRM, it was stated that when a stop lamp is 
combined with a taillamp, the luminous intensity of the stop signal 
must exceed the luminous intensity of the tail signal at each test 
point by a certain minimum ratio. This ratio value is common for all 
vehicles at all test points with the exception of the test point H-
5L.\33\ Proposed Table IX showed the ratio value at this point as 3/5 
\(6)\ and further states at Footnote 6, ``Values preceded by a slash (/
) apply only to lamps installed on multipurpose passenger vehicles, 
trucks, trailers, and buses, of 2032 mm or more in overall width.'' 
Thus, the requirement at the H-5L test point is that the luminous 
intensity of the stop lamp exceed the luminous intensity of the 
combined taillamp by at least 3 times on multipurpose passenger 
vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses, of 2032 mm or more in overall 
width, and by at least 5 times on other applicable vehicles which 
includes all passenger cars and motorcycles and all multipurpose 
passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses, less than 2032 mm in 
overall width. This discrepancy exists due to the language from which 
the ratio requirements are derived. SAE J586 FEB84, Stop Lamps for use 
on Motor Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, incorporated by 
reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 states in Section 
5.1.5.3, ``When a tail lamp is combined with the stop lamp, the stop 
lamp shall not be less than three times the luminous intensity of the 
tail lamp at any test point; except that at H-V, H-5L, H-5R, and 5U-V, 
the stop lamp shall not be less than five times the luminous intensity 
of the tail lamp.'' Similarly, SAE J1398 MAY85, Stop Lamps for use on 
Motor Vehicles 2032 mm or More in Overall Width, incorporated by 
reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108, states in Section 
5.1.5.2, ``When a tail lamp is combined with the stop lamp, the stop 
lamp shall not be less than three times the luminous intensity of the 
tail lamp at any test point; except that at H-V, H-5R, and 5U-V, the 
stop lamp shall not be less than five times the luminous intensity of 
the tail lamp.'' Thus, the requirements are identical with the 
exception of test point

[[Page 68262]]

H-5L. By not specifically identifying H-5L as a test point requiring a 
5:1 ratio, SAE J1398 MAY85, by default, requires a 3:1 ratio.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ In the final rule we have elected to implement a suggestion 
by Calcoast to identify photometric test points consistently in the 
photometric requirements tables. We have chosen to list lateral 
values in the left column and vertical values in the right column. 
Thus the H-5L test point of Table IX of the NPRM appears as test 
point 5L-H in the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SAE J585e, Tail Lamps (Rear Position Lamps), September 1977, also 
incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 
(applicable to all vehicles), also contains a ratio requirement. 
Footnote 4 to Table 1 of that document states, ``When a tail lamp is 
combined with the turn signal lamp or the stop lamp, the signal lamp or 
stop lamp shall not be less than three times the candlepower \34\ of 
the tail lamp at any test point; except that at H-V, H-5L, H-5R, and 
5U-V, the signal lamp or stop lamp shall not be less than five times 
the candlepower of the tail lamp.'' Thus, there is a documented 
conflict regarding the ratio requirement at the H-5L test point on 
combined stop lamps and taillamps used on wide vehicles. We resolved 
this in the final rule by maintaining the dual requirements stated in 
the NPRM. That is the ratio of stop lamp intensity to taillamp 
intensity at that test point remains 3:1 for lamps installed on 
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses, of 2032 
mm or more in overall width, and 5:1 for lamps installed on all 
passenger cars and motorcycles and all multipurpose passenger vehicles, 
trucks, trailers, and buses, less than 2032 mm in overall width.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ The term ``candlepower'' used in this context means the 
contemporary unit of measurement used to express the luminous 
intensity attribute.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Although we believe there is ample evidence that the 3:1 ratio was 
never intended by SAE, to rectify this error at this time would 
constitute a substantive change and therefore be beyond the scope of 
the FMVSS No. 108 rewrite. We may address this issue in the near 
future.
Table X Side Marker Photometry Requirements
    Footnote 1 was revised to be more consistent with paragraph 
S7.4.1.1 of the NPRM (paragraph S7.4.13.2 of the final rule) concerning 
the widths of vehicles that can use reduced photometric compliance 
angles between the front and rear side marker. Footnote 1 now reads, 
``Where a side marker lamp installed on a motor vehicle less than 30 
feet in overall length and less than 80 inches (2 m) in overall width 
has the lateral angle nearest the other required side marker lamp on 
the same side of the vehicle reduced from 45[deg] by design as 
specified by S7.4.13.2, the photometric intensity measurement may be 
met at the lesser angle.'' The change in width from 2032 mm to 80 
inches (2 m) was made to be faithful to Footnote b of SAE J592e, 
Clearance, Side Marker, and Identification Lamps, July 1972.
Table XI Clearance and Identification Lamps Photometry Requirements
    Koito and AAM commented that Footnote 3 to Table XI did not include 
the limitation on a turn signal lamp combined with a red clearance lamp 
as required by SAE J592e, July 1972, Table 1 Footnote ``a'', 
incorporated by reference by the current version of FMVSS No. 108. This 
is corrected in the final rule.
    Grote believed that the maximum photometric intensity for a red 
clearance lamp should be 18 cd. We disagree because SAE J592e, July 
1972, incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 
108, states in Footnote ``a'' to Table 1 that 15 cd is the maximum 
allowed for a red clearance lamp.
Table XII Backup Lamp Photometry Requirements
    Guide commented that Footnotes 2 and 3 only apply to groups 1, 2 5, 
and 6. We agree. Figure 2, Footnote 1 of the current version of 
Standard No. 108 is the source of these requirements and the Guide 
assertion is consistent with that figure. We revised Table XII 
accordingly in the final rule.
    Guide suggested replacing the phrase ``same or symmetrically 
opposite design'' in Footnote 2 of Table XII of the NPRM with the 
phrase ``symmetrical beam pattern'' and also replacing the phrase 
``differing design'' in Footnote 3 of Table XII with the phrase 
``asymmetrical beam pattern'', claiming the terminology of the NPRM is 
vague. Guide offered no argument as to why the suggested replacement 
phrases would improve understanding. Since the language of the NPRM is 
faithful to the current version of FMVSS No. 108, we are not 
implementing its suggestion in the final rule.
    We have added the term ``Each Lamp'' after the title ``Two Lamp 
Systems'' in Table XII of the final rule to clarify that each lamp of a 
two lamp system is to be designed to conform to either the individual 
test point photometry requirements or the group photometry 
requirements.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle Turn Signal Lamp Alternative Photometry 
Requirements
Table XIII-b Motor Driven Cycle Stop Lamp Alternative Photometry 
Requirements
    Table XIII of the NPRM, License Plate Lamp Target Locations, has 
been redesignated as Figure 19 in the final rule. A new Table XIII has 
been created that includes the alternative stop lamp requirements for 
motor driven cycles, which were previously part of Table IX in the NPRM 
and the optional turn signal requirements for motorcycles noted in 
paragraphs S7.1.1.1 and S7.1.2.1 of the NPRM, but not previously 
tabularized.
Table XIV Parking Lamp Photometry Requirements
    There were no comments submitted that impacted Table XIV beyond 
those previously mentioned.
Table XV High-Mounted Stop Lamp Photometry Requirements
    AAM suggested that Footnote 4 of Table XV be incorporated directly 
into the table where the maximum photometric intensity is stated. AAM 
offered no arguments to support this request and we can see no 
compelling reason to implement it. Table XV appears in the final rule 
identical to the NPRM.
Table XVI
    As previously mentioned, Table XVI of the NPRM has been partitioned 
into three sections, Table XVI-a, Reflex Reflector Photometry 
Requirements, Table XVI-b, Additional Photometry Requirements for 
Conspicuity Reflex Reflectors, and Table XVI-c, Retroreflective 
Sheeting Photometry Requirements. The content of these tables in the 
final rule is identical to that of the NPRM.
Table XVII School Bus Signal Lamp Photometry
    There were no comments submitted that impacted Table XVII.
Table XVIII Headlamp Upper Beam Photometry Requirements
    There were no comments submitted that impacted Table XVIII beyond 
those previously mentioned.
Table XIX Headlamp Lower Beam Photometry Requirements
    Table XIX, Headlamp Lower Beam Photometry Requirements, has been 
split into Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, and XIX-c in the final rule.
    GE, Honda, AAM, and Koito identified that the maximum photometric 
intensity value of 2,500 cd for the 0.5D-1.5L to L test location of a 
LB4M beam was inadvertently omitted from Table XIX of the NPRM. We 
agree and this value has been added in the final rule.
    Guide suggested a reduction in the lateral limits in the NPRM for 
photometry of the 10[deg]U to 90[deg]U glare

[[Page 68263]]

area from 90[deg]L to 90[deg]R to 45[deg]L to 45[deg]R but offered no 
basis to support this request. Such a revision would be substantive and 
beyond the scope of the rewrite, therefore this suggestion was not 
pursued in the final rule.
Table XX Motorcycle and Motor Driven Cycle Headlamp Photometry 
Requirements
    Honda and Koito identified that the maximum photometric intensity 
value of 12,500 cd for the 4D-4R test location for a motor driven cycle 
headlamp was inadvertently placed in the minimum intensity column of 
Table XX of the NPRM. The value has been placed in the correct location 
in the final rule.
    AAM suggested that the column heading shown for lower beam 
headlamps be replicated for upper beam headlamps. We agree that doing 
so would improve clarity and have incorporated the headings in Table XX 
of the final rule.
Table XXI Associated Equipment Physical Test Requirements (Table 
eliminated in final rule)
    The recognition that the tabular method of organization did not 
work well for lengthy textual requirements provided the rationale for 
moving the associated equipment physical test requirements content of 
Table XXI of the NPRM to paragraph S14.9 of the regulatory text in the 
final rule.
    The substantive issues raised by public comment and the revisions 
to associated equipment physical test requirements are discussed under 
paragraph S14.9.
    Table XXII Lamp and Reflective Devices Physical Test Requirements 
(Table eliminated in final rule)
    The recognition that the tabular method of organization did not 
work well for lengthy textual requirements provided the rationale for 
moving the lamp and reflective devices physical test requirements 
content of Table XXII of the NPRM to paragraphs S14.3, S14.4, and S14.5 
of the regulatory text in the final rule.
    The substantive issues raised by public comment and the revisions 
to lamp and reflective devices physical test requirements are discussed 
under those sections.
Table XXIII Headlamp Physical Test Requirements (Table eliminated in 
final rule)
    The recognition that the tabular method of organization did not 
work well for lengthy textual requirements provided the rationale for 
moving the headlamp physical test requirements content of Table XXIII 
of the NPRM to paragraphs S14.6, S14.7, and S14.8 of the regulatory 
text in the final rule.
    The substantive issues raised by public comment and the revisions 
to headlamp physical test requirements are discussed under those 
sections.
Figures
Figures 1 through 12 and 15 through 18
    There were no comments submitted that impacted Figures 1 through 12 
or Figures 15 through 18.
Figure 13 Tractor Conspicuity Treatment Examples
    TMA commented that Figure 31 of the current version of FMVSS No. 
108, rather than Figure 13 of the NPRM, better illustrated that the 
right angle white conspicuity treatment element required on the upper 
rear outside corners of truck tractors may not be continuous if cab 
mounted hardware makes this impractical. We have revised Figure 13 to 
illustrate this condition in the final rule.
Figure 14 92 x 150 mm Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup
    GE identified 13 omissions or errors in Figure 14 of the NPRM that 
were corrected in the final rule to agree with the source document, 
Figure 16 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
Figure 15 Types G & H Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup
    GE identified an omission in Figure 15 that was corrected to agree 
with the source document, Figure 22 of the current version of FMVSS No. 
108.
Figure 19 License Plate Lamp Target Locations
    Figure 19, License Plate Lamp Target Locations, was designated as 
Table XIII in the NPRM. The supplementary response from the AAM/ASSN 
suggested changing it to be a figure. Its purpose is illustrative, so 
it is most appropriately designated as a figure.
    AAM requested that the English units of measurement, which were 
part of the source drawings, SAE J587 OCT81 Figures 1 and 2, but not 
included in Table XIII of the NPRM, be restored. This was done, as 
Figure 19 is dimensioned in both metric and English units in the final 
rule.
Figure 20 License Plate Lamp Measurement of Incident Light Angle
    AAM requested that Figure 3 of SAE J587 OCT81, License Plate Lamps, 
be included to better illustrate the incident light angle requirement 
of paragraph S7.7.1.1 of the NPRM. We agree and have included it as 
Figure 20, License Plate Lamp Measurement of Incident Light Angle, in 
the final rule. It is referenced in paragraph S7.7.15.4 of the final 
rule.
Figure 21 Vibration Test Machine
    AAM requested that SAE J577, Vibration Test Machine, April 1964, be 
directly incorporated into FMVSS No. 108 rather than to continue to be 
incorporated by reference. Figure 1, Vibration Test Machine, and Table 
1, Cam Profile Radii, (from SAE J577) were redrawn for the final rule 
as Figure 21, Vibration Test Machine.
Figure 22 Flasher Standard Test Circuit
    Figure 22 includes the standard test circuit of SAE J823b, Flasher 
Test Equipment, April 1968. The procedures of SAE J823b have also been 
incorporated into paragraph S14.9 of the final rule, allowing the 
subreference by incorporation of this standard to now be eliminated 
from FMVSS No. 108.

IV. The Final Rule

    After careful consideration of public comments on the NPRM, the 
agency has decided to publish a final rule to amend 49 CFR Part 564 and 
FMVSS No. 108 as discussed below:

A. 49 CFR Part 564

    We are relocating figures addressing sealed beam headlamps that 
currently reside in FMVSS No. 108 and SAE J1383 APR85 into a newly 
created Appendix C of 49 CFR Part 564. We have listed those specific 
figures and where they currently reside in FMVSS No. 108 or SAE J1383 
APR85 in the reference document in Appendix C of this notice. In 
addition, we are making the applicable changes to the scope and purpose 
provisions of Part 564 to account for the newly formed Appendix C. 
Unlike Appendices A and B, there will be no further additions to, or 
modifications of, the sealed beam headlamp figures in Appendix C.

B. 49 CFR Part 571.108

    We are amending Standard No. 108 by: (1) Reorganizing the 
regulatory text so that it provides a more straight-forward and logical 
presentation of the applicable regulatory requirements; (2) including 
important agency interpretations of the existing requirements; and (3) 
reducing reliance on third-party documents incorporated by reference. 
This has resulted in additional tables and figures being added to the 
standard. In addition, the structure of the standard has been changed 
to present the requirements in a more standardized and user-friendly 
manner.

[[Page 68264]]

V. Benefits and Costs

    Because this proposal only reorganizes the existing requirements of 
the standard, we do not anticipate that there would be any costs or 
benefits associated with this rulemaking action to implement an 
administrative rewrite of FMVSS No. 108, other than the benefits 
associated with a clearer, easier-to-read standard. None of the public 
comments identified any instances where the rewritten standard would 
have a cost effect. Accordingly, the agency did not conduct a separate 
economic analysis for this rulemaking.

VI. Rulemaking Analyses and Notices

A. Vehicle Safety Act

    Under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, Motor Vehicle Safety (49 U.S.C. 30101 
et seq.), the Secretary of Transportation is responsible for 
prescribing motor vehicle safety standards that are practicable, meet 
the need for motor vehicle safety, and are stated in objective 
terms.\35\ These motor vehicle safety standards set the minimum level 
of performance for a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment to be 
considered safe.\36\ When prescribing such standards, the Secretary 
must consider all relevant, available motor vehicle safety 
information.\37\ The Secretary must also consider whether a proposed 
standard is reasonable, practicable, and appropriate for the type of 
motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment for which it is prescribed and 
the extent to which the standard will further the statutory purpose of 
reducing traffic accidents and associated deaths.\38\ The 
responsibility for promulgation of Federal motor vehicle safety 
standards has been delegated to NHTSA. \39\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ 49 U.S.C. 30111(a).
    \36\ 49 U.S.C. 30102(a)(9).
    \37\ 49 U.S.C. 30111(b).
    \38\ Id.
    \39\ 49 U.S.C. 105 and 322; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 
1.50.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    FMVSS No. 108, Lamps, Reflective Devices, and Associated Equipment, 
was originally established in a final rule published in the Federal 
Register on February 3, 1967 (32 FR 2408). The purpose of the standard 
is to reduce traffic accidents and deaths and injuries resulting from 
traffic accidents, by providing adequate illumination of the roadway, 
and by enhancing the conspicuity of motor vehicles on the public roads 
so that their presence is perceived and their signals understood, both 
in daylight and in darkness or other conditions of reduced visibility. 
Since the time of the standard's initial promulgation, the agency has 
undertaken numerous rulemakings and interpretations related to Standard 
No. 108, in many cases to deal with the emergence of new lighting 
technologies. In recent years, concerns have been raised that after 
nearly four decades of amendment, navigating the requirements of the 
standard has become increasingly difficult. Therefore, in this final 
rule, the agency is implementing an administrative rewrite of Standard 
No. 108 in order to improve its structure and clarity, without changing 
any of its existing substantive requirements. In preparing this final 
rule, the agency carefully considered the statutory requirements of 49 
U.S.C. Chapter 301.
    First, this final rule reflects the agency's careful consideration 
and analysis of all existing regulatory provisions of FMVSS No. 108, as 
well as salient letters of interpretation related to that standard. In 
developing the substantive provisions of the standard over the years, 
the agency considered all relevant, available motor vehicle safety 
information, including available research, testing results, and other 
information related to various technologies. This administrative 
rewrite does not change any of these existing provisions or the 
underlying basis therefore. The final rule also reflects the agency's 
consideration of information offered in public comments on the notice 
of proposed rulemaking which preceded today's final rule.
    Second, to ensure that the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 are 
practicable (as well as consistent with our safety objectives), the 
agency evaluated the cost, availability, and suitability of the 
standard's provisions, both when initially adopted and during 
subsequent amendments. As noted above, the changes resulting from this 
final rule are administrative in nature and would not impact the costs 
and benefits of the standard. In sum, we believe that this final rule 
is practicable, and we expect it to maintain the benefits of Standard 
No. 108.
    Third, the regulatory text following this preamble is stated in 
objective terms in order to specify precisely what performance is 
required and how performance will be tested to ensure compliance with 
the standard. In certain cases, the final rule modifies the language of 
the standard to improve clarity or to incorporate existing 
interpretations, again without changing the substance of the existing 
requirements.
    Fourth, we believe that this final rule meets the need for motor 
vehicle safety by clarifying the safety standard, thereby making it 
easier for regulated parties to comply with all applicable 
requirements. The impacts of the substantive provisions on vehicle 
safety were discussed at the time of adoption of those provisions.
    Finally, we believe that this final rule is reasonable and 
appropriate for motor vehicles subject to the applicable requirements. 
As discussed elsewhere in this notice, the modifications to the 
standard resulting from this final rule are administrative in nature. 
It does not affect the substance of the requirements or the bases for 
those requirements, as articulated in earlier rulemakings. Accordingly, 
we believe that this final rule is appropriate for covered vehicles 
that are or become subject to these provisions of FMVSS No. 108 because 
it furthers the agency's objective of preventing crash-related deaths 
and serious injuries by ensuring adequate illumination of roadways and 
enhanced conspicuity of motor vehicles.

B. Executive Order 12866 and DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures

    Executive Order 12866, ``Regulatory Planning and Review'', provides 
for making determinations whether a regulatory action is 
``significant'' and therefore subject to OMB review and to the 
requirements of the Executive Order. The Order defines a ``significant 
regulatory action'' as one that is likely to result in a rule that may:
    (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or 
adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the 
economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public 
health or safety, or State, local, or Tribal governments or 
communities;
    (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
action taken or planned by another agency;
    (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, 
user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients 
thereof; or
    (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in 
the Executive Order.
    This rulemaking document was not reviewed by the Office of 
Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866. The rule is not 
considered to be significant within the meaning of E.O. 12866 or the 
Department of Transportation's Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 
FR 11034 (Feb. 26, 1979)). As stated above in Section V, Benefits and 
Costs, this final rule is not expected to require parties subject to 
the requirements of the safety standard to alter their existing 
practices for certifying compliance with Standard

[[Page 68265]]

No. 108 or to increase costs of compliance, because the final rule 
merely reorganizes and clarifies existing requirements. Accordingly, 
the agency has not prepared any supplemental economic analysis to 
accompany this rulemaking document.

C. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., 
as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act 
(SBREFA) of 1996), whenever an agency is required to publish a notice 
of rulemaking for any proposed or final rule, it must prepare and make 
available for public comment a regulatory flexibility analysis that 
describes the effect of the rule on small entities (i.e., small 
businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions). 
The Small Business Administration's regulations at 13 CFR Part 121 
define a small business, in part, as a business entity ``which operates 
primarily within the United States.'' (13 CFR 121.105(a)). No 
regulatory flexibility analysis is required if the head of an agency 
certifies the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a 
substantial number of small entities. SBREFA amended the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act to require Federal agencies to provide a statement of 
the factual basis for certifying that a rule will not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
    NHTSA has considered the effects of this final rule under the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act. I certify that this final rule will not 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. The rationale for this certification is that the present 
final rule does not make any substantive changes to this safety 
standard, so affected parties will be able to continue current 
practices without change. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that this 
final rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities.

D. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)

    NHTSA has examined today's final rule pursuant to Executive Order 
13132, ``Federalism'' and concluded that no additional consultation 
with States, local governments, or their representatives is mandated 
beyond the rulemaking process. The agency has concluded that the rule 
does not have Federalism implications, because the rule does not have 
``substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between 
the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power 
and the responsibilities among the various levels of government.''
    Further, no consultation is needed to discuss the preemptive effect 
of today's rule. NHTSA rules can have preemptive effect in at least two 
ways. First, the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act contains 
an express preemptive provision: ``When a motor vehicle safety standard 
is in effect under this chapter, a State or a political subdivision of 
a State may prescribe or continue in effect a standard applicable to 
the same aspect of performance of a motor vehicle or motor vehicle 
equipment only if the standard is identical to the standard prescribed 
under this chapter.'' 49 U.S.C. 30102(b)(1).
    In addition to the express preemption noted above, the Supreme 
Court has also recognized that State requirements imposed on motor 
vehicle manufacturers, including sanctions imposed by State tort law, 
can stand as an obstacle to the accomplishment and execution of a NHTSA 
safety standard. When such a conflict is discerned, the Supremacy 
Clause of the Constitution makes the State requirements unenforceable. 
See Geier v. American Honda Motor Co., 529 U.S. 861 (2000).
    NHTSA does not believe that such conflicts are likely to arise from 
today's rulemaking, because this final rule only results in an 
administrative rewrite of the existing requirements of FMVSS No. 108. 
However, if such a conflict were to become evident, NHTSA may opine on 
such conflicts in the future, if warranted. See id. at 883-86.

E. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform)

    With respect to the review of the promulgation of a new regulation, 
section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988, ``Civil Justice Reform,'' 
requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure 
that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect; (2) 
clearly specifies the effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) 
provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct, while promoting 
simplification and burden reduction; (4) clearly specifies the 
retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) 
addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general 
draftsmanship under guidelines issued by the Attorney General. This 
document is consistent with that requirement. Pursuant to this Order, 
NHTSA notes as follows. The preemptive effect of this rule is discussed 
above. NHTSA notes further that there is no requirement that 
individuals submit a petition for reconsideration or pursue other 
administrative proceeding before filing suit in court.

F. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of Children From Environmental 
Health and Safety Risks)

    Executive Order 13045, ``Protection of Children from Environmental 
Health and Safety Risks,'' applies to any rule that: (1) Is determined 
to be ``economically significant'' as defined under Executive Order 
12866, and (2) concerns an environmental, health, or safety risk that 
the agency has reason to believe may have a disproportionate effect on 
children. If the regulatory action meets both criteria, the agency must 
evaluate the environmental health or safety effects of the planned rule 
on children, and explain why the planned regulation is preferable to 
other potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives 
considered by the agency.
    This final rule is not subject to E.O. 13045 because it is not an 
economically significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, 
and because it does not involve decisions based upon health and safety 
risks that disproportionately affect children.

G. Paperwork Reduction Act

    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), a person is not 
required to respond to a collection of information by a Federal agency 
unless the collection displays a valid OMB control number. This final 
rule does not contain any collection of information requirements 
requiring review under the PRA.

H. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act

    Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement 
Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law 104-113, (15 U.S.C. 272) directs the 
agency to evaluate and use voluntary consensus standards in its 
regulatory activities unless doing so would be inconsistent with 
applicable law or is otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus 
standards are technical standards (e.g., materials specifications, test 
methods, sampling procedures, and business practices) that are 
developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies, such as 
the Society of Automotive Engineers. The NTTAA directs us to provide 
Congress (through OMB) with explanations when we decide not to use 
available and applicable voluntary consensus standards. The NTTAA does 
not apply to symbols.

[[Page 68266]]

    This final rule does not adopt or reference any new industry or 
consensus standards that were not already present in Standard No. 108 
(although in several cases, relevant requirements from such standards 
are now included directly in the standard, rather than being 
incorporated by reference). The agency's statements regarding the 
rationale for the use (or non-use) of information from third-party 
standards, as presented in prior rulemakings, remain unchanged.

I. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

    Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) 
requires Federal agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs, 
benefits, and other effects of proposed or final rules that include a 
Federal mandate likely to result in the expenditure by State, local, or 
tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of more 
than $100 million annually (adjusted for inflation with base year of 
1995 (so currently $126 million in 2006 dollars)). Before promulgating 
a NHTSA rule for which a written statement is needed, section 205 of 
the UMRA generally requires the agency to identify and consider a 
reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt the least 
costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative that 
achieves the objectives of the rule. The provisions of section 205 do 
not apply when they are inconsistent with applicable law. Moreover, 
section 205 allows the agency to adopt an alternative other than the 
least costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative if 
the agency publishes with the final rule an explanation of why that 
alternative was not adopted.
    This final rule is not anticipated to result in the expenditure by 
State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the 
private sector in excess of $112 million annually. Instead, the cost 
impact of this administrative rewrite of Standard No. 108 is expected 
to be $0, because it does not change or increase the cost of existing 
requirements. Therefore, the agency has not prepared an economic 
assessment pursuant to the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act.

J. National Environmental Policy Act

    NHTSA has analyzed this rulemaking action for the purposes of the 
National Environmental Policy Act. The agency has determined that 
implementation of this action would not have any significant impact on 
the quality of the human environment.

K. Regulatory Identifier Number (RIN)

    The Department of Transportation assigns a regulation identifier 
number (RIN) to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of 
Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center 
publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. You may 
use the RIN contained in the heading at the beginning of this document 
to find this action in the Unified Agenda.

L. Privacy Act

    Please note that anyone is able to search the electronic form of 
all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the 
individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted 
on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may 
review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the Federal Register 
published on April 11, 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages 19477-78), or 
you may visit http://dms.dot.gov.

List of Subjects in 49 CFR Parts 564 and 571

    Imports, Incorporation by reference, Motor vehicle safety, Motor 
vehicles, Report and recordkeeping requirements.


0
In consideration of the foregoing, NHTSA is amending 49 CFR parts 564 
and 571 as follows:

PART 564--REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE INFORMATION

0
1. Part 564 is revised to read as follows:

PART 564--REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE AND SEALED BEAM HEADLAMP 
INFORMATION

Sec.
564.1 Scope.
564.2 Purposes.
564.3 Applicability.
564.4 Definitions.
564.5 Information filing; agency processing of filings.
Appendix A to Part 564--Information to be Submitted for Replaceable 
Light Sources
Appendix B to Part 564--Information to be Submitted for Long Life 
Replaceable Light Sources of Limited Definition
Appendix C to Part 564--Information Applicable to Standardized 
Sealed Beam Headlamp Units

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30166; delegation 
of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.


Sec.  564.1  Scope.

    This part requires the submission of dimensional, electrical 
specification, and marking/designation information as specified in 
Appendices A and B of this part, for original equipment replaceable 
light sources used in motor vehicle headlighting systems. This part 
also serves as a repository for design information as specified in 
Appendix C of this part, for original equipment and replacement 
standardized sealed beam units used in motor vehicle headlighting 
systems.


Sec.  564.2  Purposes.

    The purposes of this part are achieved through its Appendices:
    (a) The purposes of Appendix A of this part are to ensure:
    (1) The availability to replacement light source manufacturers of 
the manufacturing specifications of original equipment light sources so 
that replacement light sources are interchangeable with original 
equipment light sources and provide equivalent performance, and
    (2) That redesigned or newly developed light sources are designated 
as distinct, different, and noninterchangeable with previously existing 
light sources.
    (b) The purposes of Appendix B of this part are to ensure:
    (1) That original equipment light sources are replaceable and that 
replacement light sources provide equivalent performance, and
    (2) That redesigned or newly developed light sources are designated 
as distinct, different, and noninterchangeable with previously existing 
light sources.
    (c) The purpose of Appendix C of this part is to ensure the 
availability to original equipment and replacement sealed beam headlamp 
manufacturers of the manufacturing specifications of standardized 
sealed beam headlamp units used on motor vehicles so that all sealed 
beam headlamp units of a specific type are interchangeable with all 
other units of that same type and provide equivalent performance.


Sec.  564.3  Applicability.

    This part applies to replaceable light sources used as original 
equipment, and standardized sealed beam headlamp units used as original 
equipment and replacement equipment in motor vehicle headlighting 
systems.


Sec.  564.4  Definitions.

    All terms defined in the Act and the regulations and standards 
issued under its authority are used as defined therein.


Sec.  564.5  Information filing; agency processing of filings.

    (a) Each manufacturer of a motor vehicle, original equipment 
headlamp, or original equipment headlamp replaceable light source, 
which intends to manufacture a replaceable light

[[Page 68267]]

source as original equipment or to incorporate a replaceable light 
source in its headlamps or motor vehicles, shall furnish the 
information specified in Appendix A. If the rated laboratory life of 
the light source is not less than 2,000 hours, the manufacturer shall 
furnish the information specified in either Appendix A or Appendix B of 
this part. Information shall be furnished to: Associate Administrator 
for Rulemaking, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 
New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Washington, DC 20590 Attention: 
Part 564-Replaceable Light Source Information (unless the Agency has 
already filed such information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397).
    (b) The manufacturer shall submit such information not later than 
60 days before it intends to begin manufacture of the replaceable light 
source to which the information applies, or to incorporate the light 
source into a headlamp, or to incorporate the light source into a motor 
vehicle of its manufacture. Each submission shall consist of one 
original set of information and ten legible reproduced copies, all on 
8\1/2\ by 11-inch paper.
    (c) The Associate Administrator promptly reviews each submission 
and informs the manufacturer not later than 30 days after its receipt 
whether the submission has been accepted. Upon acceptance, the 
Associate Administrator files the information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-
3397. The Associate Administrator does not accept any submission that 
does not contain all the information specified in Appendix A or 
Appendix B of this part, or whose accompanying information indicates 
that any new light source which is the subject of a submission is 
interchangeable with any replaceable light source for which the agency 
has previously filed information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397.
    (d) A manufacturer may request modification of a light source for 
which information has previously been filed in Docket No. NHTSA 98-
3397, and the submission shall be processed in the manner provided by 
Sec.  564.5(c). A request for modification shall contain the following:
    (1) All the information specified in Appendix A or Appendix B of 
this part that is relevant to the modification requested,
    (2) The reason for the requested modification,
    (3) A statement that the use of the light source as modified will 
not create a noncompliance with any requirement of Federal Motor 
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 108 (49 CFR 571.108) when used to replace 
an unmodified light source in a headlamp certified by its manufacturer 
as conforming to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards, 
together with reasons in support of the statement; and
    (4) Information demonstrating that the modification would not 
adversely affect interchangeability with the original light source.
    After review of the request for modification, the Associate 
Administrator may seek further information either from the manufacturer 
or through a notice published in the Federal Register requesting 
comment on whether a modified light source incorporating the changes 
requested will create a noncompliance with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety 
Standard No. 108 when substituted for an unmodified light source. If 
the Associate Administrator seeks public comment on a submission (s)he 
shall publish a notice stating whether (s)he has accepted or rejected 
the submission. If a submission is accepted, the Associate 
Administrator files the information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397. If a 
submission is rejected, a manufacturer may submit information with 
respect to it, as provides in paragraph 564.5(a), for consideration as 
a new light source after such changes as will insure that it is not 
interchangeable with the light source for which modification was 
originally requested.
    (e) Information submitted under this section is made available by 
NHTSA for public inspection as soon as practicable after its receipt, 
but not later than the date on which a vehicle equipped with a new or 
revised replaceable light source is offered for sale.

Appendix A to Part 564--Information to be Submitted for Replaceable 
Light Sources

I. Filament or Discharge Arc Position Dimensions and Tolerances 
Using Either Direct Filament or Discharge Arc Dimensions or the 
Three Dimensional Filament or Discharge Arc Tolerance Box

    A. Lower beam filament dimensions or filament tolerance box 
dimensions and relation of these to the bulb base reference plane 
and centerline.
    1. Axial location of the filament centerline or the filament 
tolerance box relative to the bulb base reference plane.
    2. Vertical location of the filament centerline or the filament 
tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
    3. Transverse location of the filament centerline or the 
filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
    4. Filament tolerance box dimensions, if used.
    B. Upper beam filament dimensions or the filament tolerance box 
dimensions, and relation of these to the bulb base reference plane 
and centerline.
    1. Axial location of the filament centerline or the filament 
tolerance box relative to the bulb base reference plane.
    2. Vertical location of the filament centerline or the filament 
tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
    3. Transverse location of the filament centerline or the 
filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
    4. Filament tolerance box dimensions, if used.
    C. If the replaceable light source has both a lower beam and an 
upper beam filament, the dimensional relationship between the two 
filament centerlines or the filament tolerance boxes may be provided 
instead of referencing the upper beam filament centerline or 
filament tolerance box to the bulb base centerline or reference 
plane.
    D. For a light source using excited gas mixtures as a filament, 
necessary fiducial information and specifications including 
electrode position dimensions and tolerance information that provide 
similar location and characteristics information required by 
paragraphs A, B, and C of this section I for light sources using a 
resistive type filament.

II. Dimensions Pertaining to Filament Capsule and Capsule Supports

    A. Maximum length from bulb base reference plane to tip of 
filament capsule.
    B. Maximum radial distances from bulb base centerline to 
periphery of filament capsule and/or supports.
    C. Location of black cap relative to low beam filament 
centerline, filament tolerance box or other to-be-specified 
reference.
    D. Size, length, shape, or other pertinent features and 
dimensions for providing undistorted walls for the filament capsule.

III. Bulb Base Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance

    A. Angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and any other 
interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in the bulb 
holder.
    B. Diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal groove, 
surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
    C. Diameter of the bulb base at the interface of the base and 
its perpendicular reference surface.
    D. Dimensions of features related to retention of the bulb base 
in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surfaces, etc.

IV. Bulb Holder Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance

    A. Mating angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and 
any other interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base 
in the bulb holder.
    B. Mating diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal 
groove, surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
    C. Mating diameter of the bulb holder at the interface of the 
bulb base aperture and its perpendicular reference surface.
    D. Mating dimensions of features related to retention of the 
bulb base in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surfaces, 
etc.

[[Page 68268]]

V. Wiring Harness Connector to Bulb Base Interchangeability 
Dimensions and Tolerances

    A. Maximum depth of harness connector insertion into bulb base.
    B. Location of electrical pins in bulb base.
    C. Dimensions of electrical pins in bulb base--length, diameter, 
width, thickness and etc.
    D. Fit of harness connector into bulb base providing all 
necessary dimensions, key/keyway controls, and dimensions, tapers 
etc.
    E. Dimensions and location of locking features for wiring 
harness connector to bulb base.
    F. Identification of upper beam, lower beam, and common 
terminals.

VI. Seal Specifications (if Replaceable Light Source is Intended to 
be of a Sealed Base Design)

    A. Type.
    B. Material.
    C. Dimensions.

VII. Electrical Specifications for Each Filament at 12.8 Volts

    A. Maximum power (in watts).
    B. Luminous Flux with tolerance (in lumens) with black cap if so 
equipped, measured in accordance with the document: Illuminating 
Engineering Society of North America, LM-45; IES Approved Method for 
Electrical and Photometric Measurements of General Service 
Incandescent Filament Lamps (April 1980). This incorporation by 
reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies may be 
obtained from the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, 
345 East 47th St., New York, NY 10017. Copies may be inspected at 
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Technical 
Information Services, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, Washington, DC 20590, 
or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-
741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_ register/
code--of-- federal regulations/ibr--locations.html.

VIII. Bulb Markings/Designation--ANSI NUMBER, ECE IDENTIFIER, 
MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER, INDIVIDUALLY OR IN ANY COMBINATION

IX. All Other Information, Dimensions or Performance Specifications 
Necessary for Interchangeability, Replaceability, or System Test 
Purposes not Listed in Sections I Through VIII

    IF A BALLAST IS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION, A COMPLETE LISTING OF 
THE REQUIREMENTS AND PARAMETERS BETWEEN THE LIGHT SOURCE AND 
BALLAST, AND BALLAST AND THE VEHICLE SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED.

Appendix B to Part 564--Information to be Submitted for Long Life 
Replaceable Light Sources of Limited Definition

I. Filament or Discharge Arc Position Dimensions and Tolerances 
Using Either Direct Filament or Discharge Arc Dimensions or the 
Three Dimensional Filament Discharge Arc Tolerance Box

    A. Lower beam filament or discharge arc dimensions or filament 
or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions and relation of these to 
the bulb base reference plane and centerline.
    1. Axial location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or 
the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb 
base reference plane.
    2. Vertical location of the filament or discharge arc centerline 
or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb 
base centerline.
    3. Transverse location of the filament or discharge arc 
centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative 
to the bulb base centerline.
    4. Filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions, if used.
    B. Upper beam filament or discharge arc dimensions or the 
filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions and relation of 
these to the bulb base reference plane and centerline.
    1. Axial location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or 
the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb 
base reference plane.
    2. Vertical location of the filament or discharge arc centerline 
or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb 
base centerline.
    3. Transverse location of the filament or discharge arc 
centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative 
to the bulb base centerline.
    4. Filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions, if used.
    C. If the replaceable light source has both a lower beam and 
upper beam filament or discharge arc, the dimensional relationship 
between the two filament or discharge arc centerlines or the 
filament or discharge arc tolerance boxes may be provided instead of 
referencing the upper beam filament or discharge arc centerline or 
filament or discharge arc tolerance box to the bulb base centerline 
or reference plane.
    D. For a light source using excited gas mixtures as a filament, 
necessary fiducial information and specifications including 
electrode position dimensions, and tolerance information that 
provide similar location and characteristics information required by 
paragraphs A, B, and C of this section I for light sources using a 
resistive type filament.

II. Bulb Base Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance

    A. Angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and any other 
interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in the bulb 
holder.
    B. Diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal groove, 
surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
    C. Diameter of the bulb base at the interface of the base and 
its perpendicular reference surface.
    D. Dimensions of features related to retention of the bulb base 
in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surface, etc.

III. Bulb Holder Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerances

    A. Mating angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, any 
other interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in 
the bulb holder.
    B. Mating diameter, width, depth, and surface, or other 
pertinent sealing features.
    C. Mating diameter of the bulb holder at the interface of the 
bulb base aperture and its perpendicular reference surface.
    D. Mating dimensions of features related to retention of the 
bulb base in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surface, 
or any other characteristics necessary for mating dimensions.

IV. Electrical Specifications for Each Light Source That Operates 
With a Ballast and Rated Life of the Light Source/Ballast 
Combination

    A. Maximum power (in watts).
    B. Luminous Flux (in lumens).
    C. Rated laboratory life of the light source/ballast combination 
(not less than 2,000 hours).

V. Applicable to Light Sources That Operate With a Source Voltage 
Other Than 12.8 Volts Direct Current, and When a Proprietary 
Ballast Must Be Used With the Light Source

    A. Manufacturer's part number for the ballast.
    B. Any other characteristics necessary for system operation.

VI. Bulb Markings/Designation--ANSI NUMBER, ECE IDENTIFIER, 
MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER, INDIVIDUAL OR IN ANY COMBINATION

VII. All Other Identification, Dimensions or Performance 
Specifications Necessary for Replaceability or Systems Test Not 
Listed in Sections I Through VI

Appendix C to Part 564--Information Applicable to Standardized Sealed 
Beam Headlamp Units

I. Dimensional Information Specific to a Type of Standardized 
Sealed Beam Unit.

    A. Dimensions marked ``I'', indicating interchangeability, for 
which conformance is mandatory.
    B. All other dimensions which are for design purposes.

II. Dimensional Information Applicable to the Use of Nonadjustable 
Headlamp Aiming Device Locating Plates

III. Dimensional Information Applicable to Mounting Features, 
Including Mounting Rings and Lamp Bodies, Specific to a Type of 
Standardized Sealed Beam Unit

    A. Dimensions marked ``I'', indicating interchangeability, for 
which conformance is mandatory.
    B. All other dimensions which are for design purposes.

[[Page 68269]]

Incorporated Figures [References from 49 CFR 571.108, Oct. 1, 2006]

LF Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 11]
UF Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 12]
LF/UF Mounting Features [Figure 13]
LF/UF Mounting Ring [Figure 14]
Type G & H Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 18]
Type G & H Headlamp Mounting Information [Figure 21]
Type 1A1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 
11]
Type 2A1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 
10]
Type 2B1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 
13]
Type 1C1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 
7]
Type 2C1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 
8]
Type 2D1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 
5]
Type 2E1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 
15]
Types 1A1, 2A1, and 2E1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional 
Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 12]
Type 2B1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional Information 
[SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 14]
Types 1C1and 2C1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional 
Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 9]
Type 2D1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional Information 
[SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 6]

PART 571--FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS

0
2. The authority citation for Part 571 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30166; delegation 
of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.

0
3. Section 571.108 is amended to read as follows:


Sec.  571.108  Standard No. 108; Lamps, reflective devices, and 
associated equipment.

    S1 Scope. This standard specifies requirements for original and 
replacement lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment.
    S2 Purpose. The purpose of this standard is to reduce traffic 
accidents and deaths and injuries resulting from traffic accidents, by 
providing adequate illumination of the roadway, and by enhancing the 
conspicuity of motor vehicles on the public roads so that their 
presence is perceived and their signals understood, both in daylight 
and in darkness or other conditions of reduced visibility.
    S3 Application. This standard applies to:
    S3.1 Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, 
buses, trailers (except pole trailers and trailer converter dollies), 
and motorcycles;
    S3.2 Retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors manufactured to 
conform to S8.2 of this standard; and
    S3.3 Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment for 
replacement of like equipment on vehicles to which this standard 
applies.
    S4 Definitions.
    Aiming plane means a plane defined by the surface of the three 
aiming pads on the lens.
    Aiming reference plane means a plane which is perpendicular to the 
longitudinal axis of the vehicle and tangent to the forwardmost aiming 
pad on the headlamp.
    Aiming screws are the horizontal and vertical adjusting screws with 
self-locking features used to aim and retain a headlamp unit in the 
proper position.
    Axis of reference means the characteristic axis of the lamp for use 
as the direction of reference (H = 0[deg], V = 0[deg]) for angles of 
field for photometric measurements and for installing the lamp on the 
vehicle.
    Backup lamp means a lamp or lamps which illuminate the road to the 
rear of a vehicle and provide a warning signal to pedestrians and other 
drivers when the vehicle is backing up or is about to back up.
    Beam contributor means an indivisible optical assembly including a 
lens, reflector, and light source, that is part of an integral beam 
headlighting system and contributes only a portion of a headlamp beam.
    Cargo lamp is a lamp that is mounted on a multipurpose passenger 
vehicle, truck, or bus for the purpose of providing illumination to 
load or unload cargo.
    Clearance lamps are lamps which show to the front or rear of the 
vehicle, mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle as near as 
practicable to the upper left and right extreme edges to indicate the 
overall width and height of the vehicle.
    Coated materials means a material which has a coating applied to 
the surface of the finished sample to impart some protective 
properties. Coating identification means a mark of the manufacturer's 
name, formulation designation number, and recommendations for 
application.
    Color Fundamental definitions of color are expressed by 
Chromaticity Coordinates according to the International Commission on 
Illumination (C.I.E.) 1931 Standard Colorimetric System, as described 
in the CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram (incorporated by reference, see 
571.108 S5.2 of this title).
    Color bleeding means the migration of color out of a plastic part 
onto the surrounding surface.
    Combination clearance and side marker lamps are single lamps which 
simultaneously fulfill the requirements of clearance and side marker 
lamps.
    Cracking means a separation of adjacent sections of a plastic 
material with penetration into the specimen.
    Crazing means a network of apparent fine cracks on or beneath the 
surface of materials.
    Cutoff means a generally horizontal, visual/optical aiming cue in 
the lower beam that marks a separation between areas of higher and 
lower luminance.
    Daytime running lamps (DRLs) are steady burning lamps that are used 
to improve the conspicuity of a vehicle from the front and front sides 
when the regular headlamps are not required for driving.
    Delamination means a separation of the layers of a material 
including coatings.
    Design voltage means the voltage used for design purposes.
    Direct reading indicator means a device that is mounted in its 
entirety on a headlamp or headlamp aiming or headlamp mounting 
equipment, is part of a VHAD, and provides information about headlamp 
aim in an analog or digital format.
    Effective light-emitting surface means that portion of a lamp that 
directs light to the photometric test pattern, and does not include 
transparent lenses, mounting hole bosses, reflex reflector area, beads 
or rims that may glow or produce small areas of increased intensity as 
a result of uncontrolled light from an area of \1/2\[deg] radius around 
a test point.
    Effective projected luminous lens area means the area of the 
orthogonal projection of the effective light-emitting surface of a lamp 
on a plane perpendicular to a defined direction relative to the axis of 
reference. Unless otherwise specified, the direction is coincident with 
the axis of reference.
    Exposed means material used in lenses or optical devices exposed to 
direct sunlight as installed on the vehicle.
    Filament means that part of the light source or light emitting 
element(s), such as a resistive element, the excited portion of a 
specific mixture of gases under pressure, or any part of other energy 
conversion sources, that generates radiant energy which can be seen.
    Flash means a cycle of activation and deactivation of a lamp by 
automatic means continuing until stopped either automatically or 
manually.

[[Page 68270]]

    Fully opened means the position of the headlamp concealment device 
in which the headlamp is in the design open operating position.
    H-V axis means the line from the center of the principal filament 
of a lamp to the intersection of the horizontal (H) and vertical (V) 
lines of a photometric test screen.
    Haze means the cloudy or turbid appearance of an otherwise 
transparent specimen caused by light scattered from within the specimen 
or from its surface.
    Headlamp means a lighting device providing an upper and/or a lower 
beam used for providing illumination forward of the vehicle.
    Headlamp concealment device means a device, with its operating 
system and components, that provides concealment of the headlamp when 
it is not in use, including a movable headlamp cover and a headlamp 
that displaces for concealment purposes.
    Headlamp mechanical axis means the line formed by the intersection 
of a horizontal and a vertical plane through the light source parallel 
to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. If the mechanical axis of the 
headlamp is not at the geometric center of the lens, then the location 
will be indicated by the manufacturer on the headlamp.
    Headlamp test fixture means a device designed to support a headlamp 
or headlamp assembly in the test position specified in the laboratory 
tests and whose mounting hardware and components are those necessary to 
operate the headlamp as installed in a motor vehicle.
    High-mounted stop lamp means a lamp mounted high and possibly 
forward of the tail, stop, and rear turn signal lamps intended to give 
a steady stop warning through intervening vehicles to operators of 
following vehicles.
    Identification lamps are lamps used in groups of three, in a 
horizontal row, which show to the front or rear or both, having lamp 
centers spaced not less than [6 in] 15.2 mm nor more than [12 in] 30.4 
mm apart, mounted on the permanent structure as near as practicable to 
the vertical centerline and the top of the vehicle to identify certain 
types of vehicles.
    Integral beam headlamp means a headlamp (other than a standardized 
sealed beam headlamp designed to conform to paragraph S10.13 or a 
replaceable bulb headlamp designed to conform to paragraph S10.15) 
comprising an integral and indivisible optical assembly including lens, 
reflector, and light source, except that a headlamp conforming to 
paragraph S10.18.8 or paragraph S10.18.9 may have a lens designed to be 
replaceable.
    License plate lamp means a lamp used to illuminate the license 
plate on the rear of a vehicle.
    Lower beam means a beam intended to illuminate the road and its 
environs ahead of the vehicle when meeting or closely following another 
vehicle.
    Material means the type and grade of plastics, composition, and 
manufacturer's designation number and color.
    Mechanically aimable headlamp means a headlamp having three pads on 
the lens, forming an aiming plane used for laboratory photometric 
testing and for adjusting and inspecting the aim of the headlamp when 
installed on the vehicle.
    Motor driven cycle means every motorcycle, including every motor 
scooter, with a motor which produces not more than 5 horsepower, and 
every bicycle with motor attached.
    Motorcycle or motor driven cycle headlamp means a major lighting 
device used to produce general illumination ahead of the vehicle.
    Mounting ring means the adjustable ring upon which a sealed beam 
unit is mounted.
    Mounting ring (type F sealed beam) means the adjustable ring upon 
which a sealed beam unit is mounted and which forces the sealed beam 
unit to seat against the aiming ring when assembled into a sealed beam 
assembly.
    Multiple compartment lamp means a device which gives its indication 
by two or more separately lighted areas which are joined by one or more 
common parts, such as a housing or lens.
    Multiple lamp arrangement means an array of two or more separate 
lamps on each side of the vehicle which operate together to give a 
signal.
    Optically combined means a lamp having a single or two filament 
light source or two or more separate light sources that operate in 
different ways, and has its optically functional lens area wholly or 
partially common to two or more lamp functions.
    Overall width means the nominal design dimension of the widest part 
of the vehicle, exclusive of signal lamps, marker lamps, outside 
rearview mirrors, flexible fender extensions, mud flaps, and outside 
door handles determined with doors and windows closed, and the wheels 
in the straight-ahead position. Running boards may also be excluded 
from the determination of overall width if they do not extend beyond 
the width as determined by the other items excluded by this definition.
    Parking lamps are lamps on both the left and right of the vehicle 
which show to the front and are intended to mark the vehicle when 
parked or serve as a reserve front position indicating system in the 
event of headlamp failure.
    Protected means material used in inner lenses for optical devices 
where such lenses are protected from exposure to the sun by an outer 
lens made of materials meeting the requirements for exposed plastics.
    Rated voltage means the nominal circuit or vehicle electrical 
system voltage classification.
    Reflex reflectors are devices used on vehicles to give an 
indication to approaching drivers using reflected light from the lamps 
of the approaching vehicle.
    Remote reading indicator means a device that is not mounted in its 
entirety on a headlamp or headlamp aiming or headlamp mounting 
equipment, but otherwise meets the definition of a direct reading 
indicator.
    Replaceable bulb headlamp means a headlamp comprising a bonded lens 
and reflector assembly and one or two replaceable light sources, except 
that a headlamp conforming to paragraph S10.18.8 or paragraph S10.18.9 
may have a lens designed to be replaceable.
    Replaceable light source means an assembly of a capsule, base, and 
terminals that is designed to conform to the requirements of Appendix A 
or Appendix B of 49 CFR part 564 Replaceable Light Source Information 
of this Chapter.
    Retaining ring means the clamping ring that holds a sealed beam 
unit against a mounting ring.
    Retaining ring (type F sealed beam) means the clamping ring that 
holds a sealed beam unit against a mounting ring, and that provides an 
interface between the unit's aiming/seating pads and the headlamp aimer 
adapter (locating plate).
    School bus signal lamps are alternately flashing lamps mounted 
horizontally both front and rear, intended to identify a vehicle as a 
school bus and to inform other users of the highway that such vehicle 
is stopped on the highway to take on or discharge school children.
    Sealed beam headlamp means an integral and indivisible optical 
assembly including the light source with ``SEALED BEAM'' molded in the 
lens.
    Sealed beam headlamp assembly means a major lighting assembly which 
includes one or more sealed beam units used to provide general 
illumination ahead of the vehicle.
    Seasoning means the process of energizing the filament of a 
headlamp at design voltage for a period of time equal

[[Page 68271]]

to 1% of design life, or other equivalent method.
    Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device is one which provides 
either automatic or manual control of beam switching at the option of 
the driver. When the control is automatic the headlamps switch from the 
upper beam to the lower beam when illuminated by the headlamps on an 
approaching vehicle and switch back to the upper beam when the road 
ahead is dark. When the control is manual, the driver may obtain either 
beam manually regardless of the conditions ahead of the vehicle.
    Side marker lamps are lamps which show to the side of the vehicle, 
mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle as near as 
practicable to the front and rear edges to indicate the overall length 
of the vehicle. Additional lamps may also be mounted at intermediate 
locations on the sides of the vehicle.
    Stop lamps are lamps giving a steady light to the rear of a vehicle 
to indicate a vehicle is stopping or diminishing speed by braking.
    Taillamps are steady burning low intensity lamps used to designate 
the rear of a vehicle.
    Test voltage means the specified voltage and tolerance to be used 
when conducting a test.
    Turn signal lamps are the signaling element of a turn signal system 
which indicates the intention to turn or change direction by giving a 
flashing light on the side toward which the turn will be made.
    Turn signal flasher means a device which causes a turn signal lamp 
to flash as long as it is turned on.
    Turn signal operating unit means an operating unit that is part of 
a turn signal system by which the operator of a vehicle causes the 
signal units to function.
    Upper beam means a beam intended primarily for distance 
illumination and for use when not meeting or closely following other 
vehicles.
    Vehicle headlamp aiming device or VHAD means motor vehicle 
equipment, installed either on a vehicle or headlamp, which is used for 
determining the horizontal or vertical aim, or both the vertical and 
horizontal aim of the headlamp.
    Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher means a device which, as 
long as it is turned on, causes all the required turn signal lamps to 
flash.
    Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit means a driver 
controlled device which causes all required turn signal lamps to flash 
simultaneously to indicate to approaching drivers the presence of a 
vehicular hazard.
    Visually/optically aimable headlamp means a headlamp which is 
designed to be visually/optically aimable in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraph S10.18.9 of this standard.
    S5 References to SAE publications.
    S5.1 Each required lamp, reflective device, and item of associated 
equipment must be designed to conform to the requirements of applicable 
SAE publications as referenced and subreferenced in this standard. The 
words ``it is recommended that,'' ``recommendations,'' or ``should be'' 
appearing in any SAE publication referenced or subreferenced in this 
standard must be read as setting forth mandatory requirements.
    S5.2 Incorporation by reference. The Director of the Federal 
Register approves the incorporation by reference of the following 
material in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. All 
material is available for inspection at the NHTSA Reading Room, 1200 
New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or at NARA. For 
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_-register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html.
    The material is also available at the publisher whose name and 
address follow the standard number:
    1. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J602, revised AUG 
1963, ``Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam 
Headlamp Units.'' Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
    2. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J941b, revised 
FEB 1969, ``Motor Vehicle Driver's Eye Range.'' Society of Automotive 
Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
    3. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J602, revised OCT 
1980, ``Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam 
Headlamp Units.'' Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
    4. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J2009, revised 
FEB 1993, ``Forward Discharge Lighting Systems.'' Society of Automotive 
Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
    5. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J573d, revised 
DEC 1968, ``Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units.'' Society of Automotive 
Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
    6. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J567b, revised 
APR 1964, ``Bulb Sockets.'' Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
    7. International Commission on Illumination (C.I.E.) 1931 
Chromaticity Diagram. CIE Central Bureau, Kegelgasse 27, A-1030 Vienna, 
Austria.
    8. General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Specification L-S-
300, approved September 1965, ``Sheeting and Tape, Reflective: 
Nonexposed Lens, Adhesive Backing.'' Superintendent of Documents, U.S. 
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, telephone 202-512-
1800.
    9. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D4956-90, 
published December 1990, ``Standard Specification for Retroreflective 
Sheeting for Traffic Control.'' ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor 
Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
    10. ECE 48 E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505, Rev.1/ADD.47/Rev.1/Corr.2, 26 
February 1996, ``Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles 
with Regard to the Installation of Lighting and Light-Signaling 
Devices.'' United Nations, Conference Services Division, Distribution 
and Sales Section, Office C.115-1, Palais des Nations, CH-1211, Geneva 
10, http://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/wp29regs.html.
    11. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D1003-92, 
published December 1992, ``Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous 
Transmittance of Transparent Plastics.'' ASTM International, 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
    12. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E308-66, 
reapproved 1981, ``Standard Practice for Spectrophotometry and 
Description of Color in CIE 1931 System.'' ASTM International, 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
    13. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B117-73, 
reapproved 1979, ``Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing.'' ASTM 
International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 
19428-2959.
    14. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Co. 05.04 
1985, ``Annual Book of ASTM Standards: Test Methods for Rating Motor, 
Diesel, Aviation Fuels,'' Section I, parts A2.3.2, A2.3.3, and A2.7 in 
Annex 2. ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO

[[Page 68272]]

Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
    15. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D362-84, 
published March 1984, ``Standard Specification for Industrial Grade 
Toluene.'' ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, 
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
    16. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C150-77, 
published April 1977, ``Standard Specification for Portland Cement.'' 
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, 
PA 19428-2959.
    17. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES) LM 45, 
approved April 1980, ``IES Approved Method for Electrical and 
Photometric Measurements of General Service Incandescent Filament 
Lamps.'' Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, 345 East 
47th St., New York, NY 10017.
    S6 Vehicle requirements.
    S6.1 Required lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment 
by vehicle type.
    S6.1.1 Quantity. Except as provided in succeeding paragraphs of 
this S6.1.1 each vehicle must be equipped with at least the number of 
lamps, reflective devices, and items of associated equipment specified 
for that vehicle type and size in Table I and Section 6.6, designed to 
conform to the requirements of this standard. Multiple license plate 
lamps and backup lamps may be used to fulfill photometric requirements 
for those functions.
    S6.1.1.1 Conspicuity systems. Each trailer of 2032 mm or more in 
overall width, and with a GVWR over 10,000 lbs., except a trailer 
designed exclusively for living or office use, and each truck tractor 
must be equipped with retroreflective sheeting, reflex reflectors, or a 
combination of retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors as 
specified in S8.2.
    S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamps. Each multipurpose passenger 
vehicle, truck, and bus required by this standard to be equipped with a 
high-mounted stop lamp, whose vertical centerline, when the vehicle is 
viewed from the rear, is not located on a fixed body panel but 
separates one or two moveable body sections, such as doors, which lacks 
sufficient space to install a single high-mounted stop lamp on the 
centerline above such body sections, must have two high-mounted stop 
lamps identical in size and shape.
    S6.1.1.2.1 The two lamps must be located at the same height, with 
one vertical edge of each lamp on the vertical edge of the body section 
nearest the vehicle centerline.
    S6.1.1.3 Truck tractor rear turn signal lamps. A truck tractor need 
not be equipped with turn signal lamps mounted on the rear if the turn 
signal lamps installed at or near the front are of double face 
construction and are located such that they meet the photometric 
requirements for double faced turn signal lamps specified in Footnote 6 
of Table VII.
    S6.1.1.3.1 The flashing signal from a double faced signal lamp must 
not be obliterated when subjected to external light rays from either in 
front or behind, at any and all angles.
    S6.1.1.4 Daytime running lamps. A passenger car, multipurpose 
passenger vehicle, truck, or bus may be equipped with a pair of daytime 
running lamps (DRLs) as specified in Table I and S7.10 of this 
standard. DRLs may be any pair of lamps on the front of the vehicle, 
whether or not required by this standard, other than parking lamps or 
fog lamps.
    S6.1.2 Color. The color in all lamps and reflective devices to 
which this standard applies must be as specified in Table I. The color 
identified as amber is identical to the color identified as yellow.
    S6.1.3 Mounting location.
    S6.1.3.1 Each lamp, reflective device, and item of associated 
equipment must be securely mounted on a rigid part of the vehicle, 
other than glazing, that is not designed to be removed except for 
repair, within the mounting location and height limits as specified in 
Table I, and in a location where it complies with all applicable 
photometric requirements, effective projected luminous lens area 
requirements, and visibility requirements with all obstructions 
considered.
    S6.1.3.2 When multiple lamp arrangements or multiple compartment 
rear turn signal lamps, stop lamps, or taillamps are used, with only a 
portion of the compartments or lamps installed on a rigid part of the 
vehicle, that portion must meet at least the photometric requirements 
for the applicable single compartment lamp.
    S6.1.3.3 License plate lamp. The license plate lamp or lamps 
installed on vehicles other than motorcycles and motor driven cycles 
must be mounted so as to illuminate the license plate without 
obstruction from any designed feature unless the lamp or lamps is (are) 
designed to comply with all the photometric requirements with these 
obstructions considered.
    S6.1.3.4 High-mounted stop lamps.
    S6.1.3.4.1 Interior mounting. A high-mounted stop lamp mounted 
inside the vehicle must have means provided to minimize reflections 
from the light of the lamp upon the rear window glazing that might be 
visible to the driver when viewed directly, or indirectly in the 
rearview mirror.
    S6.1.3.4.2 Accessibility. Each high-mounted stop lamp must provide 
access for convenient replacement of bulbs without special tools.
    S6.1.3.5 Headlamp beam mounting.
    S6.1.3.5.1 Vertical headlamp arrangement.
    S6.1.3.5.1.1 Where multiple headlamps with single light sources are 
installed in a vertical orientation the lower beam must be provided by 
the uppermost headlamp.
    S6.1.3.5.1.2 Where headlamps with two vertically oriented light 
sources are installed the lower beam must be provided by the uppermost 
light source or by all light sources.
    S6.1.3.5.1.3 Where more than one lamp must be used for a motorcycle 
headlighting system, the lamps must be mounted vertically, with the 
lower beam as high as practicable.
    S6.1.3.5.2 Horizontal headlamp arrangement.
    S6.1.3.5.2.1 Where multiple headlamps with single light sources are 
installed in a horizontal orientation the lower beam must be provided 
by the most outboard headlamp.
    S6.1.3.5.2.2 Where headlamps with two horizontally oriented light 
sources are installed the lower beam must be provided by the outboard 
light source or by all light sources.
    S6.1.3.6 Auxiliary lamps mounted near identification lamps. Each 
auxiliary lamp must be located at least twice the distance from any 
required identification lamp as the distance between two adjacent 
required identification lamps.
    S6.1.4 Mounting height. The mounting height of each lamp and 
reflective device must be measured from the center of the item, as 
mounted on the vehicle at curb weight, to the road surface.
    S6.1.4.1 High-mounted stop lamps.
    S6.1.4.1.1 A high-mounted stop lamp mounted below the rear window 
must have no lens portion lower than 153 mm [6 in] below the lower edge 
of the rear glazing on convertibles, or 77 mm [3 in] on other passenger 
cars.
    S6.1.5 Activation. Each lamp must be activated as specified, in the 
combinations specified, and in response to the inputs specified in 
Table I and Table II.
    S6.1.5.1 Hazard warning signal. In all passenger cars, multipurpose 
passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses, the activation of the vehicular 
hazard warning signal operating unit must

[[Page 68273]]

cause to flash simultaneously sufficient turn signal lamps to meet, as 
a minimum, the turn signal photometric requirements of this standard.
    S6.1.5.2 Simultaneous beam activation.
    S6.1.5.2.1 On any vehicle to which this standard applies where the 
headlighting system is designed to conform to the photometric 
requirements of UB1 of Table XVIII and LB1M or LB1V of Table XIX-a, the 
lamps marked ``L'' or ``LF'' may remain permanently activated when the 
lamps marked ``U'' or ``UF'' are activated.
    S6.1.5.2.2 On any vehicle to which this standard applies where an 
integral beam headlighting system is designed to conform to the 
photometric requirements of UB6 of Table XVIII and LB5M of Table XIX-b 
or LB4V of Table XIX-c, the lower beam headlamps must remain 
permanently activated when the upper beam headlamps are activated.
    S6.1.5.2.3 On any vehicle to which this section applies where the 
headlighting system is designed to conform to the photometric 
requirements of UB2 of Table XVIII and LB2M or LB2V of Table XIX-a, a 
lower beam light source may remain permanently activated when an upper 
beam light source is activated if the lower beam light source 
contributes to the upper beam photometric compliance of the 
headlighting system.
    S6.2 Impairment.
    S6.2.1 No additional lamp, reflective device, or other motor 
vehicle equipment is permitted to be installed that impairs the 
effectiveness of lighting equipment required by this standard.
    S6.2.2 If any required lamp or reflective device is obstructed by 
motor vehicle equipment (e.g., mirrors, snow plows, wrecker booms, 
backhoes, winches, etc.) including dealer installed equipment, and 
cannot meet the applicable photometry and visibility requirements, the 
vehicle must be equipped with an additional lamp or device of the same 
type which meet all applicable requirements of this standard, including 
photometry and visibility.
    S6.2.3 Headlamp obstructions.
    S6.2.3.1 When activated in a steady burning state, headlamps must 
not have any styling ornament or other feature, such as a translucent 
cover or grill, in front of the lens.
    S6.2.3.2 Headlamp wipers may be used in front of the lens provided 
that the headlamp system is designed to conform with all applicable 
photometric requirements with the wiper stopped in any position in 
front of the lens.
    S6.3 Equipment combinations. Two or more lamps, reflective devices, 
or items of associated equipment may be combined if the requirements 
for each lamp, reflective device, and item of associated equipment are 
met with the following exceptions:
    S6.3.1 No high-mounted stop lamp is permitted to be combined with 
any other lamp or reflective device, other than with a cargo lamp.
    S6.3.2 No high-mounted stop lamp is permitted to be optically 
combined with any cargo lamp.
    S6.3.3 No clearance lamp is permitted to be optically combined with 
any taillamp.
    S6.4 Lens area, visibility and school bus signal lamp aiming.
    S6.4.1 Effective projected luminous lens area. Each turn signal 
lamp, stop lamp, high-mounted stop lamp, and school bus signal lamp 
must meet the applicable effective projected luminous lens area 
requirement specified in Tables IV-a, IV-b, and IV-c.
    S6.4.2 Visibility. Each backup lamp, single or combination of dual 
high-mounted stop lamp(s), and school bus signal lamp must meet the 
applicable visibility requirement specified in Table V-a.
    S6.4.3 Visibility options. A manufacturer must certify compliance 
of each lamp function to one of the following visibility requirement 
options, and it may not thereafter choose a different option for that 
vehicle:
    (a) Lens area option. When a vehicle is equipped with any lamp 
listed in Table V-b each such lamp must provide not less than 1250 sq 
mm of unobstructed effective projected luminous lens area in any 
direction throughout the pattern defined by the corner points specified 
in Table V-b for each such lamp; or
    (b) Luminous intensity option. When a vehicle is equipped with any 
lamp listed in Table V-c each such lamp must provide a luminous 
intensity of not less than that specified in Table V-c in any direction 
throughout the pattern defined by the corner points specified in Table 
V-c for each such lamp when measured in accordance with the photometry 
test requirements of this standard.
    S6.4.4 Legacy visibility alternative. As an alternative to S6.4.3, 
each passenger car and motorcycle, and each multipurpose passenger 
vehicle, truck, trailer, and bus that is of less than 2032 mm overall 
width, that are manufactured on or before September 1, 2011, and each 
multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, and bus that is of 2032 
mm or more overall width, that are manufactured on or before September 
1, 2014, must have each lamp located so that it meets the visibility 
requirements specified in Table V-d.
    S6.4.5 School bus signal lamp aiming. Each school bus signal lamp 
must be mounted on the vehicle with their aiming plane vertical and 
normal to the vehicle longitudinal axis. Aim tolerance must be no more 
than 5 in vertically and 10 in horizontally at 25 ft from the lamp. If 
the lamps are aimed or inspected by use of the SAE J602, Headlamp 
Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units, 
(August 1963) (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this 
title), the graduation settings for aim must be 2[deg] D and 0[deg] 
sideways for aiming and the limits must be 3[deg] U to 7[deg] D and 
from 10[deg] R to 10[deg] L for inspection.
    S6.5 Marking. A summary of the marking requirements of this 
standard and their location in the standard is contained in Table III.
    S6.5.1 DOT marking. The lens of each original equipment and 
replacement headlamp, and of each original equipment and replacement 
beam contributor, and each replacement headlamp lens for an integral 
beam or replaceable bulb headlamp, must be marked with the symbol 
``DOT'' either horizontally or vertically to indicate certification 
under 49 U.S.C. 30115.
    S6.5.1.1 The DOT marking requirements for conspicuity materials are 
specified in S8.2 of this standard.
    S6.5.1.2 Each original equipment or replacement lamp or reflective 
device specified in Table I, except for a headlamp, or an item of 
associated equipment specified in S9 may be marked with the symbol 
``DOT'' which constitutes a certification that it conforms to the 
requirements of this standard.
    S6.5.2 DRL marking. Each original equipment and replacement lamp 
used as a daytime running lamp (DRL), unless optically combined with a 
headlamp, must be permanently marked ``DRL'' on its lens in letters not 
less than 3 mm high.
    S6.5.3 Headlamp markings.
    S6.5.3. Trademark. The lens of each original and replacement 
equipment headlamp, and of each original and replacement equipment beam 
contributor must be marked with the name and/or trademark registered 
with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office of the manufacturer of such 
headlamp or beam contributor, of its importer, or any manufacturer of a 
vehicle equipped with such headlamp or beam contributor. Nothing in 
this standard authorizes the marking of any such name and/or trademark 
by one who is not the owner, unless the owner has consented to it.

[[Page 68274]]

    S6.5.3.2 Voltage and trade number. Each original and replacement 
equipment headlamp, and each original and replacement equipment beam 
contributor must be marked with its voltage and with its part or trade 
number.
    S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp markings.
    S6.5.3.3.1 Each sealed beam headlamp lens must be molded with 
``SEALED BEAM'' and the appropriate designation code as shown in Table 
II in characters no less than 6.35 mm in size.
    S6.5.3.3.2 The face of any character molded on the surface of the 
lens must not be raised more than 0.5 mm above the lens surface.
    S6.5.3.3.3 Type 1C1, 2C1, and 2D1 headlamps must have no raised 
markings on the outside surface of the lens between the diameters of 40 
mm and 90 mm about the lens center.
    S6.5.3.3.4 Type 1A1, 2A1, 2B1, and 2E1 headlamps must have no 
raised markings on the outside surface of the lens within a diameter of 
70 mm about the lens center.
    S6.5.3.3.5 Type LF, UF, 1G1, 2G1, and 2H1 headlamps must have no 
raised markings on the outside surface of the lens within a diameter of 
35 mm about the lens center.
    S6.5.3.3.6 A Type 1C1 replacement headlamp may be marked ``1'' 
rather than ``1C1''. A Type 2C1 replacement headlamp may be marked 
``2'' rather than ``2C1''. A Type 2D1 replacement headlamp may be 
marked ``TOP'' or ``2'' rather than ``2D1''.
    S6.5.3.4 Replaceable bulb headlamp markings.
    S6.5.3.4.1 The lens of each replaceable bulb headlamp must bear 
permanent marking in front of each replaceable light source with which 
it is equipped that states either: The HB Type, if the light source 
conforms to S11 of this standard for filament light sources, or the 
bulb marking/designation provided in compliance with Section VIII of 
Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 564 (if the light source conforms to S11 of 
this standard for discharge light sources).
    S6.5.3.4.1.1 No marking need be provided if the only replaceable 
light source in the headlamp is type HB1.
    S6.5.3.5 Additional headlamp markings. Additional marking 
requirements for headlamps are found in, S10.14.4, S10.15.4, S10.17.2, 
S10.18.5, S10.18.7, and S10.18.9 of this standard.
    S6.6 Associated equipment.
    S6.6.1 All vehicles to which this standard applies, except 
trailers, must be equipped with a turn signal operating unit, a turn 
signal flasher, a turn signal pilot indicator, a headlamp beam 
switching device, and an upper beam headlamp indicator meeting the 
requirements of S9.
    S6.6.2 All vehicles to which this standard applies except trailers 
and motorcycles must be equipped with a vehicular hazard warning 
operating unit, a vehicular hazard warning signal flasher, and a 
vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator meeting the 
requirements of S9.
    S6.6.3 License plate holder. Each rear license plate holder must be 
designed and constructed to provide a substantial plane surface on 
which to mount the plate. The plane of the license plate mounting 
surface and the plane on which the vehicle stands must be perpendicular 
within <plus-minus> 15[deg].
    S6.7 Replacement equipment.
    S6.7.1 General.
    S6.7.1.1 Each replacement lamp, reflective device, or item of 
associated equipment, including a combination lamp, must:
    (a) Be designed to conform to meet all requirements specified in 
this standard for that type of lamp, reflective device, or other item 
of equipment (in the case of a combination lamp, it must meet these 
requirements for each function); and
    (b) Include all of the functions of the lamp, reflective device, or 
item of associated equipment, including a combination lamp, it is 
designed to replace or is capable of replacing (other than functions 
not required by this standard).
    S6.7.1.2 Each replacement lamp, reflective device, or item of 
associated equipment, including a combination lamp, which is designed 
or recommended for particular vehicle models must be designed so that 
it does not take the vehicle out of compliance with this standard when 
the individual device is installed on the vehicle. Except as provided 
in S6.7.1.3, the determination of whether a vehicle would be taken out 
of compliance with this standard when an individual device is installed 
on the vehicle is made without regard to whether additional devices, 
including separate lamps or reflective devices sold together with the 
device, would also be installed.
    S6.7.1.3 In the case of a lamp or other device that is used on each 
side of the vehicle in pairs, the determination (for the purposes of 
S6.7.1.2) of whether a vehicle would be taken out of compliance with 
this standard when an individual device is installed on the vehicle is 
made assuming that the other matched paired device would be installed 
on the other side of the vehicle, whether or not the matched paired 
devices are sold together. This provision does not limit the 
responsibilities of manufacturers, distributors, dealers or motor 
vehicle repair businesses under 49 U.S.C. 30122, Making safety devices 
and elements inoperative.
    S6.7.2 Version of this standard. The requirements of S6.7.1 must be 
met, at the option of the manufacturer, using either the current 
version of this standard or the standard in effect at the time of 
manufacture of the original equipment being replaced.
    S7 Signal lamp requirements.
    S7.1 Turn signal lamps.
    S7.1.1 Front turn signal lamps.
    S7.1.1.1 Number. See Tables I-a and I-c.
    S7.1.1.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a and I-c.
    S7.1.1.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a and I-c.
    S7.1.1.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a and I-c.
    S7.1.1.5 Activation. See Tables I-a and I-c.
    S7.1.1.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-a.
    S7.1.1.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
    S7.1.1.8 Indicator. See S9.3.
    S7.1.1.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.1.1.10 Spacing to other lamps.
    S7.1.1.10.1 Each front turn signal lamp must also be designed to 
comply with any additional photometry requirements based on its 
installed spacing to other lamps as specified by this section. Where 
more than one spacing relationship exists for a turn signal lamp the 
requirement must be the one that specifies the highest luminous 
intensity multiplier of Tables VI-a and VI-b.
    S7.1.1.10.2 Spacing measurement for non-reflector lamps. For any 
front turn signal lamp that does not employ a reflector to meet 
photometric requirements, the spacing must be measured from the light 
source of the turn signal lamp to the lighted edge of any lower beam 
headlamp, or any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog 
lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp.
    S7.1.1.10.3 Spacing measurement for lamps with reflectors. For any 
front turn signal lamp which employs a reflector, such as a parabolic 
reflector, to meet photometric requirements, the spacing must be 
measured from the geometric centroid of the turn signal lamp effective 
projected luminous lens area to the lighted edge of any lower beam 
headlamp, or any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog 
lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp.
    S7.1.1.10.4 Spacing based photometric multipliers.

[[Page 68275]]

    (a) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3 
between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lower beam 
headlamp is less than 100 mm the photometric multiplier must be 2.5.
    (b) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3 
between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an 
auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower 
beam headlamp is at least 75 mm but less than 100 mm the photometric 
multiplier of Table VI must be 1.5.
    (c) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3 
between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an 
auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower 
beam headlamp is at least 60 mm but less than 75 mm the photometric 
multiplier must be 2.0.
    (d) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3 
between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an 
auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower 
beam headlamp is less than 60 mm the photometric multiplier must be 
2.5.
    S7.1.1.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
    S7.1.1.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be 
used to meet the photometric requirements of a front turn signal lamp.
    S7.1.1.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are 
used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, 
bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance 
between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two 
compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three 
compartments or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the 
compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements 
for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Tables 
VI-a or VI-b.
    S7.1.1.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds 
the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply 
with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in 
Tables VI-a or VI-b
    S7.1.1.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall 
width. Multiple compartment front turn signal lamps installed on 
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in 
overall width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire 
lamp and not for individual compartments.
    S7.1.1.12 Ratio to parking lamps and clearance lamps.
    S7.1.1.12.1 When a parking lamp, or a clearance lamp on a 
multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus of 2032 mm or 
more in overall width, is combined with a front turn signal lamp, the 
luminous intensity of the front turn signal lamp at each identified 
test point must not be less than the luminous intensity of the parking 
lamp or clearance lamp at that same test point times the multiplier 
shown for that test point in Tables VI-a or VI-b.
    S7.1.1.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement 
is used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, 
truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the 
distance between the optical axes for both the parking lamp and turn 
signal lamp is within 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements 
or 410 mm for three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio 
must be computed with all compartments or lamps lighted.
    S7.1.1.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement 
is used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions 
exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for 
three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be 
computed for only those compartments or lamps where the parking lamp 
and turn signal lamp are optically combined.
    S7.1.1.12.4 Where the clearance lamp is combined with the turn 
signal lamp, and the maximum luminous intensity of the clearance lamp 
is located below horizontal and within an area generated by a 1.0 
radius around a test point, the ratio for the test point may be 
computed using the lowest value of the clearance lamp luminous 
intensity within the generated area.
    S7.1.1.13 Photometry.
    S7.1.1.13.1 When tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, each 
front turn signal lamp must be designed to conform to the base 
photometry requirements plus any applicable multipliers as shown in 
Tables VI-a and VI-b for the number of lamp compartments or individual 
lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
    S7.1.1.13.2 As an alternative to S7.1.1.13.1, a front turn signal 
lamp installed on a motorcycle may be designed to conform to the 
photometry requirements of Table XIII-a when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.1.
    S7.1.1.14 Physical tests. Each front turn signal lamp must be 
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration 
test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the 
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.1.2 Rear turn signal lamps.
    S7.1.2.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.1.2.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.1.2.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and 
S6.1.3.2.
    S7.1.2.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.1.2.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.1.2.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-a.
    S7.1.2.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
    S7.1.2.8 Indicator. See S9.3.
    S7.1.2.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.1.2.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.1.2.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
    S7.1.2.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be 
used to meet the photometric requirements of a rear turn signal lamp 
provided the requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met
    S7.1.2.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are 
used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, 
bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance 
between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two 
compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three 
compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the 
compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements 
for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table 
VII.
    S7.1.2.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds 
the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply 
with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in 
Table VII.
    S7.1.2.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall 
width. Multiple compartment rear turn signal lamps installed on 
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in 
overall width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire 
lamp and not for individual compartments.
    S7.1.2.12 Ratio to taillamps and clearance lamps.
    S7.1.2.12.1 When a taillamp, or a clearance lamp on a multipurpose 
passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus of 2032 mm or more in overall 
width, is combined with a rear turn signal lamp, the luminous intensity 
of the rear turn signal lamp at each identified test point must not be 
less than the

[[Page 68276]]

luminous intensity of the taillamp or clearance lamp at that same test 
point times the multiplier shown for that test point in Table VII.
    S7.1.2.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement 
is used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, 
truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the 
distance between the optical axes for both the taillamp and turn signal 
lamp is within 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangement or 410 mm 
for three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be 
computed with all compartments or lamps lighted.
    S7.1.2.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement 
is used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions 
exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for 
three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed 
for only those compartments or lamps where the taillamp and turn signal 
lamp are optically combined.
    S7.1.2.12.4 Where the taillamp or clearance lamp is combined with 
the turn signal lamp, and the maximum luminous intensity of the 
taillamp or clearance lamp is located below horizontal and within an 
area generated by a 0.5 [deg] radius around a test point for a taillamp 
on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, 
or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, or by a 1.0 [deg] 
radius around a test point for a taillamp or clearance lamp on a 
vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width, the ratio for the test point 
may be computed using the lowest value of the taillamp or clearance 
lamp luminous intensity within the generated area.
    S7.1.2.13 Photometry.
    S7.1.2.13.1 Each rear turn signal lamp must be designed to conform 
to the photometry requirements of Table VII, when tested according to 
the procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or 
individual lamps, the type of vehicle it is installed on, and the lamp 
color as specified by this section.
    S7.1.2.13.2 As an alternative to S7.1.2.13.1, a rear turn signal 
lamp installed on a motorcycle may be designed to conform to the 
photometry requirements of Table XIII-a when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.1.
    S7.1.2.14 Physical tests. Each rear turn signal lamp must be 
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration 
test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the 
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.1.3 Combined lamp bulb indexing.
    S7.1.3.1 Each turn signal lamp optically combined with a taillamp 
or a parking lamp, or clearance lamp where installed on a vehicle 2032 
mm or more in overall width, where a two-filament bulb is used must 
have a bulb with an indexing base and a socket designed so that bulbs 
with non-indexing bases cannot be used.
    S7.1.3.2 Removable sockets must have an indexing feature so that 
they cannot be re-inserted into lamp housings in random positions, 
unless the lamp will perform its intended function with random light 
source orientation.
    S7.2 Taillamps.
    S7.2.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.2.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.2.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and 
S6.1.3.2.
    S7.2.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.2.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.2.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S7.2.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
    S7.2.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.2.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.2.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.2.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
    S7.2.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be used 
to meet the photometric requirements of a taillamp provided the 
requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met.
    S7.2.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are used 
and the distance between the optical axes does not exceed 560 mm for 
two compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for 
three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the 
compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements 
for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table 
VIII.
    S7.2.11.3 If the distance between optical axes exceeds the 
previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply with 
the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in Table 
VIII.
    S7.2.11.4 Taillamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in 
overall width. A maximum of two taillamps and/or two compartments per 
side may be mounted closer together than 560 mm providing that each 
compartment and/or lamp meets the single lighted section photometric 
requirements specified in Table VIII. Each lamp and/or compartment 
utilized in this manner must meet the single lighted section 
requirements for all functions for which it is designed.
    S7.2.12 Ratio. See S7.1.2.12 for rear turn signal lamps and S7.3.12 
for stop lamps.
    S7.2.13 Photometry. Each taillamp must be designed to conform to 
the photometry requirements of Table VIII, when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or individual 
lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
    S7.2.14 Physical tests. Each taillamp must be designed to conform 
to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, 
dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic 
optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.3 Stop lamps.
    S7.3.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.3.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.3.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and 
S6.1.3.2.
    S7.3.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.3.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.3.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-a.
    S7.3.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
    S7.3.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.3.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.3.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.3.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
    S7.3.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be used 
to meet the photometric requirements of a stop lamp provided the 
requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met.
    S7.3.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are used 
on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, 
or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance 
between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two 
compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three 
compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the 
compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements 
for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table IX.
    S7.3.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds 
the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply 
with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in 
Table IX.

[[Page 68277]]

    S7.3.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall 
width. Multiple compartment stop lamps installed on multipurpose 
passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in overall width 
require measurement of the photometrics for the entire lamp and not for 
individual compartments.
    S7.3.12 Ratio to taillamps.
    S7.3.12.1 When a taillamp is combined with a stop lamp, the 
luminous intensity of the stop lamp at each identified test point must 
not be less than the luminous intensity of the taillamp at that same 
test point times the multiplier shown for that test point in Table IX.
    S7.3.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is 
used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, 
bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance 
between the optical axes for both the taillamp and stop lamp is within 
560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for three 
compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed with 
all compartments or lamps lighted.
    S7.3.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is 
used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions 
exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for 
three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be 
computed for only those compartments or lamps where the taillamp and 
stop lamp are optically combined.
    S7.3.12.4 Where the taillamp is combined with the stop lamp, and 
the maximum luminous intensity of the taillamp is located below 
horizontal and within an area generated by a 0.5 [deg] radius around a 
test point for a taillamp on a passenger car or on a multipurpose 
passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in 
overall width, or by a 1.0 [deg] radius around a test point for a 
taillamp on a vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width, the ratio for 
the test point may be computed using the lowest value of the taillamp 
luminous intensity within the generated area.
    S7.3.13 Photometry.
    S7.3.13.1 Each stop lamp must be designed to conform to the 
photometry requirements of Table IX, when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or individual 
lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
    S7.3.13.2 A stop lamp installed on a motor driven cycle may be 
designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XIII-b when 
tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1.
    S7.3.14 Physical tests. Each stop lamp must be designed to conform 
to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, 
dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic 
optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.3.15 Combined lamp bulb indexing.
    S7.3.15.1 Each stop lamp optically combined with a taillamp where a 
two-filament bulb is used must have a bulb with an indexing base and a 
socket designed so that bulbs with non-indexing bases cannot be used.
    S7.3.15.2 Removable sockets must have an indexing feature so that 
they cannot be re-inserted into lamp housings in random positions, 
unless the lamp will perform its intended function with random light 
source orientation.
    S7.4 Side marker lamps.
    S7.4.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.4.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.4.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.4.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.4.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.4.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S7.4.7 Visibility. No requirement.
    S7.4.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.4.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.4.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.4.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
    S7.4.12 Ratio. No requirement.
    S7.4.13 Photometry.
    S7.4.13.1 Each side marker lamp must be designed to conform to the 
photometry requirements of Table X, when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.1, for the lamp color as specified by this section.
    S7.4.13.2 Inboard photometry. For each motor vehicle less than 30 
feet in overall length and less than 2032 mm in overall width, the 
minimum photometric intensity requirements for a side marker lamp may 
be met for all inboard test points at a distance of 15 feet from the 
vehicle and on a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the 
longitudinal axis of the vehicle and located midway between the front 
and rear side marker lamps.
    S7.4.14 Physical tests. Each side marker lamp must be designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture 
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and 
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.5 Clearance and identification lamps.
    S7.5.1 Number. See Tables I-a and I-b.
    S7.5.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a and I-b.
    S7.5.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a and I-b.
    S7.5.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a and I-b.
    S7.5.5 Activation. See Tables I-a and I-b.
    S7.5.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S7.5.7 Visibility. No requirement.
    S7.5.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.5.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.5.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.5.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
    S7.5.12 Ratio.
    S7.5.12.1 Clearance lamps. See S7.1.1.12 for front turn signal 
lamps and S7.1.2.12 for rear turn signal lamps.
    S7.5.12.2 Identification lamps. No requirement.
    S7.5.13 Photometry. Each clearance or identification lamp must be 
designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XI, for the 
applicable lamp color, when tested according to the procedure of 
S14.2.1.
    S7.5.14 Physical tests. Each clearance and identification must be 
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration 
test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the 
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.6 Backup lamps.
    S7.6.1 Number. See Table I-a and S6.1.1.
    S7.6.2 Color of light.
    S7.6.2.1 See Table I-a.
    S7.6.2.2 A backup lamp may project incidental red, yellow, or white 
light through reflectors or lenses that are adjacent, close to, or a 
part of the lamp assembly.
    S7.6.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
    S7.6.4 Mounting height. No requirement.
    S7.6.5 Activation. See Table I-a.
    S7.6.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S7.6.7 Visibility. See Table V-a.
    S7.6.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.6.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.6.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.6.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
    S7.6.12 Ratio. No requirement.
    S7.6.13 Photometry. Each backup lamp must be designed to conform to

[[Page 68278]]

the photometry requirements of Table XII, when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
    S7.6.14 Physical tests. Each backup lamp must be designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture 
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and 
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.7 License plate lamps.
    S7.7.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and S6.1.1.
    S7.7.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.7.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.7.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.7.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S7.7.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S7.7.7 Visibility. No requirement.
    S7.7.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.7.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.7.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.7.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
    S7.7.12 Ratio. No requirement.
    S7.7.13 Photometry.
    S7.7.13.1 Each license plate lamp must be designed to conform to 
the photometry requirements of this section when tested according to 
the procedure of S14.2.2.
    S7.7.13.2 An illumination value of no less than 8 lx [0.75 fc] must 
be met at each test station target location shown in Figure 19.
    S7.7.13.3 The ratio of the average of the two highest illumination 
values divided by the average of the two lowest illumination values 
must not exceed 20:1 for vehicles other than motorcycles and motor 
driven cycles.
    S7.7.13.4 The ratio of the highest illumination value divided by 
the average of the two lowest illumination values must not exceed 15:1 
for motorcycles and motor driven cycles.
    S7.7.14 Physical tests. Each license plate lamp must be designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture 
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and 
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.7.15 Installation.
    S7.7.15.1 Each license plate lamp installed on a vehicle other than 
a motorcycle or motor driven cycle must be of such size and design as 
to provide illumination on all parts of a 150 mm by 300 mm test plate.
    S7.7.15.2 Each license plate lamp installed on a motorcycle or 
motor driven cycle must be of such size and design as to provide 
illumination on all parts of a 100 mm by 175 mm test plate.
    S7.7.15.3 The light rays must reach all portions of an imaginary 
plate of the same size at least 25 mm ahead of the actual plate 
measured perpendicular to the plane of the plate.
    S7.7.15.4 Incident light from single lamp. When a single lamp as 
shown in Figure 20 is used to illuminate the license plate, the lamp 
and license plate holder must bear such relation to each other that at 
no point on the plate must the incident light make an angle of less 
than 8[deg] to the plane of the plate, this angle being measured from 
the edge of the light emitting surface of the lamp farthest from the 
surface of the plate.
    S7.7.15.5 Incident light from multiple lamps. When two or more 
lamps as shown in Figure 20 are used to illuminate the license plate, 
the minimum 8[deg] incident light angle must apply only to that portion 
of the plate which the particular lamp is designed to illuminate. The 
angle must be measured in the same manner as S7.7.15.4.
    S7.8 Parking lamps.
    S7.8.1 Number. See Table I-a.
    S7.8.2 Color of light. See Table I-a.
    S7.8.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
    S7.8.4 Mounting height. See Table I-a.
    S7.8.5 Activation. See Table I-a.
    S7.8.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S7.8.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
    S7.8.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.8.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.8.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.8.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
    S7.8.12 Ratio. See S7.1.1.12 for front turn signal lamps.
    S7.8.13 Photometry. Each parking lamp must be designed to conform 
to the photometry requirements of Table XIV, when tested according to 
the procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
    S7.8.14 Physical tests. Each parking lamp must be designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture 
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and 
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.9 High-mounted stop lamps.
    S7.9.1 Number. See Table I-a and S6.1.1.2.
    S7.9.2 Color of light. See Table I-a.
    S7.9.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
    S7.9.4 Mounting height. See Table I-a and S6.1.4.1.
    S7.9.5 Activation. See Table I-a.
    S7.9.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-b.
    S7.9.7 Visibility. See Table V-a.
    S7.9.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.9.9 Markings. See S6.5
    S7.9.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.9.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
    S7.9.12 Ratio. No requirement.
    S7.9.13 Photometry. Each high-mounted stop lamp must be designed to 
conform to the photometry requirements of Table XV, when tested 
according to the procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
    S7.9.14 Physical tests.
    S7.9.14.1.1 Each high-mounted stop lamp must be designed to conform 
to the performance requirements of the vibration test of S14.5, and the 
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S7.9.14.1.2 Each high-mounted stop lamp that is not mounted inside 
the vehicle must be designed to conform to the performance requirements 
of the moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5.
    S7.10 Daytime running lamps (DRLs).
    S7.10.1 Number. See Table I-a.
    S7.10.2 Color of light. See Table I-a.
    S7.10.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
    S7.10.4 Mounting height. See Table I-a. and S7.10.13(b).
    S7.10.5 Activation. See Table I-a. and S7.10.10.1(c).
    S7.10.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S7.10.7 Visibility. No requirement.
    S7.10.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.10.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.10.10 Spacing to other lamps.
    S7.10.10.1 Spacing to turn signal lamps. Each DRL not optically 
combined with a turn signal lamp must be located on the vehicle so that 
the distance from its lighted edge to the optical center of the nearest 
turn signal lamp is not less than 100 mm unless,
    (a) The luminous intensity of the DRL is not more than 2,600 cd at 
any location in the beam and the turn signal lamp meets 2.5 times the 
base front turn signal photometric requirements, or
    (b) The DRL is optically combined with a lower beam headlamp and 
the turn signal lamp meets 2.5 times the base front turn signal 
photometric requirements, or
    (c) The DRL is deactivated when the turn signal or hazard warning 
signal lamp is activated.
    S7.10.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
    S7.10.12 Ratio. No requirement.
    S7.10.13 Photometry. Each DRL must have a luminous intensity not 
less

[[Page 68279]]

than 500 cd at test point H-V, nor more than 3,000 cd at any location 
in the beam when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.4 as 
specified by this section, unless it is:
    (a) A lower beam headlamp intended to operate as a DRL at full 
voltage, or a voltage lower than used to operate it as a lower beam 
headlamp, or
    (b) An upper beam headlamp intended to operate as a DRL, whose 
luminous intensity at test point H-V is not more than 7,000 cd, and 
whose mounting height is not higher than 864 mm.
    S7.10.14 Physical tests. Each DRL that is not combined with another 
required lamp must be designed to conform to the performance 
requirements of the color test and plastic optical material test of 
S14.4.
    S7.11 School bus signal lamps.
    S7.11.1 Number. See Table I-a.
    S7.11.2 Color of light. See Table I-a.
    S7.11.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
    S7.11.4 Mounting height. See Table I-a.
    S7.11.5 Activation. See Table I-a.
    S7.11.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-c.
    S7.11.7 Visibility. See Table V-a.
    S7.11.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S7.11.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S7.11.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
    S7.11.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
    S7.11.12 Ratio. No requirement.
    S7.11.13 Photometry. Each school bus signal lamp must be designed 
to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVII, when tested 
according to the procedure of S14.2.1, for the lamp color as specified 
by this section.
    S7.11.14 Physical tests. Each school bus signal lamp must be 
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration 
test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the 
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S8 Reflective device requirements.
    S8.1 Reflex reflectors.
    S8.1.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S8.1.2 Color. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S8.1.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S8.1.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
    S8.1.5 Activation. No requirement.
    S8.1.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S8.1.7 Visibility. No requirement.
    S8.1.8 Indicator. No requirement.
    S8.1.9 Markings. See S6.5.
    S8.1.10 Spacing to other lamps or reflective devices. No 
requirement.
    S8.1.11 Photometry. Each reflex reflector must be designed to 
conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-a when tested 
according to the procedure of S14.2.3 for the reflex reflector color as 
specified by this section.
    S8.1.12 Physical tests. Each reflex reflector must be designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture 
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and 
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
    S8.1.13 Alternative side reflex reflector material. Reflective 
material conforming to Federal Specification L-S-300, Sheeting and 
Tape, Reflective; Non-exposed Lens, Adhesive Backing, (September 7, 
1965) (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), may 
be used for side reflex reflectors if this material as used on the 
vehicle, meets the performance requirements of Table XVI-a.
    S8.2 Conspicuity systems. The requirement for conspicuity systems 
may be met with retroreflective sheeting, conspicuity reflex 
reflectors, or a combination of retroreflective sheeting and 
conspicuity reflex reflectors.
    S8.2.1 Retroreflective sheeting.
    S8.2.1.1 Retroreflective sheeting must consist of a smooth, flat, 
transparent exterior film with retroreflective elements embedded or 
suspended beneath the film so as to form a non-exposed retroreflective 
optical system.
    S8.2.1.2 Retroreflective sheeting material. Retroreflective 
sheeting must meet the requirements, except photometry, of ASTM D 4956-
90, Standard for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control, 
(incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title) for Type V 
Sheeting. Sheeting of Grade DOT-C2 of no less than 50 mm wide, Grade 
DOT-C3 of no less than 75 mm wide, or Grade DOT-C4 of no less than 100 
mm wide may be used.
    S8.2.1.3 Certification marking. The letters DOT-C2, DOT-C3, or DOT-
C4, as appropriate, constituting a certification that the 
retroreflective sheeting conforms to the requirements of this standard, 
must appear at least once on the exposed surface of each white or red 
segment of retroreflective sheeting, and at least once every 300 mm on 
retroreflective sheeting that is white only. The characters must be not 
less than 3 mm high, and must be permanently stamped, etched, molded, 
or printed in indelible ink.
    S8.2.1.4 Application pattern.
    S8.2.1.4.1 Alternating red and white materials.
    S8.2.1.4.1.1 As shown in Figures 12-1 and 12-2, where alternating 
material is installed, except for a segment that is trimmed to clear 
obstructions, or lengthened to provide red sheeting near red lamps, 
alternating material must be installed with each white and red segment 
having a length of 300 <plus-minus> 150 mm.
    S8.2.1.4.1.2 Neither white nor red sheeting must represent more 
than two thirds the aggregate of any continuous strip marking the width 
of a trailer, or any continuous or broken strip marking its length.
    S8.2.1.5 Application location. Need not be installed, as 
illustrated in Figure 12-2, on discontinuous surfaces such as outside 
ribs, stake post pickets on platform trailers, and external protruding 
beams, or to items of equipment such as door hinges and lamp bodies on 
trailers and body joints, stiffening beads, drip rails, and rolled 
surfaces on truck tractors.
    S8.2.1.6 Application spacing. As illustrated in Figure 12-2, the 
edge of any white sheeting must not be located closer than 75 mm to the 
edge of the luminous lens area of any red or amber lamp that is 
required by this standard. The edge of any red sheeting must not be 
located closer than 75 mm to the edge of the luminous lens area of any 
amber lamp that is required by this standard.
    S8.2.1.7 Photometry. Each retroreflective sheeting must be designed 
to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-c when tested 
according to the procedure of S14.2.3 for the color and grade as 
specified by this section.
    S8.2.2 Conspicuity reflex reflectors.
    S8.2.2.1 Certification marking. The exposed surface of each 
conspicuity reflex reflector must be marked with the letters DOT-C 
which constitutes a certification that the reflector conforms to the 
conspicuity reflex reflector requirements of this standard. The 
certification must be not less than 3 mm high, and must be permanently 
stamped, etched, molded, or printed in indelible ink.
    S8.2.2.2 Application pattern.
    S8.2.2.2.1 Alternating red and white materials. Conspicuity reflex 
reflectors must be installed in a repetitive pattern of two or three 
white reflectors alternating with two or three red reflectors, with the 
center of each reflector not more than 100 mm from the center of each 
adjacent reflector.
    S8.2.2.2.2 White material. White conspicuity reflex reflectors must 
be installed with the center of each reflector not more than 100 mm 
from the center of each adjacent reflector.

[[Page 68280]]

    S8.2.2.3 Photometry.
    S8.2.2.3.1 Each red conspicuity reflex reflector must be designed 
to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-a for a red 
reflex reflector and Table XVI-b for a red conspicuity reflex reflector 
when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this 
section.
    S8.2.2.3.2 Each white conspicuity reflex reflector installed in 
only a horizontal orientation must be designed to conform to the 
photometry requirements of Table XVI-a for a white reflex reflector and 
Table XVI-b for a white horizontal conspicuity reflex reflector when 
tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this 
section.
    S8.2.2.3.3 Each white conspicuity reflex reflector installed in a 
vertical orientation must be designed to conform to the photometry 
requirements of Table XVI-a for a white reflex reflector, and Table 
XVI-b for a white horizontal conspicuity reflex reflector and a white 
vertical conspicuity reflex reflector when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this section.
    S8.2.3 Conspicuity system installation on trailers.
    S8.2.3.1 Trailer rear.
    S8.2.3.1.1 Element 1--alternating red and white materials. As shown 
in Figure 11, a strip of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, as 
horizontal as practicable, must be applied across the full width of the 
trailer, as close to the extreme edges as practicable, and as close as 
practicable to not less than 375 mm and not more than 1525 mm above the 
road surface at the strip centerline with the trailer at curb weight.
    S8.2.3.1.2 Element 2--white. (not required for container chassis or 
for platform trailers without bulkheads).
    S8.2.3.1.2.1 As shown in Figure 11, two pairs of strips of sheeting 
or conspicuity reflex reflectors, each pair consisting of strips 300 mm 
long of Grade DOT-C2, DOT-C3, or DOT-C4, must be applied horizontally 
and vertically to the right and left upper contours of the body, as 
viewed from the rear, as close to the top of the trailer and as far 
apart as practicable.
    S8.2.3.1.2.2 If the perimeter of the body, as viewed from the rear, 
is other than rectangular, the strips may be applied along the 
perimeter, as close as practicable to the uppermost and outermost areas 
of the rear of the body on the left and right sides.
    S8.2.3.1.3 Element 3--alternating red and white materials. (not 
required for trailers without underride protection devices).
    S8.2.3.1.3.1 As shown in Figure 11, a strip of Grade DOT-C2 
sheeting no less than 38 mm wide or reflectors must be applied across 
the full width of the horizontal member of the rear underride 
protection device.
    S8.2.3.2 Trailer side--alternating red and white materials.
    S8.2.3.2.1 As shown in Figure 11, a strip of sheeting or 
conspicuity reflex reflectors must be applied to each side, as 
horizontal as practicable, originating and terminating as close to the 
front and rear as practicable, as close as practicable to not less than 
375 mm and not more than 1525 mm above the road surface at the strip 
centerline at curb weight, except that at the location chosen the strip 
must not be obscured in whole or in part by other motor vehicle 
equipment or trailer cargo.
    S8.2.3.2.2 The strip need not be continuous as long as not less 
than half the length of the trailer is covered and the spaces are 
distributed as evenly as practicable.
    S8.2.3.2.3 If necessary to clear rivet heads or other similar 
obstructions, Grade DOT-C2 sheeting may be separated into two 25 mm 
wide strips of the same length and color, separated by a space of not 
more than 25 mm and used in place of the retroreflective sheeting that 
would otherwise be applied.
    S8.2.4 Conspicuity system installation on truck tractors.
    S8.2.4.1 Element 1--alternating red and white materials. As shown 
in Figure 13, two strips of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, 
each not less than 600 mm long, located as close as practicable to the 
edges of the rear fenders, mudflaps, or the mudflap support brackets, 
must be applied to mark the width of the truck tractor.
    S8.2.4.1.1 The strips must be mounted as horizontal as practicable, 
in a vertical plane facing the rear, on the rear fenders, on the 
mudflap support brackets, on plates attached to the mudflap support 
brackets, or on the mudflaps.
    S8.2.4.1.2 Strips on mudflaps must be mounted not lower than 300 mm 
below the upper horizontal edge of the mudflap. If the vehicle is 
certified with temporary mudflap support brackets, the strips must be 
mounted on the mudflaps or on plates transferable to permanent mudflap 
support brackets.
    S8.2.4.1.3 For a truck tractor without mudflaps, the strips may be 
mounted outboard of the frame on brackets behind the rear axle or on 
brackets ahead of the rear axle and above the top of the rear tires at 
unladen vehicle height, or they may be mounted directly or indirectly 
to the back of the cab as close to the outer edges as practicable, 
above the top of the tires, and not more than 1525 mm above the road 
surface at unladen vehicle height.
    S8.2.4.1.4 If the strips are mounted on the back of the cab, no 
more than 25% of their cumulative area may be obscured by vehicle 
equipment as determined in a rear orthogonal view.
    S8.2.4.2 Element 2--white. As shown in Figure 13, two pairs of 
strips of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, each pair 
consisting of strips 300 mm long, must be applied horizontally and 
vertically as practicable to the right and left upper contours of the 
cab, as close to the top of the cab and as far apart as practicable.
    S8.2.4.2.1 No more than 25% of their cumulative area may be 
obscured by vehicle equipment as determined in a rear orthogonal view.
    S8.2.4.2.2 If one pair must be relocated to avoid obscuration by 
vehicle equipment, the other pair may be relocated in order to be 
mounted symmetrically.
    S8.2.4.2.3 If the rear window is so large as to occupy all the 
practicable space, the material may be attached to the edge of the 
window itself.
    S9 Associated equipment requirements.
    S9.1 Turn signal operating unit.
    S9.1.1 The turn signal operating unit installed on passenger cars, 
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses less than 2032 mm in 
overall width must be self-canceling by steering wheel rotation and 
capable of cancellation by a manually operated control.
    S9.1.2 Physical tests. Each turn signal operating unit must be 
designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements of 
S14.9.
    S9.2 Turn signal flasher.
    S9.2.1 The means of producing the turn signal pilot indicator 
signal may be incorporated in the flasher. A means of producing an 
audible signal may be incorporated in the flasher.
    S9.2.2 Physical tests. Each turn signal flasher must be designed to 
conform to all applicable performance requirements of S14.9.
    S9.3 Turn signal pilot indicator.
    S9.3.1 Each vehicle equipped with a turn signal operating unit 
where any turn signal lamp is not visible to the driver must also have 
an illuminated pilot indicator to provide a clear and unmistakable 
indication that the turn signal system is activated.
    S9.3.2 The indicator must consist of one or more lights flashing at 
the same frequency as the turn signal lamps.
    S9.3.3 The indicator must function satisfactorily under all test 
conditions

[[Page 68281]]

imposed on the turn signal flasher in S14.9.
    S9.3.4 Indicator size and color.
    S9.3.4.1 If the indicator is located inside the vehicle it must 
emit a green colored light and have a minimum area equivalent to a \3/
16\ in diameter circle.
    S9.3.4.2 If the indicator is located outside of the vehicle it must 
emit a yellow light and have a minimum projected illuminated area of 
0.1 sq in.
    S9.3.5 The minimum required illuminated area of the indicator must 
be visible to any tangent on the 95th eyellipse as defined in SAE 
J941b, Motor Vehicle Driver's Eye Range, February 1969, (incorporated 
by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title) with the steering wheel 
turned to a straight ahead driving position and in the design location 
for an adjustable wheel or column.
    S9.3.6 Turn signal lamp failure. Failure of one or more turn signal 
lamps such that the minimum photometric performance specified in Tables 
VI or VII is not being met must be indicated by the turn signal pilot 
indicator by a ``steady on'', ``steady off'', or by a significant 
change in the flashing rate, except when a variable-load turn signal 
flasher is used on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus 2032 
mm or more in overall width, on a truck that is capable of 
accommodating a slide in camper, or on any vehicle equipped to tow 
trailers.
    S9.4 Headlamp beam switching device. Each vehicle must have a means 
of switching between lower and upper beams designed and located so that 
it may be operated conveniently by a simple movement of the driver's 
hand or foot. The switch must have no dead point and, except as 
provided by S6.1.5.2, the lower and upper beams must not be energized 
simultaneously except momentarily for temporary signaling purposes or 
during switching between beams.
    S9.4.1 Semi-automatic headlamp beam switching device. As an 
alternative to S9.4, a vehicle may be equipped with a semi-automatic 
means of switching between lower and upper beams.
    S9.4.1.1 Operating instructions. Each semi-automatic headlamp 
switching device must include operating instructions to permit a driver 
to operate the device correctly including; how to turn the automatic 
control on and off, how to adjust the provided sensitivity control, and 
any other specific instructions applicable to the particular device.
    S9.4.1.2 Manual override. The device must include a means 
convenient to the driver for switching to the opposite beam from the 
one provided.
    S9.4.1.3 Fail safe operation. A failure of the automatic control 
portion of the device must not result in the loss of manual operation 
of both upper and lower beams.
    S9.4.1.4 Automatic dimming indicator. There must be a convenient 
means of informing the driver when the device is controlling the 
headlamps automatically. The device shall not affect the function of 
the upper beam indicator light.
    S9.4.1.5 Lens accessibility. The device lens must be accessible for 
cleaning when the device is installed on a vehicle.
    S9.4.1.6 Mounting height. The center of the device lens must be 
mounted no less than 24 in. above the road surface.
    S9.4.1.7 Physical tests. Each semi-automatic headlamp beam 
switching device must be designed to conform to all applicable 
performance requirements of S14.9.
    S9.5 Upper beam headlamp indicator. Each vehicle must have a means 
for indicating to the driver when the upper beams of the headlighting 
system are activated.
    S9.5.1 Indicator size and location. The upper beam headlamp 
indicator must have a minimum area equivalent to that of a \3/16\ in 
diameter circle, and be plainly visible to drivers of all heights under 
normal driving conditions when headlamps are required.
    S9.6 Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit.
    S9.6.1 The unit may be an independent device or it may be combined 
with the turn signal operating unit. If combined with the turn signal 
operating unit, the actuating motion of the hazard function must differ 
from the actuating motion of the turn signal function.
    S9.6.2 Operating unit switch. The unit must operate independently 
of the ignition or equivalent switch. If the actuation of the hazard 
function requires the operation of more than one switch, a means must 
be provided for actuating all switches simultaneously by a single 
driver action.
    S9.6.3 Physical tests. Each vehicular hazard warning signal 
operating unit must be designed to conform to all applicable 
performance requirements of S14.9.
    S9.7 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher.
    S9.7.1 The means of producing the hazard warning signal pilot 
indicator signal may be incorporated in the flasher. A means of 
producing an audible signal may be incorporated in the flasher.
    S9.7.2 Physical tests. Each vehicular hazard warning signal flasher 
must be designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements 
of S14.9.
    S9.8 Vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator.
    S9.8.1 In vehicles equipped with right hand and left hand turn 
signal pilot indicators, both pilot indicators and /or a separate pilot 
indicator must flash simultaneously while the vehicle hazard warning 
signal operating unit is turned on.
    S9.8.2 In vehicles equipped with a single turn signal pilot 
indicator, a separate vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator 
must flash and the turn signal pilot indicator may flash while the 
vehicle hazard warning signal operating unit is turned on.
    S9.8.3 The indicator must function satisfactorily under all test 
conditions imposed on the vehicular hazard warning signal flasher in 
S14.9.
    S9.8.4 Indicator size and color. If the vehicular hazard warning 
signal pilot indicator is not combined with the turn signal pilot 
indicator, it must emit a red color and have a minimum area equivalent 
to a 0.5 in diameter circle.
    S10 Headlighting system requirements.
    S10.1 Vehicle headlighting systems.
    S10.1.1 Each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck 
and bus must be equipped with a headlighting system conforming to the 
requirements of Table II and this standard.
    S10.1.2 Each motorcycle must be equipped with a headlighting system 
conforming to S10.17 of this standard or one half of any headlighting 
system of Table II which provides both a full upper beam and full lower 
beam.
    S10.2 Aiming. Each headlamp system installed on a motor vehicle 
must be aimable in accordance with the requirements of S10.18.
    S10.3 Number. See Tables I-a and I-c.
    S10.4 Color of light. See Tables I-a and I-c.
    S10.5 Mounting location. See Tables I-a and I-c and S6.1.3.5.
    S10.6 Mounting height. See Tables I-a and I-c.
    S10.7 Activation. See Tables I-a and I-c, Table II, and S6.1.5.
    S10.8 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
    S10.9 Visibility. No requirement.
    S10.10 Indicator. See S9.5.
    S10.11 Markings. See S6.5.
    S10.12 Spacing to other lamps. See S6.1.3.5.
    S10.13 Sealed beam headlighting systems. All sealed beam 
headlighting

[[Page 68282]]

systems must be of a type designated in Table II-a. Each sealed beam 
headlamp must be designed to conform to the specifications furnished 
with respect to it pursuant to Appendix C of part 564 of this chapter 
and Table II-a of this standard. The dimensions applicable to the 
design of a specific type are those identified with an ``I'' for 
interchangeability specified on the applicable drawing(s) filed in 
Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397.
    S10.13.1 Installation. A sealed beam headlighting system must 
consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified 
for the applicable system in Table II-a. The units must have their 
beams activated as specified in Table II-a. A system must provide in 
total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams.
    S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim. Type F sealed beam headlamps may be 
mounted on common or parallel seating and aiming planes to permit 
simultaneous aiming of both headlamps provided that there is no 
provision for adjustment between the common or parallel aiming and 
seating planes of the two lamps. When tested with any conforming Type 
UF and LF headlamps in accordance with S14.2.5, the assembly 
(consisting of the Type UF and LF headlamps, mounting rings, the 
aiming/seating rings, and aim adjustment mechanism) must be designed to 
conform to the applicable photometric requirements.
    S10.13.3 Photometry. Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to 
conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam 
and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-a for the 
specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.5.
    S10.13.4 Physical tests.
    S10.13.4.1 Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to 
the performance requirements of the corrosion test, vibration test, 
inward force test, torque deflection test, headlamp connector test, 
headlamp wattage test, and aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
    S10.13.4.2 Each sealed beam headlamp except a Type G or Type H must 
be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the retaining 
ring test of S14.6.
    S10.13.4.3 Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to 
the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4. Each sealed 
beam headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens must be designed 
to conform to the plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
    S10.14 Integral beam headlighting systems. All integral beam 
headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-c.
    S10.14.1 Installation. An integral beam headlighting system must 
consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified 
for the applicable system in Table II-c. The units must have their 
beams activated as specified in Table II-c. A system must provide in 
total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams.
    S10.14.2 Aimability.
    S10.14.2.1 A system that incorporates any headlamp or beam 
contributor that does not have a VHAD as an integral and indivisible 
part of the headlamp or beam contributor must be designed so that the 
applicable photometric requirements are met when any correctly aimed 
and photometrically conforming headlamp or beam contributor is removed 
from its mounting and aiming mechanism, and is replaced without reaim 
by any conforming headlamp or beam contributor of the same type.
    S10.14.2.2 A system that incorporates more than one beam 
contributor providing a lower beam, and/or more than one beam 
contributor providing an upper beam, shall be designed to conform to 
the on-vehicle aiming requirements specified in S10.18.8.
    S10.14.3 Simultaneous aim. An integral beam headlighting system 
consisting of four individual headlamps or beam contributors may have 
the headlamp units mounted in an assembly to permit simultaneous aiming 
of the beam(s) contributors, providing that with any complying 
contributor the assembly complete with all lamps meets the applicable 
photometric requirements when tested in accordance with S14.2.5.
    S10.14.4 Markings. An integral beam headlamp with a single light 
source providing the lower beam must have its lens permanently marked 
with ``L''. An integral beam headlamp with a single light source 
providing the upper beam must have its lens permanently marked with 
``U''.
    S10.14.5 Additional light sources. An integral beam headlamp may 
incorporate light sources that are used for purposes other than 
headlighting and are capable of being replaced.
    S10.14.6 Photometry. Each integral beam headlamp must be designed 
to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam 
and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-c for the 
specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.5.
    S10.14.7 Physical tests.
    S10.14.7.1 Each integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform 
to the performance requirements of the corrosion test, temperature 
cycle test, vibration test, inward force test, headlamp connector test, 
and aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
    S10.14.7.2 Each integral beam headlamp that is not designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of the sealing test of S14.6 
must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the 
connector-corrosion test, dust test, and humidity test of S14.6.
    S10.14.7.3 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a glass 
lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the 
abrasion test of S14.6.
    S10.14.7.4 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a 
nonreplaceable glass lens must be designed to conform to the 
performance requirements of the chemical resistance test of S14.6.
    S10.14.7.5 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a glass 
lens and a non-plastic reflector must be designed to conform to the 
performance requirements of the internal heat test of S14.6.
    S10.14.7.6 Each integral beam headlamp incorporating a replaceable 
lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the 
chemical resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test 
and the corrosion resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens 
headlamps test of S14.6.
    S10.14.7.7 Each integral beam headlamp capable of being 
mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming devices 
specified in SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically 
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units, (incorporated by reference, see 
571.108 S5.2 of this title) must be designed to conform to the 
performance requirements of the torque deflection test of S14.6.
    S10.14.7.8 Each integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform 
to the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4. Each 
integral beam headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens must be 
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the plastic 
optical materials test of S14.4.
    S10.15 Replaceable bulb headlighting systems. All replaceable bulb 
headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-d.
    S10.15.1 Installation. A replaceable bulb headlighting system must 
consist of either two or four headlamps as

[[Page 68283]]

specified for the applicable system in Table II-d. The headlamps must 
have their beams activated as specified in Table II-d. A system must 
provide in total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams and 
must incorporate not more than two replaceable light sources in each 
headlamp.
    S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions. Each replaceable bulb headlamp 
designed to conform to the external aiming requirements of S10.18.7 
must have no mechanism that allows adjustment of an individual light 
source, or if there are two light sources, independent adjustments of 
each reflector.
    S10.15.3 Replacement lens reflector units. Each lens reflector unit 
manufactured as replacement equipment must be designed to conform to 
applicable photometry requirements when any replaceable light source 
designated for such a unit is inserted in it.
    S10.15.4 Markings.
    S10.15.4.1 A replaceable bulb headlamp in a four headlamp system 
providing lower beam must have its lens permanently marked with ``L''. 
A replaceable bulb headlamp in a four headlamp system providing upper 
beam must have its lens permanently marked with ``U''.
    S10.15.4.1.1 No such markings are required if the light sources in 
the headlamp are any combination of dual filament light sources other 
than HB2.
    S10.15.5 Additional light sources. A replaceable bulb headlamp may 
incorporate replaceable light sources that are used for purposes other 
than headlighting.
    S10.15.6 Photometry. Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be 
designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for 
upper beam and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-d for 
the specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to 
the procedure of S14.2.5 using any replaceable light source designated 
for use in the system under test.
    S10.15.7 Physical tests.
    S10.15.7.1 Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of the corrosion test, 
corrosion-connector test, dust test, temperature cycle test, humidity 
test, vibration test, inward force test, headlamp connector test, and 
aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
    S10.15.7.2 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a glass 
lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the 
abrasion test of S14.6.
    S10.15.7.3 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a 
nonreplaceable glass lens must be designed to conform to the 
performance requirements of the chemical resistance test of S14.6.
    S10.15.7.4 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a glass 
lens and a non-plastic reflector must be designed to conform to the 
performance requirements of the internal heat test of S14.6.
    S10.15.7.5 Each replaceable bulb headlamp incorporating a 
replaceable lens must be designed to conform to the performance 
requirements of the chemical resistance of reflectors of replaceable 
lens headlamps test and the corrosion resistance of reflectors of 
replaceable lens headlamps test of S14.6.
    S10.15.7.6 Each replaceable bulb headlamp capable of being 
mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming devices 
specified in SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically 
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units, (incorporated by reference, see 
571.108 S5.2 of this title) must be designed to conform to the 
performance requirements of the torque deflection test of S14.6.
    S10.15.7.7 Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4. 
Each replaceable bulb headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens 
must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the 
plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
    S10.16 Combination headlighting systems. All combination 
headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-b.
    S10.16.1 Installation. A combination headlighting system must 
consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified 
for the applicable system in Table II-b. The units must have their 
beams activated as specified in Table II-b. A system must provide in 
total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams. When installed 
on a motor vehicle, the headlamps (or parts thereof) that provide the 
lower beam must be of the same type, and provide a symmetrical 
effective projected luminous lens area when illuminated.
    S10.16.2 Photometry. Each combination headlamp must be designed to 
conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam 
and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-b for the 
specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.5.
    S10.16.3 Physical tests.
    S10.16.3.1 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting 
system that is a Type F sealed beam headlamp must be designed to 
conform to the performance requirements of S10.13.4.
    S10.16.3.2 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting 
system that is an integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform to 
the performance requirements of S10.14.7.
    S10.16.3.3 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting 
system that is a replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to conform 
to the performance requirements of S10.15.7.
    S10.17 Motorcycle headlighting systems. A motorcycle headlighting 
system may consist of:
    (a) One half of any headlighting system of Table II which provides 
both a full upper beam and full lower beam, and is designed to conform 
to the requirements for that headlamp type. Where more than one lamp 
must be used, the lamps shall be mounted vertically, with the lower 
beam as high as practicable, or
    (b) A headlighting system designed to conform to the requirements 
of paragraphs S10.17.1 through S10.17.5.
    S10.17.1 Installation. The headlighting system installed on a 
motorcycle must consist of one of the system types specified in this 
paragraph, and must be located on the front.
    S10.17.1.1 Single headlamp.
    S10.17.1.1.1 If the system consists of a single headlamp, it must 
be mounted on the vertical centerline of the motorcycle.
    S10.17.1.1.2 If the headlamp contains more than one light source, 
each light source must be mounted on the vertical centerline with the 
upper beam no higher than the lower beam, or horizontally disposed 
about the vertical centerline and mounted at the same height.
    S10.17.1.1.3 If the light sources are horizontally disposed about 
the vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of the 
effective projected luminous lens area in front of the light sources 
must not be greater than 200 mm.
    S10.17.1.2 Two headlamps with both beams.
    S10.17.1.2.1 If the system consists of two headlamps, each of which 
provides both an upper and lower beam, the headlamps must be mounted 
either at the same height and symmetrically

[[Page 68284]]

disposed about the vertical centerline or mounted on the vertical 
centerline.
    S10.17.1.2.2 If the headlamps are horizontally disposed about the 
vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of their 
effective projected luminous lens areas must not be greater than 200 
mm.
    S10.17.1.3 Two headlamps, upper beam and lower beam.
    S10.17.1.3.1 If the system consists of two headlamps, one of which 
provides an upper beam and one of which provides the lower beam, the 
headlamps must be located on the vertical centerline with the upper 
beam no higher than the lower beam, or horizontally disposed about the 
vertical centerline and mounted at the same height.
    S10.17.1.3.2 If the headlamps are horizontally disposed about the 
vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of their 
effective projected luminous lens areas must not be greater than 200 
mm.
    S10.17.2 Motorcycle replaceable bulb headlamp marking. Each 
replaceable bulb headlamp that is designed to conform to S10.17(b) and 
that is equipped with a light source other than a replaceable light 
source meeting the requirements of S11, must have the word 
``motorcycle'' permanently marked on the lens in characters not less 
than 3 mm in height.
    S10.17.3 Photometry. Each motorcycle headlamp that is not designed 
to conform to S10.17(a), must be designed to conform to the photometry 
requirements of Table XX when tested according to the procedure of 
S14.2.5.
    S10.17.4 Physical tests. Each motorcycle headlamp that is not 
designed to conform to S10.17(a) must be designed to conform to the 
performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust 
test, and corrosion test of S14.5, the out of focus test of S14.3, the 
color test of S14.4, and each motorcycle headlamp that does not 
incorporate a glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance 
requirements of the plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
    S10.17.5 Motorcycle headlamp modulation system. A headlamp on a 
motorcycle may be activated to modulate either the upper beam or the 
lower beam from its maximum intensity to a lesser intensity, provided 
that:
    S10.17.5.1 Modulation.
    (a) The rate of modulation must be 240 <plus-minus> 40 cycles per 
minute.
    (b) The headlamp must be operated at maximum power for 50 to 70 
percent of each cycle.
    (c) The lowest intensity at any test point must be not less than 17 
percent of the maximum intensity measured at the same point.
    (d) The modulator switch must be wired in the power lead of the 
beam filament being modulated and not in the ground side of the 
circuit.
    (e) Means must be provided so that both the lower beam and upper 
beam remain operable in the event of a modulator failure.
    (f) The system must include a sensor mounted with the axis of its 
sensing element perpendicular to a horizontal plane. Headlamp 
modulation must cease whenever the level of light emitted by a tungsten 
filament light operating at 3000[deg] Kelvin is either less than 270 
lux of direct light for upward pointing sensors or less than 60 lux of 
reflected light for downward pointing sensors. The light is measured by 
a silicon cell type light meter that is located at the sensor and 
pointing in the same direction as the sensor. A Kodak Gray Card (Kodak 
R-27) is placed at ground level to simulate the road surface in testing 
downward pointing sensors.
    (g) When tested in accordance with the test profile shown in Figure 
9, the voltage drop across the modulator when the lamp is on at all 
test conditions for 12 volt systems and 6 volt systems must not be 
greater than 0.45 volt. The modulator must meet all the provisions of 
the standard after completion of the test profile shown in Figure 9.
    (h) Means must be provided so that both the lower and upper beam 
function at design voltage when the headlamp control switch is in 
either the lower or upper beam position when the modulator is off.
    S10.17.5.2 Replacement modulators. Each modulator not intended as 
original equipment, or its container, must be labeled with the maximum 
wattage, and the minimum wattage appropriate for its use.
    S10.17.5.2.1 Replacement performance. Each modulator, not intended 
as original equipment, must comply with S10.17.5.1 (a) through (g) when 
connected to a headlamp of the maximum rated power and a headlamp of 
the minimum rated power, and must provide means so that the modulated 
beam functions at design voltage when the modulator is off.
    S10.17.5.2.2 Replacement instructions. Instructions, with a 
diagram, must be provided for mounting the light sensor including 
location on the motorcycle, distance above the road surface, and 
orientation with respect to the light.
    S10.18 Headlamp aimability performance requirements.
    S10.18.1 Headlamp mounting and aiming. Except as provided in this 
paragraph, each headlamp must be installed on a motor vehicle with a 
mounting and aiming mechanism that permits aim inspection and 
adjustment of both vertical and horizontal aim, and is accessible for 
those purposes without removal of any vehicle parts, except for 
protective covers removable without the use of tools.
    S10.18.1.1 The axis of the light beams must be adjustable to the 
left, right, up, or down from the designed setting, the amount of 
adjustability to be determined by practical operating conditions and 
the type of equipment.
    S10.18.1.2 The adjustments must be conveniently made by one person 
with tools ordinarily available. When the headlamps are secured, the 
aim will not be disturbed under ordinary conditions of service.
    S10.18.2 Headlamp aiming systems. When a headlamp system is 
installed on a motor vehicle, it must be aimable with at least one of 
the following: An externally applied aiming device, as specified in 
S10.18.7; an on-vehicle headlamp aiming device installed by the vehicle 
or lamp manufacturer, as specified in S10.18.8; or by visual/optical 
means, as specified in S10.18.9.
    S10.18.3 Aim adjustment interaction. When installed on the vehicle, 
adjustment of one aim axis through its full on-vehicle range must not 
cause the aim of the other axis to deviate more than <plus-minus> 
0.76[deg]. If the performance specified is not achievable, the 
requirements of S10.18.3.1 apply, except that if the aiming mechanism 
is not a VHAD, the requirements specific to VHADs are not applicable, 
and the instruction must be specific to the aiming mechanism installed.
    S10.18.3.1 Should the mechanism not meet the requirements of 
S10.18.3, a cautionary label must be placed adjacent to the mechanism 
stating the caution and including either the reason for the caution or 
the corrective action necessary. Each such label must also refer the 
reader to the vehicle operator's manual for complete instructions. Each 
such vehicle must be equipped with an operator's manual containing the 
complete instructions appropriate for the mechanism installed.
    S10.18.4 Horizontal adjustment-visually aimed headlamp. A visually/
optically aimable headlamp that has a lower beam must not have a 
horizontal adjustment mechanism unless such mechanism meets the 
requirements of this standard for on vehicle aiming as specified in 
S10.18.8.

[[Page 68285]]

    S10.18.5 Optical axis marking.
    S10.18.5.1 Optical axis marking-vehicle. Each motor vehicle must be 
equipped with headlamps or beam contributors which have a mark or 
markings that are visible from the front of the headlamp when installed 
on the vehicle to identify the optical axis of the headlamp to assure 
proper horizontal and vertical alignment of the aiming screen or 
optical aiming equipment. The manufacturer is free to choose the design 
of the mark or markings. The mark or markings may be on the interior or 
exterior of the lens or indicated by a mark or central structure on the 
interior or exterior of the headlamp.
    S10.18.5.2 Optical axis marking-lamp. Each headlamp or beam 
contributor that is not visually/optically aimable in accordance with 
S10.18.9 of this standard must be equipped with fiducial marks, aiming 
pads, or similar references of sufficient detail and accuracy, for 
determination of an appropriate vehicle plane to be used with the 
photometric procedures of S14.2.5 for correct alignment with the 
photometer axis when being tested for photometric compliance, and to 
serve for the aiming reference when the headlamp or beam contributor is 
installed on a motor vehicle. The fiducial marks, aiming pads, or 
similar references are protrusions, bubble vials, holes, indentations, 
ridges, scribed lines, or other readily identifiable marks established 
and described by the vehicle or headlamp manufacturer.
    S10.18.5.3 Optical axis marking-visual/optical aim headlamp. There 
must be a mark or markings identifying the optical axis of the headlamp 
visible from the front of the headlamp when installed on the vehicle, 
to assure proper horizontal and vertical alignment of the aiming screen 
or optical aiming equipment with the headlamp being aimed. The 
manufacturer is free to choose the design of the mark or markings. The 
mark or markings may be on the interior or exterior of the lens or 
indicated by a mark or central structure on the interior or exterior of 
the headlamp.
    S10.18.6 Moveable reflectors. Each headlamp aimed by moving the 
reflector relative to the lens and headlamp housing, or vice versa, 
must conform with the photometric requirements applicable to it when 
tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5 with the lens at any 
position relative to the reflector within the full range of vertical 
pitch on the vehicle on which the headlamp system is installed and a 
horizontal range of <plus-minus> 2.5[deg]. Additionally it must comply 
with the aiming adjustment requirements of S14.6.
    S10.18.7 External aiming. Each headlighting system that is capable 
of being mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming 
devices must be mechanically aimable using the equipment specified in 
SAE J602 Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam 
Headlamp Units, October 1980, (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 
S5.2 of this title) without the removal of any ornamental trim rings, 
covers, wipers or other vehicle parts.
    S10.18.7.1 Headlamp aiming device locating plates. Each 
headlighting system which is designed to use the Headlamp Aiming Device 
Locating Plates with adjustable legs for the 100x165 mm unit and the 
142x200 mm unit, and which has adjustable length legs, must meet the 
following requirements:
    S10.18.7.1.1 The lens must have three aiming pads which meet the 
requirements of Figure 4, Dimensional Specifications for Location of 
Aiming Pads on Replaceable Bulb Headlamp Units. The aiming pads need 
not be centered at the geometric center of the lens, or on the optical 
axis. Except as provided in S10.18.7.1.2, a whole number, which 
represents the distance in tenths of an inch (i.e. 0.3 inch = 3) from 
the aiming reference plane to the respective aiming pads which are not 
in contact with that plane, must be inscribed adjacent to each 
respective aiming pad on the lens. The height of these numbers must be 
not less than .157 inch (4 mm). If there is interference between the 
plane and the area of the lens between the aiming pads, the whole 
number represents the distance to a secondary plane. The secondary 
plane must be located parallel to the aiming reference plane and as 
close to the lens as possible without causing interference.
    S10.18.7.1.2 If the most forward aiming pad is the lower inboard 
aiming pad, then the dimensions may be placed anywhere on the lens. The 
dimension for the outboard aiming pad (Dimension F in Figure 4) must be 
followed by the letter ``H'' and the dimension for the center aiming 
pad must be followed by the letter ``V.'' The dimensions must be 
expressed in tenths of an inch.
    S10.18.7.2 Nonadjustable headlamp aiming device locating plates. 
Each headlamp may be designed to use the nonadjustable Headlamp Aiming 
Device Locating Plate for the 100x165 mm unit, the 142x200 mm unit, the 
146 mm diameter unit, or the 178 mm diameter unit of SAE J602 OCT80, 
Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp 
Units, (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), or 
the 92x150 mm Type F unit, and incorporate lens-mounted aiming pads as 
specified for those units pursuant to Appendix C of part 564 of this 
chapter. If so designed, no additional lens marking is necessary to 
designate the type of plate or dimensions.
    S10.18.8 On-vehicle aiming. Each headlighting system that is 
capable of being aimed by equipment installed on the vehicle must 
include a Vehicle Headlamp Aiming Device (VHAD) that conforms to the 
following requirements:
    S10.18.8.1 Aim. The VHAD must provide for headlamp aim inspection 
and adjustment in both the vertical and horizontal axes.
    S10.18.8.1.1 Vertical aim. The VHAD must include the necessary 
references and scales relative to the horizontal plane to assure 
correct vertical aim for photometry and aiming purposes. An off vehicle 
measurement of the angle of the plane of the ground is permitted. In 
addition, an equal number of graduations from the ``0'' position 
representing angular changes in the axis in the upward and downward 
directions must be provided.
    S10.18.8.1.1.1 Each graduation must represent a change in the 
vertical position of the mechanical axis not larger than 0.19[deg] (1 
in at 25 ft) to provide for variations in aim at least 1.2[deg] above 
and below the horizontal, and have an accuracy relative to the zero 
mark of less than 0.1[deg].
    S10.18.8.1.1.2 The VHAD must be marked to indicate headlamp aim 
movement in the upward and downward directions.
    S10.18.8.1.1.3 Each graduation must indicate a linear movement of 
the scale indicator of not less than 0.05 in (1.27 mm) if a direct 
reading analog indicator is used. If a remote reading indicator is 
provided, it must represent the actual aim movement in a clear, 
understandable format.
    S10.18.8.1.1.4 The vertical indicator must perform through a 
minimum range of <plus-minus> 1.2[deg].
    S10.18.8.1.1.5 Means must be provided in the VHAD for compensating 
for deviations in floor slope less than 1.2[deg] from the horizontal 
that would affect the correct positioning of the headlamp for vertical 
aim.
    S10.18.8.1.1.6 The graduations must be legible under an 
illumination level not greater than 30 foot candles, measured at the 
top of the graduation, by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen), 
and must permit aim adjustment to within 0.19[deg] (1 in at 25 ft).
    S10.18.8.1.2 Horizontal aim. The VHAD must include references and 
scales relative to the longitudinal axis of

[[Page 68286]]

the vehicle necessary to assure correct horizontal aim for photometry 
and aiming purposes. An ``0'' mark must be used to indicate alignment 
of the headlamps relative to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. In 
addition, an equal number of graduations from the ``0'' position 
representing equal angular changes in the axis relative to the vehicle 
axis must be provided.
    S10.18.8.1.2.1 Each graduation must represent a change in the 
horizontal position of the mechanical axis not greater than 0.38[deg] 
(2 in at 25 ft) to provide for variations in aim at least 0.76[deg] (4 
in at 25 ft) to the left and right of the longitudinal axis of the 
vehicle, and must have an accuracy relative to the zero mark of less 
than 0.1[deg].
    S10.18.8.1.2.2 The VHAD must be marked to indicate headlamp aim 
movement in the left and right directions.
    S10.18.8.1.2.3 The graduations must be legible under an 
illumination level not greater than 30 foot candles, measured at the 
top of the graduation, by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen), 
and must permit aim adjustment to within 0.38[deg] (2 in at 25 ft).
    S10.18.8.1.2.4 The horizontal indicator must perform through a 
minimum range of <plus-minus> 0.76[deg] (4 in at 25 ft); however, the 
indicator itself must be capable of recalibration over a movement of 
<plus-minus> 2.5[deg] relative to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle 
to accommodate any adjustment necessary for recalibrating the indicator 
after vehicle repair from accident damage.
    S10.18.8.2 Aiming instructions.
    S10.18.8.2.1 The instructions for properly aiming the headlighting 
system using the VHAD must be provided on a label permanently affixed 
to the vehicle adjacent to the VHAD, or in the vehicle operator's 
manual. The instructions must advise that the headlighting system is 
properly aimed if the appropriate vertical plane (as defined by the 
vehicle manufacturer) is perpendicular to both the longitudinal axis of 
the vehicle, and a horizontal plane when the vehicle is on a horizontal 
surface, and the VHAD is set at ``0'' vertical and ``0'' horizontal.
    S10.18.8.2.2 Should a remote indicator or a remote indicator and 
adjuster be provided, the instructions must be placed in the operator's 
manual, and may also be placed on a label adjacent to the VHAD.
    S10.18.8.3 Permanent calibration. Each headlamp equipped with a 
VHAD must be manufactured with its calibration permanently fixed by its 
manufacturer. Calibration in this case means the process of accurately 
aligning the geometry of the VHAD devices with the beam pattern for the 
purposes of compliance with the standard.
    S10.18.8.4 Replacement units. When tested according to the 
procedure of S14.2.5 with any replacement headlamp unit(s) or light 
sources intended for use in the system under test, the VHAD and 
headlighting system must be designed to conform to the photometric 
performance requirements applicable for the system under test.
    S10.18.8.5 Physical tests. Each VHAD must be designed to conform 
with the performance requirements of S14.8.
    S10.18.9 Visual/optical aiming. Each visually/optically aimable 
headlamp must be designed to conform to the following requirements:
    S10.18.9.1 Vertical aim, lower beam. Each lower beam headlamp must 
have a cutoff in the beam pattern. It may be either on the left side or 
the right side of the optical axis, but once chosen for a particular 
headlamp system's design, the side chosen for the cutoff must not be 
changed for any headlamps intended to be used as replacements for those 
system's headlamps.
    S10.18.9.1.1 Vertical position of the cutoff. The headlamp must be 
aimed vertically so that the cutoff is on the left side, at 0.4[deg] 
down from the H-H line, or on the right side, at the H-H line.
    S10.18.9.1.2 Vertical gradient. The gradient of the cutoff measured 
at either 2.5[deg] L or 2.0[deg] R must be not less than 0.13 based on 
the procedure of S10.18.9.1.5.
    S10.18.9.1.3 Horizontal position of the cutoff. The width must be 
not less than 2[deg], with not less than 2[deg] of its actual width 
centered at either 2.5[deg] L, or 2.0[deg] R.
    S10.18.9.1.4 Maximum inclination of the cutoff. The vertical 
location of the highest gradient at the ends of the minimum width must 
be within <plus-minus> 0.2[deg] of the vertical location of the maximum 
gradient measured at the appropriate vertical line (at either 2.5[deg] 
L for a left side cutoff, or 2.0[deg] R for a right side cutoff).
    S10.18.9.1.5 Measuring the cutoff parameter.
    S10.18.9.1.5.1 The headlamp is mounted on a headlamp test fixture 
which simulates its actual design location on any vehicle for which the 
headlamp is intended. The fixture, with the headlamp installed, is 
attached to the goniometer table in such a way that the fixture 
alignment axes are coincident with the goniometer axes. The headlamp is 
energized at the specified test voltage. The cutoff parameter must be 
measured at a distance of 10 m from a photosensor with a 10 mm 
diameter.
    S10.18.9.1.5.2 The headlamp beam pattern is aimed with the cutoff 
at the H-H axis. There is no adjustment, shimming, or modification of 
the horizontal axis of the headlamp or test fixture, unless the 
headlamp is equipped with a VHAD. In this case the VHAD is adjusted to 
zero.
    S10.18.9.1.5.3 A vertical scan of the beam pattern is conducted for 
a headlamp with a left side gradient by aligning the goniometer on a 
vertical line at 2.5[deg] L and scanning from 1.5[deg] U to 1.5[deg] D. 
For a headlamp with a right side gradient, a vertical scan of the beam 
pattern is conducted by aligning the goniometer on a vertical line at 
2.0[deg] R and scanning from 1.5[deg] U to 1.5[deg] D.
    S10.18.9.1.5.4 Determine the maximum gradient within the range of 
the scan by using the formula: G = log E(a)-logE(a + 0.1), where ``G'' 
is the gradient, ``E'' is illumination and ``a'' is vertical angular 
position. The maximum value of the gradient ``G'' determines the 
vertical angular location of the cutoff. Perform vertical scans at 
1.0[deg] L and R of the measurement point of the maximum gradient to 
determine the inclination.
    S10.18.9.2 Horizontal aim, lower beam. There is no adjustment of 
horizontal aim unless the headlamp is equipped with a horizontal VHAD. 
If the headlamp has a VHAD, it is set to zero.
    S10.18.9.3 Vertical aim, upper beam.
    S10.18.9.3.1 If the upper beam is combined in a headlamp with a 
lower beam, the vertical aim of the upper beam must not be changed from 
the aim set using the procedures of S10.18.9.1 and S10.18.9.2 used for 
the lower beam.
    S10.18.9.3.2 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with a 
lower beam, the vertical aim of the upper beam is adjusted so that the 
maximum beam intensity is located on the H-H axis.
    S10.18.9.4 Horizontal aim, upper beam.
    S10.18.9.4.1 If the upper beam is combined in a headlamp with a 
lower beam, the horizontal aim of the upper beam must not be changed 
from the aim set using the procedures of S10.18.9.1 and S10.18.9.2 used 
for the lower beam.
    S10.18.9.4.2 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with 
the lower beam and has fixed horizontal aim or has a horizontal VHAD, 
then the headlamp is mounted on a headlamp test fixture which simulates 
its actual design location on any vehicle for which the headlamp is 
intended. The fixture, with the headlamp installed, is attached to the 
goniometer table in such a way that the fixture alignment axes are

[[Page 68287]]

coincident with the goniometer axes. The headlamp must be energized at 
12.8 <plus-minus> 0.20 mV. There is no adjustment, shimming, or 
modification of the horizontal axis of the headlamp or test fixture, 
unless the headlamp is equipped with a VHAD. In this case the VHAD is 
adjusted to zero.
    S10.18.9.4.3 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with a 
lower beam, and it does not have a VHAD, the horizontal aim of the 
upper beam is adjusted so that the maximum beam intensity is located on 
the V-V axis.
    S10.18.9.5 Photometry. When tested according to the procedure of 
S14.2.5, a visually/optically aimable headlamp must be designed to 
conform to the lower beam requirements of columns; LB1V or LB2V of 
Table XIX-a, or LB3V of Table XIX-b, or LB4V of Table XIX-c.
    S10.18.9.6 Visual/optical aiming identification marking. Each 
letter used in marking according to this paragraph must be not less 
than 3 mm high.
    S10.18.9.6.1 The lens of a lower beam headlamp must be marked 
``VOL'' if the headlamp is intended to be visually/optically aimed 
using the left side of the lower beam pattern. The lens of a lower beam 
headlamp must be marked ``VOR'' if the headlamp is intended to be 
visually/optically aimed using the right side of the lower beam 
pattern. The lens of a headlamp that is solely an upper beam headlamp 
and intended to be visually/optically aimed using the upper beam must 
be marked ``VO''.
    S10.18.9.6.2 The lens of each sealed beam or integral beam headlamp 
must be marked ``VOR'' if the headlamp is of a type that was 
manufactured before May 1, 1997, and if such headlamp type has been 
redesigned since then to be visually/optically aimable.
    S11 Replaceable light source requirements. Each replaceable light 
source must be designed to conform to the dimensions and electrical 
specifications furnished with respect to it pursuant to part 564 of 
this chapter, on file in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397, and must conform to 
the following requirements:
    S11.1 Markings. If other than an HB Type, the light source must be 
marked with the bulb marking designation specified for it in compliance 
with Appendix A or Appendix B of part 564 of this chapter. The base of 
each HB Type must be marked with its HB Type designation. Each 
replaceable light source must also be marked with the symbol DOT and 
with a name or trademark in accordance with S6.5.
    S11.2 Ballast markings. If a ballast is required for operation, 
each ballast must bear the following permanent markings:
    (a) Name or logo of ballast manufacturer;
    (b) Ballast part number or unique identification;
    (c) Part number or other unique identification of the light source 
for which the ballast is designed;
    (d) Rated laboratory life of the light source/ballast combination, 
if the information for the light source has been filed in Appendix B of 
part 564 of this chapter;
    (e) A warning that ballast output voltage presents the potential 
for severe electrical shock that could lead to permanent injury or 
death;
    (f) Ballast output power in watts and output voltage in rms volts 
AC or DC; and
    (g) The symbol `DOT'.
    S11.3 Gas discharge laboratory life. For light sources that use 
excited gas mixtures as a filament or discharge arc, the ``rated 
laboratory life'' is determined in accordance with sections 4.3 and 4.9 
of SAE Recommended Practice J2009 FEB93, Forward Discharge Lighting 
Systems (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title).
    S11.4 Physical tests.
    S11.4.1 Each replaceable light source must be designed to conform 
with the performance requirements of the deflection test and pressure 
test requirements of S14.7.
    S11.4.2 Replaceable light sources must be designed to conform with 
the requirements of section VII of Appendix A of part 564 of this 
chapter, or section IV of Appendix B of part 564 of this chapter, for 
maximum power and luminous flux when test by the procedure of S14.7.3.
    S12 Headlamp concealment device requirements.
    S12.1 While the headlamp is illuminated, its fully opened headlamp 
concealment device must remain fully opened should any loss of power to 
or within the headlamp concealment device occur.
    S12.2 Whenever any malfunction occurs in a component that controls 
or conducts power for the actuation of the concealment device, each 
closed headlamp concealment device must be capable of being fully 
opened by a means not requiring the use of any tools. Thereafter, the 
headlamp concealment device must remain fully opened until 
intentionally closed.
    S12.3 Except for malfunctions covered by S12.2, each headlamp 
concealment device must be capable of being fully opened and the 
headlamps illuminated by actuation of a single switch, lever, or 
similar mechanism, including a mechanism that is automatically actuated 
by a change in ambient light conditions.
    S12.4 Each headlamp concealment device must be installed so that 
the headlamp may be mounted, aimed, and adjusted without removing any 
component of the device, other than components of the headlamp 
assembly.
    S12.5 Except for cases of malfunction covered by S12.2, each 
headlamp concealment device must, within an ambient temperature range 
of -20 [deg]F to +120 [deg]F, be capable of being fully opened in not 
more than 3 seconds after the actuation of a driver-operated control.
    S12.6 As an alternative to complying with the requirements of S12.1 
through S12.5, a vehicle with headlamps incorporating VHAD or visual/
optical aiming in accordance with this standard may meet the 
requirements for Concealable lamps in paragraph 5.14 of the following 
version of the Economic Commission for Europe Regulation 48 ``Uniform 
Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles With Regard to the 
Installation of Lighting and Light-Signaling Devices'': E/ECE/324-E/
ECE/ TRANS/505, Rev.1/Add.47/Rev.1/Corr.2, 26 February 1996 (page 17) 
(incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), in the 
English language version.
    S12.7 Certification election. Manufacturers of vehicles with 
headlamps incorporating VHAD or visual/optical aiming must elect to 
certify to S12.1 through S12.5 or to S12.6 prior to, or at the time of 
certification of the vehicle, pursuant to 49 CFR Part 567. The 
selection is irrevocable.
    S13 Replaceable headlamp lens requirements.
    S13.1 A replacement lens for a replaceable bulb headlamp or 
integral beam headlamp that is not required to have a bonded lens must 
be provided with a replacement seal in a package that includes 
instructions for the removal and replacement of the lens, the cleaning 
of the reflector, and the sealing of the replacement lens to the 
reflector assembly.
    S13.2 Each replacement headlamp lens with seal, when installed 
according to the lens manufacturer's instructions on an integral beam 
or replaceable bulb headlamp, must not cause the headlamp to fail to 
comply with any of the requirements of this standard.
    S13.3 Each replacement headlamp lens must be marked with the symbol 
``DOT'' either horizontally or vertically, to constitute certification. 
Each replacement headlamp lens must also be

[[Page 68288]]

marked with manufacturer and the part or trade number of the headlamp 
for which it is intended, and with the name and/or trademark of the 
lens manufacturer or importer that is registered with the U.S. Patent 
and Trademark Office. Nothing in this standard authorizes the marking 
of any such name and/or trademark by one who is not the owner, unless 
the owner has consented to it.
    S14 Physical and photometry test procedures and performance 
requirements.
    S14.1 General test procedures and performance requirements.
    S14.1.1 Each lamp, reflective device, item of conspicuity 
treatment, and item of associated equipment required or permitted by 
this standard must be designed to conform to all applicable physical 
test performance requirements specified for it.
    S14.1.2 Plastic optical materials. All plastic materials used for 
optical parts such as lenses and reflectors on lamps or reflective 
devices required or allowed by this standard must conform to the 
material test requirements of S14.4.2.
    S14.1.3 All coatings used on optical materials must have added to 
their formulations an optical brightener, whose presence is detectable 
by ultraviolet light, to aid in testing for their presence. Other 
equivalent industry accepted methods may be used as an alternative.
    S14.1.4 Samples.
    S14.1.4.1 Samples submitted for laboratory test must be new, 
unused, manufactured from production tooling and assembled by 
production processes, and representative of the devices as regularly 
manufactured and marketed.
    S14.1.4.2 Each test sample must include not only the device but 
also accessory equipment necessary to operate in its intended manner. 
Where necessary a mounting bracket shall be provided so that the device 
may be rigidly bolted in its operating position on the various test 
equipment.
    S14.1.4.3 Dust and photometric tests may be made on a second set of 
mounted samples, if desired, to expedite completion of the tests.
    S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities. The laboratory must be equipped to 
test the sample in accordance with the requirements of the specific 
device.
    S14.2 Photometric test procedures. Each lamp and reflective device 
required or permitted by this standard must be designed to conform to 
the applicable photometric requirements.
    S14.2.1 Photometry measurements for all lamps except license plate 
lamps, headlamps, and DRLs.
    S14.2.1.1 Mounting. Photometry measurements are made with the 
sample lamp mounted in its normal operating position.
    S14.2.1.2 School bus signal lamp aiming. A school bus signal lamp 
must be aimed with its aiming plane normal to the photometer axis and 
may be reaimed for photometry by <plus-minus> \1/2\[deg] vertically and 
<plus-minus> 1[deg] horizontally.
    S14.2.1.3 Measurement distance. Photometric measurements are made 
at a distance between the light source and the point of measurement of 
at least 1.2 m for side marker lamps, clearance lamps, identification 
lamps, and parking lamps, and at least 3 m for turn signal lamps, stop 
lamps, taillamps, backup lamps, and school bus signal lamps.
    S14.2.1.4 Location of test points. Test point location must comply 
with the following nomenclature:
    (a) The line formed by the intersection of a vertical plane through 
the light source of the lamp and normal to the test screen is 
designated ``V''.
    (b) The line formed by the intersection of a horizontal plane 
through the light source and normal to the test screen is designated 
``H''.
    (c) The point of intersection of these two lines is designated ``H-
V''.
    (d) Other test points on the test screen are measured in terms of 
angles from the H and V lines.
    (e) Angles to the right (R) and to the left (L) are regarded as 
being to the right and left of the V line when the observer stands 
behind the lamp and looks in the direction of its light beam when it is 
properly aimed for photometry. Similarly, the upward angles designated 
as U and the downward angles designated as D, refer to light directed 
at angles above and below the H line, respectively.
    S14.2.1.5 Multiple compartment and multiple lamp photometry of turn 
signal lamps, stop lamps, and taillamps.
    S14.2.1.5.1 When compartments of lamps or arrangements of multiple 
lamps are photometered together, the H-V axis intersects the midpoint 
between the optical axes.
    S14.2.1.5.2 Luminous intensity measurements of multiple compartment 
lamp or multiple lamp arrangements are made either by:
    (a) Measuring all compartments together, provided that a line from 
the optical axis of each compartment or lamp to the center of the 
photometer sensing device does not make an angle more than 0.6[deg] 
with the H-V axis, or
    (b) Measuring each compartment or lamp separately by aligning its 
optical axis with the photometer and adding the value at each test 
point.
    S14.2.1.5.3 Multiple compartment turn signal lamps or stop lamps or 
multiple lamp arrangements of these lamps installed on multipurpose 
passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, or buses 2032 mm or more in 
overall width must use the method of S14.2.1.5.2(b) only.
    S14.2.1.6 Bulbs. Except for a lamp having a sealed-in bulb, a lamp 
must meet the applicable requirements of this standard when tested with 
a bulb whose filament is positioned within <plus-minus> .010 in of the 
nominal design position specified in SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed 
Units, December 1968, (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of 
this title) or specified by the bulb manufacturer and operated at the 
bulb's rated mean spherical candela.
    S14.2.1.6.1 Each lamp designed to use a type of bulb that has not 
been assigned a mean spherical candela rating by its manufacturer and 
is not listed in SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968 
(incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), must meet 
the applicable requirements of this standard when used with any bulb of 
the type specified by the lamp manufacturer, operated at the bulb's 
design voltage. A lamp that contains a sealed-in bulb must meet these 
requirements with the bulb operated at the bulb's design voltage.
    S14.2.1.6.2 A bulb that is not listed in SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and 
Sealed Units, December 1968, (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 
S5.2 of this title) is not required to use a socket that conforms to 
the requirements of SAE J567b, Bulb Sockets, April 1964 (incorporated 
by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title).
    S14.2.2 License plate lamp photometry. Photometry compliance of 
license plate lamps is determined by measurement of the illumination 
falling upon test stations located on a test plate.
    S14.2.2.1 Illumination surface. All illumination measurements are 
made on a rectangular test plate of clean, white blotting paper mounted 
on the license plate holder in the position normally taken by the 
license plate. The face of the test plate must be 1.5 mm from the face 
of the license plate holder.
    S14.2.2.2 Test stations. Test stations must be located on the face 
of the test plate as shown in Figure 19 according to the type of 
vehicle on which the license plate lamps are installed.
    S14.2.2.3 Bulb requirements of S14.2.1.6 apply to license plate 
lamp photometry.
    S14.2.3 Reflex reflector and retroreflective sheeting photometry.
    S14.2.3.1 Mounting. Each reflex reflector is mounted for photometry

[[Page 68289]]

with the center of the reflex area at the center of goniometer rotation 
and at the same horizontal level as the source of illumination.
    S14.2.3.2 Illumination source. The source of illumination is a lamp 
with a 50 mm effective diameter and with a filament operating at 2856 
[deg]K.
    S14.2.3.3 Measurement distance. The test distance is 30.5 m 
[100ft].
    S14.2.3.4 Test setup The observation point is located directly 
above the source of illumination. The H-V axis of reflex reflectors is 
taken as parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle for rear 
reflectors and perpendicular to a vertical plane passing through the 
longitudinal axis of the vehicle for side reflectors.
    S14.2.3.5 Photodetector. The photodetector has an opening of not 
more than 13 mm vertically and 25 mm horizontally.
    S14.2.3.6 Photometry surface. Reflex reflectors may have any linear 
or area dimensions but must have no more than 7740 sq mm projected area 
contained within a 254 mm diameter circle exposed for photometry.
    S14.2.3.7 Procedure. Photometric measurements of reflex reflectors 
and retroreflective sheeting must be made at various observation and 
entrance angles as shown in Table XVI.
    S14.2.3.7.1 The observation angle is the angle formed by a line 
from the observation point to the center of the reflector and a second 
line from the center of the reflector to the source of illumination.
    S14.2.3.7.2 The entrance angle is the angle between the axis of the 
reflex reflector and a line from the center of the reflector to the 
source of illumination.
    S14.2.3.7.3 The entrance angle is designated left, right, up, and 
down in accordance with the position of the source of illumination with 
respect to the axis of the reflex reflector as viewed from behind the 
reflector.
    S14.2.3.7.4 Measurements are made of the luminous intensity which 
the reflex reflector is projecting toward the observation point and the 
illumination on the reflex reflector from the source of illumination.
    S14.2.3.8 Measurements.
    S14.2.3.8.1 Reflex reflectors. The required measurement for reflex 
reflectors at each test point as shown in Table XVI is the quotient of 
the projected luminous intensity divided by the illumination expressed 
as millicandela per lux or candela per footcandle.
    S14.2.3.8.2 Retroreflective sheeting. The required measurement for 
retroreflective sheeting reflectors at each test point as shown in 
Table XVI is candela per lux per square meter of area.
    S14.2.3.8.3 Reflex reflector photometry measurement adjustments.
    S14.2.3.8.3.1 Reflex reflectors, which do not have a fixed 
rotational position on the vehicle, are rotated about their axis 
through 360[deg] to find the minimum photometric value which must be 
reported for each test point. If the output falls below the minimum 
requirement at any test point, the reflector is rotated <plus-
minus>5[deg] about its axis from the angle where the minimum output 
occurred, and the maximum value within this angle is reported as a 
tolerance value.
    S14.2.3.8.3.2 Reflex reflectors, which by their design or 
construction, permit mounting on a vehicle in a fixed rotational 
position, are tested in this position. A visual locator, such as the 
word TOP is not considered adequate to establish a fixed rotational 
position on the vehicle.
    S14.2.3.8.3.3 If uncolored reflections from the front surface 
interfere with photometric readings at any test point, additional 
readings are taken 1[deg] above, below, right, and left of the test 
point, and the lowest of these readings and its location is reported 
provided the minimum test point requirement for the test point is met.
    S14.2.4 Daytime running lamp (DRL) photometry measurements.
    S14.2.4.1 Each DRL is tested to the procedure of S14.2.5 when a 
test voltage of 12.8 v <plus-minus> 20 mv is applied to the input 
terminals of the lamp switch module or voltage-reducing equipment, 
whichever is closer to the electrical source on the vehicle.
    S14.2.4.2 The test distance from the lamp to the photometer is not 
less than 18.3 m if the lamp is optically combined with a headlamp, or 
is a separate lamp, and not less than 3 m if the lamp is optically 
combined with a lamp, other than a headlamp, that is required by this 
standard.
    S14.2.4.3 Bulb requirements of S14.2.1.6 apply to DRL photometry.
    S14.2.5 Headlamp photometry measurements.
    S14.2.5.1 Mounting. Photometry measurements at the applicable test 
points are made with the sample headlamp mounted in its normal 
operating position.
    S14.2.5.2 Test points in the area from 10[deg] U to 90[deg] U must 
be measured from the normally exposed surface of the lens face.
    S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance. Photometric measurements are made 
at a distance between the light source and the photometer sensor of at 
least 18.3 m.
    S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test voltage. All sealed beam headlamps, 
integral beam headlamps, beam contributors, and replaceable light 
sources are seasoned at design voltage for 1% of its average design 
life or 10 hours, whichever is less prior to a photometry test. A 
headlamp is tested at 12.8 v. <plus-minus> 20 mv, D.C. as measured at 
the terminals of the lamp.
    S14.2.5.5 Aiming. Each headlamp is aimed prior to a photometry test 
in accordance with the procedure appropriate to its aiming system. A 
\1/4\[deg] reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point to 
allow for variations in readings between laboratories for all headlamps 
except a Type F upper beam unit not equipped with a VHAD.
    S14.2.5.5.1 Mechanically aimable headlamps using an external aimer. 
The headlamp is aimed mechanically with the aiming plane at the design 
angle(s) to the photometer axis and the mechanical axis of the headlamp 
on the photometer axis.
    S14.2.5.5.2 Mechanically aimable headlamps equipped with a VHAD. 
The headlamp is aimed mechanically using the VHAD in accordance with 
the manufacturer's instructions as provided with the vehicle on which 
the headlamp is intended to be used.
    S14.2.5.5.3 Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-vertical aim.
    S14.2.5.5.3.1 A VOL cutoff headlamp must have the location of the 
cutoff maximum gradient, as determined by the method of this standard, 
positioned at 0.4[deg] down from the H-H line.
    S14.2.5.5.3.2 A VOR cutoff headlamp must have the location of the 
cutoff maximum gradient, as determined by the method of this standard, 
positioned at the H-H line.
    S14.2.5.5.4 Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-horizontal aim. 
There must be no adjustment of horizontal aim unless the headlamp is 
equipped with a horizontal VHAD. If the headlamp has a VHAD, it must be 
set to zero.
    S14.2.5.5.5 Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-vertical aim.
    S14.2.5.5.5.1 A headlamp whose upper beam is combined with a lower 
beam must not have its vertical aim changed from that set for the lower 
beam.
    S14.2.5.5.5.2 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a 
lower beam must have its maximum beam intensity positioned on the H-H 
axis.
    S14.2.5.5.6 Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-horizontal aim.
    S14.2.5.5.6.1 A headlamp whose upper beam is combined with a lower 
beam must not have its horizontal aim

[[Page 68290]]

changed from that set for the lower beam.
    S14.2.5.5.6.2 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a 
lower beam and has a fixed horizontal aim or has a horizontal VHAD must 
be mounted in its normal operating position on a goniometer such that 
the mounting fixture alignment axes are coincident with the goniometer 
axes and must be energized at 12.8 v <plus-minus> 20 mv. There must be 
no adjustment, shimming, or modification of the horizontal axis of the 
headlamp or test fixture, unless the headlamp is equipped with a VHAD, 
in which case the VHAD must be adjusted to zero.
    S14.2.5.5.6.3 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a 
lower beam and is not equipped with a horizontal VHAD, the horizontal 
aim must be adjusted so that the maximum beam intensity is positioned 
on the V-V axis.
    S14.2.5.5.7 Simultaneous aim Type F sealed beam headlamps and beam 
contributor integral beam headlamps.
    S14.2.5.5.7.1 A headlamp system permitted to use simultaneous aim 
of lower beams and upper beams must be aimed mechanically for lower 
beam photometry by centering the lower beam unit or the geometric 
center of all lower beam contributors on the photometer axis and 
aligning the aiming plane, aiming reference plane, or other appropriate 
vertical plane defined by the manufacturer perpendicular to the 
photometer axis.
    S14.2.5.5.7.2 The headlamp must be aimed for upper beam photometry 
by moving the assembly in a plane parallel to the established lower 
beam aiming plane until the upper beam unit or the geometric center of 
all upper beam contributors is centered in the photometric axis.
    S14.2.5.5.8 Motorcycle headlamp-upper beam headlamps designed to 
comply with Table XX. The upper beam of a multiple beam headlamp 
designed to comply with the requirements of Table XX must be aimed 
photoelectrically so that the center of the zone of highest intensity 
falls 0.4[deg] vertically below the lamp axis and is centered 
laterally. The center of the zone of highest intensity must be 
established by the intersection of a horizontal plane passing through 
the point of maximum intensity, and the vertical plane established by 
balancing the photometric values at 3[deg]L and 3[deg]R.
    S14.2.5.5.9 Motorcycle headlamp-lower beam headlamps designed to 
comply with Table XX. The beam from a single beam headlamp designed to 
comply with the requirements of Table XX must be aimed straight ahead 
with the top of the beam aimed vertically to obtain 2000 cd at H-V.
    S14.2.5.6 Positioner. The goniometer configuration, used to 
position the sample headlamp when making photometric measurements at 
specific angular test points, is horizontal rotation over elevation. 
The vertical axis of the goniometer must correspond to the design 
position vertical axis of the sample headlamp which is vertical and 
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
    S14.2.5.7 Photometer.
    S14.2.5.7.1 The photometer must be capable of measuring the 
luminous intensity of the sample headlamp throughout its illumination 
range.
    S14.2.5.7.2 Sensor.
    S14.2.5.7.2.1 The maximum effective area of the photometric sensor 
must fit within a circle whose diameter is equal to 0.009 times the 
actual test distance from the light source of the sample headlamp to 
the sensor.
    S14.2.5.7.2.2 The sensor effective area is defined as the actual 
area of intercepted light striking the detector surface of the 
photometer. Sensor systems incorporating lens(es) that change the 
diameter of the intercepted light beam before it reaches the actual 
detector surface, the maximum size requirements must apply to the total 
area of the light actually intercepted by the lens surface.
    S14.2.5.7.2.3 The sensor must be capable of intercepting all direct 
illumination from the largest illuminated dimension of the sample lamp 
at the test distance.
    S14.2.5.7.3 The color response of the photometer must be corrected 
to that of the 1931 International Commission on Illumination (C.I.E.) 
Standard Observer (2-degree) Photopic Response Curve, as shown in the 
C.I.E. 1931 Chromaticity Diagram (incorporated by reference, see 
571.108 S5.2 of this title).
    S14.2.5.8 Location of test points.
    S14.2.5.8.1 Test point positions are defined by the positioner. The 
following nomenclature applies:
    S14.2.5.8.1.1 The letters ``V'' and ``H'' designate the vertical 
and horizontal planes intersecting both the headlamp light source and 
the photometer axis. ``H-V'' designates the zero test point angle at 
the intersection of the H and V planes. This intersection is parallel 
to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
    S14.2.5.8.1.2 The letters ``U'', ``D'', ``L'', and ``R'', 
indicating up, down, left and right, respectively, designate the 
angular position from the H and V planes to the photometer as viewed 
from the headlamp.
    S14.2.5.8.1.3 Horizontal angles designated L and R are defined as 
the plan view angle between the vertical plane and the projection of 
the light ray from the headlamp onto the horizontal plane.
    S14.2.5.8.1.4 Vertical angles designated U and D are defined as the 
true angle between the horizontal plane and the light ray from the 
headlamp.
    S14.2.5.9 Beam contributor photometry measurements. In a 
headlighting system where there is more than one beam contributor 
providing a lower beam, and/or more than one beam contributor providing 
an upper beam, each beam contributor must be designed to meet only the 
applicable photometric performance requirements based upon the 
following mathematical expression: conforming test point value = 2(test 
point value)/total number of lower or upper beam contributors for the 
vehicle, as appropriate.
    S14.2.5.10 Moveable reflector aimed headlamp photometry 
measurements.
    S14.2.5.10.1 A headlamp aimed by moving the reflector relative to 
the lens and headlamp housing, or vice versa, must conform to the 
photometry requirements applicable to it with the lens at any position 
relative to the reflector.
    S14.2.5.10.2 These positions include not less than the full range 
of vertical pitch of the vehicle on which the headlamp is installed and 
not less than <plus-minus> 2.5[deg] from the nominal horizontal aim 
position for the vehicle on which the headlamp is installed unless the 
headlamp is visually/optically aimed with a fixed horizontal aim.
    S14.3 Motorcycle headlamp out of focus test procedure and 
performance requirements.
    S14.3.1 Procedure. The sample device must be tested for photometry 
using bulbs having each of four out-of-focus filament positions. Where 
conventional bulbs with two pin bayonet bases are used, tests must be 
made with the light source 0.060 in above, below, ahead, and behind the 
designated position. If prefocused bulbs are used, the limiting 
positions at which tests are made must be 0.020 in above, below, ahead, 
and behind the designated position. The sample device may be re-aimed 
for each of the out-of-focus positions of the light source.
    S14.3.2 Performance requirements. The minimum photometric values 
for the out-of-design position must be 80% of the in-design position.
    S14.4 General test procedures and performance requirements.
    S14.4.1 Color test. The requirement applies to the overall 
effective color of light emitted by the device and not to

[[Page 68291]]

the color of the light from a small area of the lens. It does not apply 
to any pilot, indicator, or tell-tale lights. The color of the sample 
device must comply when tested by either the Visual Method or the 
Tristimulus Method.
    S14.4.1.1 Samples. A test sample for a reflex reflector may be 
either the reflex reflector or a disc of the same material, technique 
of fabrication, and dye formulation as the reflex reflector. If a disc 
is used, the thickness must be twice the thickness of the reflector as 
measured from the face of the lens to the apexes of the reflecting 
elements.
    S14.4.1.2 General procedure.
    S14.4.1.2.1 The device must be operated at design voltage.
    S14.4.1.2.2 Components (bulbs, caps, lenses, and the like) must be 
tested in a fixture or manner simulating the intended application.
    S14.4.1.2.3 The lamp shall be allowed to reach operating 
temperature before measurements are made.
    S14.4.1.2.4 The entire light emitting surface of the sample must be 
visible from any point on the entrance window of the test instrument.
    S14.4.1.2.5 The distance between the test instrument and the sample 
must be large enough so that further increases in distance will not 
affect the results.
    S14.4.1.3 Visual method.
    S14.4.1.3.1 Visual method procedure. The color of light from the 
sample device must be compared visually with the color of the light 
from a standard. The standard may consist of a filter or limit glass. 
In the case of white, CIE Source A is used only as a color reference. 
The chromaticity coordinates of the color standards must be as close as 
possible to the limits listed. The color of the standard filters is 
determined spectro-photometrically.
    S14.4.1.3.2 Visual method performance requirements. The color must 
comply with the applicable requirement.
    S14.4.1.3.2.1 Red. Red is not acceptable if it is less saturated 
(paler), yellower, or bluer than the limit standards.
    S14.4.1.3.2.2 Yellow (Amber). Yellow is not acceptable if it is 
less saturated (paler), greener, or redder than the limit standards.
    S14.4.1.3.2.3 White. White is not acceptable if its color differs 
materially from that of CIE Source A.
    S14.4.1.4 Tristimulus method.
    S14.4.1.4.1 Tristimulus method procedure.
    S14.4.1.4.1.1 The color of light from the H-V point of a sample 
device must be measured by photoelectric receivers with spectral 
responses that approximate CIE standard spectral tristimulus valves.
    S14.4.1.4.1.2 A sphere may be used to integrate light from a 
colored source provided that the color shift that results from the 
spectral selectivity of the sphere paint be corrected by the use of a 
filter, correction factor, or an appropriate calibration.
    S14.4.1.4.1.3 Where the sample device does not have uniform 
spectral characteristics in all useful directions, color measurements 
must be made at as many directions of view as are required to evaluate 
the color for those directions that apply to the end use of the device.
    S14.4.1.4.2 Tristimulus method performance requirements. The color 
must comply with the applicable requirement.
    S14.4.1.4.2.1 Red. The color of light emitted must fall within the 
following boundaries:

y = 0.33 (yellow boundary)
y = 0.98 - x (purple boundary)

    S14.4.1.4.2.2 Yellow (Amber). The color of light emitted must fall 
within the following boundaries:

y = 0.39 (red boundary)
y = 0.79 - 0.67x (white boundary)
y = x - 0.12 (green boundary)

    S14.4.1.4.2.3 White (achromatic). The color of light emitted must 
fall within the following boundaries:

x = 0.31 (blue boundary)
y = 0.44 (green boundary)
x = 0.50 (yellow boundary)
y = 0.15 + 0.64x (green boundary)
y = 0.38 (red boundary)
y = 0.05 + 0.75x (purple boundary)

    S14.4.2 Plastic optical materials tests. Accelerated weathering 
procedures are not permitted.
    S14.4.2.1 Samples.
    S14.4.2.1.1 Samples of materials shall be injection molded into 
polished metal molds to produce test specimens with two flat and 
parallel faces. Alternative techniques may be used to produce 
equivalent specimens.
    S14.4.2.1.2 Test specimens shape may vary, but each exposed surface 
must contain a minimum uninterrupted area of 32 sq cm.
    S14.4.2.1.3 Samples must be furnished in thicknesses of 1.6 <plus-
minus> 0.25 mm, 2.3 <plus-minus> 0.25 mm, 3.2 <plus-minus> 0.25 mm, and 
6.4 <plus-minus> 0.25 mm.
    S14.4.2.1.4 All samples must conform to the applicable color test 
requirement of this standard prior to testing.
    S14.4.2.1.5 A control sample, kept properly protected from 
influences which may change its appearance and properties of each 
thickness, must be retained.
    S14.4.2.2 Outdoor exposure test.
    S14.4.2.2.1 Outdoor exposure tests of 3 years in duration must be 
made on samples of all materials, including coated and uncoated 
versions, used for optical parts of devices covered by this standard. 
Tests are to be conducted in Florida and Arizona.
    S14.4.2.2.2 Concentrations of polymer components and additives used 
in plastic materials may be changed without outdoor exposure testing 
provided the changes are within the limits of composition represented 
by higher and lower concentrations of these polymer components and 
additives previously tested to this section and found to meet its 
requirements.
    S14.4.2.2.3 Procedure.
    S14.4.2.2.3.1 One sample of each thickness of each material must be 
mounted at each exposure site so that at least a minimum uninterrupted 
area of 32 sq cm of the exposed upper surface of the sample is at an 
angle of 45[deg] to the horizontal facing south. The sample must be 
mounted in the open no closer than 30 cm (11.8 in) to its background.
    S14.4.2.2.3.2 During the exposure time the samples must be cleaned 
once every three months by washing with mild soap or detergent and 
water, and then rinsing with distilled water. Rubbing must be avoided.
    S14.4.2.2.4 Performance requirements. Plastic lenses, other than 
those incorporating reflex reflectors, used for inner lenses or those 
covered by another material and not exposed directly to sunlight must 
meet the optical material test requirements when covered by the outer 
lens or other material.
    S14.4.2.2.4.1 After completion of the outdoor exposure test the 
haze and loss of surface luster as measured by ASTM 1003-92, Haze and 
Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastic, (incorporated by 
reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title) must not be greater than:
    (a) 30% for materials used for outer lenses, other than those 
incorporating reflex reflectors;
    (b) 7% for materials used for reflex reflectors and lenses used in 
front of reflex reflectors.
    S14.4.2.2.4.2 After completion of the outdoor exposure test 
materials used for headlamp lenses must show no deterioration.
    S14.4.2.2.4.3 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all 
materials, when compared with the unexposed control samples, must not 
show physical changes affecting performance such as color bleeding, 
delamination, crazing, or cracking. Additionally materials used for 
reflex reflectors and lenses used in front of reflex reflectors

[[Page 68292]]

must not show surface deterioration or dimensional changes.
    S14.4.2.2.4.4 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all 
materials, when compared with the unexposed control samples, must not 
have their luminous transmittance changed by more than 25% when tested 
in accordance with ASTM E 308-66 (1973), Spectrophotmetry and 
Description of Color in CIE 1931 System (incorporated by reference, see 
571.108 S5.2 of this title) using CIE Illuminant A (2856K).
    S14.4.2.2.4.5 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all 
materials must conform to the color test of this standard in the range 
of thickness stated by the material manufacturer.
    S14.4.2.3 Heat test.
    S14.4.2.3.1 Procedure. Two samples of each thickness of each 
material must be supported at the bottom, with at least 51 mm of the 
sample above the support, in the vertical position in such a manner 
that, on each side, the minimum uninterrupted area of exposed surface 
is not less than 3225 sq mm. The samples are placed in a circulating 
air oven at 79 <plus-minus> 3 [deg]C for two hours.
    S14.4.2.3.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the heat 
exposure and cooling to room ambient temperature, a test specimen must 
show no change in shape and general appearance discernable to the naked 
eye when compared with an unexposed specimen and continue to conform to 
the applicable color test requirement of this standard.
    S14.5 Signal lamp and reflective device physical test procedures 
and performance requirements.
    S14.5.1 Vibration test.
    S14.5.1.1 Procedure. The sample device, as mounted on the support 
supplied, must be bolted to the anvil end of the table of the vibration 
test machine of Figure 21 and vibrated approximately 750 cpm through a 
distance of \1/8\ in. The table must be spring mounted at one end and 
fitted with steel calks on the underside of the other end. The calks 
are to make contact with the steel anvil once during each cycle at the 
completion of the fall. The rack must be operated under a spring 
tension of 60 to 70 lb. The test must be continued for 1 hour.
    S14.5.1.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
vibration test a device showing evidence of material physical weakness, 
lens or reflector rotation, displacement or rupture of parts except 
bulb failures, must be considered to have failed, providing that the 
rotation of lens or reflector must not be considered as a failure when 
tests show compliance with specifications despite such rotation.
    S14.5.2 Moisture test.
    S14.5.2.1 Procedure. The sample device must be mounted in its 
normal operating position with all drain holes open and subjected to a 
precipitation of 0.1 in of water per minute, delivered at an angle of 
45[deg] from a nozzle with a solid cone spray. During the test the 
device must revolve about its vertical axis at a rate of 4 rpm for a 
period of 12 hours followed by a one hour drain period where the device 
does not rotate and the spray stops. After completion of the moisture 
test the device must be examined for moisture accumulation.
    S14.5.2.2 Performance requirements. Accumulation of moisture in 
excess of 2 cc or any visible moisture in a sealed reflex unit must 
constitute a failure.
    S14.5.3 Dust test.
    S14.5.3.1 Samples. A sealed unit is not required to meet the 
requirements of this test.
    S14.5.3.2 Procedure. The sample device with any drain hole closed 
must be mounted in its normal operating position, at least 6 in from 
the wall in a cubical box with inside measurements of 3 ft on each side 
containing 10 lb of fine powered cement in accordance with ASTM C 150-
56, Standard Specification for Portland Cement (incorporated by 
reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title). At intervals of 15 minutes 
during a test period of 5 hours, the dust must be agitated by 
compressed air or fan blower by projecting blasts of air for a 2 second 
period in a downward direction into the dust in such a way that the 
dust is completely and uniformly diffused throughout the entire cube 
and allowed to settle. After the completion of the dust test the 
exterior surface of the device must be cleaned.
    S14.5.3.3 Performance requirements. If after a photometry test the 
maximum photometric intensity of the device is not more than 10% less 
than the maximum photometric intensity of the same device after being 
cleaned both inside and outside, the device is considered to have met 
the requirements of the dust test.
    S14.5.4 Corrosion test.
    S14.5.4.1 Procedure. The sample device must be subjected to a salt 
spray (fog) test in accordance with the latest version of ASTM B117-73, 
Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing (incorporated by reference, see 
571.108 S5.2 of this title), for a period of 50 hours, consisting of 
two periods of 24 hour exposure followed by a 1 hr drying time.
    S14.5.4.2 Performance requirements. After the completion of the 
corrosion test there must be no evidence of excessive corrosion which 
would affect the proper function of the device.
    S14.6 Headlamp physical test procedures and performance 
requirements.
    S14.6.1 Abrasion test.
    S14.6.1.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.1.1.1 Abrading pad. A new, unused abrading pad constructed of 
0000 steel wool not less than 2.5 <plus-minus> .1 cm wide, rubber 
cemented to a rigid base shaped to the same vertical contour of the 
lens, is used for each test. The abrading pad support is equal in size 
to the pad and the center of the support surface is within <plus-minus> 
2 mm of parallel to the lens surface. The ``grain'' of the pad is 
oriented perpendicular to the direction of motion. The density of the 
pad is such that when the pad is resting unweighted on the lens, the 
base of the pad is no closer than 3.2 mm to the lens at its closest 
point.
    S14.6.1.1.2 Abrading pad alignment. A sample headlamp is mounted in 
the abrasion test fixture of Figure 5 with the lens facing upward. When 
mounted on its support and resting on the lens of the test headlamp, 
the abrading pad is then weighted such that a pad pressure of 14 <plus-
minus> 1 KPa. exists at the center and perpendicular to the face of the 
lens.
    S14.6.1.1.3 Abrasion test procedure. The pad is cycled back and 
forth (1 cycle) for 11 cycles at 4 <plus-minus> 0.8 in (10 <plus-minus> 
2 cm) per second over at least 80% of the lens surface, including all 
the area between the upper and lower aiming pads, but not including 
lens trim rings and edges. A pivot must be used if it is required to 
follow the contour of the lens.
    S14.6.1.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
abrasion test the sample headlamp must meet the requirements of the 
applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] 
reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
    S14.6.2 Chemical resistance test.
    S14.6.2.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.2.1.1 Test fluids. The five test fluids used in the chemical 
resistance test include:
    (a) ASTM Reference Fuel C, which is composed of Isooctane 50% 
volume and Toluene 50% volume. Isooctane must conform to A2.7 in Annex 
2 of the Motor Fuels Section of the 1985 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 
Vol. 05.04 (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), 
and Toluene must conform to ASTM specification D362-84, Standard 
Specification for Industrial Grade Toluene (incorporated by reference, 
see 571.108 S5.2 of this title). ASTM Reference Fuel C must be used as 
specified in: Paragraph A2.3.2 and A2.3.3 of Annex 2 to Motor Fuels;

[[Page 68293]]

Section 1 in the 1985 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 05.04 
(incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title); and OSHA 
Standard 29 CFR 1910.106--Handling Storage and Use of Flammable 
Combustible Liquids;
    (b) Tar remover (consisting by volume of 45% xylene and 55% 
petroleum base mineral spirits);
    (c) Power steering fluid (as specified by the vehicle manufacturer 
for use in the motor vehicle on which the headlamp is intended to be 
installed);
    (d) Windshield washer fluid consisting of 0.5% monoethanolamine 
with the remainder 50% concentration of methanol/distilled water by 
volume; and
    (e) Antifreeze (50% concentration of ethylene glycol/distilled 
water by volume).
    S14.6.2.1.2 Fluid application. The entire exterior lens surface of 
the sample headlamp mounted in the headlamp test fixture and top 
surface of the lens-reflector joint is wiped once to the left and once 
to the right with a 6 inch square soft cotton cloth (with pressure 
equally applied) which has been saturated once in a container with 2 
ounces of five different test fluids listed above. The lamp is wiped 
within 5 seconds after removal of the cloth from the test fluid. A new 
lamp sample may be used with each fluid.
    S14.6.2.1.3 Test duration. After the headlamp sample has been wiped 
with the test fluid, it must be stored in its designed operating 
attitude for 48 hours at a temperature of 23[deg]C <plus-minus> 4[deg]C 
and a relative humidity of 30% <plus-minus> 10%. At the end of the 48-
hour period, the headlamp is wiped clean with a soft dry cotton cloth 
and visually inspected.
    S14.6.2.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
chemical resistance test, the sample headlamp must have no surface 
deterioration, coating delamination, fractures, deterioration of 
bonding or sealing materials, color bleeding, or color pickup visible 
without magnification and the headlamp must meet the requirements of 
the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/
4\[deg] reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
    S14.6.3 Corrosion test.
    S14.6.3.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test 
fixture in designed operating position and including all accessory 
equipment necessary to operate in its normal manner, is subjected to a 
salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM B117-73, Method of Salt 
Spray (Fog) Testing (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of 
this title), for 50 total hours, consisting of two periods of 24 hours 
exposure followed by a 1 hour drying period. If a portion of the device 
is completely protected in service, that portion is covered to prevent 
salt fog entry during exposure. After removal from the salt spray and 
the final 1 hour drying period the sample headlamp is examined for 
corrosion that affect any other applicable tests contained in S14.6. If 
such corrosion is found, the affected test(s) must be performed on the 
corrosion sample and the results recorded.
    S14.6.3.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
corrosion test, the sample headlamp must not have any observed 
corrosion which would result in the failure of any other applicable 
tests contained in S14.6 and no corrosion of the headlamp mounting and 
aiming mechanism that would result in the failure of the aiming 
adjustment tests, inward force test, or torque deflection test of 
S14.6.
    S14.6.4 Corrosion-connector test.
    S14.6.4.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.4.1.1 A headlamp connector test must be performed on each 
filament circuit of the sample headlamp prior to the test in 
S14.6.4.1.2 according to Figure 4 and S14.6.15. The power source is set 
to provide 12.8 volts and the resistance must be set to produce 10 
amperes.
    S14.6.4.1.2 The headlamp, with connector attached to the terminals, 
unfixtured and in its designed operating attitude with all drain holes, 
breathing devices or other designed openings in their normal operating 
positions, is subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with 
ASTM B117-73, Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing (incorporated by 
reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), for 240 hours, consisting 
of ten successive 24-hour periods.
    S14.6.4.1.3 During each period, the headlamp is mounted in the 
middle of the chamber and exposed for 23 hours to the salt spray. The 
spray is not activated during the 24th hour. The bulb is removed from 
the headlamp and from the test chamber during the one hour of salt 
spray deactivation and reinserted for the start of the next test 
period, at the end of the first and last three 23-hour periods of salt 
spray exposure, and at the end of any two of the fourth through seventh 
23-hour periods of salt-spray exposure.
    S14.6.4.1.4 The test chamber is closed at all times except for a 
maximum of 2 minutes which is allowed for removal or replacement of a 
bulb during each period.
    S14.6.4.1.5 After the ten periods, the lens-reflector unit without 
the bulb must be immersed in deionized water for 5 minutes, then 
secured and allowed to dry by natural convection only.
    S14.6.4.1.6 Using the voltage, resistance and pre-test set up of 
S14.6.4.1.1 the current in each filament circuit must be measured after 
the test conducted in S14.6.4.1.2.
    S14.6.4.2 Performance requirements.
    S14.6.4.2.1 After the completion of the corrosion-connector test, 
the sample headlamp must show no evidence of external or internal 
corrosion or rust visible without magnification.
    S14.6.4.2.2 Loss of adhesion of any applied coating must not occur 
more than 3.2 mm from any sharp edge on the inside or out.
    S14.6.4.2.3 Corrosion may occur on terminals only if the test 
current produced during the test of S14.6.4.1.6 is not less than 9.7 
amperes.
    S14.6.5 Dust test.
    S14.6.5.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.5.1.1 A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test fixture, 
with all drain holes, breathing devices or other designed openings in 
their normal operating positions, is positioned within a cubical box, 
with inside measurements of 900 mm on each side or larger if required 
for adequate wall clearance (i.e., a distance of at least 150 mm 
between the headlamp and any wall of the box).
    S14.6.5.1.2 The box contains 4.5 kg of fine powdered cement which 
conforms to the ASTM C150-77, Standard Specification for Portland 
Cement (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title). 
Every 15 minutes, the cement is agitated by compressed air or fan 
blower(s) by projecting blasts of air for a two-second period in a 
downward direction so that the cement is diffused as uniformly as 
possible throughout the entire box.
    S14.6.5.1.3 This test is continued for five hours after which the 
exterior surfaces of the headlamp are wiped clean.
    S14.6.5.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the dust 
test, the sample headlamp must meet the requirements of the applicable 
photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] reaim is 
permitted in any direction at any test point.
    S14.6.6 Temperature cycle test and internal heat test.
    S14.6.6.1 Samples. A sample headlamp with one or more replaceable 
light sources is tested according to the procedures of this section for 
a temperature cycle test and an internal heat test. The same sample 
headlamp is used in the temperature cycle test and then in the internal 
heat test.
    S14.6.6.2 General procedure.

[[Page 68294]]

    S14.6.6.2.1 Tests are made with all filaments lighted at design 
voltage that are intended to be used simultaneously in the headlamp and 
which in combination draw the highest total wattage. These include but 
are not limited to filaments used for turn signal lamps, fog lamps, 
parking lamps, and headlamp lower beams lighted with upper beams when 
the wiring harness is so connected on the vehicle.
    S14.6.6.2.2 If a turn signal is included in the headlamp assembly, 
it is operated at 90 flashes a minute with a 75% <plus-minus> 2% 
current ``on time.''
    S14.6.6.2.3 If the lamp produces both the upper and lower beam, it 
is tested in both the upper beam mode and the lower beam mode under the 
conditions above described, except for a headlamp with a single type 
HB1 or type HB2 light source.
    S14.6.6.3 Temperature cycle test.
    S14.6.6.3.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.6.3.1.1 A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test 
fixture, is subjected to 10 complete consecutive cycles having the 
thermal cycle profile shown in Figure 6.
    S14.6.6.3.1.2 During the hot cycle, the lamp, is energized 
commencing at point ``A'' of Figure 6 and de-energized at point ``B.''
    S14.6.6.3.1.3 Separate or single test chambers may be used to 
generate the environment of Figure 6.
    S14.6.6.3.1.4 All drain holes, breathing devices or other openings 
or vents of the headlamps are set in their normal operating positions.
    S14.6.6.3.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
temperature cycle test, the sample headlamp must:
    (a) show no evidence of delamination, fractures, entry of moisture, 
or deterioration of bonding material, color bleeding, warp or 
deformation visible without magnification;
    (b) show no lens warpage greater than 3 mm when measured parallel 
to the optical axis at the point of intersection of the axis of each 
light source with the exterior surface of the lens; and
    (c) meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of 
Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] reaim is permitted in any 
direction at any test point.
    S14.6.6.4 Internal heat test.
    S14.6.6.4.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.6.4.1.1 A sample headlamp lens surface that would normally be 
exposed to road dirt is uniformly sprayed with any appropriate mixture 
of dust and water or other materials to reduce the photometric output 
at the H-V test point of the upper beam (or the \1/2\[deg]D-1\1/
2\[deg]R test point of the lower beam as applicable) to 25% <plus-
minus> 2% of the output originally measured in the applicable 
photometric compliance test.
    S14.6.6.4.1.2 A headlamp with a single type HB1 or type HB2 light 
source is tested on the upper beam only.
    S14.6.6.4.1.3 Such reduction is determined under the same 
conditions as that of the original photometric measurement.
    S14.6.6.4.1.4 After the photometric output of the lamp has been 
reduced as specified above, the sample lamp and its mounting hardware 
must be mounted in an environmental chamber in a manner similar to that 
indicated in Figure 7 ``Dirt/Ambient Test Setup.''
    S14.6.6.4.1.5 The headlamp is soaked for one hour at a temperature 
of 35[deg] + 4[deg] - 0 [deg]C) and then the lamp is energized 
according to the procedure of this section for one hour in a still air 
condition, allowing the temperature to rise from the soak temperature.
    S14.6.6.4.1.6 At the end of one hour the sample lamp is returned to 
a room ambient temperature of 23[deg] + 4[deg] - 0 [deg]C and a 
relative humidity of 30% <plus-minus> 10% and allowed to stabilize to 
the room ambient temperature. The lens is then cleaned.
    S14.6.6.4.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
temperature cycle test and meeting its requirements, and completion of 
the internal heat test, the sample headlamp must:
    (a) have no lens warpage greater than 3 mm when measured parallel 
to the optical axis at the point of intersection of the axis of each 
light source with the exterior surface of the lens, and
    (b) meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of 
Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] reaim is permitted in any 
direction at any test point.
    S14.6.7 Humidity test.
    S14.6.7.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.7.1.1 The test fixture consists of a horizontal steel plate 
to which three threaded steel or aluminum rods of \1/2\ inch diameter 
are screwed vertically behind the headlamp.
    S14.6.7.1.2 The sample headlamp assembly is clamped to the vertical 
rods, which are behind the headlamp. All attachments to the headlamp 
assembly are made behind the lens and vents or openings, and are not 
within 2 inches laterally of a vent inlet or outlet.
    S14.6.7.1.3 The mounted headlamp assembly is oriented in its design 
operating position, and is placed in a controlled environment at a 
temperature of 100[deg] + 7[deg]-0[deg] F (38[deg] + 4[deg]-0[deg] C) 
with a relative humidity of not less than 90%. All drain holes, 
breathing devices, and other openings are set in their normal operation 
positions for all phases of the humidity test.
    S14.6.7.1.4 The headlamp is subjected to 24 consecutive 3-hour test 
cycles. In each cycle, the headlamp is energized for 1 hour at design 
voltage with the highest combination of filament wattages that are 
intended to be used, and then de-energized for 2 hours. If the headlamp 
incorporates a turn signal then the turn signal flashes at 90 flashes 
per minute with a 75% <plus-minus> 2% current ``on-time.''
    S14.6.7.1.5 Within 3 minutes after the completion of the 24th 
cycle, the air flow test will begin. The following procedure shall 
occur: the mounted assembly is removed, placed in an insulating box and 
covered with foam material so that there is no visible air space around 
the assembly; the box is closed, taken to the air flow test chamber, 
and placed within it. Inside the chamber, the assembly with respect to 
the air flow, is oriented in its design operating position. The 
assembly is positioned in the chamber so that the center of the lens is 
in the center of the opening of the air flow entry duct during the 
test. The headlamp has at least 3 inches clearance on all sides, and at 
least 4 inches to the entry and exit ducts at the closest points. If 
vent tubes are used which extend below the lamp body, the 3 inches are 
measured from the bottom of the vent tube or its protection. The 
temperature of the chamber is 73[deg] + 7[deg] - 0 [deg]F (23[deg] + 
4[deg] - 0 [deg]C) with a relative humidity of 30% + 10% - 0%. The 
headlamp is not energized.
    S14.6.7.1.6 Before the test specified in paragraph S14.6.7.1.7 of 
this section, the uniformity of the air flow in the empty test chamber 
at a plane 4 inches downstream of the air entry duct is measured over a 
4 inch square grid. The uniformity of air flow at each grid point is 
<plus-minus> 10% of the average air flow specified in paragraph 
S14.6.7.1.7 of this section.
    S14.6.7.1.7 The mounted assembly in the chamber is exposed, for one 
hour, to an average air flow of 330 +0 -30 ft/min as measured with an 
air velocity measuring probe having an accuracy of <plus-minus> 3% in 
the 330 ft/min range. The average air flow is the average of the 
velocity recorded at six points around the perimeter of the lens. The 
six points are determined as follows: At the center of the lens, 
construct a horizontal plane. The first two points are located in the 
plane, 1 inch outward from the intersection of the plane and each edge 
of the lens. Then, trisect the distance between these two points and 
construct longitudinal vertical planes at the two intermediate 
locations formed by the

[[Page 68295]]

trisection. The four remaining points are located in the vertical 
planes, one inch above the top edge of the lens, and one inch below the 
bottom edge of the lens.
    S14.6.7.1.8 After one hour, the headlamp is removed and inspected 
for moisture.
    S14.6.7.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
humidity test, the sample headlamp must show no evidence of interior 
delamination or moisture, fogging or condensation visible without 
magnification.
    S14.6.8 Vibration test.
    S14.6.8.1 Samples. The mounting bracket with a sample headlamp 
installed must not have a resonant frequency in the 10-55 Hz. range.
    S14.6.8.2 Procedure. The mounted sample headlamp is bolted to the 
anvil end of the table of the vibration test machine of Figure 21 and 
vibrated 750 cpm through a distance of 1/8 in. The table is spring 
mounted at one end and fitted with steel calks on the underside of the 
other end. The table is of sufficient size to completely contain the 
test fixture base with no overhang. The calks are to make contact with 
the steel anvil once during each cycle at the completion of the fall. 
The rack is operated under a spring tension of 60 to 70 lb. The 
vibration is applied in the vertical axis of the headlamp as mounted on 
the vehicle. Bulb filaments are not energized during the test. The test 
is continued for 1 hour.
    S14.6.8.3 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
vibration test, there must be no evidence of loose or broken parts, 
other than filaments, visible without magnification.
    S14.6.9 Sealing test.
    S14.6.9.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.9.1.1 An unfixtured sample headlamp in its design mounting 
position is placed in water at a temperature of 176[deg] <plus-minus> 
5[deg] F (60[deg] <plus-minus> 3[deg] C) for one hour. The headlamp is 
energized in its highest wattage mode, with the test voltage at 12.8 
<plus-minus> 0.1V during immersion.
    S14.6.9.1.2 The lamp is then de-energized and immediately submerged 
in its design mounting position into water at 32[deg] +5[deg] -0[deg] F 
(0[deg] +3[deg] -0[deg] C). The water is in a pressurized vessel, and 
the pressure is increased to 10 psi (70 kPa), upon placing the lamp in 
the water. The lamp must remain in the pressurized vessel for a period 
of thirty minutes.
    S14.6.9.1.3 This entire procedure is repeated for four cycles.
    S14.6.9.1.4 Then the lamp is inspected for any signs of water on 
its interior. During the high temperature portion of the cycles, the 
lamp is observed for signs of air escaping from its interior.
    S14.6.9.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the sealing 
test, a sample headlamp confirmed to be sealed need not meet the 
corrosion test, dust test, or humidity test of this Section. If any 
water is on the interior or air escapes, the lamp is not a sealed lamp.
    S14.6.10 Chemical resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens 
headlamps test.
    S14.6.10.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.10.1.1 Test fluids. The three test fluids used in the 
chemical resistance test include;
    (a) Tar remover (consisting by volume of 45% xylene and 55% 
petroleum base mineral spirits);
    (b) Mineral spirits; and
    (c) Fluids other than water contained in the manufacturer's 
instructions for cleaning the reflector.
    S14.6.10.1.2 Fluid application. With a sample headlamp in the 
headlamp test fixture and the lens removed, the entire surface of the 
reflector that receives light from a headlamp light source is wiped 
once to the left and once to the right with a 6-inch square soft cotton 
cloth (with pressure equally applied) which has been saturated once in 
a container with 2 ounces of one of the test fluids listed in 
S14.6.10.1.1. The lamp is wiped within 5 seconds after removal of the 
cloth from the test fluid.
    S14.6.10.1.3 Test duration. After the headlamp has been wiped with 
the test fluid, it is stored in its designed operating attitude for 48 
hours at a temperature of 73[deg] <plus-minus> 7[deg] F (23[deg] <plus-
minus> 4[deg] C) and a relative humidity of 30% <plus-minus> 10%. At 
the end of the 48-hour period, the headlamp is wiped clean with a soft 
dry cotton cloth and visually inspected.
    S14.6.10.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
chemical resistance test, the sample headlamp must have no surface 
deterioration, coating delamination, fractures, deterioration of 
bonding or sealing materials, color bleeding or color pickup visible 
without magnification and the headlamp must meet the requirements of 
the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/
4\[deg] re-aim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
    S14.6.11  Corrosion resistance test of reflectors of replaceable 
lens headlamps test.
    S14.6.11.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.11.1.1 A sample headlamp with the lens removed, unfixtured 
and in its designed operating attitude with all drain holes, breathing 
devices or other designed openings in their normal operating positions, 
must be subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM 
B117-73, Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing (incorporated by reference, 
see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), for 24 hours, while mounted in the 
middle of the chamber.
    S14.6.11.1.2 Afterwards, the headlamp must be stored in its 
designed operating attitude for 48 hours at a temperature of 73[deg] 
<plus-minus> 7[deg] F (23[deg] <plus-minus> 4[deg] C) and a relative 
humidity of 30% <plus-minus> 10% and allowed to dry by natural 
convection only. At the end of the 48-hour period, the reflector must 
be cleaned according to the instructions supplied with the headlamp 
manufacturer's replacement lens, and inspected. The lens and seal must 
then be attached according to these instructions and the headlamp 
tested for photometric performance.
    S14.6.11.2 Performance requirements. After the completion of the 
corrosion test, the sample headlamp must show no evidence of corrosion 
or rust visible without magnification on any part of the headlamp 
reflector that receives light from a headlamp light source, on any 
metal light or heat shield assembly, or on a metal reflector of any 
other lamp. The sample headlamp with the replacement lens installed 
must meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table 
XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] re-aim is permitted in any direction 
at any test point.
    S14.6.12 Inward force test.
    S14.6.12.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp mechanism, including the 
aiming adjusters, must be subjected to an inward force of 222 N 
directed normal to the headlamp aiming plane and symmetrically about 
the center of the headlamp lens face.
    S14.6.12.2 Performance requirements. After the completion of the 
inward force test, a sample headlamp must not permanently recede by 
more than 2.5 mm. The aim of the headlamp must not permanently deviate 
by more than 3.2 mm at a distance of 7.6 m. The aim of any headlamp 
that is capable of being mechanically aimed by externally applied 
aiming devices must not change by more than 0.30[deg].
    S14.6.13 Torque deflection test.
    S14.6.13.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.13.1.1 The sample headlamp assembly is mounted in designed 
vehicle position and set at nominal aim (H=0, V=0).
    S14.6.13.1.2 A sealed beam headlamp, except Type G and Type H, is 
removed from its mounting and replaced by the applicable deflectometer. 
(Type C and Type D-Figure 18, Type A and Type E-Figure 16, Type B-
Figure 17, and Type F-Figure 14).

[[Page 68296]]

    S14.6.13.1.3 Sealed beam headlamps Type G and Type H have the 
adapter of Figure 15 and the deflectometer of Figure 14 attached to the 
headlamp.
    S14.6.13.1.4 A torque of 2.25 Nm must be applied to the headlamp 
assembly through the deflectometer and a reading on the thumbwheel is 
taken. The torque must be removed and a second reading on the 
thumbwheel is taken.
    S14.6.13.1.5 Headlamps other than sealed beam headlamps must have 
the downward force used to create the torque applied parallel to the 
aiming reference plane, through the aiming pads, and displaced forward 
using a lever arm such that the force is applied on an axis that is 
perpendicular to the aiming reference plane and originates at the 
center of the aiming pad pattern (see Figure 3).
    S14.6.13.1.6 For headlamps using the aiming pad locations of Group 
I, the distance between the point of application of force and the 
aiming reference plane is not less than 168.3 mm plus the distance from 
the aiming reference plane to the secondary plane, if used.
    S14.6.13.1.7 For headlamps using the aiming pad locations of Group 
II, the distance between the point of application of force and the 
aiming reference plane is not less than 167.9 mm plus the distance to 
the secondary plane, if used.
    S14.6.13.1.8 For headlamps using the nonadjustable Headlamp Aiming 
Device Locating Plates for the 146 mm diameter, the 176 mm diameter, 
and the 92x150 mm sealed beam, the distance between the point of 
application of force and the aiming plane is not, respectively, less 
than 177.4 mm, 176.2 mm, and 193.7 mm.
    S14.6.13.2 Performance requirements. The aim of each sample 
headlamp must not deviate more than 0.30[deg] when the downward torque 
is removed.
    S14.6.14 Retaining ring test.
    S14.6.14.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp with the minimum flange 
thickness of: Type A-31.5 mm, Type B-10.1 mm, Type C-11.8 mm, Type D-
11.8 mm, Type E-31.5 mm, and Type F-8.6 mm, is secured between the 
appropriate mounting ring and retaining ring (mounting ring and aiming 
ring for Type F).
    S14.6.14.2 Performance requirements. The sample headlamp when 
secured per the procedure must be held tight enough that it will not 
rattle.
    S14.6.15 Headlamp connector test.
    S14.6.15.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp connected into the test 
circuit of Figure 4 has the power supply adjusted until 10 amperes DC 
are flowing through the circuit. The test is repeated for each filament 
circuit of the headlamp.
    S14.6.15.2 Performance requirements. The voltage drop, as measured 
in the test circuit of Figure 4, must not exceed 40 mv DC in any 
applicable filament circuit of the sample headlamp.
    S14.6.16 Headlamp wattage test.
    S14.6.16.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp that has been seasoned is 
energized so as to have 12.8v <plus-minus> 20 mv DC applied across each 
filament circuit and the current flowing in each circuit is measured.
    S14.6.16.2 Performance requirements. The wattage of each filament 
circuit of the sample headlamp must not exceed the applicable value for 
that type of headlamp as shown in Table II.
    S14.6.17 Aiming adjustment test-laboratory.
    S14.6.17.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp is mounted in design 
position at nominal (H = 0, V = 0) aim with an accurate measuring 
device such as a spot projector or other equally accurate means 
attached. The headlamp is adjusted to the extremes of travel in each 
horizontal and vertical direction.
    S14.6.17.2 Performance requirements. Visually aimed lower beam 
headlamps without a VHAD are required not to have a horizontal 
adjustment mechanism and horizontal aim range requirements do not 
apply.
    S14.6.17.2.1 A sample sealed beam headlamp, other than a Type F, 
tested per the procedure must provide a minimum of <plus-minus> 
4.0[deg] adjustment range in both the vertical and horizontal planes 
and if equipped with independent vertical and horizontal aiming screws, 
the adjustment must be such that neither the vertical nor horizontal 
aim must deviate more than 100 mm from horizontal or vertical planes, 
respectively, at a distance of 7.6 m through an angle of <plus-minus> 
4.0[deg].
    S14.6.17.2.2 A sample Type F sealed beam, integral beam, 
replaceable bulb, or combination headlamp tested per the procedure must 
provide a minimum of <plus-minus> 4.0[deg] adjustment range in the 
vertical plane and <plus-minus> 2.5[deg] in the horizontal plane and if 
equipped with independent vertical and horizontal aiming screws, the 
adjustment must be such that neither the vertical nor horizontal aim 
must deviate more than 100 mm from horizontal or vertical planes, 
respectively, at a distance of 7.6 m through an angle of <plus-minus> 
2.5[deg] and <plus-minus> 4.0[deg], respectively.
    S14.6.17.2.3 A sample headlamp that is aimed by moving the 
reflector relative to the lens and headlamp housing, and vice versa 
must provide a minimum adjustment range in the vertical plane not less 
than the full range of the pitch on the vehicle on which it is 
installed and <plus-minus> 2.5[deg] in the horizontal plane.
    S14.6.18 Aiming adjustment test-on vehicle.
    S14.6.18.1 Procedure.
    S14.6.18.1.1 A sample headlamp is mounted on the vehicle at nominal 
(H = 0, V = 0) aim with an accurate measuring device such as a spot 
projector or other equally accurate means attached.
    S14.6.18.1.2 The installed range of static pitch angle is, at a 
minimum, determined from unloaded vehicle weight to gross vehicle 
weight rating, and incorporates pitch angle effects from maximum 
trailer or trunk loadings, the full range of tire intermix sizes and 
suspensions recommended and/or installed by the vehicle manufacturer, 
and the anticipated effects of variable passenger loading.
    S14.6.18.1.3 The headlamp is adjusted to the extremes of travel in 
each horizontal and vertical direction.
    S14.6.18.2 Performance requirements.
    S14.6.18.2.1 A sample headlamp tested per the procedure must 
provide a minimum vertical adjustment range not less than the full 
range of pitch of the vehicle on which it is installed.
    S14.6.18.2.2 The vertical aim mechanism must be continuously 
variable over the full range.
    S14.6.18.2.3 The adjustment of one aim axis through its full on-
vehicle range must not cause the aim of the other axis to deviate more 
than <plus-minus> 0.76[deg]. If this performance is not achievable, the 
requirements of S10.18.3.1 apply, except that if the aiming mechanism 
is not a VHAD, the requirements specific to VHADs are not applicable, 
and the instruction must be specific to the aiming mechanism installed.
    S14.7 Replaceable light source physical test procedures and 
performance requirements.
    S14.7.1 Deflection test for replaceable light sources.
    S14.7.1.1 Procedure.
    S14.7.1.1.1 With the sample light source rigidly mounted in a 
fixture in a manner indicated in Figure 8, a force 4.0 <plus-minus> 0.1 
pounds (17.8 <plus-minus> 0.4N) is applied at a distance ``A'' from the 
reference plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the glass 
capsule and parallel to the smallest dimension of the pressed glass 
capsule seal.

[[Page 68297]]

    S14.7.1.1.2 The force is applied (using a rod with a hard rubber 
tip with a minimum spherical radius of .039 in [1 mm]) radially to the 
surface of the glass capsule in four locations in a plane parallel to 
the reference plane and spaced at a distance ``A'' from that plane. 
These force applications are spaced 90[deg] apart starting at the point 
perpendicular to the smallest dimension of the pressed seal of the 
glass capsule.
    S14.7.1.1.3. The bulb deflection is measured at the glass capsule 
surface at 180[deg] opposite to the force application. Distance ``A'' 
for a replaceable light source other than an HB Type is the dimension 
provided in accordance with Appendix A of part 564 of this chapter, 
section I.A.1 if the light source has a lower beam filament, or as 
specified in section I.B.1 if the light source has only an upper beam 
filament.
    S14.7.1.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
deflection test, a sample light source must have no permanent 
deflection of the glass envelope exceeding 0.13 mm in the direction of 
applied force.
    S14.7.2 Pressure test for replaceable light sources.
    S14.7.2.1 Procedure.
    S14.7.2.1.1 The capsule, lead wires and/or terminals, and seal on 
each sample Type HB1, Type HB3, Type HB4, and Type HB5 light source, 
and on any other replaceable light source which uses a seal, is 
installed in a pressure chamber as shown in Figure 10 so as to provide 
an airtight seal. The diameter of the aperture in Figure 10 on a 
replaceable light source (other than an HB Type) must be that dimension 
furnished for such light source in compliance with Appendix A or 
Appendix B of part 564 of this chapter.
    S14.7.2.1.2 The light source is immersed in water for one minute 
while inserted in a cylindrical aperture specified for the light 
source, and subjected to an air pressure of 70 KPa (10 psig) on the 
glass capsule side.
    S14.7.2.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
pressure test, the sample light source with an airtight seal on the low 
pressure (connector side) must show no evidence of air bubbles on that 
side.
    S14.7.3 Replaceable light source power and flux measurement 
procedure. The measurement of maximum power and luminous flux that is 
submitted in compliance with section VII of Appendix A of part 564 of 
this chapter, or section IV of Appendix B of part 564 of this chapter, 
is made in accordance with this paragraph.
    S14.7.3.1 Seasoning. The filament or discharge arc is seasoned 
before measurement of either maximum power and luminous flux.
    S14.7.3.1.1 Resistive filament source. Seasoning of a light source 
with a resistive element type filament is made in accordance with this 
S14.2.5.4 of this standard.
    S14.7.3.1.2 Discharge source. For a light source using excited gas 
mixtures as a filament or discharge arc, seasoning of the light source 
system, including any ballast required for its operation, is made in 
accordance with section 4.0 of SAE Recommended Practice J2009 FEB93, 
Discharge Forward Lighting Systems.
    S14.7.3.2 Test voltage. Measurements are made with a direct current 
test voltage of 12.8 v regulated within one quarter of one percent.
    S14.7.3.3 Luminous flux measurement. The measurement of luminous 
flux is made in accordance with the Illuminating Engineering Society of 
North America, LM 45; IES Approved Method for Electrical and 
Photometric Measurements of General Service Incandescent Filament Lamps 
(April 1980) (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this 
title).
    S14.7.3.3.1 Resistive filament light source setup. Luminous flux 
measurements are made with the black cap installed on Type HB1, Type 
HB2, Type HB4, and Type HB5, and on any other replaceable light source 
so designed; and is with the electrical conductor and light source base 
shrouded with an opaque white cover, except for the portion normally 
located within the interior of the lamp housing. The measurement of 
luminous flux for the Types HB3 and HB4 is made with the base covered 
with a white cover as shown in the drawings for Types HB3 and HB4 filed 
in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397. The white covers are used to eliminate the 
likelihood of incorrect lumen measurement that will occur should the 
reflectance of the light source base and electrical connector be low.
    S14.7.3.3.2 Discharge light source setup. With the test voltage 
applied to the ballast input terminals, the measurement of luminous 
flux is made with the black cap installed, if so designed, and is made 
with an opaque white colored cover, except for the portion normally 
located within the interior of the lamp housing.
    S14.8 Vehicle headlamp aiming devices (VHAD) physical test 
procedures and performance requirements.
    S14.8.1 Samples. The same VHAD and associated headlamp(s) or 
headlamp assembly must be rigidly mounted in a headlamp test fixture 
with the aiming plane horizontal and vertical and with the scale on the 
device set at 0.
    S14.8.2 Scale graduation test.
    S14.8.2.1 Procedure. Check each graduation on the horizontal and 
vertical aim scales.
    S14.8.2.2 Performance requirements. Scale graduation from correct 
aim must not exceed <plus-minus> 0.2[deg] horizontally and <plus-minus> 
0.1[deg] vertically.
    S14.8.3 Cold scale graduation test.
    S14.8.3.1 Procedure. The VHAD and an unlighted headlamp assembly 
must then be stabilized at -7[deg] <plus-minus> 3[deg]C in a 
circulating air environmental test chamber for a 30 minute temperature 
soak.
    S14.8.3.2 Performance requirements. After completion of a 30 minute 
temperature soak the variation from correct aim shown by the sample 
VHAD must not exceed <plus-minus> 0.2[deg] horizontally and <plus-
minus> 0.1[deg] vertically.
    S14.8.4 Hot scale graduation test.
    S14.8.4.1 Procedure. The VHAD and the headlamp assembly with its 
highest wattage filament, or combination of filaments intended to be 
used simultaneously, energized at its design voltage, is then 
stabilized at 38[deg] <plus-minus> 3 [deg]C in a circulating air 
environmental test chamber for a 30 minute temperature soak.
    S14.8.4.2 Performance requirements. After completion of a 30 minute 
temperature soak the variation from correct aim shown by the sample 
VHAD must not exceed <plus-minus> 0.2[deg] horizontally and <plus-
minus> 0.1[deg] vertically.
    S14.8.5 Thermal cycle test.
    S14.8.5.1 Procedure. The VHAD and an unlighted headlamp assembly 
are then placed in a circulating air environmental test chamber and 
exposed to a temperature of 60[deg] <plus-minus> 3[deg]C for 24 hours, 
followed by a temperature of -40[deg] <plus-minus> 3[deg]C for 24 
hours, and are then permitted to return to room temperature.
    S14.8.5.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the thermal 
cycle test the variation from correct aim shown by the sample VHAD must 
not exceed <plus-minus> 0.2[deg] horizontally and <plus-minus> 0.1[deg] 
vertically and the VHAD and headlamp assembly must show no damage which 
would impair its ability to perform as specified in this standard.
    S14.8.6 Corrosion test.
    S14.8.6.1 Procedure. The VHAD and headlamp assembly are then tested 
according to the headlamp corrosion test of S14.6.3.
    S14.8.6.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the 
corrosion test the sample VHAD and headlamp must not have any observed 
corrosion that would result in the failure of any other

[[Page 68298]]

applicable tests contained in this section.
    S14.8.7 Photometry test.
    S14.8.7.1 Procedure. The VHAD and headlamp assembly are then tested 
for photometric compliance according to the procedure of S14.2.5 and 
for replacement units per S10.18.8.4.
    S14.8.7.2 Performance requirements. The sample headlamp must comply 
with the applicable photometric requirements of Table XIX and Table 
XVIII and with replacement units installed per S10.18.8.4.
    S14.9 Associated equipment physical test procedures and performance 
requirements.
    S14.9.1 Turn signal operating unit durability test.
    S14.9.1.1 Power supply specifications. During the test, the unit is 
operated at 6.4 volts for 6 volt systems or 12.8 volts for 12 volt 
systems from a power supply meeting the following requirements:
    (a) An output current that is at least 10 times the load current;
    (b) Voltage regulation that allows a voltage change of less than 
5%;
    (c) Ripple voltage of not more than 5%;
    (d) A response time of not more than 25 milliseconds rise time from 
0 to rated current at rated voltage in a pure resistance circuit; and
    (e) An output impedance of not more than 0.005 ohms dc.
    S14.9.1.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.1.2.1 The sample unit is operated with the maximum bulb load 
it will experience on the vehicle on which it will be installed. Bulbs 
that fail during the test are replaced. The turn signal flasher is not 
to be included in the test circuit. When the unit includes a self-
canceling means, the test equipment is arranged so that the unit will 
be turned ``off'' in its normal operating manner.
    S14.9.1.2.2 The test is conducted at a rate not to exceed 15 
complete cycles per minute. One complete cycle consists of the 
following sequence: Off, left turn, off, right turn, and return to off.
    S14.9.1.2.3 The voltage drop from the input terminal of the device 
to each lamp output terminal, including 3 in of 16 or 18 gage wire, is 
measured at the start of the test, at intervals of not more than 25,000 
cycles during the test, and at the completion of the test.
    S14.9.1.3 Performance requirements.
    S14.9.1.3.1 A turn signal operating unit is considered to have met 
the requirements of the durability test if it remains operational after 
completing at least 100,000 cycles, and the voltage drop between the 
input contact and any output contact, including required length of 
wire, does not exceed 0.25 volts.
    S14.9.1.3.2 A turn signal operating unit is considered to have met 
the requirements of the durability test if it remains operational after 
completing at least 175,000 cycles for a unit installed on a 
multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus 2032 mm or more in 
overall width, and the voltage drop between the input contact and any 
output contact, including required length of wire, does not exceed 0.25 
volts.
    S14.9.1.3.3 If stop signals also operate through the turn signal 
operating unit, the voltage drop of any additional switch contacts must 
meet the same requirements as the turn signal contacts.
    S14.9.2 Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit durability 
test.
    S14.9.2.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.2.1.1 The sample unit is operated at its rated voltage with 
the maximum bulb load it will experience on the vehicle on which it 
will be installed. Bulbs that fail during the test are replaced. The 
hazard warning signal flasher is not to be included in the test 
circuit.
    S14.9.2.1.2 The unit is turned ``on'' and ``off'' in its normal 
operating manner at a rate not to exceed 15 complete cycles per minute. 
One complete cycle consists of the sequence: Off, on, and return to 
off. The test consists of 10,000 cycles at an ambient temperature of 
75[deg] <plus-minus> 10 [deg]F followed by 1 hour constant ``on'' at 
the same temperature.
    S14.9.2.1.3 The voltage drop from the input terminal of the device 
to each lamp output terminal, including 3 in of 16 or 18 gage wire, is 
measured at the start of the test and at the completion of the test.
    S14.9.2.2 Performance requirements. A hazard warning signal 
operating unit is considered to have met the requirements of the 
durability test if it remains operational after completing 10,000 
cycles and the 1 hour constant ``on'' and the voltage drop between the 
input contact and any output contact, including required length of 
wire, does not exceed 0.3 volts for either 6.4 or 12.8 line voltage 
both at the start and completion of the test.
    S14.9.3 Turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning signal 
flasher tests.
    S14.9.3.1 Standard test circuit. All turn signal flasher and 
vehicular hazard warning signal flasher tests use the standard test 
circuit of Figure 22.
    S14.9.3.1.1 Test circuit setup.
    S14.9.3.1.1.1 The effective series resistance in the total circuit 
between the power supply and the bulb sockets (excluding the flasher 
and bulb load(s) using shorting bars) is 0.10 <plus-minus> 0.01 ohm.
    S14.9.3.1.1.2 The circuit resistance at A-B of Figure 22 is 
measured with flasher and bulb load(s) each shorted out with an 
effective shunt resistance not to exceed 0.005 ohms.
    S14.9.3.1.1.3 The voltage to the bulbs at C-D of Figure 22 is 
adjusted to 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) with the flasher shorted out by 
an effective shunt resistance not to exceed 0.005 ohms. The load 
current is adjusted by simultaneously adjusting trimmer resistors, R.
    S14.9.3.1.1.4 For testing fixed-load flashers at other required 
voltages, adjust the power supply to provide required voltages, at the 
required temperatures, at C-D of Figure 22, without readjustment of 
trimming resistors, R.
    S14.9.3.1.1.5 For variable-load flashers, the circuit is first 
adjusted for 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) at C-D of Figure 22, with the 
minimum required load, and the power supply is adjusted to provide 
other required test voltages, at required temperatures, at C-D of 
Figure 22, without readjustment of trimming resistors, R (each such 
required voltage being set with the minimum required load in place). 
The required voltage tests with the maximum load are conducted without 
readjusting each corresponding power supply voltage, previously set 
with minimum bulb load.
    S14.9.3.1.1.6 A suitable high impedance measuring device connected 
to points X-Y in Figure 22 is used for measuring flash rate, percent 
current ``on'' time, and voltage drop across the flasher. The 
measurement of these quantities does not affect the circuit.
    S14.9.3.2 Power supply specifications.
    S14.9.3.2.1 Starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent 
current ``on'' time tests. The power supply used in the standard test 
circuit for conducting the starting time, the voltage drop, and the 
flash rate and percent current ``on'' time tests must comply with the 
following specifications:
    (a) Must not generate any adverse transients not present in motor 
vehicles;
    (b) Be capable of supplying 11-16 vdc for 12 volt flashers and 5-9 
vdc for 6 volt flashers to the input terminals of the standard test 
circuit;
    (c) Be capable of supplying required design current(s) continuously 
and inrush currents as required by the design bulb load complement;
    (d) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate 
more than 2% with changes in the static load from 0 to maximum (not 
including inrush

[[Page 68299]]

current) nor for static input line voltage variations;
    (e) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate 
more than 1.0 vdc from 0 to maximum load (including inrush current) and 
must recover 63% of its maximum excursion within 100 [mu]sec; and
    (f) Have a ripple voltage of 75mv, peak to peak.
    S14.9.3.2.2 Durability tests. The power supply used in the standard 
test circuit for conducting durability tests must comply with the 
following specifications:
    (a) Must not generate any adverse transients not present in motor 
vehicles;
    (b) Be capable of supplying 13 vdc and 14 vdc for 12 volt flashers 
and 6.5 vdc and 7 vdc for 6 volt flashers to the input terminals of the 
standard test circuit;
    (c) Be capable of supplying a continuous output current of the 
design load for one flasher times the number of flashers and inrush 
currents as required by the design bulb load complement;
    (d) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate 
more than 2% with changes in the static load from 0 to maximum (not 
including inrush current) and means must be provided to compensate for 
static input line voltage variations;
    (e) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate 
more than 1.0 vdc from 0 to maximum load (including inrush current) and 
must recover 63% of its maximum excursion within 5 [mu]sec; and
    (f) Have a ripple voltage of 300 mv, peak to peak.
    S14.9.3.3 Turn signal flasher starting time test.
    S14.9.3.3.1 Samples. Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from 
fifty representative samples are subjected to a starting time test 
using the standard test circuit.
    S14.9.3.3.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.3.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of 75 
<plus-minus> 10 [deg]F with the design load (variable load flashers are 
tested with their minimum and their maximum design load) connected and 
the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply design voltage 
at the bulbs.
    S14.9.3.3.2.2 The time measurement starts when the voltage is 
initially applied. Compliance is based on an average of three starts 
for each sample separated by a cooling interval of 5 minutes.
    S14.9.3.3.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the 
starting time test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples 
comply with the following:
    (a) A flasher having normally closed contacts must open (turn off) 
within 1.0 second for a device designed to operate two signal lamps, or 
within 1.25 seconds for a device designed to operate more than two 
lamps, or
    (b) A flasher having normally open contacts must complete the first 
cycle (close the contacts and then open the contacts) within 1.5 
seconds.
    S14.9.3.4 Turn signal flasher voltage drop test.
    S14.9.3.4.1 Samples. The same twenty sample flashers used in the 
starting time test are subjected to a voltage drop test using the 
standard test circuit.
    S14.9.3.4.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.4.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of 75 
<plus-minus> 10 [deg]F with the design load (variable load flashers are 
tested with their maximum design load) connected and the power source 
for the standard test circuit adjusted to apply 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts 
at the bulbs according to the flasher rating.
    S14.9.3.4.2.2 The voltage drop is measured between the input and 
load terminals of the flasher during the ``on'' period after the 
flashers have completed at least five consecutive cycles.
    S14.9.3.4.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the 
voltage drop test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples 
comply with the lowest voltage drop across any flasher not exceeding 
0.80 volt.
    S14.9.3.5 Turn signal flasher flash rate and percent current ``on'' 
time test.
    S14.9.3.5.1 Samples. The same twenty sample flashers used in the 
voltage drop test are subjected to a flash rate and percent of current 
``on'' time test.
    S14.9.3.5.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.5.2.1 The test is conducted using the standard test circuit 
with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their 
minimum and their maximum design load) connected and design voltage 
applied to the bulbs.
    S14.9.3.5.2.2 Compliance is determined using the following 
combinations of ambient temperature and bulb voltage:
    (a) 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) and 75[deg] <plus-minus> 10 [deg]F,
    (b) 12.0 volts (or 6.0 volts) and 0[deg] <plus-minus> 5 [deg]F,
    (c) 15.0 volts (or 7.5 volts) and 0[deg] <plus-minus> 5 [deg]F,
    (d) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 125[deg] <plus-minus> 5 [deg]F, 
and
    (e) 14.0 volts (or 7.0 volts) and 125[deg] <plus-minus> 5 [deg]F.
    S14.9.3.5.2.3 Flash rate and percent current ``on'' time are 
measured after the flashers have completed five consecutive cycles and 
are determined by an average of at least three consecutive cycles.
    S14.9.3.5.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the flash 
rate and percent current ``on'' time test are considered to have been 
met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the following:
    (a) The performance of a normally closed type flasher must be 
within the unshaded portion of the polygon shown in Figure 2, or
    (b) The performance of a normally open type flasher must be within 
the entire rectangle including the shaded areas shown in Figure 2.
    S14.9.3.6 Turn signal flasher durability test.
    S14.9.3.6.1 Samples. Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from 
the thirty samples not used in the previous tests are subjected to a 
durability test.
    S14.9.3.6.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.6.2.1 Conformance of the samples to the starting time, 
voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current ``on'' time tests 
(limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75[deg] <plus-minus> 
10[deg] F test condition only) is established.
    S14.9.3.6.2.2 The test is conducted on each sample with the design 
load (variable load flashers are tested with their maximum design load) 
connected and 14 volts or 7.0 volts, according to the flasher rating, 
applied to the input terminals of the standard test circuit.
    S14.9.3.6.2.3 The test cycle consists of 15 seconds on followed by 
15 seconds off for a total time of 200 hours in an ambient temperature 
of 75[deg] <plus-minus> 10[deg] F.
    S14.9.3.6.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the 
durability test are considered to have been met if, after completion, 
17 of 20 samples comply with the performance requirements of the 
starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current 
``on'' time tests (limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75[deg] 
<plus-minus> 10[deg] F test condition only) when tested in the standard 
test circuit with design load and 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) applied to 
the bulbs.
    S14.9.3.7 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher starting time 
test.
    S14.9.3.7.1 Samples. Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from 
fifty representative samples are subjected to a starting time test 
using the standard test circuit.
    S14.9.3.7.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.7.2.1 The test is conducted test in an ambient temperature 
of 75[deg] <plus-minus> 10[deg] F with the minimum and maximum load 
connected and the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply 
design voltage at the bulbs.

[[Page 68300]]

    S14.9.3.7.2.2 The time measurement starts when the voltage is 
initially applied.
    S14.9.3.7.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the 
starting time test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples 
comply with the following:
    (a) A flasher having normally closed contacts must open (turn off) 
within 1.5 seconds after the voltage is applied, or
    (b) A flasher having normally open contacts must complete the first 
cycle (close the contacts and then open the contacts) within 1.5 
seconds after the voltage is applied.
    S14.9.3.8 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher voltage drop 
test.
    S14.9.3.8.1 Samples. The same twenty sample flashers used in the 
starting time test are subjected to a voltage drop test using the 
standard test circuit.
    S14.9.3.8.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.8.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of 
75[deg] <plus-minus> 10[deg] F with the maximum design load connected 
and the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply design 
voltage at the bulbs.
    S14.9.3.8.2.2 The voltage drop is measured between the input and 
load terminals of the flasher during the ``on'' period after the 
flashers have completed at least five consecutive cycles.
    S14.9.3.8.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the 
voltage drop test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples 
comply with the lowest voltage drop across any flasher must not exceed 
0.8 volt.
    S14.9.3.9 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher flash rate and 
percent ``on'' time test.
    S14.9.3.9.1 Samples. The same twenty sample flashers used in the 
voltage drop test are subjected to a flash rate and percent of current 
``on'' time test.
    S14.9.3.9.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.9.2.1 The test is conducted using the standard test circuit 
by and applying loads of from two signal lamps to the maximum design 
loading including pilot indicator.
    S14.9.3.9.2.2 Compliance is determined using the following 
combinations of ambient temperature and bulb voltage:
    (a) 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) and 75[deg] <plus-minus> 10[deg] F,
    (b) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 125[deg] <plus-minus> 5[deg] F,
    (c) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 0[deg] <plus-minus> 5[deg] F,
    (d) 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) and 125[deg] <plus-minus> 5[deg] F, 
and
    (e) 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) and 0[deg] <plus-minus> 5[deg] F.
    S14.9.3.9.2.3 Flash rate and percent current ``on'' time are 
measured after the flashers have completed five consecutive cycles and 
are determined by an average of at least three consecutive cycles.
    S14.9.3.9.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the flash 
rate and percent current ``on'' time test are considered to have been 
met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the following:
    (a) The performance of a normally closed type flasher must be 
within the unshaded portion of the polygon shown in Figure 2, or
    (b) The performance of a normally open type flasher must be within 
the entire rectangle including the shaded areas shown in Figure 2.
    S14.9.3.10 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher durability test.
    S14.9.3.10.1 Samples. Twenty sample flashers chosen from random 
from the thirty samples not used in the previous tests are subjected to 
a durability test.
    S14.9.3.10.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.10.2.1 Conformance of the samples to the starting time, 
voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current ``on'' time tests 
(limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75[deg] <plus-minus> 
10[deg] F test condition only) is established.
    S14.9.3.10.2.2 The test is conducted on each sample with the 
maximum design load connected and 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) applied to 
the input terminals of the standard test circuit.
    S14.9.3.10.2.3 The flasher is subjected to continuous flashing for 
a total time of 36 hours in an ambient temperature of 75[deg] <plus-
minus> 10[deg] F.
    S14.9.3.10.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the 
durability test are considered to have been met if, after completion, 
17 of 20 samples comply with the performance requirements of the 
starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current 
``on'' time tests (limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75[deg] 
<plus-minus> 10[deg] F test condition only) when tested in the standard 
test circuit with the power source adjusted to provide design voltage 
to the bulbs and with a minimum load of two signal lamp bulbs and the 
maximum design load, including pilot lamps, as specified by the 
manufacturer at an ambient temperature of 75[deg] <plus-minus> 10[deg] 
F.
    S14.9.3.11 Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device tests.
    S14.9.3.11.1 Test conditions. All tests are conducted with 13 volts 
input to the device unless otherwise specified.
    S14.9.3.11.2 Sensitivity test.
    S14.9.3.11.2.1 Samples. The sample device is mounted in and 
operated in the laboratory in the same environment as that encountered 
on the vehicle, that is tinted glass, grille work, etc.
    S14.9.3.11.2.2 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.2.2.1 The sample device is adjusted for sensitivity in 
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. It is exposed to a 
light source capable of providing a variable intensity of at least 1.5 
cd to 150 cd at 100 feet from the sample device.
    S14.9.3.11.2.2.2 The device is switched to the lower beam mode in 
accordance with the ``dim'' limits specified and switched back to the 
upper beam mode in accordance with the ``hold'' limits specified for 
the specified test positions.
    S14.9.3.11.2.2.3 To provide more complete information on 
sensitivity throughout the required vertical and horizontal angles, a 
set of constant footcandle curves are made at ``dim'' sensitivities of 
17, 25, and 100 cd at 100 ft.
    S14.9.3.11.2.3 Performance requirements.
    S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 Operating limits.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Test position (degrees)                Dim (cd at 100 ft)                 Hold (cd at 100 ft)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H V......................................  Adjust to 15...............  1.5 min to 3.75 max.
H 2L.....................................  25 max.....................  1.5 min.
H 4L.....................................  40 max.....................  1.5 min.
H 6L.....................................  75 max.....................  1.5 min.
H 2R.....................................  25 max.....................  1.5 min.
H 5R.....................................  150 max to 40 min..........  1.5 min.
1D V.....................................  30 max.....................  1.5 min.
1U V.....................................  30 max.....................  1.5 min.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 68301]]

    S14.9.3.11.2.3.2 There must be no sensitivity voids shown in the 
constant footcandle curves within the area limited by the test 
positions.
    S14.9.3.11.3 Voltage regulation test.
    S14.9.3.11.3.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.3.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted 
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
    S14.9.3.11.3.1.2 The ``dim'' sensitivity is measured at the H-V 
test position at 11 volts input to the device and at 15 volts input to 
the device.
    S14.9.3.11.3.2 Performance requirements. The device must switch to 
the lower beam mode at between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft) 
with the input voltage at 11 volts and at 15 volts.
    S14.9.3.11.4 Manual override test.
    S14.9.3.11.4.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.4.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted 
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
    S14.9.3.11.4.1.2 The device is exposed to a test light that causes 
it to switch to the lower beam mode.
    S14.9.3.11.4.1.3 The manufacturer's instructions are followed to 
cause the device to override the test light and switch to upper beam.
    S14.9.3.11.4.1.4 In a similar manner, the test light is 
extinguished to cause the device to switch to the upper beam mode.
    S14.9.3.11.4.1.5 Again the manufacturer's instructions are followed 
to cause the device to switch to lower beam.
    S14.9.3.11.4.2 Performance requirements. The device, when operated 
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, must switch to the 
opposite beam with the test light energized and with the test light 
extinguished.
    S14.9.3.11.5 Warmup test.
    S14.9.3.11.5.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.5.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted 
so that it complies with the sensitivity test and the test lamp 
extinguished.
    S14.9.3.11.5.1.2 The test lamp will then be energized at a level of 
25 (cd at 100 ft) at the H-V position of the device and the time for 
the device to switch to lower beam is measured.
    S14.9.3.11.5.2 Performance requirements. If the warmup time of the 
device exceeds 10 seconds it shall maintain the headlamps on lower beam 
during warmup.
    S14.9.3.11.6 Temperature test.
    S14.9.3.11.6.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.6.1.1 The sample device is exposed for 1 hour in a 
temperature corresponding to that at the device mounting location.
    S14.9.3.11.6.1.2 For a device mounted in the passenger compartment 
or the engine compartment, the temperature is 210[deg] F, mounted 
elsewhere, the temperature is 150[deg] F.
    S14.9.3.11.6.1.3 After this exposure the H-V ``dim'' sensitivity of 
the sample device is measured over the temperature range of -30[deg] F 
to +100[deg] F.
    S14.9.3.11.6.2 Performance requirements. The device must switch to 
the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft) over 
the temperature range of -30[deg] F to +100[deg] F.
    S14.9.3.11.7 Dust test.
    S14.9.3.11.7.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.7.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted 
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
    S14.9.3.11.7.1.2 The device is then subjected to the dust test of 
S14.5.3.
    S14.9.3.11.7.1.3 At the conclusion of the dust exposure the lens of 
the device must be wiped clean and the H-V ``dim'' sensitivity of the 
sample device is measured.
    S14.9.3.11.7.2 Performance requirements. The device must switch to 
the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
    S14.9.3.11.8 Corrosion test.
    S14.9.3.11.8.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.8.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted 
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
    S14.9.3.11.8.1.2 All system components located outside the 
passenger compartment must be subjected to the corrosion test of 
S14.5.4 with the device not operating.
    S14.9.3.11.8.1.3 Water is not permitted to accumulate on any 
connector socket.
    S14.9.3.11.8.1.4 At the conclusion of the test the H-V ``dim'' 
sensitivity of the sample device must be measured.
    S14.9.3.11.8.2 Performance requirements. The sample device must 
switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 
100 ft).
    S14.9.3.11.9 Vibration test.
    S14.9.3.11.9.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.9.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted 
so that it complies with the sensitivity test and the mechanical aim of 
the photounit determined.
    S14.9.3.11.9.1.2 The sample device must be mounted in proper 
vehicle position and subjected to vibration of 5g constant acceleration 
for \1/2\ hour in each of three directions: vertical; horizontal and 
parallel to the vehicle longitudinal axis; and horizontal and normal to 
the vehicle longitudinal axis.
    S14.9.3.11.9.1.3 The vibration frequency must be varied from 30 to 
200 and back to 30 cycles per second over a period of approximately 1 
minute.
    S14.9.3.11.9.1.4 The device must be operating during the test.
    S14.9.3.11.9.1.5 At the conclusion of the test the H-V ``dim'' 
sensitivity of the sample device and the mechanical aim of the 
photounit must be measured.
    S14.9.3.11.9.2 Performance requirements.
    S14.9.3.11.9.2.1 The sample device must switch to the lower beam 
mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
    S14.9.3.11.9.2.2 The mechanical aim of the device photounit must 
not have changed by more than 0.25[deg] from the initial value.
    S14.9.3.11.10 Sunlight test.
    S14.9.3.11.10.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.10.1.1 The sample device must be exposed for 1 hour in 
bright noonday sunlight (5000 fc minimum illumination with a clear sky) 
with the photounit aimed as it would be in service and facing an 
unobstructed portion of the horizon in the direction of the sun.
    S14.9.3.11.10.1.2 The device must then be rested for 1 hour in 
normal room light at room temperature and the H-V ``dim'' sensitivity 
of the sample device is measured.
    S14.9.3.11.10.2 Performance requirements. The sample device must 
switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 
100 ft).
    S14.9.3.11.11 Durability test.
    S14.9.3.11.11.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.11.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted 
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
    S14.9.3.11.11.1.2 The device photounit operated at a 13.0 input 
voltage on a cycle of 90 minutes on and 30 minutes off must be 
activated by a 60 cd light source at 100 ft, or equivalent, which is 
cycled on and off 4 times per minute for a period of 200 hours.
    S14.9.3.11.11.1.3 The device must then rest for 2 hours in a 
lighted area of 50 to 150 fc after which the H-V ``dim'' sensitivity 
must be measured.
    S14.9.3.11.11.2 Performance requirements. The sample device must 
switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 
100 ft).
    S14.9.3.11.12 Return to upper beam test.
    S14.9.3.11.12.1 Procedure.
    S14.9.3.11.12.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted 
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
    S14.9.3.11.12.1.2 The lens of the photounit must be exposed to 
light of 100 fc for 10 seconds.
    S14.9.3.11.12.2 Performance requirements. The sample device must 
switch to upper beam mode within 2 seconds after the 100 fc light is 
extinguished.

[[Page 68302]]



                                Table I.-a--Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Lighting device           Number and color   Mounting  location    Mounting height    Device activation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  All Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and Buses
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lower Beam Headlamps............  White, of a         On the front, at    Not less than 55.9
                                   headlighting        the same height,    cm nor more than
                                   system listed in    symmetrically       137.2 cm.
                                   Table II.           about the          The wiring harness
                                                       vertical            or connector
                                                       centerline, as      assembly of each
                                                       far apart as        headlighting
                                                       practicable.        system must be
                                                                           designed so that
                                                                           only those light
                                                                           sources intended
                                                                           for meeting lower
                                                                           beam photometrics
                                                                           are energized
                                                                           when the beam
                                                                           selector switch
                                                                           is in the lower
                                                                           beam position,
                                                                           and that only
                                                                           those light
                                                                           sources intended
                                                                           for meeting upper
                                                                           beam photometrics
                                                                           are energized
                                                                           when the beam
                                                                           selector switch
                                                                           is in the upper
                                                                           beam position,
                                                                           except for
                                                                           certain systems
                                                                           listed in Table
                                                                           II..
                                                                          Steady burning,
                                                                           except that may
                                                                           be flashed for
                                                                           signaling
                                                                           purposes..
Upper Beam Headlamps............  White, of a         On the front, at    Not less than 55.9
                                   headlighting        the same height,    cm nor more than
                                   system listed in    symmetrically       137.2 cm.
                                   Table II.           about the
                                                       vertical
                                                       centerline, as
                                                       far apart as
                                                       practicable.
Turn Signal Lamps...............  2 Amber...........  At or near the      Not less than 15    Flash when the
                                                       front, at the       inches, nor more    turn signal
                                                       same height,        than 83 inches.     flasher is
                                                       symmetrically                           actuated by the
                                                       about the                               turn signal
                                                       vertical                                operating unit.
                                                       centerline, as
                                                       far apart as
                                                       practicable.
                                  2 Amber or red      On the rear, at
                                   Truck tractor       the same height,
                                   exception, see      symmetrically
                                   S6.1.1.3.           about the
                                                       vertical
                                                       centerline, as
                                                       far apart as
                                                       practicable.
Taillamps.......................  2 Red.............  On the rear, at     Not less than 15    Steady burning.
                                                       the same height,    inches, nor more    Must be activated
                                                       symmetrically       than 72 inches.     when the
                                                       about the                               headlamps are
                                                       vertical                                activated in a
                                                       centerline, as                          steady burning
                                                       far apart as                            state or the
                                                       practicable.                            parking lamps on
                                                                                               passenger cars
                                                                                               and MPVs, trucks,
                                                                                               and buses less
                                                                                               than 80 inches in
                                                                                               overall width are
                                                                                               activated.
                                                                                              May be activated
                                                                                               when the
                                                                                               headlamps are
                                                                                               activated at less
                                                                                               than full
                                                                                               intensity as
                                                                                               Daytime Running
                                                                                               Lamps (DRL).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stop Lamps......................  2 Red.............  On the rear, at     Not less than 15    Steady burning.
                                                       the same height,    inches, nor more    Must be activated
                                                       symmetrically       than 72 inches.     upon application
                                                       about the                               of the service
                                                       vertical                                brakes. When
                                                       centerline, as                          optically
                                                       far apart as                            combined with a
                                                       practicable.                            turn signal lamp,
                                                                                               the circuit must
                                                                                               be such that the
                                                                                               stop signal
                                                                                               cannot be
                                                                                               activated if the
                                                                                               turn signal lamp
                                                                                               is flashing.

[[Page 68303]]

 
                                                                                              May also be
                                                                                               activated by a
                                                                                               device designed
                                                                                               to retard the
                                                                                               motion of the
                                                                                               vehicle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Side Marker Lamps...............  2 Amber             On each side as     Not less than 15    Steady burning
                                                       far to the front    inches.             except may be
                                                       as practicable.                         flashed for
                                                                                               signaling
                                                                                               purposes. Must be
                                                                                               activated when
                                                                                               the headlamps are
                                                                                               activated in a
                                                                                               steady burning
                                                                                               state or the
                                                                                               parking lamps on
                                                                                               passenger cars
                                                                                               and MPVs, trucks,
                                                                                               and buses less
                                                                                               than 80 inches in
                                                                                               overall width are
                                                                                               activated.
                                  2 Red (not          On each side as
                                   required on truck   far to the rear
                                   tractor).           as practicable.
Reflex Reflectors...............  On each side as     2 Amber...........  Not less than 15    Not applicable.
                                   far to the front                        inches, nor more
                                   as practicable.                         than 60 inches.
                                  2 Red (not          On each side as
                                   required on truck   far to the rear
                                   tractor).           as practicable.
                                  2 Red.............  On the rear, at
                                                       the same height,
                                                       symmetrically
                                                       about the
                                                       vertical
                                                       centerline, as
                                                       far apart as
                                                       practicable.
                                                      On a truck tractor
                                                       may be mounted on
                                                       the back of the
                                                       cab not less than
                                                       4 inches above
                                                       the height of the
                                                       rear tires..
Backup Lamp.....................  1 White.            On the rear.        No requirement.     Steady burning.
                                   Additional lamps                                           Must be activated
                                   permitted to meet                                           when the ignition
                                   requirements.                                               switch is
                                                                                               energized and
                                                                                               reverse gear is
                                                                                               engaged.
                                                                                              Must not be
                                                                                               energized when
                                                                                               the vehicle is in
                                                                                               forward motion.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
License Plate Lamp..............  1 White.            On the rear to      No requirement.     Steady burning.
                                   Additional lamps    illuminate                             Must be activated
                                   permitted to meet   license plate                           when the
                                   requirements.       from top or                             headlamps are
                                                       sides.                                  activated in a
                                                                                               steady burning
                                                                                               state or when the
                                                                                               parking lamps on
                                                                                               passenger cars
                                                                                               and MPVs, trucks,
                                                                                               and buses less
                                                                                               than 80 inches in
                                                                                               overall width are
                                                                                               activated.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Additional Lamps Required on All Passenger Cars, and on Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and
                                    Buses, Less Than 2032 MM in Overall Width
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parking lamps...................  2 Amber or white.   On the front, at    Not less than 15    Steady burning.
                                                       the same height,    inches, nor more    Must be activated
                                                       symmetrically       than 72 inches.     when the
                                                       about the                               headlamps are
                                                       vertical                                activated in a
                                                       centerline, as                          steady burning
                                                       far apart as                            state.
                                                       practicable.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Additional Lamp(s) Required on All Passenger Cars, and on Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and
                 Buses, Less Than 2032 MM in Overall Width and With a GVWR of 10,000 LBS or Less
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High mounted stop lamp..........  1 Red, or 2 red     On the rear         Not less than 34    Steady burning.
                                   where exceptions    including           inches except for   Must only be
                                   apply. See          glazing, with the   passenger cars.     activated upon
                                   Section 6.1.1.2.    lamp center on      See Section         application of
                                                       the vertical        6.1.4.1.            the service
                                                       centerline as                           brakes or by a
                                                       viewed from the                         device designed
                                                       rear.                                   to retard the
                                                                                               motion of the
                                                                                               vehicle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 68304]]

 
 Additional Lamps and Reflective Devices Required on All Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV),
                                      Trucks, and Buses, 30 Feet or Longer
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate side marker lamps..  2 Amber...........  On each side        Not less than 15    Steady burning
                                                       located at or       inches.             except may be
                                                       near the midpoint                       flashed for
                                                       between the front                       signaling
                                                       and rear side                           purposes.
                                                       marker lamps.                          Must be activated
                                                                                               when the
                                                                                               headlamps are
                                                                                               activated in a
                                                                                               steady burning
                                                                                               state or when the
                                                                                               parking lamps on
                                                                                               passenger cars
                                                                                               and MPVs, trucks,
                                                                                               and buses less
                                                                                               than 80 inches in
                                                                                               overall width are
                                                                                               activated.
Intermediate side reflex          2 Amber...........  On each side        Not less than 15    Not applicable.
 reflectors.                                           located at or       inches, nor more
                                                       near the midpoint   than 60 inches.
                                                       between the front
                                                       and rear side
                                                       reflex
                                                       reflectors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Additional Lamps Required on All Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Truck, and Buses, 2032 MM or More in
                                                  Overall Width
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clearance lamps.................  2 Amber...........  On the front to     As near the top as  Steady burning.
                                                       indicate the        practicable.
                                                       overall width of
                                                       the vehicle, or
                                                       width of cab on
                                                       truck tractor, at
                                                       the same height,
                                                       symmetrically
                                                       about the
                                                       vertical
                                                       centerline.
                                  ..................  May be located at
                                                       a location other
                                                       than the front if
                                                       necessary to
                                                       indicate the
                                                       overall width of
                                                       the vehicle, or
                                                       for protection
                                                       from damage
                                                       during normal
                                                       operation of the
                                                       vehicle.
                                  2 Red (not          On the rear to      As near the top as  Steady burning.
                                   required on truck   indicate the        practicable,
                                   tractor).           overall width of    except where the
                                                       the vehicle, at     rear
                                                       the same height,    identification
                                                       symmetrically       lamps are mounted
                                                       about the           at the extreme
                                                       vertical            height of the
                                                       centerline.         vehicle.
                                                      May be located at   Practicability of
                                                       a location other    locating lamps on
                                                       than the rear if    the vehicle
                                                       necessary to        header is
                                                       indicate the        presumed when the
                                                       overall width of    header extends at
                                                       the vehicle, or     least 25 mm (1
                                                       for protection      inch) above the
                                                       from damage         rear doors..
                                                       during normal
                                                       operation of the
                                                       vehicle..
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Additional Lamps Required on All Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Truck, and Buses, 2032 MM or More in
                                                  Overall Width
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identification lamps............  3 Amber...........  On the front, at    As near the top of  Steady burning.
                                                       the same height,    the vehicle or
                                                       as close as         top of the cab as
                                                       practicable to      practicable.
                                                       the vertical
                                                       centerline, with
                                                       lamp centers
                                                       spaced not less
                                                       than 6 inches or
                                                       more than 12
                                                       inches apart.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 68305]]

 
                                  3 Red (not          On the rear, at     As near the top as  Steady burning.
                                   required on truck   the same height,    practicable.
                                   tractor).           as close as         Practicability of
                                                       practicable to      locating lamps on
                                                       the vertical        the vehicle
                                                       centerline, with    header is
                                                       lamp centers        presumed when the
                                                       spaced not less     header extends at
                                                       than 6 inches or    least 25 mm (1
                                                       more than 12        inch) above the
                                                       inches apart.       rear doors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Additional Lamps Required on All School Buses Except Multifunction School Activity Buses
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signal warning lamps............  2 Red plus 2 amber  On the front of     As high as          Flashing
                                   optional.           the cab as far      practicable but     alternately
                                                       apart as            at least above      between 60 to 120
                                                       practicable, but    the windshield.     cycles per
                                                       in no case shall                        minute, with an
                                                       the spacing                             activation period
                                                       between lamps be                        sufficient to
                                                       less than 40                            allow the lamp to
                                                       inches.                                 reach full
                                                      Amber lamps, when                        brightness, when
                                                       installed, at the                       actuated by a
                                                       same height as                          manual switch.
                                                       and just inboard                       Amber lamps, when
                                                       of the red lamp..                       installed, may
                                                                                               only be activated
                                                                                               by manual or foot
                                                                                               operation, and
                                                                                               must be
                                                                                               automatically
                                                                                               deactivated and
                                                                                               the red lamps
                                                                                               must be
                                                                                               automatically
                                                                                               activated when
                                                                                               the bus entrance
                                                                                               door is opened.
                                  2 Red plus 2 amber  On the rear cab as  As high as          Flashing
                                   optional.           far apart as        practicable but     alternately
                                                       practicable, but    at least above      between 60 to 120
                                                       in no case shall    the top of any      cycles per
                                                       the spacing         side window         minute, with an
                                                       between lamps be    opening.            activation period
                                                       less than 40                            sufficient to
                                                       inches.                                 allow the lamp to
                                                      Amber lamps, when                        reach full
                                                       installed, at the                       brightness, when
                                                       same height as                          actuated by a
                                                       and just inboard                        manual switch.
                                                       of the red lamp..                      Amber lamps, when
                                                                                               installed, may
                                                                                               only be activated
                                                                                               by manual or foot
                                                                                               operation, and
                                                                                               must be
                                                                                               automatically
                                                                                               deactivated and
                                                                                               the red lamps
                                                                                               must be
                                                                                               automatically
                                                                                               activated when
                                                                                               the bus entrance
                                                                                               door is opened.
   Daytime Running Lamps Permitted But Not Required on Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV),
                                                Trucks, and Buses
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daytime running lamp (DRL)......  2 identically       On the front,       Not more than       Steady burning.
                                   colored either      symmetrically       1.067 meters        Automatically
                                   white, white to     disposed about      above the road      activated as
                                   yellow, white to    the vertical        surface if not a    determined by the
                                   selective yellow,   centerline if not   pair of lamps       vehicle
                                   selective yellow,   a pair of lamps     required by this    manufacturer and
                                   or yellow.          required by this    standard or if      automatically
                                                       standard or if      not optically       deactivated when
                                                       not optically       combined with a     the headlamp
                                                       combined with a     pair of lamps       control is in any
                                                       pair of lamps       required by this    ``on'' position.
                                                       required by this    standard.          Each DRL optically
                                                       standard.          See S7.10.13(b)      combined with a
                                                                           for additional      turn signal lamp
                                                                           height              must be
                                                                           limitation..        automatically
                                                                                               deactivated as a
                                                                                               DRL when the turn
                                                                                               signal lamp or
                                                                                               hazard warning
                                                                                               lamp is
                                                                                               activated, and
                                                                                               automatically
                                                                                               reactivated as a
                                                                                               DRL when the turn
                                                                                               signal lamp or
                                                                                               hazard warning
                                                                                               lamp is
                                                                                               deactivated.
                                                                                              See S7.10.10.1(c)
                                                                                               for additional
                                                                                               activation
                                                                                               requirements when
                                                                                               mounted close to,
                                                                                               or combined with,
                                                                                               a turn signal
                                                                                               lamp.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 68306]]


                                Table I-b.--Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Lighting device           Number and color    Mounting location    Mounting height    Device activation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  All Trailers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn Signal Lamps...............  2 Red or amber....  On the rear, at     Not less than 15    Flash when the
                                                       the same height,    inches, nor more    turn signal
                                                       symmetrically       than 83 inches.     flasher is
                                                       about the                               actuated by the
                                                       vertical                                turn signal
                                                       centerline, as                          operating unit.
                                                       far apart as
                                                       practicable.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taillamps.......................  2 Red or 1 red on   On the rear, at     Not less than 15    Steady burning.
                                   trailers less       the same height,    inches, nor more
                                   than 30 inches      symmetrically       than 72 inches.
                                   wide.               about the
                                                       vertical
                                                       centerline, as
                                                       far apart as
                                                       practicable. When
                                                       a single lamp is
                                                       installed it must
                                                       be mounted at or
                                                       near the vertical
                                                       centerline.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stop Lamps......................  2 Red, or 1 red on  On the rear, at     Not less than 15    Steady burning.
                                   trailers less       the same height,    inches, nor more    Must be activated
                                   than 30 inches      symmetrically       than 72 inches.     upon application
                                   wide.               about the                               of the service
                                                       vertical                                brakes.
                                                       centerline, as                         When optically
                                                       far apart as                            combined with a
                                                       practicable. When                       turn signal lamp,
                                                       a single lamp is                        the circuit must
                                                       installed it must                       be such that the
                                                       be mounted at or                        stop signal
                                                       near the vertical                       cannot be
                                                       centerline.                             activated if the
                                                                                               turn signal lamp
                                                                                               is flashing.
                                                                                              May also be
                                                                                               activated by a
                                                                                               device designed
                                                                                               to retard the
                                                                                               motion of the
                                                                                               vehicle.
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Side Marker Lamps...............  2 Amber. None       On each side as     Not less than 15    Steady burning
                                   required on         far to the front    inches.             except may be
                                   trailers less       as practicable                          flashed for
                                   than 1829 mm [6     exclusive of the                        signaling
                                   ft] in overall      trailer tongue.                         purposes.
                                   length including
                                   the trailer
                                   tongue.
                                  2 Red.............  On each side as     Not less than 15
                                                       far to the rear     inches. Not more
                                                       as practicable.     than 60 inches on
                                                                           trailers 2032 mm
                                                                           or more in
                                                                           overall width.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reflex Reflectors. A trailer      2 Amber. None       On each side as     Not less than 15    Not applicable.
 equipped with a conspicuity       required on         far to the front    inches, nor more
 treatment in conformance with     trailers less       as practicable      than 60 inches.
 S8.2 of this standard need not    than 1829 mm [6     exclusive of the
 be equipped with reflex           ft] in overall      trailer tongue.
 reflectors if the conspicuity     length including   ..................
 material is placed at the         the trailer        On each side as
 locations of the required         tongue.             far to the rear
 reflex reflectors.               2 Red.............   as practicable..
                                  ..................  On the rear, at
                                  ..................   the same height,
                                  2 Red or 1 red on    symmetrically
                                   trailers less       about the
                                   than 30 inches      vertical
                                   wide.               centerline, as
                                                       far apart as
                                                       practicable..
                                                      When a single
                                                       reflector is
                                                       installed it must
                                                       be mounted at or
                                                       near the vertical
                                                       centerline.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
License Plate Lamp..............  1 White...........  On the rear to      No requirement....  Steady burning.
                                  Additional lamps     illuminate
                                   permitted to meet   license plate
                                   requirements.       from top or sides.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 68307]]

 
               Additional Lamps and Reflective Devices Required on all Trailers 30 Feet or Longer
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate side marker lamps..  2 Amber...........  On each side        Not less than 15    Steady burning
                                                       located at or       inches.             except may be
                                                       near the midpoint                       flashed for
                                                       between the front                       signaling
                                                       and rear side                           purposes.
                                                       marker lamps.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate side reflex          2 Amber...........  On each side        Not less than 15    Not applicable.
 reflectors. A trailer equipped                        located at or       inches, nor more
 with a conspicuity treatment in                       near the midpoint   than 60 inches.
 conformance with S8.2 of this                         between the front
 standard need not be equipped                         and rear side
 with reflex reflectors if the                         reflex reflectors.
 conspicuity material is placed
 at the locations of the
 required reflex reflectors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Additional Lamps Required on all Trailers 2032 MM or More in Overall Width
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clearance lamps.................  2 Amber...........  On the front to     As near the top as  Steady burning.
                                                       indicate the        practicable.
                                                       overall width of
                                                       the vehicle, at
                                                       the same height,
                                                       symmetrically
                                                       about the
                                                       vertical
                                                       centerline.
                                                      May be located at
                                                       a location other
                                                       than the front if
                                                       necessary to
                                                       indicate the
                                                       overall width of
                                                       the vehicle, or
                                                       for protection
                                                       from damage
                                                       during normal
                                                       operation of the
                                                       vehicle.
                                  2 Red.............  On the rear to      As near the top as  Steady burning.
                                                       indicate the        practicable,
                                                       overall width of    except where the
                                                       the vehicle, at     rear
                                                       the same height,    identification
                                                       symmetrically       lamps are mounted
                                                       about the           at the extreme
                                                       vertical            height of the
                                                       centerline.         vehicle.
                                                      May be located at    Practicability of
                                                       a location other    locating lamps on
                                                       than the rear if    the vehicle
                                                       necessary to        header is
                                                       indicate the        presumed when the
                                                       overall width of    header extends at
                                                       the vehicle, or     least 25 mm (1
                                                       for protection      inch) above the
                                                       from damage         rear doors.
                                                       during normal
                                                       operation of the
                                                       vehicle.

[[Page 68308]]

 
                                  2 Amber to front    On a boat trailer   As near the top as  Steady burning.
                                   and red to rear.    the requirement     practicable.
                                                       for front and
                                                       rear clearance
                                                       lamps may be met
                                                       by installation
                                                       at or near the
                                                       midpoint on each
                                                       side of a dual
                                                       facing lamp so as
                                                       to indicate the
                                                       extreme width.
                                                       May be located at
                                                       a location other
                                                       than the front
                                                       and the rear if
                                                       necessary to
                                                       indicate the
                                                       overall width of
                                                       the vehicle, or
                                                       for protection
                                                       from damage
                                                       during normal
                                                       operation of the
                                                       vehicle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identification lamps............  3 Red.............  On the rear, at     As near the top as  Steady burning.
                                                       the same height,    practicable.
                                                       as close as         Practicability of
                                                       practicable to      locating lamps on
                                                       the vertical        the vehicle
                                                       centerline, with    header is
                                                       lamp centers        presumed when the
                                                       spaced not less     header extends at
                                                       than 6 inches or    least 25 mm (1
                                                       more than 12        inch) above the
                                                       inches apart.       rear doors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Table I-c.--Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Lighting device           Number and color    Mounting location    Mounting height    Device activation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 All Motorcycles
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lower Beam Headlamps............  White, of a         On the front, at    Not less than 55.9  The wiring harness
                                   headlighting        the same height,    cm nor more than    or connector
                                   system listed in    symmetrically       137.2 cm            assembly of each
                                   S10.17.             about the                               headlighting
                                                       vertical                                system must be
                                                       centerline, as                          designed so that
                                                       far apart as                            only those light
                                                       practicable. See                        sources intended
                                                       additional                              for meeting lower
                                                       requirements in                         beam photometrics
                                                       S6.1.4.2.1.3,                           are energized
                                                       S10.17.1.1,                             when the beam
                                                       S10.17.1.2, and                         selector switch
                                                       S10.17.1.3.                             is in the lower
                                                                                               beam position,
                                                                                               and that only
                                                                                               those light
                                                                                               sources intended
                                                                                               for meeting upper
                                                                                               beam photometrics
                                                                                               are energized
                                                                                               when the beam
                                                                                               selector switch
                                                                                               is in the upper
                                                                                               beam position,
                                                                                               except for
                                                                                               certain systems
                                                                                               listed in Table
                                                                                               II.
                                                                                              Steady burning,
                                                                                               except that may
                                                                                               be flashed for
                                                                                               signaling
                                                                                               purposes.
                                                                                              The upper beam or
                                                                                               the lower beam,
                                                                                               but not both, may
                                                                                               be wired to
                                                                                               modulate from a
                                                                                               higher intensity
                                                                                               to a lower
                                                                                               intensity in
                                                                                               accordance with
                                                                                               S10.17.5.
Upper Beam Headlamps............  White, of a         On the front, at    Not less than 55.9
                                   headlighting        the same height,    cm nor more than
                                   system listed in    symmetrically       137.2 cm.
                                   S10.17.             about the
                                                       vertical
                                                       centerline, as
                                                       far apart as
                                                       practicable.

[[Page 68309]]

 
Turn Signal Lamps...............  2 Amber. None       At or near the      Not less than 15    Flash when the
                                   required on a       front, at the       inches, nor more    turn signal
                                   motor driven        same height,        than 83 inches.     flasher is
                                   cycle whose speed   symmetrically                           actuated by the
                                   attainable in 1     about the                               turn signal
                                   mile is 30 mph or   vertical                                operating unit.
                                   less.               centerline, and
                                                       having a minimum
                                                       horizontal
                                                       separation
                                                       distance
                                                       (centerline of
                                                       lamps) of 16
                                                       inches. Minimum
                                                       edge to edge
                                                       separation
                                                       distance between
                                                       a turn signal
                                                       lamp and headlamp
                                                       is 4 inches.
                                  2 Amber or red.     At or near the
                                   None required on    rear, at the same
                                   a motor driven      height,
                                   cycle whose speed   symmetrically
                                   attainable in 1     about the
                                   mile is 30 mph or   vertical
                                   less.               centerline, and
                                                       having a minimum
                                                       horizontal
                                                       separation
                                                       distance
                                                       (centerline to
                                                       centerline of
                                                       lamps) of 9
                                                       inches.
                                                      Minimum edge to
                                                       edge separation
                                                       distance the turn
                                                       signal lamp and
                                                       the taillamp or
                                                       stop lamp is 4
                                                       inches, when a
                                                       single stop and
                                                       taillamp is
                                                       installed on the
                                                       vertical
                                                       centerline and
                                                       the turn signal
                                                       lamps are red.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taillamps.......................  1 Red.............  On the rear, on     Not less than 15    Steady burning.
                                                       the vertical        inches, nor more   Must be activated
                                                       centerline except   than 72 inches.     when the
                                                       that if two are                         headlamps are
                                                       used, they must                         activated in a
                                                       be symmetrically                        steady burning
                                                       disposed about                          state.
                                                       the vertical
                                                       centerline.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stop Lamps......................  1 Red.............  On the rear, on     Not less than 15    Steady burning.
                                                       the vertical        inches, nor more   Must be activated
                                                       centerline except   than 72 inches.     upon application
                                                       that if two are                         of the service
                                                       used, they must                         brakes.
                                                       be symmetrically                       When optically
                                                       disposed about                          combined with a
                                                       the vertical                            turn signal lamp,
                                                       centerline.                             the circuit must
                                                                                               be such that the
                                                                                               stop signal
                                                                                               cannot be
                                                                                               activated if the
                                                                                               turn signal lamp
                                                                                               is flashing. May
                                                                                               also be activated
                                                                                               by a device
                                                                                               designed to
                                                                                               retard the motion
                                                                                               of the vehicle.
Reflex Reflectors...............  2 Amber...........  On each side as     Not less than 15    Not applicable.
                                                       far to the front    inches, nor more
                                                       as practicable.     than 60 inches.
                                  2 Red.............  On each side as
                                                       far to the rear
                                                       as practicable.
                                  1 Red.............  On the rear, on
                                                       the vertical
                                                       centerline except
                                                       that, if two are
                                                       used on the rear,
                                                       they must be
                                                       symmetrically
                                                       disposed about
                                                       the vertical
                                                       centerline.
License Plate Lamp..............  1 White.            On the rear to      No requirement.     Steady burning.
                                   Additional lamps    illuminate                              Must be activated
                                   permitted to meet   license plate.                          when the
                                   requirements.                                               headlamps are
                                                                                               activated in a
                                                                                               steady burning
                                                                                               state.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BILLING CODE 4910-59-P

[[Page 68310]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.000


[[Page 68311]]



                                 Table II-b.--Headlighting Systems--Combination
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Photometry requirements reference
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Table XVIII             Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c
       System designation              System      -------------------------------------------------------------
                                    composition         Upper beam
                                                      mechanical and    Lower beam mech    Lower beam visual aim
                                                        visual aim            aim
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 LAMP SYSTEM..................  A COMBINATION OF   UB2 \(1)\........  LB2M \(1)\.......  LB2V \(1)\
                                  TWO DIFFERENT
                                  HEADLAMPS CHOSEN
                                  FROM; TYPE F, AN
                                  INTEGRAL BEAM
                                  HEADLAMP, OR A
                                  REPLACEABLE BULB
                                  HEADLAMP.
4 LAMP SYSTEM..................  ANY COMBINATION    UB1..............  LB1M \(2)\.......  LB1V \(2)\
                                  OF FOUR
                                  DIFFERENT
                                  HEADLAMPS CHOSEN
                                  FROM; TYPE F, AN
                                  INTEGRAL BEAM
                                  HEADLAMP \(3)\,
                                  OR A REPLACEABLE
                                  BULB HEADLAMP.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower
  beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light
  source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
\(2)\ Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.
\(3)\ Beam contributor photometric allocation formula of S14.2.5.9 may apply.


                                Table II-c.--Headlighting Systems--Integral Beams
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Photometry requirements reference
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Table XVIII             Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c
       System designation         Beam composition -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Upper beam
                                                      mechanical and    Lower beam mech    Lower beam visual aim
                                                        visual aim            aim
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 LAMP SYSTEM..................  UPPER BEAM &       UB2 \(1)\ OR UB3.  LB2M \(1)\ OR      LB2V \(1)\ OR LB3V
                                  LOWER BEAM.                           LB3M.
4 LAMP SYSTEM..................  UPPER BEAM.......  UB4..............  N.A..............  N.A.
                                 UPPER BEAM &       UB5..............  LB4M.............  LB2V
                                  LOWER BEAM.
4 LAMP SYSTEM..................  UPPER BEAM (U)...  UB1..............  N.A..............  N.A.
                                 LOWER BEAM (L)...  N.A.\(2)\........  LB1M \(2)\.......  LB1V \(2)\
4 LAMP SYSTEM..................  UPPER BEAM.......  UB6..............  N.A..............  N.A.
                                 LOWER BEAM.......  N.A.\(3)\........  LB5M \(3)\.......  LB4V \(3)\
BEAM CONTRIBUTOR...............  UPPER BEAM &       UB1 \(4)\........  LB1M \(2)(4)\....  LB1V \(2)(4)\
                                  LOWER BEAM.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower
  beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light
  source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
\(2)\ Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.
\(3)\ Lower beams must remain activated when upper beams are activated.
\(4)\ Beam contributor photometric allocation formula of S14.2.5.9 applies.


                               Table II-d.--Headlighting Systems--Replaceable Bulb
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Photometry requirements reference
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Table XVIII           Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c
       System designation            Light source    -----------------------------------------------------------
                                      composition         Upper beam
                                                        mechanical and      Lower beam mech    Lower beam visual
                                                          visual aim              aim                 aim
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 LAMP SYSTEM...................  ANY DUAL FILAMENT   UB2 \(1)\ OR UB3..  LB2M \(1)\ OR LB3M  LB2V \(1)\ OR LB3V
                                   TYPE, OTHER THAN
                                   HB2, USED ALONE
                                   OR WITH ANOTHER
                                   DUAL FILAMENT
                                   TYPE OTHER THAN
                                   HB2.
2 LAMP SYSTEM...................  HB2 OR ANY SINGLE   UB2 \(1)\ OR UB3..  LB2M \(1)\........  LB2V \(1)\
                                   FILAMENT TYPE
                                   USED ALONE OR
                                   WITH ANY OTHER
                                   SINGLE OR DUAL
                                   FILAMENT TYPE.
4 LAMP SYSTEM...................  ANY DUAL FILAMENT   UB1 \(2)\ OR UB3..  LB1M \(2)\ OR LB3M  LB1V \(2)\ OR LB3V
                                   TYPE, OTHER THAN
                                   HB2, USED ALONE
                                   OR WITH ANOTHER
                                   DUAL FILAMENT
                                   TYPE OTHER THAN
                                   HB2.
4 LAMP SYSTEM...................  HB2 OR ANY SINGLE   UB1 \(2)\.........  LB1M \(2)\........  LB1V \(2)\
                                   FILAMENT TYPE
                                   USED ALONE OR
                                   WITH ANY OTHER
                                   SINGLE OR DUAL
                                   FILAMENT TYPE. (U
                                   & L).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower
  beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light
  source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
\(2)\ Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.


[[Page 68312]]


                                    Table III.--Marking Requirements Location
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lamp, reflective device, or other
              component                       Marking              Marking location            Requirement
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Headlamps, Beam Contributors, or      ``DOT''................  Lens...................  S6.5.1
 Headlamp Replaceable Lens.           Optical axis marking...  See requirement........  S10.18.5
                                      Manufacturer name and/   Lens...................  S6.5.3
                                       or trademark.
                                      Voltage................  See requirement........  S6.5.3
                                      Part number or trade     See requirement........  S6.5.3
                                       number.
Headlamp Replaceable Lens...........  Manufacturer             Lens...................  S13.3
                                       identification.
                                      Headlamp identification
Replaceable Bulb Headlamps..........  ``U'' or ``L'' (4 lamp   Lens...................  S10.15.4
                                       system).                Lens...................  S6.5.4.3
                                      Replaceable bulb type..
Sealed Beam Headlamps...............  ``Sealed Beam''........  Lens...................  S6.5.3.3
                                      Type designation.......
Integral Beam Headlamps.............  ``U'' or ``L'' (4 lamp   Lens...................  S10.14.4
                                       system).
Motorcycle Headlamps................  ``motorcycle''.........  Lens...................  S10.17.2
Visually/Optically Aimed Headlamps..  ``VOR'' or ``VOL'' or    Lens...................  S10.18.9.6
                                       ``VO''.
Externally Aimed Headlamps..........  Aim pad location &       Lens...................  S10.18.7.1
                                       ``H'' or ``V''.
Vehicle Headlamp Aiming Devices       Aiming scale(s)........  See requirement........  S10.18.8
 (VHAD).
(Headlamp) Replaceable Light Sources  ``DOT''................  See requirement........  S11.1
                                      Replaceable light        See requirement........
                                       source designation.
                                      Manufacturer name and/   See requirement........
                                       or trademark.
Replaceable Light Source Ballasts...  Manufacturer name or     See requirement........  S11.2
                                       logo.
                                      Part number............
                                      Light source
                                       identification.
                                      Rated laboratory life..
                                      High voltage warning...
                                      Output in watts and
                                       volts.
                                      ``DOT''................
Lamps (Other Than Headlamps),         ``DOT''................  See requirement........  S6.5.1.2
 Reflective Devices, and Associated
 Equipment.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).........  ``DRL''................  Lens...................  S6.5.2
Conspicuity Reflex Reflectors.......  ``DOT-C''..............  Exposed surface........  S8.2.2.1
Retroreflective Sheeting............  ``DOT-C2'' or ``DOT-     Exposed surface........  S8.2.1.3
                                       C3'' or ``DOT-C4''.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                            Table IV-a.--Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger       Multipurpose
                                                                     vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses of less     passenger
                                                                        than 2032 MM in overall width--Minimum         vehicles,
                                                                    effective projected luminous lens area (sq mm)      trucks,
                                                                   ------------------------------------------------  trailers, and
                                                                                     Multiple compartment lamp or    buses 2032 MM  Motorcycles--Minimum
                                                                                            multiple lamps            or more in     effective projected
                          Lighting device                                          -------------------------------- overall width--  luminous lens area
                                                                        Single                                          Minimum            (sq mm)
                                                                      compartment                                      effective
                                                                         lamp            Each          Combined        projected
                                                                                    compartment or   compartments    luminous lens
                                                                                         lamp          or lamps     area each lamp
                                                                                                                        (sq mm)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front turn signal lamp............................................            2200              --            2200            7500               2258
Rear turn signal lamp.............................................            5000            2200            5000            7500               2258
Stop lamp.........................................................            5000            2200            5000            7500         \(1)\5000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) A motor driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 mph or less may be equipped with a stop lamp whose minimum effective projected luminous
  lens area is not less than 2258 sq mm.


                        Table IV-b.--Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       Multipurpose passenger
                                                     Passenger cars, multipurpose   vehicles, trucks, and buses
                                                     passenger vehicles, trucks,      of less than 2032 MM in
                                                     and buses of less than 2032   overall width and with a GVWR
                  Lighting device                    MM in overall width and with   of 10,000 lbs or less using
                                                     a GVWR of 10,000 lbs or less   dual lamps of identical size
                                                     using a single lamp--Minimum   and shape--Minimum effective
                                                     effective projected luminous   projected luminous lens area
                                                          lens area (sq mm)              each lamp ( sq mm)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-mounted stop lamp............................                          2903                           1452
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 68313]]


    Table IV-c.--Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           School bus--Minimum effective
             Lighting device                projected luminous lens area
                                                 each lamp (sq mm)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
School bus signal lamp...................                        12,258
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Table V-a.--Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Lighting device                    Required visibility
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Backup lamp............................  Lamps must be mounted so that
                                          the optical center of at least
                                          one lamp is visible from any
                                          eye point elevation from at
                                          least 1828 mm to 610 mm above
                                          the horizontal plane on which
                                          the vehicle is standing; and
                                          from any position in the area,
                                          rearward of a vertical plane
                                          perpendicular to the
                                          longitudinal axis of the
                                          vehicle, 914 mm to the rear of
                                          the vehicle and extending 914
                                          mm beyond each side of the
                                          vehicle.
High-mounted stop lamp.................  Signal must be visible to the
                                          rear through a horizontal
                                          angle from 45[deg] to the left
                                          to 45[deg] to the right of the
                                          longitudinal axis of the
                                          vehicle. (Single lamp or two
                                          lamps together where required
                                          by S6.1.1.2 of this standard)
School bus signal lamp.................  Signal of front lamps to the
                                          front and rear lamps to the
                                          rear must be unobstructed
                                          within area bounded by 5[deg]
                                          up to 10[deg] down and 30[deg]
                                          left to 30[deg] right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Table V-b.--Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices--Lens Area Visibility Option
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Lighting device                         Corner points \(1)\ \(2)\               Required visibility
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn signal lamp \(3)\...............  15[deg]UP-45[deg] IB...  15 UP-45[deg] OB.......  Unobstructed minimum
Stop lamp............................  15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB  15[deg] DOWN--45[deg]     effective projected
Taillamp.............................  15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB..   OB.                      luminous lens area of
Parking lamp.........................  15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB  15[deg] UP-45[deg] OB..   1250 sq mm in any
                                       15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB..  15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] OB   direction throughout
                                       15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB  15[deg] UP-45[deg] OB..   the pattern defined by
                                       15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB..  15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] OB   the specified corner
                                       15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB  15[deg] UP-45[deg] OB..   points.
                                                                15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] OB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an
  outboard direction.
\(2)\ Where a lamp is mounted with its axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, the vertical
  test point angles located below the horizontal plane subject to visibility requirements may be reduced to
  5[deg] down.
\(3)\ Where more than one lamp or optical area is lighted at the front on each side of a multipurpose passenger
  vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus, of 2032 mm or more overall width, only one such area need comply.


     Table V-c.--Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices--Luminous Intensity Visibility Option
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Lighting device                         Corner points \(1)\ \(2)\              Required visibility--
                                                                                             Minimum luminous
                                                                                             intensity in any
                                                                                           direction throughout
                                                                                          the pattern defined by
                                                                                           the specified corner
                                                                                              points. Candela
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn signal lamp.....................  15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB..  15[deg] UP-80[deg] OB..  0.3
                                       15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB  15[deg] DOWN-80[deg] OB
Stop lamp............................  15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB..  15[deg] UP-45[deg] OB..  0.3
                                       15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB  15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] OB
Taillamp \(3)\.......................  15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB..  15[deg] UP-80[deg] OB..  0.05
                                       15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB  15[deg] DOWN-80[deg] OB
Parking lamp.........................  15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB..  15[deg] UP-80[deg] OB..  0.05
                                       15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB  15[deg] DOWN-80[deg] OB
                                                                 .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an
  outboard direction.
\(2)\ Where a lamp is mounted with its axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, the vertical
  test point angles located below the horizontal plane subject to visibility requirements may be reduced to
  5[deg] down.
\(3)\ Inboard and outboard corner points are 80[deg] for a single taillamp installed on a motorcycle.


    Table V-d.--Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
                     (Legacy Visibility Alternative)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Lighting device                  Required visibility \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn signal lamp:
    All passenger cars, multipurpose     Unobstructed minimum effective
     passenger vehicles, trucks, buses,   projected luminous lens area
     motorcycles, and trailers of less    of 1250 sq mm through
     than 2032 mm overall width.          horizontal angle of H-V to H-
                                          45[deg] OB.

[[Page 68314]]

 
    All multipurpose passenger           Unobstructed minimum effective
     vehicles, trucks, buses, and         projected luminous lens area
     trailers of 2032 mm or more          of 1300 sq mm through
     overall width.                       horizontal angle of H-V to H-
                                          45[deg] OB. Where more than
                                          one lamp or optical area is
                                          lighted on each side of the
                                          vehicle, only one such area on
                                          each side need comply.
Stop lamp..............................  Unobstructed minimum effective
                                          projected luminous lens area
                                          of 1250 sq mm through
                                          horizontal angle of H-45[deg]
                                          IB to H-45[deg] OB. Where more
                                          than one lamp or optical area
                                          is lighted on each side of the
                                          vehicle, only one such area on
                                          each side need comply.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taillamp...............................  Unobstructed minimum effective
                                          projected luminous lens area
                                          of 2 sq in through horizontal
                                          angle of H-45[deg] IB to H-
                                          45[deg] OB. Where more than
                                          one lamp or optical area is
                                          lighted on each side of the
                                          vehicle, only one such area on
                                          each side need comply.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's
  longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an outboard direction.

BILLING CODE 4910-59-P

[[Page 68315]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.001


[[Page 68316]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.002


[[Page 68317]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.003


[[Page 68318]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.004


[[Page 68319]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.005


[[Page 68320]]



                               Table X.--Side Marker Lamp Photometry Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Minimum photometric           Minimum photometric
                Test point  (degrees)                   intensity (cd) \(2)\  red    intensity (cd) \(2)\  amber
                                                                  lamps                         lamps
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10U:
    45L \(1)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
    V...............................................                          0.25                          0.62
    45R \(1)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
H:
    45L \(1)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
    V...............................................                          0.25                          0.62
    45R \(1)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
10D: \(3)\
    45L \(1)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
    V...............................................                          0.25                          0.62
    45R \(1)\.......................................                          0.25                         0.62
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Where a side marker lamp installed on a motor vehicle less than 30 feet in overall length and less than 80
  inches (2 m) in overall width has the lateral angle nearest the other required side marker lamp on the same
  side of the vehicle reduced from 45[deg] by design as specified by S7.4.13.2, the photometric intensity
  measurement may be met at the lesser angle.
\(2)\ The photometric intensity values between test points must not be less than the lower specified minimum
  value of the two closest adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line.
\(3)\ Where side marker lamps are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface,
  photometry requirements below 5[deg] down may be met at 5[deg] down rather than at the specified required
  downward angle.


                      Table XI.--Clearance and Identification Lamps Photometry Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Minimum photometric           Minimum photometric
                Test point  (degrees)                   intensity (cd) \(2)\  red    intensity (cd) \(2)\  amber
                                                                  lamps                         lamps
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10U:
    45L \(4)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
    V...............................................                          0.25                          0.62
    45R \(4)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
H:
    45L \(4)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
    V...............................................                          0.25                          0.62
    45R \(4)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
10D: \(1)\
    45L \(4)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
    V...............................................                          0.25                          0.62
    45R \(4)\.......................................                          0.25                          0.62
Maximum photometric intensity \(3)\ (cd) red lamps..                            15
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Where clearance lamps or identification lamps are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750mm
  above the road surface, photometry requirements below 5[deg] down may be met at 5[deg] down rather than at the
  specified required downward angle.
\(2)\ The photometric intensity values between test points must not be less than the lower specified minimum
  value of the two closest adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line.
\(3)\ When optically combined with a stop lamp or turn signal lamp, this maximum applies on or above the
  horizontal.
\(4)\ Where clearance lamps are installed at locations other than on the front and rear due to the necessity to
  indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the
  vehicle, they need not meet the photometric intensity requirement at any test point that is 45[deg] inboard.


[[Page 68321]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.007


[[Page 68322]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.008


[[Page 68323]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.009


[[Page 68324]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.010


[[Page 68325]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.011


[[Page 68326]]


                             Table XVI-a.--Reflex Reflector Photometry Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Minimum performance
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Red reflectors    Amber reflectors    White reflectors
   Observation angle  (degrees)       Entrance angle   ---------------------------------------------------------
                                        (degrees)         (cd/               (cd/                (cd/
                                                        incident   (mcd/   incident    (mcd/   incident   (mcd/
                                                          ft-c)     lux)     ft-c)     lux)      ft-c)     lux)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2..............................  0..................      4.5       420    11.25     1050       18        1680
                                   10U................      3.0       280     7.5       700       12        1120
                                   10D \(1)\..........      3.0       280     7.5       700       12        1120
                                   20L................      1.5       140     3.75      350        6         560
                                   20R................      1.5       140     3.75      350        6         560
1.5..............................  0..................      0.07        6     0.175      15        0.28       24
                                   10U................      0.05        5     0.125      12.5      0.2        20
                                   10D \(1)\..........      0.05        5     0.125      12.5      0.2        20
                                   20L................      0.03        3     0.075       7.5      0.12       12
                                   20R................      0.03        3     0.075       7.5      0.12      12
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Where reflex reflectors are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface,
  photometry requirements below 5[deg] down may be met at 5[deg] down rather than at the required specified
  downward angle.


               Table XVI-b.--Additional Photometry Requirements for Conspicuity Reflex Reflectors
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Minimum performance
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------
   Observation angle  (degrees)       Entrance angle                         White horizontal    White vertical
                                         (degrees)         Red  (mcd/lux)   orientation  (mcd/ orientation  (mcd/
                                                                                   lux)               lux)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2..............................  0...................                300               1250               1680
                                   20L TO 20R..........  .................  .................                560
                                   30L TO 30R..........                300               1250  .................
                                   45L TO 45R..........                 75                300  .................
                                   10U TO 10D..........  .................  .................               1120
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         Table XVI-c.--Retroreflective Sheeting Photometry Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Minimum performance
                                                           -----------------------------------------------------
                                                              Grade dot-C2      Grade dot-C3      Grade dot-C4
                                                  Entrance -----------------------------------------------------
          Observation angle  (degrees)             angle     White     Red     White     Red     White     Red
                                                 (degrees) -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           (cd/
                                                            (cd/lux/ (cd/lux/ (cd/lux/ (cd/lux/ (cd/lux/  lux/sq
                                                             sq m)    sq m)    sq m)    sq m)    sq m)      m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2............................................        -4       250       60      165       40      125       30
                                                       30       250       60      165       40      125       30
                                                       45        60       15       40       10       30        8
0.5............................................        -4        65       15       43       10       33        8
                                                       30        65       15       43       10       33        8
                                                       45        15        4       10        3        8        2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


       Table XVII.--School Bus Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Minimum            Minimum
                                       photometric        photometric
       Test point  (degrees)          intensity (cd)     intensity (cd)
                                     \(2)\ red lamps      amber lamps
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5U:
    20L...........................                150                375
    10L...........................                300                750
    5L............................                300                750
    V.............................                300                750
    5R............................                300                750
    10R...........................                300                750
    20R...........................                150                375
------------------------------------------------------------------------
H:
    30L...........................                 30                 75
    20L...........................                180                450
    10L...........................                400               1000
    5L............................                500               1250

[[Page 68327]]

 
    V.............................                600               1500
    5R............................                500               1250
    10R...........................                400               1000
    20R...........................                180                450
    30R...........................                 30                 75
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5D:
    30L...........................                 30                 75
    20L...........................                200                500
    10L...........................                300                750
    5L............................                450               1125
    V.............................                450               1125
    5R............................                450               1125
    10R...........................                300                750
    20R...........................                200                500
    30R...........................                 30                 75
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10D: \(1)\
    5L............................                 40                100
    V.............................                 40                100
    5R............................                 40               100
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Where school bus signal lamps are mounted with their axis of
  reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, photometry
  requirements below 5[deg] down may be met at 5[deg] down rather than
  at the specified required downward angle.
\(2)\ The photometric intensity values between test points must not be
  less than the lower specified minimum value of the two closest
  adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line.


[[Page 68328]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.012


[[Page 68329]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.013


[[Page 68330]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.014


[[Page 68331]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.015


[[Page 68332]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.016


[[Page 68333]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.017


[[Page 68334]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.018


[[Page 68335]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.019


[[Page 68336]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.020


[[Page 68337]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.021


[[Page 68338]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.022


[[Page 68339]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.023


[[Page 68340]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.024


[[Page 68341]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.025


[[Page 68342]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.026


[[Page 68343]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.027


[[Page 68344]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.028


[[Page 68345]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.029


[[Page 68346]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.030


[[Page 68347]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.031


[[Page 68348]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.032


[[Page 68349]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.033


[[Page 68350]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.034


[[Page 68351]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.035


[[Page 68352]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.036


[[Page 68353]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.037


[[Page 68354]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.038


[[Page 68355]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.039


[[Page 68356]]

Appendix to Sec.  571.108: Table of Contents

Sec.
571.108 Standard No. 108; Lamps, reflective devices, and associated 
equipment.
S1 Scope.
S2 Purpose.
S3 Application.
S4 Definitions.
S5 References to SAE publications.
S5.2 Incorporation by reference.
S6 Vehicle requirements.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment by 
vehicle type.
S6.1.1 Quantity.
S6.1.1.1 Conspicuity systems.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamps.
S6.1.1.3 Truck tractor rear turn signal lamps.
S6.1.1.4 Daytime running lamps.
S6.1.2 Color.
S6.1.3 Mounting location.
S6.1.3.3 License plate lamp.
S6.1.3.4 High-mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.3.4.1 Interior mounting.
S6.1.3.4.2 Accessibility.
S6.1.3.5 Headlamp beam mounting.
S6.1.3.5.1 Vertical headlamp arrangement.
S6.1.3.5.2 Horizontal headlamp arrangement.
S6.1.3.6 Auxiliary lamps mounted near identification lamps.
S6.1.4 Mounting height.
S6.1.4.1 High-mounted stop lamps.
S6.1.5 Activation.
S6.1.5.1 Hazard warning signal.
S6.1.5.2 Simultaneous beam activation.
S6.2 Impairment.
S6.2.3 Headlamp obstructions.
S6.3 Equipment combinations.
S6.4 Lens area, visibility and school bus signal lamp aiming.
S6.4.1 Effective projected luminous lens area requirements.
S6.4.2 Visibility.
S6.4.3 Visibility options.
S6.4.3(a) Lens area option.
S6.4.3(b) Luminous intensity option.
S6.4.4 Legacy visibility alternative.
S6.4.5 School bus signal lamp aiming.
S6.5 Marking.
S6.5.1 DOT marking.
S6.5.2 DRL marking.
S6.5.3 Headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.1 Trademark.
S6.5.3.2 Voltage and trade number.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.4 Replaceable bulb headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.5 Additional headlamp markings.
S6.6 Associated equipment.
S6.6.3 License plate holder.
S6.7 Replacement equipment.
S6.7.1 General.
S6.7.2 Version of this standard.
S7 Signal lamp requirements.
S7.1 Turn signal lamps.
S7.1.1 Front turn signal lamps.
S7.1.1.1 Number.
S7.1.1.2 Color of light.
S7.1.1.3 Mounting location.
S7.1.1.4 Mounting height.
S7.1.1.5 Activation.
S7.1.1.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.1.1.7 Visibility.
S7.1.1.8 Indicator.
S7.1.1.9 Markings.
S7.1.1.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.1.1.10.2 Spacing measurement for non-reflector lamps.
S7.1.1.10.3 Spacing measurement for lamps with reflectors.
S7.1.1.10.4 Spacing based photometric multipliers.
S7.1.1.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall 
width.
S7.1.1.12 Ratio to parking lamps and clearance lamps.
S7.1.1.13 Photometry.
S7.1.1.14 Physical tests.
S7.1.2 Rear turn signal lamps.
S7.1.2.1 Number.
S7.1.2.2 Color of light.
S7.1.2.3 Mounting location.
S7.1.2.4 Mounting height.
S7.1.2.5 Activation.
S7.1.2.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.1.2.7 Visibility.
S7.1.2.8 Indicator.
S7.1.2.9 Markings.
S7.1.2.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.1.2.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall 
width.
S7.1.2.12 Ratio to taillamps and clearance lamps.
S7.1.2.13 Photometry.
S7.1.2.14 Physical tests.
S7.1.3 Combined lamp bulb indexing.
S7.2 Taillamps.
S7.2.1 Number.
S7.2.2 Color of light.
S7.2.3 Mounting location.
S7.2.4 Mounting height.
S7.2.5 Activation.
S7.2.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.2.7 Visibility.
S7.2.8 Indicator.
S7.2.9 Markings.
S7.2.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.2.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.4 Taillamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall 
width.
S7.2.12 Ratio.
S7.2.13 Photometry.
S7.2.14 Physical tests.
S7.3 Stop lamps.
S7.3.1 Number.
S7.3.2 Color of light.
S7.3.3 Mounting location.
S7.3.4 Mounting height.
S7.3.5 Activation.
S7.3.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.3.7 Visibility.
S7.3.8 Indicator.
S7.3.9 Markings.
S7.3.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.3.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall 
width.
S7.3.12 Ratio to taillamps.
S7.3.13 Photometry.
S7.3.14 Physical tests.
S7.3.15 Combined lamp bulb indexing.
S7.4 Side marker lamps.
S7.4.1 Number.
S7.4.2 Color of light.
S7.4.3 Mounting location.
S7.4.4 Mounting height.
S7.4.5 Activation.
S7.4.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.4.7 Visibility.
S7.4.8 Indicator.
S7.4.9 Markings.
S7.4.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.4.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.4.12 Ratio.
S7.4.13 Photometry.
S7.4.13.2 Inboard photometry.
S7.4.14 Physical tests.
S7.5 Clearance and identification lamps.
S7.5.1 Number.
S7.5.2 Color of light.
S7.5.3 Mounting location.
S7.5.4 Mounting height.
S7.5.5 Activation.
S7.5.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.5.7 Visibility.
S7.5.8 Indicator.
S7.5.9 Markings.
S7.5.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.5.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.5.12 Ratio.
S7.5.12.1 Clearance lamps.
S7.5.12.2 Identification lamps.
S7.5.13 Photometry.
S7.5.14 Physical tests.
S7.6 Backup lamps.
S7.6.1 Number.
S7.6.2 Color of light.
S7.6.3 Mounting location.
S7.6.4 Mounting height.
S7.6.5 Activation.
S7.6.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.6.7 Visibility.
S7.6.8 Indicator.
S7.6.9 Markings.
S7.6.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.6.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.6.12 Ratio.
S7.6.13 Photometry.
S7.6.14 Physical tests.
S7.7 License plate lamps.
S7.7.1 Number.
S7.7.2 Color of light.
S7.7.3 Mounting location.
S7.7.4 Mounting height.
S7.7.5 Activation.
S7.7.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.7.7 Visibility.
S7.7.8 Indicator.
S7.7.9 Markings.
S7.7.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.7.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.7.12 Ratio.
S7.7.13 Photometry.
S7.7.14 Physical tests.
S7.7.15 Installation.
S7.7.15.4 Incident light from single lamp.
S7.7.15.5 Incident light from multiple lamps.

[[Page 68357]]

S7.8 Parking lamps.
S7.8.1 Number.
S7.8.2 Color of light.
S7.8.3 Mounting location.
S7.8.4 Mounting height.
S7.8.5 Activation.
S7.8.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.8.7 Visibility.
S7.8.8 Indicator.
S7.8.9 Markings.
S7.8.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.8.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.8.12 Ratio.
S7.8.13 Photometry.
S7.8.14 Physical tests.
S7.9 High-mounted stop lamps.
S7.9.1 Number.
S7.9.2 Color of light.
S7.9.3 Mounting location.
S7.9.4 Mounting height.
S7.9.5 Activation.
S7.9.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.9.7 Visibility.
S7.9.8 Indicator.
S7.9.9 Markings.
S7.9.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.9.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.9.12 Ratio.
S7.9.13 Photometry.
S7.9.14 Physical tests.
S7.10 Daytime running lamps (DRLs).
S7.10.1 Number.
S7.10.2 Color of light.
S7.10.3 Mounting location.
S7.10.4 Mounting height.
S7.10.5 Activation.
S7.10.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.10.7 Visibility.
S7.10.8 Indicator.
S7.10.9 Markings.
S7.10.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.10.10.1 Spacing to turn signal lamps.
S7.10.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.10.12 Ratio.
S7.10.13 Photometry.
S7.10.14 Physical tests.
S7.11 School bus signal lamps.
S7.11.1 Number.
S7.11.2 Color of light.
S7.11.3 Mounting location.
S7.11.4 Mounting height.
S7.11.5 Activation.
S7.11.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.11.7 Visibility.
S7.11.8 Indicator.
S7.11.9 Markings.
S7.11.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.11.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.11.12 Ratio.
S7.11.13 Photometry.
S7.11.14 Physical tests.
S8 Reflective device requirements.
S8.1 Reflex reflectors.
S8.1.1 Number.
S8.1.2 Color.
S8.1.3 Mounting location.
S8.1.4 Mounting height.
S8.1.5 Activation.
S8.1.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S8.1.7 Visibility.
S8.1.8 Indicator.
S8.1.9 Markings.
S8.1.10 Spacing to other lamps or reflective devices.
S8.1.11 Photometry.
S8.1.12 Physical tests.
S8.1.13 Alternative side reflex reflector material.
S8.2 Conspicuity systems.
S8.2.1 Retroreflective sheeting.
S8.2.1.2 Retroreflective sheeting material.
S8.2.1.3 Certification marking.
S8.2.1.4 Application pattern.
S8.2.1.4.1 Alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.1.5 Application location.
S8.2.1.6 Application spacing.
S8.2.1.7 Photometry.
S8.2.2 Conspicuity reflex reflectors.
S8.2.2.1 Certification marking.
S8.2.2.2 Application pattern.
S8.2.2.2.1 Alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.2.2.2 White material.
S8.2.2.3 Photometry.
S8.2.3 Conspicuity system installation on trailers.
S8.2.3.1 Trailer rear.
S8.2.3.1.1 Element 1-alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.3.1.2 Element 2-white.
S8.2.3.1.3 Element 3-alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.3.2 Trailer side-alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.4 Conspicuity system installation on truck tractors.
S8.2.4.1 Element 1-alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.4.2 Element 2-white.
S9 Associated equipment requirements.
S9.1 Turn signal operating unit.
S9.1.2 Physical tests.
S9.2 Turn signal flasher.
S9.2.2 Physical tests.
S9.3 Turn signal pilot indicator.
S9.3.4 Indicator size and color.
S9.3.6 Turn signal lamp failure.
S9.4 Headlamp beam switching device.
S9.4.1 Semi-automatic headlamp beam switching device.
S9.4.1.1 Operating instructions.
S9.4.1.2 Manual override.
S9.4.1.3 Fail safe operation.
S9.4.1.4 Automatic dimming indicator.
S9.4.1.5 Lens accessibility.
S9.4.1.6 Mounting height.
S9.4.1.7 Physical tests.
S9.5 Upper beam headlamp indicator.
S9.5.1 Indicator size and location.
S9.6 Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit.
S9.6.2 Operating unit switch.
S9.6.3 Physical tests.
S9.7 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher.
S9.7.2 Physical tests.
S9.8 Vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator.
S9.8.4 Indicator size and color.
S10 Headlighting system requirements.
S10.1 Vehicle headlighting systems.
S10.2 Aiming.
S10.3 Number.
S10.4 Color of light.
S10.5 Mounting location.
S10.6 Mounting height.
S10.7 Activation.
S10.8 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S10.9 Visibility.
S10.10 Indicator.
S10.11 Markings.
S10.12 Spacing to other lamps.
S10.13 Sealed beam headlighting systems.
S10.13.1 Installation.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim.
S10.13.3 Photometry.
S10.13.4 Physical tests.
S10.14 Integral beam headlighting systems.
S10.14.1 Installation.
S10.14.2 Aimability.
S10.14.3 Simultaneous aim.
S10.14.4 Markings.
S10.14.5 Additional light sources.
S10.14.6 Photometry.
S10.14.7 Physical tests.
S10.15 Replaceable bulb headlighting systems.
S10.15.1 Installation.
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions.
S10.15.3 Replacement lens reflector units.
S10.15.4 Markings.
S10.15.5 Additional light sources.
S10.15.6 Photometry.
S10.15.7 Physical tests.
S10.16 Combination headlighting systems.
S10.16.1 Installation.
S10.16.2 Photometry.
S10.16.3 Physical tests.
S10.17 Motorcycle headlighting systems.
S10.17.1 Installation.
S10.17.1.1 Single headlamp.
S10.17.1.2 Two headlamps with both beams.
S10.17.1.3 Two headlamps, upper beam and lower beam.
S10.17.2 Motorcycle replaceable bulb headlamp marking.
S10.17.3 Photometry.
S10.17.4 Physical tests.
S10.17.5 Motorcycle headlamp modulation system.
S10.17.5.1. Modulation.
S10.17.5.2 Replacement modulators.
S10.17.5.2.1 Replacement performance.
S10.17.5.2.2 Replacement instructions.
S10.18 Headlamp aimability performance requirements.
S10.18.1 Headlamp mounting and aiming.
S10.18.2 Headlamp aiming systems.
S10.18.3 Aim adjustment interaction.
S10.18.4 Horizontal adjustment-visually aimed headlamp.
S10.18.5 Optical axis marking.
S10.18.5.1 Optical axis marking-vehicle.
S10.18.5.2 Optical axis marking-lamp.
S10.18.5.3 Optical axis marking-visual aim headlamp.
S10.18.6 Moveable reflectors.
S10.18.7 External aiming.
S10.18.7.1 Headlamp aiming device locating plates.
S10.18.7.2 Nonadjustable headlamp aiming device locating plates.
S10.18.8 On-vehicle aiming.
S10.18.8.1 Aim.
S10.18.8.1.1 Vertical aim.
S10.18.8.1.2 Horizontal aim.

[[Page 68358]]

S10.18.8.2 Aiming instructions.
S10.18.8.3 Permanent calibration.
S10.18.8.4 Replacement units.
S10.18.8.5 Physical tests.
S10.18.9 Visual/optical aiming.
S10.18.9.1 Vertical aim, lower beam.
S10.18.9.1.1 Vertical position of the cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.2 Vertical gradient.
S10.18.9.1.3 Horizontal position of the cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.4 Maximum inclination of the cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.5 Measuring the cutoff parameter.
S10.18.9.2 Horizontal aim, lower beam.
S10.18.9.3 Vertical aim, upper beam.
S10.18.9.4 Horizontal aim, upper beam.
S10.18.9.5 Photometry.
S10.18.9.6 Visual/optical identification marking.
S11 Replaceable light source requirements.
S11.1 Markings.
S11.2 Ballast markings.
S11.3 Gas discharge laboratory life.
S11.4 Physical tests.
S12 Headlamp concealment device requirements.
S12.7 Certification election.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens requirements.
S14 Physical and photometry test procedures and performance 
requirements.
S14.1 General test procedures and performance requirements.
S14.1.2 Plastic optical materials.
S14.1.4 Samples.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities.
S14.2 Photometric test procedures.
S14.2.1 Photometry measurements for all lamps except license lamps, 
headlamps, and DRLs.
S14.2.1.1 Mounting.
S14.2.1.2 School bus signal lamp aiming.
S14.2.1.3 Measurement distance.
S14.2.1.4 Location of test points.
S14.2.1.5 Multiple compartment and multiple lamp photometry of turn 
signal lamps, stop lamps, and taillamps.
S14.2.1.6 Bulbs.
S14.2.2 License plate lamp photometry.
S14.2.2.1 Illumination surface.
S14.2.2.2 Test stations.
S14.2.3 Reflex reflector and retroreflective sheeting photometry.
S14.2.3.1 Mounting.
S14.2.3.2 Illumination source.
S14.2.3.3 Measurement distance.
S14.2.3.4 Test setup.
S14.2.3.5 Photodetector .
S14.2.3.6 Photometry surface.
S14.2.3.7 Procedure.
S14.2.3.8 Measurements.
S14.2.3.8.1 Reflex reflectors.
S14.2.3.8.2 Retroreflective sheeting.
S14.2.3.8.3 Reflex reflector photometry measurement adjustments.
S14.2.4 Daytime running lamp (DRL) photometry measurements.
S14.2.5 Headlamp photometry measurements.
S14.2.5.1 Mounting.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test voltage.
S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S14.2.5.5.1 Mechanically aimable headlamps using an external aimer.
S14.2.5.5.2 Mechanically aimable headlamps equipped with a VHAD.
S14.2.5.5.3 Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-vertical aim.
S14.2.5.5.4 Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-horizontal aim.
S14.2.5.5.5 Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-vertical aim.
S14.2.5.5.6 Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-horizontal aim.
S14.2.5.5.7 Simultaneous aim Type F sealed beam headlamps and beam 
contributor integral beam headlamps.
S14.2.5.5.8 Motorcycle headlamp-upper beam headlamps designed to 
comply with Table XX.
S14.2.5.5.9 Motorcycle headlamp-lower beam headlamps designed to 
comply with Table XX.
S14.2.5.6 Positioner.
S14.2.5.7 Photometer.
S14.2.5.7.2 Sensor.
S14.2.5.8 Location of test points.
S14.2.5.9 Beam contributor photometry measurements.
S14.2.5.10 Moveable reflector aimed headlamp photometry 
measurements.
S14.3 Motorcycle headlamp out of focus test procedure and 
performance requirements.
S14.3.1 Procedure.
S14.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.4 General test procedures and performance requirements.
S14.4.1 Color test.
S14.4.1.1 Samples.
S14.4.1.2 General procedure.
S14.4.1.3 Visual method.
S14.4.1.3.1 Visual method procedure.
S14.4.1.3.2 Visual method performance requirements.
S14.4.1.3.2.1 Red.
S14.4.1.3.2.2 Yellow (Amber).
S14.4.1.3.2.3 White.
S14.4.1.4 Tristimulus method.
S14.4.1.4.1 Tristimulus method procedure.
S14.4.1.4.2 Tristimulus method performance requirements.
S14.4.1.4.2.1 Red.
S14.4.1.4.2.2 Yellow (Amber).
S14.4.1.4.2.3 White (achromatic).
S14.4.2 Plastic optical materials tests.
S14.4.2.1 Samples.
S14.4.2.2 Outdoor exposure test.
S14.4.2.2.3 Procedure.
S14.4.2.2.4 Performance requirements.
S14.4.2.3 Heat test.
S14.4.2.3.1 Procedure.
S14.4.2.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.5 Signal lamp and reflective device physical test procedures and 
performance requirements.
S14.5.1 Vibration test.
S14.5.1.1 Procedure.
S14.5.1.2 Performance requirements.
S14.5.2 Moisture test.
S14.5.2.1 Procedure.
S14.5.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.5.3 Dust test.
S14.5.3.1 Samples.
S14.5.3.2 Procedure.
S14.5.3.3 Performance requirements.
S14.5.4 Corrosion test.
S14.5.4.1 Procedure.
S14.5.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6 Headlamp physical test procedures and performance 
requirements.
S14.6.1 Abrasion test.
S14.6.1.1 Procedure.
S14.6.1.1.1 Abrading pad.
S14.6.1.1.2 Abrading pad alignment.
S14.6.1.1.3 Abrasion test procedure.
S14.6.1.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.2 Chemical resistance test.
S14.6.2.1 Procedure.
S14.6.2.1.1 Test fluids.
S14.6.2.1.2 Fluid application.
S14.6.2.1.3 Test duration.
S14.6.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.3 Corrosion test.
S14.6.3.1 Procedure.
S14.6.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.4 Corrosion-connector test.
S14.6.4.1 Procedure.
S14.6.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.5 Dust test.
S14.6.5.1 Procedure.
S14.6.5.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.6 Temperature cycle test and internal heat test.
S14.6.6.1 Samples.
S14.6.6.2 General procedure.
S14.6.6.3 Temperature cycle test.
S14.6.6.3.1 Procedure.
S14.6.6.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.6.4 Internal heat test.
S14.6.6.4.1 Procedure.
S14.6.6.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.7 Humidity test.
S14.6.7.1 Procedure.
S14.6.7.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.8 Vibration test.
S14.6.8.1 Samples.
S14.6.8.2 Procedure.
S14.6.8.3 Performance requirements.
S14.6.9 Sealing test.
S14.6.9.1 Procedure.
S14.6.9.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.10 Chemical resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens 
headlamps.
S14.6.10.1 Procedure.
S14.6.10.1.1 Test fluids.
S14.6.10.1.2 Fluid application.
S14.6.10.1.3 Test duration.
S14.6.10.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.11 Corrosion resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens 
headlamps.
S14.6.11.1 Procedure.
S14.6.11.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.12 Inward force test.
S14.6.12.1 Procedure.
S14.6.12.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.13 Torque deflection test.
S14.6.13.1 Procedure.
S14.6.13.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.14 Retaining ring test.
S14.6.14.1 Procedure.
S14.6.14.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.15 Headlamp connector test.
S14.6.15.1 Procedure.
S14.6.15.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.16 Headlamp wattage test.
S14.6.16.1 Procedure.
S14.6.16.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.17 Aiming adjustment test-laboratory.
S14.6.17.1 Procedure.
S14.6.17.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.18 Aiming adjustment test-on vehicle.
S14.6.18.1 Procedure.
S14.6.18.2 Performance requirements.
S14.7 Replaceable light source physical test procedures and 
performance requirements.

[[Page 68359]]

S14.7.1 Deflection test for replaceable light sources.
S14.7.1.1 Procedure.
S14.7.1.2 Performance requirements.
S14.7.2 Pressure test for replaceable light sources.
S14.7.2.1 Procedure.
S14.7.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.7.3 Replaceable light source power and flux measurement 
procedure.
S14.7.3.1 Seasoning.
S14.7.3.1.1 Resistive filament source.
S14.7.3.1.2 Discharge source.
S14.7.3.2 Test voltage.
S14.7.3.3 Luminous flux measurement.
S14.7.3.3.3.2 Discharge light source setup.
S14.8 Vehicle headlamp aiming devices (VHAD) physical test 
procedures and performance requirements.
S14.8.1 Samples.
S14.8.2 Scale graduation test.
S14.8.2.1 Procedure.
S14.8.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.3 Cold scale graduation test.
S14.8.3.1 Procedure.
S14.8.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.4 Hot scale graduation test.
S14.8.4.1 Procedure.
S14.8.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.5 Thermal cycle test.
S14.8.5.1 Procedure.
S14.8.5.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.6 Corrosion test.
S14.8.6.1 Procedure.
S14.8.6.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.7 Photometry test.
S14.8.7.1 Procedure.
S14.8.7.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9 Associated equipment physical test procedures and performance 
requirements.
S14.9.1 Turn signal operating unit durability test.
S14.9.1.1 Power supply specifications.
S14.9.1.2 Procedure.
S14.9.1.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.2 Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit durability 
test.
S14.9.2.1 Procedure.
S14.9.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3 Turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning flasher 
tests.
S14.9.3.1 Standard test circuit.
S14.9.3.1.1 Test circuit setup.
S14.9.3.2 Power supply specifications.
S14.9.3.2.1 Starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent 
current ``on'' time tests.
S14.9.3.2.2 Durability tests.
S14.9.3.3 Turn signal flasher starting time test.
S14.9.3.3.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.3.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.3.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.4 Turn signal flasher voltage drop test.
S14.9.3.4.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.4.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.4.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.5 Turn signal flasher flash rate and percent current ``on'' 
time test.
S14.9.3.5.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.5.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.5.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.6 Turn signal flasher durability test.
S14.9.3.6.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.6.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.6.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.7 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher starting time 
test.
S14.9.3.7.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.7.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.7.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.8 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher voltage drop test.
S14.9.3.8.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.8.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.8.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.9 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher flash rate and 
percent ``on'' time test.
S14.9.3.9.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.9.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.9.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.10 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher durability test.
S14.9.3.10.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.10.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.10.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11 Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device tests.
S14.9.3.11.1 Test conditions.
S14.9.3.11.2 Sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.2.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.11.2.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 Operating limits.
S14.9.3.11.3 Voltage regulation test.
S14.9.3.11.3.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.4 Manual override test.
S14.9.3.11.4.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.5 Warmup test.
S14.9.3.11.5.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.5.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.6 Temperature test.
S14.9.3.11.6.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.7 Dust test.
S14.9.3.11.7.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.8 Corrosion test.
S14.9.3.11.8.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9 Vibration test.
S14.9.3.11.9.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.10 Sunlight test.
S14.9.3.11.10.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.11 Durability test.
S14.9.3.11.11.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.12 Return to upper beam test.
S14.9.3.11.12.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.2 Performance requirements.
Table I-a Required lamps and reflective devices--All passenger cars, 
multipurpose passenger vehicles (MPV), trucks, and buses
Table I-b Required lamps and reflective devices--All trailers
Table I-c Required lamps and reflective devices--All motorcycles
Table II-a Headlighting systems--Sealed beams
Table II-b Headlighting systems--Combination
Table II-c Headlighting systems--Integral beams
Table II-d Headlighting systems--Replaceable bulb
Table III Marking requirements location
Table IV-a Effective projected luminous lens area requirements
Table IV-b Effective projected luminous lens area requirements
Table IV-c Effective projected luminous lens area requirements
Table V-a Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices
Table V-b Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices--
Lens area visibility option
Table V-c Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices--
Luminous intensity visibility option
Table V-d Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices 
(Legacy visibility alternative)
Table VI-a Front turn signal lamp photometry requirements
Table VI-b Front turn signal lamp photometry requirements
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp photometry requirements
Table VIII Taillamp photometry requirements
Table IX Stop lamp photometry requirements
Table X Side marker lamp photometry requirements
Table XI Clearance and identification lamps photometry requirements
Table XII Backup lamp photometry requirements
Table XIII-a Motorcycle turn signal lamp alternative photometry 
requirements
Table XIII-b Motor driven cycle stop lamp alternative photometry 
requirements
Table XIV Parking lamp photometry requirements
Table XV High-mounted stop lamp photometry requirements
Table XVI-a Reflex reflector photometry requirements
Table XVI-b Additional photometry requirements for conspicuity 
reflex reflectors
Table XVI-c Retroreflective sheeting photometry requirements
Table XVII School bus signal lamp photometry requirements
Table XVIII Headlamp upper beam photometry requirements
Table XIX-a Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements
Table XIX-b Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements
Table XIX-c Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements
Table XX Motorcycle and motor driven cycle headlamp photometry 
requirements
Figure 1 Chromaticity diagram
Figure 2 Flasher performance chart
Figure 3 Replaceable bulb headlamp aim pads
Figure 4 Headlamp connector test setup
Figure 5 Headlamp abrasion test fixture
Figure 6 Thermal cycle test profile
Figure 7 Dirt/Ambient test setup
Figure 8 Replaceable light source deflection test setup
Figure 9 Environmental test profile
Figure 10 Replaceable light source pressure test setup
Figure 11 Trailer conspicuity treatment examples

[[Page 68360]]

Figure 12-1 Trailer conspicuity detail I
Figure 12-2 Trailer conspicuity detail II
Figure 13 Tractor conspicuity treatment examples
Figure 14 92x150 Headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 15 Types G and H headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 16 Types A and E headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 17 Type B headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 18 Types C and D headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 19 License plate lamp target locations
Figure 20 License plate lamp measurement of incident light angle
Figure 21 Vibration test machine
Figure 22 Flasher standard test circuit

    Issued: August 8, 2007.
Nicole R. Nason,
Administrator.

    Editorial Note: This document was received at the Office of the 
Federal Register on Thursday, November 8, 2007.

    Note: The following appendixes will not appear in the Code of 
Federal Regulations.


           Appendix A.--FMVSS No. 108 Rewrite Cross Reference
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     FMVSS No. 108       FMVSS No. 108
    Current FMVSS No. 108 or         rewrite NPRM     rewrite final rule
 incorporated document citation        citation            citation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
S1 Scope........................  S1 Scope..........  S1 Scope.
S2 Purpose......................  S2 Purpose........  S2 Purpose.
S3 Application (except section    S3 Application....  S3 Application.
 citation).
S4 Definitions..................  S4 Definitions....  S4 Definitions.
S4 Definitions--Aiming reference  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 plane.                            Aiming reference    Aiming reference
                                   plane.              plane.
S4 Definitions--Axis of           S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 reference.                        Axis of reference.  Axis of
                                                       reference.
S4 Definitions--Beam contributor  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Beam contributor.   Beam contributor.
S4 Definitions--Cargo lamp......  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Cargo lamp.         Cargo lamp.
S4 Definitions--Cutoff..........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Cutoff.             Cutoff.
S4 Definitions--Direct reading    S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 indicator.                        Direct reading      Direct reading
                                   indicator.          indicator.
S4 Definitions--Effective light-  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 emitting surface.                 Effective light-    Effective light-
                                   emitting surface.   emitting surface.
S4 Definitions--Effective         S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 projected luminous lens area.     Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S4 Definitions--Filament........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Filament.           Filament.
S4 Definitions--Flash...........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Flash.              Flash.
S4 Definitions--Fully opened....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Fully opened.       Fully opened.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp          S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 concealment device.               Headlamp            Headlamp
                                   concealment         concealment
                                   device.             device.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp test     S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 fixture.                          Headlamp test       Headlamp test
                                   fixture.            fixture.
S4 Definitions--Integral beam     S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 headlamp.                         Integral beam       Integral beam
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Multiple          S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 compartment lamp.                 Multiple            Multiple
                                   compartment lamp.   compartment lamp.
S4 Definitions--Multiple lamp     S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 arrangement.                      Multiple lamp       Multiple lamp
                                   arrangement.        arrangement.
S4 Definitions--Remote reading    S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 indicator.                        Remote reading      Remote reading
                                   indicator.          indicator.
S4 Definitions--Replaceable bulb  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 headlamp.                         Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Replaceable       S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 light source.                     Replaceable light   Replaceable light
                                   source.             source.
S4 Definitions--Vehicle headlamp  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 aiming device or VHAD.            Vehicle headlamp    Vehicle headlamp
                                   aiming device or    aiming device or
                                   VHAD.               VHAD.
S4 Definitions--Visually/         S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 optically aimable headlamp.       Visually/           Visually/
                                   optically aimable   optically aimable
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S5.1.1..........................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  S6.1.1 Quantity.
S5.1.1..........................  S6.6 Associated     S6.6.1 All except
                                   equipment.          trailers.
S5.1.1..........................  S6.6 Associated     S6.6.2 All except
                                   equipment.          trailers and
                                                       motorcycles.
S5.1.1.1 Truck tractor            S6.1.1.3 Truck      S6.1.1.3.
 exemption--TS.                    tractor rear turn
                                   signal lamps.
S5.1.1.1 Truck tractor            Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
 exemption--TS.                    color.              and color.
S5.1.1.1 Truck tractor            Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
 exemption--TS.                    6.                  6.
S5.1.1.2 Truck tractor exemption  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
                                   color.              and color.
S5.1.1.3 Intermediate side        Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
 marker exemption.                 color--Intermedia   and color--
                                   te side marker      Intermediate side
                                   lamps.              marker lamps.
S5.1.1.3 Intermediate side        Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
 marker exemption.                 color--Intermedia   and color--
                                   te side marker      Intermediate side
                                   lamps.              marker lamps.
S5.1.1.3 Intermediate side        S7.4.1.1 Inboard    S7.4.13.2 Inboard
 marker exemption.                 photometry.         photometry.
S5.1.1.4 Alternative side reflex  S7.10.1.1           S8.1.13
 material.                         Alternative side    Alternative side
                                   reflex reflectors.  reflex reflector
                                                       material.
S5.1.1.4 Alternative side reflex  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
 material.                         device.             device.
S5.1.1.4 Alternative side reflex  Table I Lighting    Table I-b Lighting
 material.                         device.             device.
S5.1.1.4 Alternative side reflex  Table I Lighting    Table I-c Lighting
 material.                         device.             device.
S5.1.1.5........................  S7.14.1 Turn        S9.1.1 Canceling.
                                   signal operating
                                   unit.
S5.1.1.6........................  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   footnote 2.         footnote 2.
S5.1.1.6........................  Table XIV footnote  Table XIV footnote
                                   2.                  2.
S5.1.1.6........................  S7.2.1 Photometry.  S7.2.13
                                                       Photometry.
S5.1.1.6........................  S7.8.1 Photometry.  S7.8.13
                                                       Photometry.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal   S7.1.2.1            S7.1.2.13.2
 lamp.                             Photometry.         Motorcycle
                                                       alternative.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal   S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1  Table XIII-a
 lamp.                                                 Motorcycle turn
                                                       signal lamp--
                                                       Individual point
                                                       photometry.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal   S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1  Table XIII-a
 lamp.                                                 Motorcycle turn
                                                       signal lamp--
                                                       Group photometry.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal   S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1  Table XIII-a
 lamp.                                                 Motorcycle turn
                                                       signal lamp--
                                                       Photometric
                                                       ratio.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal   S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13
 lamp.                             Photometry.         Photometry.

[[Page 68361]]

 
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal   S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13.1.
 lamp.                             Photometry.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal   S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13.2.
 lamp.                             Photometry.
S5.1.1.8 Inboard photometry.....  S7.4.1.1 Inboard    S7.4.13.2 Inboard
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.1.1.8 Inboard photometry.....  Table X footnote 1  Table X footnote
                                                       1.
S5.1.1.9 Boat trailer exemption.  Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
                                   color--Clearance    and color--
                                   lamp.               Clearance lamp.
S5.1.1.10 Multiple license plate  S6.1.1 Quantity...  S6.1.1 Quantity.
 lamps and backup lamps.
S5.1.1.10 Multiple license plate  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
 lamps and backup lamps.           color.              and color.
S5.1.1.10 Multiple license plate  Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
 lamps and backup lamps.           color.              and color.
S5.1.1.10 Multiple license plate  Table I Number and  Table I-c Number
 lamps and backup lamps.           color.              and color.
S5.1.1.11 Stop lamp and turn      S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 signal lamp activation            Optically           Optically
 interaction.                      combined.           combined.
S5.1.1.11 Stop lamp and turn      S6.1.5 Activation.  S6.1.5 Activation.
 signal lamp activation
 interaction.
S5.1.1.11 Stop lamp and turn      Table I             Table I-a
 signal lamp activation            Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
 interaction.                      lamps.              lamps.
S5.1.1.11 Stop lamp and turn      Table I             Table I-b
 signal lamp activation            Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
 interaction.                      lamps.              lamps.
S5.1.1.12.......................  S7.1.1.3.1 Lamps    S7.1.1.11.4 Lamps
                                   installed on        installed on
                                   vehicles 2032 mm    vehicles 2032 mm
                                   or more in          or more in
                                   overall width.      overall width.
S5.1.1.12.......................  S7.1.2.2.1 Lamps    S7.1.2.11.4 Lamps
                                   installed on        installed on
                                   vehicles 2032 mm    vehicles 2032 mm
                                   or more in          or more in
                                   overall width.      overall width.
S5.1.1.12.......................  S7.3.1.1.1 Lamps    S7.3.11.4 Lamps
                                   installed on        installed on
                                   vehicles 2032 mm    vehicles 2032 mm
                                   or more in          or more in
                                   overall width.      overall width.
S5.1.1.13.......................  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.3.1
                                   signal operating    Voltage drop
                                   unit durability     (<2032 mm wide).
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S5.1.1.13.......................  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.3
                                   signal operating    Performance
                                   unit durability     requirements.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S5.1.1.14 Trailer exemption--     Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
 rear.                             color.              and color.
S5.1.1.15 Trailer exemption--     Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
 front.                            color.              and color.
S5.1.1.16.......................  S6.8.5.2.1 Bulbs    S14.2.1.6.1 Bulbs
                                   without MSCD.       without MSCD.
S5.1.1.17.......................  S6.8.5.2 Bulbs....  S14.2.1.6 Bulbs.
S5.1.1.17.......................  S6.8.5.2 Bulbs....  S14.2.2.3 Bulbs.
S5.1.1.17.......................  S6.8.5.2 Bulbs....  S14.2.4.3 Bulbs.
S5.1.1.18 Backup lamp photometry  Table XII Single    Table XII Single
                                   backup lamp         lamp system--
                                   system--Individua   Individual point
                                   l point             photometry.
                                   photometry.
S5.1.1.18 Backup lamp photometry  Table XII Two       Table XII Two lamp
                                   backup lamp         systems Each
                                   system--Individua   lamp--Individual
                                   l point             point photometry.
                                   photometry.
S5.1.1.18 Backup lamp photometry  Table XII footnote  Table XII footnote
                                   4.                  4.
S5.1.1.19 Variable load turn      Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3.2.1
 signal flasher.                   signal flasher      Setup.
                                   starting time
                                   test--procedure.
S5.1.1.19 Variable load turn      Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.4.2.1
 signal flasher.                   signal flasher      Setup.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--procedure.
S5.1.1.19 Variable load turn      Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.2.1
 signal flasher.                   signal flasher      Setup.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
S5.1.1.20 Flasher voltage drop..  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.4.3
                                   signal flasher      Performance
                                   voltage drop        requirements.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S5.1.1.20 Flasher voltage drop..  Table XXI           S14.9.3.8.3
                                   Vehicular hazard    Performance
                                   warning signal      requirements.
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S5.1.1.21 Motor driven cycle      Table I Number and  Table I-c Number
 turn signal exemption.            color.              and color.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle      S6.4.1 Effective    S6.4.1 Effective
 stop lamp exemptions.             projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area requirements.  area
                                                       requirements.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle      Table IV Stop       Table IV-a Stop
 stop lamp exemptions.             lamp--Effective     lamp--Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle      Table IV footnote   Table IV footnote
 stop lamp exemptions.             1.                  1.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle      Table IX Motor      Table XIII-b Motor
 stop lamp exemptions.             driven cycle stop   driven cycle stop
                                   lamp zone           lamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle      S7.3.1 Photometry.  S7.3.13.2 Motor
 stop lamp exemptions.                                 driven cycle
                                                       alternative.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle      Table IX footnote   Table XIII-b
 stop lamp exemptions.             5.                  footnote 3.
S5.1.1.25 Motor cycle turn        S6.4.1 Effective    S6.4.1 Effective
 signal lamp EPLLA.                projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area requirements.  area
                                                       requirements.

[[Page 68362]]

 
S5.1.1.25 Motor cycle turn        Table IV Front      Table IV-a Front
 signal lamp EPLLA.                turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.25 Motor cycle turn        Table IV Rear turn  Table IV-a Rear
 signal lamp EPLLA.                signal lamp--       turn signal lamp--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.26(a)....................  S6.4.1 Effective    S6.4.1 Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area requirements.  area
                                                       requirements.
S5.1.1.26(a)....................  Table IV Rear turn  Table IV-a Rear
                                   signal lamp--       turn signal lamp--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.26(a)....................  Table IV Stop       Table IV-a Stop
                                   lamp--Effective     lamp--Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.26(b)....................  S6.4.1 Effective    S6.4.1 Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area requirements.  area
                                                       requirements.
S5.1.1.26(b)....................  Table IV Rear turn  Table IV-a Rear
                                   signal lamp--       turn signal lamp--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.26(b)....................  Table IV Stop       Table IV-a Stop
                                   lamp--Effective     lamp--Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.27(a)....................  S6.1.1.2 High       S6.1.1.2 High
                                   mounted stop lamp.  mounted stop
                                                       lamp.
S5.1.1.27(a)....................  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
                                   device.             device.
S5.1.1.27(a)(1).................  S6.4.1 Effective    S6.4.1 Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area requirements.  area
                                                       requirements.
S5.1.1.27(a)(1).................  Table IV High       Table IV-b High
                                   mounted stop        mounted stop
                                   lamp--Effective     lamp--Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.27(a)(2).................  Table V HMSL--      Table V-a HMSL--
                                   Visibility.         Visibility.
S5.1.1.27(a)(3).................  S7.9.3 Photometry.  S7.9.13
                                                       Photometry.
S5.1.1.27(b)(3).................  S7.9.3 Photometry.  S7.9.13
                                                       Photometry.
S5.1.1.27(a)(4).................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.1.27(a)(4).................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.1 External
                                   tests.              mount.
S5.1.1.27(a)(4).................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.2 Internal
                                   tests.              mount.
S5.1.1.27(a)(5).................  S7.9.1 High         S6.1.4.1.3
                                   mounted stop lamp   Accessibility.
                                   design.
S5.1.1.27(b)....................  S6.1.1.2 High       S6.1.1.2 High
                                   mounted stop lamp.  mounted stop
                                                       lamp.
S5.1.1.27(b)....................  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
                                   device.             device.
S5.1.1.27(b)(1).................  S6.1.1.2 High       S6.1.1.2 High
                                   mounted stop lamp.  mounted stop
                                                       lamp.
S5.1.1.27(b)(1).................  S6.4.1 Effective    S6.4.1 Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area requirements.  area
                                                       requirements.
S5.1.1.27(b)(1).................  Table IV High       Table IV-b High
                                   mounted stop        mounted stop
                                   lamp--Effective     lamp--Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S5.1.1.27(b)(2).................  Table V HMSL--      Table V-a HMSL--
                                   Visibility.         Visibility.
S5.1.1.27(b)(3).................  Table XV footnote   Table XV footnote
                                   3.                  3.
S5.1.1.27(b)(4).................  S7.9.1 High         S6.1.4.1.3
                                   mounted stop lamp   Accessibility.
                                   design.
S5.1.1.29 Conspicuity system      S6.1.1.1.1          Table I-b Reflex
 replace reflex on trailers.       Conspicuity and     reflectors.
                                   reflex.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S6.8.4 Plastic      S14.1.2 Plastic
                                   optical materials.  optical
                                                       materials.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.1.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.2.2 Physical     S7.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.3.2 Physical     S7.3.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.4.2 Physical     S7.4.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.5.2 Physical     S7.5.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.6.3 Physical     S7.6.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.7.3 Physical     S7.7.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.8.2 Physical     S7.8.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.1 External
                                   tests.              mount.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.2 Internal
                                   tests.              mount.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.10.2 Physical    S8.1.12 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.11.3 Physical    S7.10.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S7.13.2 Physical    S7.11.14 Physical
                                   test requirements.  tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.3
                                   tests.              Material test.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.8
                                   tests.              Material test.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.7
                                   tests.              Material test.
S5.1.2(a).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4
                                   optical material    Performance
                                   tests--performanc   requirements.
                                   e requirements.
S5.1.2(b).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.1(a)
                                   optical material    Except reflex.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S5.1.2(b).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.1
                                   optical material    Haze.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S5.1.2(c).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.1
                                   optical material    Haze.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S5.1.2(c).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.1(b)
                                   optical material    Reflex.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.

[[Page 68363]]

 
S5.1.2(c).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.3
                                   optical material    Physical changes.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S5.1.2(d).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.1.3
                                   optical material    Thickness.
                                   tests--samples.
S5.1.2(e).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.3.2
                                   optical material    Performance
                                   tests--performanc   requirements.
                                   e requirements.
S5.1.2(e).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.3 Heat
                                   optical material    test.
                                   tests.
S5.1.2(f).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.3 Heat
                                   optical material    test.
                                   tests.
S5.1.2(f).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.3.1
                                   optical material    Procedure.
                                   tests--procedure.
S5.1.2(g).......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.1
                                   optical material    Location and
                                   tests.              duration.
S5.1.3 Impairment...............  S6.2.1 Impairment   S6.2.1 Impairment
                                   due to additional   due to additional
                                   lamps or            lamps or
                                   reflective          reflective
                                   devices.            devices.
S5.1.4 School bus signal lamps..  Table I Additional  Table I-a
                                   Lamps Required on   Additional Lamps
                                   All School Buses    Required on All
                                   except              School Buses
                                   Multifunction       except
                                   School Activity     Multifunction
                                   Buses.              School Activity
                                                       Buses.
S5.1.4(a).......................  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
                                   color--School bus   and color--School
                                   signal lamps.       bus signal lamps.
S5.1.4(b).......................  Table XVII Amber    Table XVII Amber
                                   lamp photometry.    lamp photometry.
S5.1.4(b)(i)....................  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
                                   color--School bus   and color--School
                                   signal lamps.       bus signal lamps.
S5.1.4(b)(ii)...................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Schoo   Activation--Schoo
                                   l bus signal        l bus signal
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.1.4(b).......................  S7.13.1 Photometry  S7.11.13
                                                       Photometry.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S6.1.2 Color......  S6.1.2 Color.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.1.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.2.2 Physical     S7.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.3.2 Physical     S7.3.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.4.2 Physical     S7.4.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.5.2 Physical     S7.5.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.6.3 Physical     S7.6.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.7.3 Physical     S7.7.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.8.2 Physical     S7.8.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.10.2 Physical    S8.1.12 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.11.3 Physical    S7.10.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.13.2 Physical    S7.11.14 Physical
                                   test requirements.  tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.1 External
                                   tests.              mount.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.2 Internal
                                   tests.              mount.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.3 Color
                                   tests.              test.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.8 Color
                                   tests.              test.
S5.1.5 Color....................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.7 Color
                                   tests.              test.
S5.1.5 Color....................  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.3.2
                                   test--performance   Performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
S5.1.5 Color....................  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.2
                                   test--performance   Performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
S5.2.1..........................  S5.1 SAE            S5.1 SAE
                                   Publications.       Publications.
S5.2.2..........................  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
S5.3 Location...................  S6.1.3 Mounting     S6.1.3.1.
                                   location and
                                   height.
S5.3 Location...................  S6.1.3 Mounting     S6.1.3.2.
                                   location and
                                   height.
S5.3.1.2 Truck tractor rear       Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
 reflex.                           location--Reflex    location--Reflex
                                   reflectors.         reflectors.
S5.3.1.3 Trailer front reflex     Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
 and side marker.                  location--Reflex    location--Reflex
                                   reflectors.         reflectors.
S5.3.1.3 Trailer front reflex     Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
 and side marker.                  location--Side      location--Side
                                   marker lamps.       marker lamps.
S5.3.1.4 Rear clearance lamp      Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
 mounting.                         height--Clearance   height--Clearance
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.3.1.4 Rear clearance lamp      Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
 mounting.                         height--Clearance   height--Clearance
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.3.1.6 Truck tractor clearance  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
 lamps.                            location--Clearan   location--Clearan
                                   ce lamps.           ce lamps.
S5.3.1.7 Turn signal spacing....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base zone     2.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.3.1.7 Turn signal spacing....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base          2.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.3.1.7 Turn signal spacing....  S7.1.1.2.3 Spacing  S7.1.1.10.4
                                   based photometric   Spacing based
                                   multipliers.        photometric
                                                       multipliers.
S5.3.1.8(a)(1)..................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   location--High      location--High-
                                   mounted stop lamp.  mounted stop
                                                       lamp.
S5.3.1.8(a)(2)..................  S6.1.3.2.1 High     S6.1.4.1.1 High-
                                   mounted stop lamp   mounted stop lamp
                                   mounting.           mounting.
S5.3.1.8(a)(3)..................  S7.9.2 Interior     S6.1.4.1.2.
                                   mounting.

[[Page 68364]]

 
S5.3.1.8(a)(3)..................  S6.1.3.2.2. High    S6.1.4.1.2. High-
                                   mounted stop lamp   mounted stop lamp
                                   reflections.        reflections.
S5.3.1.8(b).....................  S6.1.1.2 High       S6.1.1.2.1 High-
                                   mounted stop lamp.  mounted stop
                                                       lamp.
S5.3.2(a).......................  S6.2.1 Impairment   S6.2.1 Impairment
                                   due to additional   due to additional
                                   lamps or            lamps or
                                   reflective          reflective
                                   devices.            devices.
S5.3.2(b).......................  S6.4.3 Visibility   S6.4.3 Visibility
                                   options.            requirement
                                                       options.
S5.3.2(b)(1)....................  S6.4.3(a) Lens      S6.4.3(a) Lens
                                   area option.        area option.
S5.3.2(b)(1)....................  Table V Lens area   Table V-c Lens
                                   visibility.         area visibility.
S5.3.2(b)(2)....................  S6.4.3(b) Luminous  S6.4.3(b) Luminous
                                   intensity option.   intensity option.
S5.3.2(b)(2)....................  Table V Luminous    Table V-d Luminous
                                   intensity           intensity
                                   visibility.         visibility.
S5.3.2(c).......................  S6.4.2 Visibility.  S6.4.2 Visibility.
S5.3.2(c).......................  Table V High        Table V-a High
                                   mounted stop lamp   mounted stop lamp
                                   visibility.         visibility.
S5.3.2(d).......................  S6.4.2 Visibility.  S6.4.2 Visibility.
S5.3.2(d).......................  Table V High        Table V-a High
                                   mounted stop lamp   mounted stop lamp
                                   visibility.         visibility.
S5.3.2(e).......................  S6.4.2 Visibility.  S6.4.2 Visibility.
S5.3.2(e).......................  Table V Backup      Table V-a Backup
                                   lamp visibility.    lamp visibility.
S5.3.2.1........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   location--Clearan   location--Clearan
                                   ce lamps.           ce lamps.
S5.3.2.1........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   location--Clearan   location--Clearan
                                   ce lamps.           ce lamps.
S5.3.2.1........................  Table XI footnote   Table XI footnote
                                   4.                  4.
S5.3.2.2........................  S6.2.2 Lamp or      S6.2.2 Lamp or
                                   reflective device   reflective device
                                   obstructed.         obstructed.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table V footnote 2  Table V footnote
                                                       2.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table VI footnote   Table VI footnote
                                   3.                  3.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   3.                  3.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   footnote 3.         footnote 3.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   4.                  4.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table X footnote 3  Table X footnote
                                                       3.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table XI footnote   Table XI footnote
                                   1.                  1.
S5.3.2.3........................  Standard note--new  Table XIII-a
                                   table.              footnote 4.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table XIV footnote  Table XIV footnote
                                   3.                  3.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table XVI footnote  Table XVI-a
                                   1.                  footnote 1.
S5.3.2.3........................  Table XVII          Table XVII
                                   footnote 1.         footnote 1.
S5.3.2.4........................  S6.4.4 SAE          S6.4.4 Legacy
                                   visibility          visibility
                                   alternative to      option.
                                   S6.4.3.
S5.4 Equipment combinations.....  S6.3 Equipment      S6.3 Equipment
                                   combinations.       combinations.
S5.4(a).........................  S6.3.1 High         S6.3.1 High-
                                   mounted stop lamp   mounted stop lamp
                                   and cargo lamp.     and cargo lamp.
S5.4(b).........................  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Optically           Optically
                                   combined.           combined.
S5.4(b).........................  S6.3.2 Optically    S6.3.2 Optically
                                   combined HSML and   combined HSML and
                                   cargo lamp          cargo lamp
                                   prohibition.        prohibition.
S5.4(c).........................  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Optically           Optically
                                   combined.           combined.
S5.4(c).........................  S6.3.3. Clearance   S6.3.3. Clearance
                                   lamp and taillamp.  lamp and
                                                       taillamp.
S5.5.1 Headlamp beam switching..  S7.14.4 Headlamp    S9.4 Headlamp beam
                                   beam switching      switching device.
                                   device.
S5.5.1 Headlamp beam switching..  S7.14.4.1 Semi-     S9.4.1 Semi-
                                   automatic           automatic
                                   headlamp beam       headlamp beam
                                   switching device.   switching device.
S5.5.2 Upper beam indicator.....  S7.14.5 Upper beam  S9.5 Upper beam
                                   headlamp            headlamp
                                   indicator.          indicator.
S5.5.2 Upper beam indicator.....  S7.14.5.1           S9.5.1 Indicator
                                   Indicator size      size, location,
                                   and location.       and color.
S5.5.3..........................  S6.1.5 Activation.  S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.3..........................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.3..........................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.4..........................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--High    Activation--High
                                   mounted stop        mounted stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.5.4..........................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.5.4..........................  Table I             Table I-b
                                   Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.5.4..........................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.5.5..........................  S6.1.1.4 Hazard     S6.1.5.1 Hazard
                                   warning lamps.      warning signal.
S5.5.5..........................  S7.14.6.1           S9.6.2 Operation.
                                   Operating unit
                                   switch.
S5.5.6..........................  S7.14.3.2 Turn      S9.3.6 Turn signal
                                   signal lamp         lamp failure.
                                   failure.
S5.5.6..........................  S7.14.3 Turn        S9.3 Turn signal
                                   signal pilot        pilot indicator.
                                   indicator.
S5.5.6..........................  S7.14.3 Turn        S9.3.1 TS lamps
                                   signal pilot        not visible.
                                   indicator.
S5.5.6..........................  S7.14.3 Turn        S9.3.2 Indicator
                                   signal pilot        light(s).
                                   indicator.
S5.5.6..........................  S7.14.3 Turn        S9.3.3 Function.
                                   signal pilot
                                   indicator.
S5.5.7..........................  S6.1.5 Activation.  S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.7(a).......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.7(a).......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Licen   Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.     se plate lamps.
S5.5.7(a).......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Parki   Activation--Parki
                                   ng lamps.           ng lamps.
S5.5.7(a).......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Side    Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.       marker lamps.
S5.5.7(a).......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.7(a).......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Licen   Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.     se plate lamps.
S5.5.7(b).......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.7(b).......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Licen   Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.     se plate lamps.

[[Page 68365]]

 
S5.5.7(b).......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Parki   Activation--Parki
                                   ng lamps.           ng lamps.
S5.5.7(b).......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Side    Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.       marker lamps.
S5.5.7(b).......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.7(b).......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Licen   Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.     se plate lamps.
S5.5.8..........................  S8.2 Simultaneous   S6.1.5.2.1.
                                   beam activation.
S5.5.8..........................  S8.2 Simultaneous   S6.1.5.2.2.
                                   beam activation.
S5.5.8..........................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Headl   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.                amp.
S5.5.8..........................  Table II footnote   Table II footnote
                                   1.                  1.
S5.5.8..........................  Table II footnote   Table II footnote
                                   3.                  3.
S5.5.8..........................  Table II footnote   Table II footnote
                                   4.                  4.
S5.5.8..........................  Table II footnote   Table II footnote
                                   5.                  5.
S5.5.9..........................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Headl   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.                amp.
S5.5.9..........................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Headl   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.                amp.
S5.5.9..........................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Motor   Activation--Motor
                                   cycle headlamps.    cycle headlamps.
S5.5.10(a)......................  S6.1.5 Activation.  S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.10(a)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Schoo   Activation--Schoo
                                   l bus signal        l bus signal
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.5.10(a)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Turn    Activation--Turn
                                   signals.            signals.
S5.5.10(a)......................  Table I             Table I-b
                                   Activation--Turn    Activation--Turn
                                   signals.            signals.
S5.5.10(a)......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Turn    Activation--Turn
                                   signals.            signals.
S5.5.10(b)......................  S6.1.5 Activation.  S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.10(b)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Headl   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.                amp.
S5.5.10(b)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Side    Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.       marker lamps.
S5.5.10(b)......................  Table I             Table I-b
                                   Activation--Side    Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.       marker lamps.
S5.5.10(b)......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Motor   Activation--Motor
                                   cycle headlamps.    cycle headlamps.
S5.5.10(c)......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Motor   Activation--Motor
                                   cycle headlamps.    cycle headlamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  S6.1.5 Activation.  S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Backu   Activation--Backu
                                   p lamps.            p lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Clear   Activation--Clear
                                   ance lamps.         ance lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--DRL.    Activation--DRL.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Headl   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.                amp.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--High    Activation--High
                                   mounted stop        mounted stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Ident   Activation--Ident
                                   ification lamps.    ification lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Licen   Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.     se plate lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Parki   Activation--Parki
                                   ng lamps.           ng lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Side    Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.       marker lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-b
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-b
                                   Activation--Clear   Activation--Clear
                                   ance lamps.         ance lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-b
                                   Activation--Side    Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.       marker lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-b
                                   Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Taill   Activation--Taill
                                   amps.               amps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Headl   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.                amp.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Licen   Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.     se plate lamps.
S5.5.10(d)......................  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
S5.5.11(a) Daytime running lamps  S6.2.4 Daytime      S6.1.1.4 Daytime
 (DRL).                            running lamps       running lamps
                                   (DRL).              (DRL).
S5.5.11(a) Daytime running lamps  Table I             Table I-a
 (DRL).                            Activation--DRL.    Activation--DRL.
S5.5.11(a) Daytime running lamps  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
 (DRL).                            device.             device.
S5.5.11(a)(1)...................  S7.11.1 Photometry  S7.10.13
                                                       Photometry.
S5.5.11(a)(1)(i)................  S7.11.1(a)........  S7.10.13(a).
S5.5.11(a)(1)(ii)...............  S7.11.1(b)........  S7.10.13(b).
S5.5.11(a)(2)...................  S6.5.2 DRL marking  S6.5.2 DRL
                                                       marking.
S5.5.11(a)(3)...................  S7.11.3 Physical    S7.10.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S5.5.11(a)(3)...................  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
                                   device.             device.
S5.5.11(a)(3)...................  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
                                   color.              and color.
S5.5.11(a)(4)...................  S7.11.2 Spacing to  S7.10.10 Spacing
                                   turn signal lamps.  to other lamps.
S5.5.11(a)(4)(i)................  S7.11.2.2(a) Not    S7.10.10.1(a).
                                   optically
                                   combined with
                                   turn signal lamp.
S5.5.11(a)(4)(iii)..............  S7.11.2.2(b) Not    S7.10.10.1(b).
                                   optically
                                   combined with
                                   turn signal lamp.
S5.5.11(a)(4)(iv)...............  S7.11.2.2(c) Not    S7.10.10.1(c).
                                   optically
                                   combined with
                                   turn signal lamp.
S5.5.11(a)(5)...................  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--DRL.    Activation--DRL.
S5.5.11(b)......................  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
                                   device.             device.
S5.5.11(b)......................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   height.             height.
S5.7 Conspicuity systems........  S6.1.1.1            S6.1.1.1
                                   Conspicuity         Conspicuity
                                   systems.            systems.
S5.7.1 Retroreflective sheeting.  S6.1.1.1            S6.1.1.1
                                   Conspicuity         Conspicuity
                                   systems.            systems.
S5.7.1 Retroreflective sheeting.  S7.12.1             S8.2.1
                                   Retroreflective     Retroreflective
                                   sheeting.           sheeting.
S5.7.1.1 Construction...........  S7.12.1             S8.2.1.1
                                   Retroreflective     Construction.
                                   sheeting.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
 requirements.                     tests.              test procedures.

[[Page 68366]]

 
S5.7.1.2 Performance              S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S14.2.3.8.2
 requirements.                     reflector and       Retroreflective
                                   retroreflective     sheeting.
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              S7.12.1.2           S8.2.1.7
 requirements.                     Photometry.         Photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              Table XVI Red C2    Table XVI-c Red C2
 requirements.                     sheeting            sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              Table XVI Red C3    Table XVI-c Red C3
 requirements.                     sheeting            sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              Table XVI Red C4    Table XVI-c Red C4
 requirements.                     sheeting            sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              Table XVI White C2  Table XVI-c White
 requirements.                     sheeting            C2 sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              Table XVI White C3  Table XVI-c White
 requirements.                     sheeting            C3 sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              Table XVI White C4  Table XVI-c White
 requirements.                     sheeting            C4 sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance              S7.12.1             S8.2.1.2
 requirements.                     Retroreflective     Performance
                                   sheeting.           requirements.
S5.7.1.3 Sheeting pattern,        Table III           S8.2.1.4.1
 dimensions, and relative          Application         Alternating red
 coefficients of retroreflection.  pattern--Alternat   and white
                                   ing--Retroreflect   materials.
                                   ive sheeting.
S5.7.1.3(b).....................  Table III           S8.2.1.4.1.1
                                   Application         Segments.
                                   pattern--Alternat
                                   ing--Retroreflect
                                   ive sheeting.
S5.7.1.3(c).....................  Table III           S8.2.1.4.1.2
                                   Application         Proportion.
                                   pattern--Alternat
                                   ing--Retroreflect
                                   ive sheeting.
S5.7.1.3(d).....................  S7.12.1             S8.2.1.2
                                   Retroreflective     Performance
                                   sheeting.           requirements.
S5.7.1.4(a).....................  Table III           S8.2.1.5
                                   Application         Application
                                   location--Retrore   location.
                                   flective sheeting.
S5.7.1.4(b).....................  Table III           S8.2.1.6
                                   Application         Application
                                   spacing--Retroref   spacing.
                                   lective sheeting.
S5.7.1.4(c).....................  Table III           S8.2.1.6
                                   Application         Application
                                   spacing--Retroref   spacing.
                                   lective sheeting.
S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of trailers.....  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.1 Trailer
                                   rear.               rear.
S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of trailers.....  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.1.2 Element
                                   rear--Element 2--   2--white &
                                   White.              Exceptions.
S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of trailers.....  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.1.3 Element
                                   rear--Element 3--   3--alternating
                                   Alternating.        red and white
                                                       materials &
                                                       Exceptions.
S5.7.1.4.1(a)...................  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.1.1 Element
                                   rear--Element 1--   1--alternating
                                   Alternating.        red and white
                                                       materials.
S5.7.1.4.1(b)...................  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.1.2.1 Upper
                                   rear--Element 2--   corners.
                                   White--requiremen
                                   t.
S5.7.1.4.1(b)...................  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.1.2.2 Non
                                   rear--Element 2--   rectangular body.
                                   White--requiremen
                                   t.
S5.7.1.4.1(c)...................  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.1.3.2
                                   rear--Element 3--   Underride device.
                                   Alternating--requ
                                   irement.
S5.7.1.4.2 Side of trailers.....  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.2 Trailer
                                   side--Alternating.  side--alternating
                                                       red and white
                                                       materials.
S5.7.1.4.2(a)...................  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.2.1
                                   side--Alternating   Horizontal strip.
                                   -requirement.
S5.7.1.4.2(a)...................  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.2.2 Non-
                                   side--Alternating   continuous.
                                   -requirement.
S5.7.1.4.2(b)...................  Table III Trailer   S8.2.3.2.3
                                   side--Alternating   Obstructions.
                                   -requirement.
S5.7.1.4.3 Rear of truck          Table III Truck     S8.2.4 Conspicuity
 tractors.                         tractor.            system
                                                       installation on
                                                       truck tractors.
S5.7.1.4.3 Rear of truck          Table III Truck     S8.2.4.1 Element
 tractors.                         tractor--Element    1--alternating
                                   1--Alternating.     red and white
                                                       materials.
S5.7.1.4.3(a)...................  Table III Truck     S8.2.4.1.1 Lower
                                   tractor--Element    horizontal.
                                   1--Alternating--r
                                   equirement.
S5.7.1.4.3(a)...................  Table III Truck     S8.2.4.1.2 Mudflap
                                   tractor--Element    mounting.
                                   1--Alternating--r
                                   equirement.
S5.7.1.4.3(a)...................  Table III Truck     S8.2.4.1.3
                                   tractor--Element    Mounting
                                   1--Alternating--r   alternatives.
                                   equirement.
S5.7.1.4.3(a)...................  Table III Truck     S8.2.4.1.4
                                   tractor--Element    Obstruction.
                                   1--Alternating--r
                                   equirement.
S5.7.1.4.3(b)...................  Table III Truck     S8.2.4.2 Element
                                   tractor--Element    2--white.
                                   2--White.
S5.7.1.4.3(b)...................  Table III Truck     S8.2.4.2.1
                                   tractor--Element    Obstruction.
                                   2--White--require
                                   ment.
S5.7.1.4.3(b)...................  Table III Truck     S8.2.4.2.2
                                   tractor--Element    Symmetrical
                                   2--White--require   relocation.
                                   ment.
S5.7.1.4.3(b)...................  Table III Truck     S8.2.4.2.3 Window
                                   tractor--Element    mounting.
                                   2--White--require
                                   ment.
S5.7.1.5 Certification..........  S6.5.1.1 DOT        S6.5.1.1 DOT
                                   marking--conspicu   marking--conspicu
                                   ity sheeting.       ity sheeting.
S5.7.1.5 Certification..........  S7.12.1.1           S8.2.1.3
                                   Certification       Certification
                                   marking.            marking.
S5.7.2 Reflex reflectors........  S7.12.2             S8.2.2 Conspicuity
                                   Conspicuity         reflex
                                   reflex reflectors.  reflectors.
S5.7.2 Reflex reflectors........  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S14.2.3.8.1 Reflex
                                   reflector and       reflectors.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S5.7.2.1........................  S7.12.2.2           S8.2.2.3
                                   Photometry.         Photometry.
S5.7.2.1(a).....................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S5.7.2.1(a).....................  S7.12.2.2           S8.2.2.3.1 Red
                                   Photometry.         reflectors.

[[Page 68367]]

 
S5.7.2.1(a).....................  S7.12.2.2           S8.2.2.3.2 White
                                   Photometry.         reflectors--horiz
                                                       ontal
                                                       orientation.
S5.7.2.1(a).....................  S7.12.2.2           S8.2.2.3.3 White
                                   Photometry.         reflectors--verti
                                                       cal orientation.
S5.7.2.1(b).....................  S7.12.2.2           S8.2.2.3.1 Red
                                   Photometry.         reflectors.
S5.7.2.1(b).....................  Table XVI Red       Table XVI-b Red
                                   conspicuity         conspicuity
                                   reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.2.1(c).....................  S7.12.2.2           S8.2.2.3.2 White
                                   Photometry.         reflectors--horiz
                                                       ontal
                                                       orientation.
S5.7.2.1(c).....................  Table XVI White     Table XVI-b White
                                   horizontal          horizontal
                                   conspicuity         conspicuity
                                   reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.2.1(d).....................  S7.12.2.2           S8.2.2.3.3 White
                                   Photometry.         reflectors--verti
                                                       cal orientation.
S5.7.2.1(d).....................  Table XVI White     Table XVI-b White
                                   vertical            vertical
                                   conspicuity         conspicuity
                                   reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S5.7.2.2........................  Table III           S8.2.2.2
                                   Application         Application
                                   pattern.            pattern.
S5.7.2.2(a).....................  Table III           S8.2.2.2.1
                                   Application         Alternating red
                                   pattern--Alternat   and white
                                   ing--Conspicuity    materials.
                                   reflex reflectors.
S5.7.2.2(b).....................  Table III           S8.2.2.2.2 White
                                   Application         material.
                                   pattern--White--C
                                   onspicuity reflex
                                   reflectors.
S5.7.2.3 Certification..........  S7.12.2.1           S8.2.2.1
                                   Certification       Certification
                                   marking.            marking.
S5.7.3 Combination of sheeting    S7.12 Conspicuity   S8.2 Conspicuity
 and reflectors.                   systems.            systems.
S5.8 Replacement equipment......  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
S5.8.1..........................  S6.7.1 General      S6.7.1 General
                                   requirements.       requirements.
S5.8.2..........................  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
S5.8.3..........................  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
S5.8.4..........................  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
S5.8.5..........................  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
S5.8.6..........................  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
S5.8.7..........................  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
S5.8.8..........................  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
S5.8.9..........................  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
S5.8.10.........................  S6.5.1.2 DOT        S6.5.1.2 DOT
                                   marking--except     marking--except
                                   headlamps.          headlamps.
S5.8.11.........................  S18 Replaceable     S13 Replaceable
                                   headlamp lens       headlamp lens
                                   requirements.       requirements.
S6 Subreferenced SAE Standards    S5 References to    S5 References to
 and Recommended Practices.        SAE publications.   SAE publications.
S6.1............................  S5.1                S5.1
                                   Recommended=manda   Recommended=manda
                                   tory.               tory.
S6.2............................  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.1.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.2.2 Physical     S7.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.3.2 Physical     S7.3.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.4.2 Physical     S7.4.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.5.2 Physical     S7.5.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.6.3 Physical     S7.6.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.7.3 Physical     S7.7.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.8.2 Physical     S7.8.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.1 External
                                   tests.              mount.
S6.2............................  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.2 Internal
                                   tests.              mount.
S6.2............................  S7.10.2 Physical    S8.1.12 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.11.3 Physical    S7.10.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S6.2............................  S7.13.2 Physical    S7.11.14 Physical
                                   test requirements.  tests.
S6.3............................  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S7 Headlighting requirements....  S8 Headlighting     S10 Headlighting
                                   system              system
                                   requirements.       requirements.
S7.1............................  S8.1 Headlighting   S10.1.1 Vehicles
                                   systems.            ex motorcycles &
                                                       trailers.
S7.2(a).........................  S6.5.1 DOT marking  S6.5.1 DOT
                                                       marking.
S7.2(b).........................  S17.1 Trademark...  S6.5.3.1
                                                       Trademark.
S7.2(c).........................  S17.2 Voltage and   S6.5.3.2 Voltage
                                   trade number.       and trade number.
S7.2(d).........................  S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming.  S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S7.2(d).........................  S6.8.5.6.5          S14.2.5.2 Glare
                                   Location of test    area.
                                   points.
S7.2(e).........................  S6.5.1 DOT marking  S6.5.1 DOT
                                                       marking.
S7.2(e).........................  S18 Replaceable     S13 Replaceable
                                   headlamp lens       headlamp lens
                                   requirements.       requirements.
S7.3 Sealed beam headlighting     S9 Sealed beam      S10.13 Sealed beam
 system.                           headlamp            headlighting
                                   requirements.       system.
S7.3............................  S8.1.1              Redundant--elimina
                                   Headlighting        ted.
                                   system type.
S7.3............................  S8.1.2 Headlamp     Redundant--elimina
                                   category.           ted.
S7.3.1..........................  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
S7.3.2 Type A headlighting        S9.1 Installation.  S10.13.1
 system.                                               Installation.
S7.3.2 Type A headlighting        Table II Sealed     Table II-a Sealed
 system.                           beam headlamps      beam headlamps
                                   Type A.             Type A.

[[Page 68368]]

 
S7.3.2(a)(3)....................  S9.3 Photometry...  S10.13.3
                                                       Photometry.
S7.3.2(a)(3)....................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.2(b).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.15 Headlamp
                                   Headlamp            connector test.
                                   connector test.
S7.3.2(c).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Vibration.
S7.3.2(c).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.8.3
                                   Vibration test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.2(d).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Wattage.
S7.3.2(d).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.16.2
                                   Headlamp wattage    Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.3 Type B headlighting        S9.1 Installation.  S10.13.1
 system.                                               Installation.
S7.3.3 Type B headlighting        Table II Sealed     Table II-a Sealed
 system.                           beam headlamps      beam headlamps
                                   Type B.             Type B.
S7.3.3(a).......................  S9.3 Photometry...  S10.13.3
                                                       Photometry.
S7.3.3(a).......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.3(b).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Wattage.
S7.3.3(b).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.16.2
                                   Headlamp wattage    Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.4 Type C headlighting        S9.1 Installation.  S10.13.1
 system.                                               Installation.
S7.3.4 Type C headlighting        S9.3 Photometry...  S10.13.3
 system.                                               Photometry.
S7.3.4 Type C headlighting        S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
 system.                           tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.4 Type C headlighting        Table II Sealed     Table II-a Sealed
 system.                           beam headlamps      beam headlamps
                                   Type C.             Type C.
S7.3.5 Type D headlighting        S9.1 Installation.  S10.13.1
 system.                                               Installation.
S7.3.5 Type D headlighting        Table II Sealed     Table II-a Sealed
 system.                           beam headlamps      beam headlamps
                                   Type D.             Type D.
S7.3.5(a).......................  S9.3 Photometry...  S10.13.3
                                                       Photometry.
S7.3.5(a).......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.5(b).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Wattage.
S7.3.5(b).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.16.2
                                   Headlamp wattage    Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.6 Type E headlighting        S9.1 Installation.  S10.13.1
 system.                                               Installation.
S7.3.6 Type E headlighting        Table II Sealed     Table II-a Sealed
 system.                           beam headlamps      beam headlamps
                                   Type E.             Type E.
S7.3.6(a).......................  S9.3 Photometry...  S10.13.3
                                                       Photometry.
S7.3.6(a).......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.6(b).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Wattage.
S7.3.6(b).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.16.2
                                   Headlamp wattage    Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.7 Type F headlighting        S9.1 Installation.  S10.13.1
 system.                                               Installation.
S7.3.7 Type F headlighting        Table II Sealed     Table II-a Sealed
 system.                           beam headlamps      beam headlamps
                                   Type F.             Type F.
S7.3.7(b).......................  S9.3 Photometry...  S10.13.3
                                                       Photometry.
S7.3.7(b).......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.7(b).......................  S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming.  S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S7.3.7(d).......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.7(e)(1)....................  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Mounting ring       Mounting ring
                                   (type F sealed      (type F sealed
                                   beam).              beam).
S7.3.7(e)(2)....................  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Retaining ring      Retaining ring
                                   (type F sealed      (type F sealed
                                   beam).              beam).
S7.3.7(e)(5)....................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.2 Type
                                   adjustment test     F, replaceable
                                   laboratory--perfo   bulb, integral
                                   rmance              beam, and
                                   requirements.       combination.
S7.3.7(e)(7)....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.14.1
                                   Retaining ring      Procedure.
                                   test--procedure.
S7.3.7(f).......................  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
S7.3.7(g).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Wattage.
S7.3.7(g).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.16.2
                                   Headlamp wattage    Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.7(h).......................  S9.2 Simultaneous   S10.13.2
                                   aim.                Simultaneous aim.
S7.3.7(h)(1)....................  S9.2 Simultaneous   S10.13.2
                                   aim.                Simultaneous aim.
S7.3.7(h)(1)....................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.7(h)(2)....................  S9.2 Simultaneous   S10.13.2
                                   aim.                Simultaneous aim.
S7.3.7(i).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Vibration.
S7.3.7(i).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.8.3
                                   Vibration test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.8 Type G headlighting        S9.1 Installation.  S10.13.1
 system.                                               Installation.
S7.3.8 Type G headlighting        Table II Sealed     Table II-a Sealed
 system.                           beam headlamps      beam headlamps
                                   Type G.             Type G.
S7.3.8(b).......................  S9.3 Photometry...  S10.13.3
                                                       Photometry.
S7.3.8(b).......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.8(c)(1)....................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.2
                                   tests.              Retaining ring
                                                       test ex types G &
                                                       H.
S7.3.8(c)(2)....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13 Torque
                                   deflection test.    deflection test.
S7.3.8(c)(2)....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1
                                   deflection test--   Procedure.
                                   procedure.
S7.3.8(c)(2)....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.1
                                   deflection test--   Mounting.
                                   procedure.
S7.3.8(c)(2)....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.2
                                   deflection test--   Deflectometers.
                                   procedure.
S7.3.8(c)(2)....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.3
                                   deflection test--   Deflectometer
                                   procedure.          adapters.
S7.3.8(c)(2)....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.4
                                   deflection test--   Torque.
                                   procedure.
S7.3.8(d).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Vibration.

[[Page 68369]]

 
S7.3.8(d).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.8.3
                                   Vibration test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.8(e).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Wattage.
S7.3.8(e).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.16.2
                                   Headlamp wattage    Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.8(f).......................  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
S7.3.9 Type H headlighting        S9.1 Installation.  S10.13.1
 system.                                               Installation.
S7.3.9 Type H headlighting        Table II Sealed     Table II-a Sealed
 system.                           beam headlamps      beam headlamps
                                   Type H.             Type H.
S7.3.9(a).......................  S9.3 Photometry...  S10.13.3
                                                       Photometry.
S7.3.9(a).......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.3.9(b).......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Wattage.
S7.3.9(b).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.16.2
                                   Headlamp wattage    Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.3.9(c).......................  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
S7.4 Integral Beam Headlighting   S10 Integral beam   S10.14 Integral
 System.                           headlamp            beam
                                   requirements.       headlighting.
S7.4 Integral Beam Headlighting   S10.1 Installation  S10.14.1
 System.                                               Installation.
S7.4 Integral Beam Headlighting   S8.1.1              Redundant--elimina
 System.                           Headlighting        ted.
                                   system type.
S7.4 Integral Beam Headlighting   S8.1.2 Headlamp     Redundant--elimina
 System.                           category.           ted.
S7.4(a).........................  S10.1 Installation  S10.14.1
                                                       Installation.
S7.4(a).........................  S10.6 Photometry..  S10.14.6
                                                       Photometry.
S7.4(a)(1)(i)...................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.4(a)(1)(i)...................  Table II Integral   Table II-c
                                   beam headlamps--4   Integral beam
                                   lamp system.        headlamps--4 lamp
                                                       system.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii)..................  S8.2 Simultaneous   S6.1.5.2.3.
                                   beam activation.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii)..................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii)..................  Table II Integral   Table II-c
                                   beam headlamps--4   Integral beam
                                   lamp system--       headlamps--4 lamp
                                   simultaneous        system--simultane
                                   activation.         ous activation.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii)..................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>6     beam <greek-i>6
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii)..................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-b Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>5M    beam <greek-i>5M
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii)..................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-c Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>4V    beam <greek-i>4V
                                   photometry.         photometry.
S7.4(a)(1)(iii).................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.4(a)(1)(iii).................  Table II Integral   Table II-c
                                   beam headlamps--4   Integral beam
                                   lamp system U & L.  headlamps--4 lamp
                                                       system U & L.
S7.4(a)(2)......................  Table II Integral   Table II-c
                                   beam headlamps--2   Integral beam
                                   lamp system.        headlamps--2 lamp
                                                       system.
S7.4(a)(2)(i)...................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.4(a)(2)(ii)..................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.4(a)(3)......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.4(a)(3)......................  S6.8.5.6.6 Beam     S14.2.5.9 Beam
                                   contributor         contributor
                                   photometry.         photometry
                                                       measurements.
S7.4(a)(3)......................  Table II Integral   Table II-c
                                   beam headlamps--    Integral beam
                                   beam contributor    headlamps--beam
                                   system.             contributor
                                                       system.
S7.4(a)(3)......................  Table II footnote   Table II footnote
                                   6.                  6.
S7.4(a)(3)......................  Omitted...........  Table II footnote
                                                       7.
S7.4(b).........................  S8.1.3 Vertical     S6.1.3.5.1
                                   headlamp            Vertical headlamp
                                   arrangement.        arrangement.
S7.4(b).........................  S8.1.4 Horizontal   S6.1.3.5.2
                                   headlamp            Horizontal
                                   arrangement.        headlamp
                                                       arrangement.
S7.4(c)(1)......................  S10.4 Markings....  S10.14.4 Markings.
S7.4(c)(2)......................  S10.4 Markings....  S10.14.4 Markings.
S7.4(d).........................  S10.3 Simultaneous  S10.14.3
                                   aim.                Simultaneous aim.
S7.4(d).........................  Table II footnote   Table II footnote
                                   2.                  2.
S7.4(e).........................  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S14.2.5.3
                                   photometry          Measurement
                                   measurements.       distance.
S7.4(f).........................  S10.2 Aimability..  S10.14.2
                                                       Aimability.
S7.4(g).........................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.1
                                   tests.              Corrosion test.
S7.4(g).........................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.2 Sealing
                                   tests.              test.
S7.4(g).........................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.2 Dust
                                   tests.              test.
S7.4(g).........................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.2
                                   tests.              Humidity test.
S7.4(g).........................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.3
                                   tests.              Abrasion test.
S7.4(g).........................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.4
                                   tests.              Chemical
                                                       resistance test.
S7.4(g).........................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.5
                                   tests.              Internal heat
                                                       test.
S7.4(g).........................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Corrosion test.
S7.4(g).........................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1 Dust
                                   tests.              test.
S7.4(g).........................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Humidity test.
S7.4(g).........................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.2
                                   tests.              Abrasion test.
S7.4(g).........................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.3
                                   tests.              Chemical
                                                       resistance test.
S7.4(g).........................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.4
                                   tests.              Internal heat
                                                       test.
S7.4(g).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9.2
                                   Sealing test--      Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(1)......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.3
                                   tests.              Abrasion test.
S7.4(h)(1)......................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.2
                                   tests.              Abrasion test.

[[Page 68370]]

 
S7.4(h)(1); S8.1................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.2
                                   Abrasion test--     Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(2)......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.6
                                   tests.              Chemical
                                                       resistance--refle
                                                       ctor.
S7.4(h)(2)......................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.5
                                   tests.              Chemical
                                                       resistance--refle
                                                       ctor.
S7.4(h)(2)......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.4
                                   tests.              Chemical
                                                       resistance test.
S7.4(h)(2)......................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.3
                                   tests.              Chemical
                                                       resistance test.
S7.4(h)(2); S8.1................  Table XXIII         S14.6.2.2
                                   Chemical            Performance
                                   resistance test--   requirements.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(2); S8.1................  Table XXIII         S14.6.10.2
                                   Chemical            Performance
                                   resistance of       requirements.
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.6
                                   tests.              Corrosion
                                                       resistance--refle
                                                       ctor.
S7.4(h)(3)......................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.5
                                   tests.              Corrosion
                                                       resistance--refle
                                                       ctor.
S7.4(h)(3)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.2
                                   Corrosion-          Performance
                                   connector test--    requirements.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.2.1
                                   Corrosion-          Corrosion.
                                   connector test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.2.2
                                   Corrosion-          Adhesion.
                                   connector test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.2.3
                                   Corrosion-          Terminal
                                   connector test--    corrosion.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.1
                                   tests.              Corrosion test.
S7.4(h)(3)......................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Corrosion test.
S7.4(h)(3); S8.1................  Table XXIII         S14.6.11.2
                                   Corrosion           Performance
                                   resistance of       requirements.
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(4)......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.2 Dust
                                   tests.              test.
S7.4(h)(4)......................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1 Dust
                                   tests.              test.
S7.4(h)(4); S8.1................  Table XXIII Dust    S14.6.5.2
                                   test--performance   Performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
S7.4(h)(5)(i)...................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.1
                                   tests.              Temperature cycle
                                                       test.
S7.4(h)(5)(i)...................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Temperature cycle
                                                       test.
S7.4(h)(5)(i); S8.1.............  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.3.2
                                   Temperature cycle   Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(5)(ii)..................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.5
                                   tests.              Internal heat
                                                       test.
S7.4(h)(5)(ii)..................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.4
                                   tests.              Internal heat
                                                       test.
S7.4(h)(5)(ii); S8.1............  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4.2
                                   Internal heat       Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(6)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.2
                                   Humidity test--     Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.4(h)(6)......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.2
                                   tests.              Humidity test.
S7.4(h)(6)......................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Humidity test.
S7.4(h)(7)......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.1
                                   tests.              Vibration test.
S7.4(h)(7)......................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Vibration test.
S7.4(h)(7)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.8.3
                                   Vibration test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.4(i).........................  S10.5 Additional    S10.14.5
                                   light sources.      Additional light
                                                       sources.
S7.5 Replaceable bulb             S11 Replaceable     S10.15 Replaceable
 headlighting system.              bulb headlamp       bulb headlighting
                                   requirements.       system.
S7.5 Replaceable bulb             S8.1.1              Redundant--elimina
 headlighting system.              Headlighting        ted.
                                   system type.
S7.5 Replaceable bulb             S8.1.2 Headlamp     Redundant--elimina
 headlighting system.              category.           ted.
S7.5(a).........................  S11.1 Installation  S10.15.1
                                                       Installation.
S7.5(b).........................  S11.6 Photometry..  S10.15.6
                                                       Photometry.
S7.5(b).........................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.5(c).........................  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S14.2.5.3
                                   photometry          Measurement
                                   measurements.       distance.
S7.5(d).........................  S8.1.3 Vertical     S6.1.3.5.1
                                   headlamp            Vertical headlamp
                                   arrangement.        arrangement.
S7.5(d).........................  S8.1.4 Horizontal   S6.1.3.5.2
                                   headlamp            Horizontal
                                   arrangement.        headlamp
                                                       arrangement.
S7.5(d).........................  Table II            Table II-d
                                   Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamps--2 lamp   headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system--without     system--without
                                   HB2.                HB2.
S7.5(d).........................  Table II            Table II-d
                                   Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamps--4 lamp   headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system--without     system--without
                                   HB2.                HB2.
S7.5(d)(1)......................  S11.2 Aiming        S10.15.2 Aiming
                                   restrictions.       restrictions.
S7.5(d)(2)......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.5(d)(3)(i)(A)................  Omitted...........  S10.15.4.1.1
                                                       Exception.
S7.5(d)(3)(i)(B)................  S11.5 Markings....  S10.15.4.1 U & L.
S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(A)...............  Omitted...........  S10.15.4.1.1
                                                       Exception.
S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(B)...............  S11.5 Markings....  S10.15.4.1 U & L.
S7.5(e).........................  Table II            Table II-d
                                   Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamps--2 lamp   headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system--with HB2.   system--with HB2.
S7.5(e).........................  Table II            Table II-d
                                   Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamps--4 lamp   headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system--with HB2.   system--with HB2.

[[Page 68371]]

 
S7.5(e)(1)......................  S11.2 Aiming        S10.15.2 Aiming
                                   restrictions.       restrictions.
S7.5(e)(2)......................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.5(e)(3)(i)...................  S11.5 Markings....  S10.15.4.1 U & L.
S7.5(e)(3)(ii)..................  S11.5 Markings....  S10.15.4.1 U & L.
S7.5(f).........................  S11.4 Replacement   S10.15.3
                                   equipment.          Replacement
                                                       equipment.
S7.5(g).........................  S17.4 Replaceable   S6.5.3.4
                                   bulb headlamp       Replaceable bulb
                                   markings.           headlamp
                                                       markings.
S7.5(h).........................  S11.2 Aiming        S10.15.2 Aiming
                                   restrictions.       restrictions.
S7.5(i).........................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
S7.5(i).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9.2
                                   Sealing test--      Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.5(j).........................  S11.3 Additional    S10.15.5.
                                   light sources.      Additional light
                                                       sources.
S7.6 Combination Headlighting     S12 Combination     S10.16 Combination
 System.                           headlamps.          headlighting
                                                       system.
S7.6 Combination Headlighting     S8.1.1              Redundant--elimina
 System.                           Headlighting        ted.
                                   system type.
S7.6 Combination Headlighting     S8.1.2 Headlamp     Redundant--elimina
 System.                           category.           ted.
S7.6.1..........................  S12.1 Installation  S10.16.1
                                                       Installation.
S7.6.2..........................  S12.2 Photometry..  S10.16.2
                                                       Photometry.
S7.6.2..........................  S12.3 Physical      S10.16.3.1 Type F
                                   tests.              sealed beam.
S7.6.2..........................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.6.2..........................  Table II            Table II-b
                                   Combination         Combination
                                   headlamps--2 lamp   headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system.             system.
S7.6.2.1........................  S12.2 Photometry..  S10.16.2
                                                       Photometry.
S7.6.2.1........................  S12.3 Physical      S10.16.3.2
                                   tests.              Integral beam.
S7.6.2.2........................  S12.2 Photometry..  S10.16.2
                                                       Photometry.
S7.6.2.2........................  S12.3 Physical      S10.16.3.3
                                   tests.              Replaceable bulb.
S7.6.3..........................  S12.2 Photometry..  S10.16.2
                                                       Photometry.
S7.6.3..........................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.6.3..........................  Table II            Table II-b
                                   Combination         Combination
                                   headlamps--4 lamp   headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system.             system.
S7.7 Replaceable light sources..  S15 Replaceable     S11 Replaceable
                                   light sources.      light sources.
S7.7(a).........................  S15.1 Markings....  S11.1 Markings.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2 Power and     S11.4.2 Power &
                                   flux measurement.   Luminous flux
                                                       tests.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3
                                                       Replaceable light
                                                       source power and
                                                       flux measurement
                                                       procedure.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.1
                                                       Seasoning.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.1.1
                                                       Resistive
                                                       filament source.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.1.2
                                                       Discharge source.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.2 Test
                                                       voltage.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.3 Luminous
                                                       flux measurement.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.3.1
                                                       Resistive
                                                       filament light
                                                       source setup.
S7.7(b).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.3.2
                                                       Discharge light
                                                       source setup.
S7.7(c).........................  S15.6 Physical      S11.4.1 Pressure
                                   tests.              test.
S7.7(c).........................  Table XXIII         S14.7.2 Pressure
                                   Pressure test for   test for
                                   replaceable light   replaceable light
                                   sources.            sources.
S7.7(c).........................  Table XXIII         S14.7.2.1
                                   Pressure test for   Procedure.
                                   replaceable light
                                   sources--procedur
                                   e.
S7.7(c).........................  Table XXIII         S14.7.2.1.1 Force
                                   Pressure test for   application.
                                   replaceable light
                                   sources--procedur
                                   e.
S7.7(c).........................  Table XXIII         S14.7.2.1.2
                                   Pressure test for   Application
                                   replaceable light   sequence.
                                   sources--procedur
                                   e.
S7.7(c).........................  Table XXIII         S14.7.2.2
                                   Pressure test for   Performance
                                   replaceable light   requirements.
                                   sources--performa
                                   nce requirements.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3
                                                       Replaceable light
                                                       source power and
                                                       flux measurement
                                                       procedure.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.1
                                                       Seasoning.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.1.1
                                                       Resistive
                                                       filament source.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.1.2
                                                       Discharge source.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.2 Test
                                                       voltage.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.3 Luminous
                                                       flux measurement.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.3.1
                                                       Resistive
                                                       filament light
                                                       source setup.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.2; S15.3......  S14.7.3.3.2
                                                       Discharge light
                                                       source setup.
S7.7(d).........................  S15.3 Power and     S11.4.2 Power &
                                   flux measurement.   Luminous flux
                                                       tests.
S7.7(e).........................  S15.4 Ballast       S11.2 Ballast
                                   markings.           markings.
S7.7(f).........................  S15.5 Gas           S11.3 Gas
                                   discharge           discharge
                                   laboratory life.    laboratory life.
S7.7(g).........................  S15.6 Physical      S11.4.1 Deflection
                                   tests.              test.
S7.7(g).........................  Table XXIII         S14.7.1.2
                                   Deflection test     Performance
                                   for replaceable     requirements.
                                   light sources--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.8 Aimability Performance       Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17 Aiming
 Requirements.                     adjustment test     adjustment test--
                                   laboratory.         laboratory.
S7.8 Aimability Performance       Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18 Aiming
 Requirements.                     adjustment test     adjustment test--
                                   on vehicle.         on vehicle.

[[Page 68372]]

 
S7.8 Aimability Performance       Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.2
 Requirements.                     adjustment test     Performance
                                   on vehicle--        requirements.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.1..........................  S14.6 Optical axis  S10.18.5 Optical
                                   marking.            axis marking.
S7.8.1(a).......................  S14.6.2 Optical     S10.18.5.2 Optical
                                   axis marking--      axis marking--
                                   lamp.               lamp.
S7.8.1(b).......................  S14.6.1 Optical     S10.18.5.1 Optical
                                   axis marking--      axis marking--
                                   vehicle.            vehicle.
S7.8.1(c).......................  S14.6.3 Optical     S10.18.5.3 Optical
                                   axis marking--      axis marking--
                                   visual aim          visual aim
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S7.8.2..........................  S14.1 Headlamp      S10.18.1 Headlamp
                                   mounting and        mounting and
                                   aiming.             aiming.
S7.8.2.1(a).....................  S14.4 Aim           S10.18.3 Aim
                                   adjustment          adjustment
                                   interaction.        interaction.
S7.8.2.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.2.3 Aim
                                   adjustment test     interaction.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.2.1(b).....................  S14.4 Aim           S10.18.3 Aim
                                   adjustment          adjustment
                                   interaction.        interaction.
S7.8.2.1(c).....................  S14.5 Horizontal    S10.18.4
                                   adjustment--visua   Horizontal
                                   lly aimed           adjustment--visua
                                   headlamp.           lly aimed
                                                       headlamp.
S7.8.2.1(c).....................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.2.3 Aim
                                   adjustment test     interaction.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.2.1(c).....................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2
                                   adjustment test     Performance
                                   laboratory--perfo   requirements.
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.2.2(a).....................  S14.7 Moveable      S10.18.6 Moveable
                                   reflectors.         reflector
                                                       requirements.
S7.8.2.2(a).....................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.3
                                   adjustment test     Moveable
                                   laboratory--perfo   reflector.
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.2.2(b).....................  S14.7 Moveable      S10.18.6 Moveable
                                   reflectors.         reflector
                                                       requirements.
S7.8.2.2(b).....................  S6.8.5.6.2(h)       S14.2.5.10.1.
                                   Aiming--Moveable
                                   reflector.
S7.8.2.2(c).....................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.3
                                   adjustment test     Moveable
                                   laboratory--perfo   reflector.
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.2.2(d).....................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2
                                   adjustment test     Performance
                                   laboratory--perfo   requirements.
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.3..........................  S6.8.5.6.2(h)       S14.2.5.10.2.
                                   Aiming--Moveable
                                   reflector.
S7.8.3..........................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.1.2
                                   adjustment test     Vehicle pitch.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   procedure.
S7.8.3..........................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.2.1
                                   adjustment test     Vertical range.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.3..........................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.2.2
                                   adjustment test     Continuous
                                   on vehicle--        vertical
                                   performance         adjustment.
                                   requirements.
S7.8.3..........................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.1
                                   adjustment test     Sealed beam
                                   laboratory--perfo   except Type F.
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.3..........................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.2 Type
                                   adjustment test     F, replaceable
                                   laboratory--perfo   bulb, integral
                                   rmance              beam, and
                                   requirements.       combination.
S7.8.4..........................  S6.8.5.6.2(h)       S14.2.5.10.3.
                                   Aiming--Moveable
                                   reflector.
S7.8.4..........................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.1
                                   adjustment test     Sealed beam
                                   laboratory--perfo   except Type F.
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.4..........................  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.2 Type
                                   adjustment test     F, replaceable
                                   laboratory--perfo   bulb, integral
                                   rmance              beam, and
                                   requirements.       combination.
S7.8.5..........................  S14.2 Headlamp      S6.2.3 Headlamp
                                   obstructions.       Obstructions.
S7.8.5..........................  S14.2 Headlamp      S6.2.3.1
                                   obstructions.       Coverings.
S7.8.5..........................  S14.2 Headlamp      S6.2.3.2 Wipers.
                                   obstructions.
S7.8.5..........................  S10.2 Aimability..  S10.2 Aiming.
S7.8.5..........................  S14.3 Headlamp      S10.18.2 Headlamp
                                   aiming systems.     aiming systems.
S7.8.5.1 External aiming........  S14.8 External      S10.18.7 External
                                   aiming.             aiming.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.7 Torque
                                   tests.              deflection test.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.6 Torque
                                   tests.              deflection test.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13 Torque
                                   deflection test.    deflection test.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1
                                   deflection test--   Procedure.
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.1
                                   deflection test--   Mounting.
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.2
                                   deflection test--   Deflectometers.
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.3
                                   deflection test--   Deflectometer
                                   procedure.          adapters.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.4
                                   deflection test--   Torque.
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.5
                                   deflection test--   Torque
                                   procedure.          application.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.6 Group
                                   deflection test--   I aiming pads.
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.7 Group
                                   deflection test--   II aiming pads.
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.1.8 Non-
                                   deflection test--   adjustable
                                   procedure.          locating plates.
S7.8.5.1(a).....................  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.2
                                   deflection test--   Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.1(b).....................  Table XXIII Inward  S14.6.12 Inward
                                   force test.         force test.
S7.8.5.1(b).....................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.1 Inward
                                   tests.              force test.
S7.8.5.1(b).....................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1 Inward
                                   tests.              force test.
S7.8.5.1(b).....................  Table XXIII Inward  S14.6.12.2
                                   force test--        Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.1(c).....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.3.1
                                   Corrosion test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.1(c).....................  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.6.1
                                   corrosion test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.

[[Page 68373]]

 
S7.8.5.1(c).....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.3.2
                                   Corrosion test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.1(c).....................  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.6.2
                                   corrosion test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.1(d).....................  S14.8.1 Headlamp    S10.18.7.1
                                   aiming device       Headlamp aiming
                                   locating plates.    device locating
                                                       plates.
S7.8.5.1(d)(1)..................  S14.8.1.1 Aiming    S10.18.7.1.1
                                   pads.               Aiming pads.
S7.8.5.1(d)(2)..................  S14.8.1.2 Aiming    S10.18.7.1.2
                                   dimension marking.  Aiming dimension
                                                       marking.
S7.8.5.1(e).....................  S14.8.2             S10.18.7.2
                                   Nonadjustable       Nonadjustable
                                   headlamp aiming     headlamp aiming
                                   device locating     device locating
                                   plates.             plates.
S7.8.5.2 On-vehicle aiming......  S14.9 On-vehicle    S10.18.8 On-
                                   aiming.             vehicle aiming.
S7.8.5.2(a) Aim.................  S14.9.1 Aim.......  S10.18.8.1 Aim.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1) Vertical axis....  S14.9.1.1 Vertical  S10.18.8.1.1
                                   aim.                Vertical aim.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(i)...............  S14.9.1.1.1         S10.18.8.1.1.1
                                   Graduations.        Graduations.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(ii)..............  S14.9.1.1.2 VHAD    S10.18.8.1.1.2
                                   markings.           VHAD markings.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(iii).............  S14.9.1.1.3         S10.18.8.1.1.3
                                   Graduation scale.   Graduation scale.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(iv)..............  S14.9.1.1.4         S10.18.8.1.1.4
                                   Vertical            Vertical
                                   indicator range.    indicator range.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(v)...............  S14.9.1.1.5 Floor   S10.18.8.1.1.5
                                   slope               Floor slope
                                   compensation.       compensation.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(vi)..............  S14.9.1.1.6         S10.18.8.1.1.6
                                   Graduation          Graduation
                                   legibility.         legibility.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2) Horizontal aim...  S14.9.1.2           S10.18.8.1.2
                                   Horizontal aim.     Horizontal aim.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(i)...............  S14.9.1.2.1         S10.18.8.1.2.1
                                   Graduation scale.   Graduation scale.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(ii)..............  S14.9.1.2.2         S10.18.8.1.2.2
                                   Horizontal          Horizontal
                                   markings.           markings.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(iii).............  S14.9.1.2.3         S10.18.8.1.2.3
                                   Graduation          Graduation
                                   legibility.         legibility.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(iv)..............  S14.9.1.2.4         S10.18.8.1.2.4
                                   Horizontal          Horizontal
                                   indicator range.    indicator range.
S7.8.5.2(b) Aiming instructions.  S14.9.2 Aiming      S10.18.8.2 Aiming
                                   instructions.       instructions.
S7.8.5.2(b)(1)..................  S14.9.2.1 Aiming    S10.18.8.2.1
                                   instruction         Aiming
                                   location and        instruction
                                   content.            location and
                                                       content.
S7.8.5.2(b)(2)..................  S14.9.2.2 Remote    S10.18.8.2.2
                                   indicator           Remote indicator
                                   instructions.       instructions.
S7.8.5.2(b)(3)..................  S14.4.1 Excess aim  S10.18.3.1 Excess
                                   interaction.        aim interaction.
S7.8.5.2(c).....................  S14.9.3 Permanent   S10.18.8.3
                                   calibrations.       Permanent
                                                       calibration.
S7.8.5.2(d) Testing the VHAD....  S14.9.5 Physical    S10.18.8.5
                                   tests.              Physical tests.
S7.8.5.2(d)(1)..................  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S14.2.5.3
                                   photometry          Measurement
                                   measurements.       distance.
S7.8.5.2(d)(1)..................  S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming.  S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S7.8.5.2(d)(1)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(b)       S14.2.5.5.2
                                   Aiming--VHAD.       Mechanically
                                                       aimable headlamps
                                                       equipped with a
                                                       VHAD.
S7.8.5.2(d)(2)..................  S14.9.4             S10.18.8.4
                                   Replacement units.  Replacement
                                                       units.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i)...............  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.2 Scale
                                   scale graduation    graduation test.
                                   test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i)...............  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.2.1
                                   scale graduation    Procedure.
                                   test--procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i)...............  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.2.2
                                   scale graduation    Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)..............  Table XXIII.......  S14.8.1 Samples.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(A)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.3 Cold scale
                                   cold scale          graduation test.
                                   graduation test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(A)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.3.1
                                   cold scale          Procedure.
                                   graduation test--
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(A)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.3.2
                                   cold scale          Performance
                                   graduation test--   requirements.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(B)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.4 Hot scale
                                   hot scale           graduation test.
                                   graduation test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(B)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.4.1
                                   hot scale           Procedure.
                                   graduation test--
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(B)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.4.2
                                   hot scale           Performance
                                   graduation test--   requirements.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(C)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.5 Thermal
                                   thermal cycle       cycle test.
                                   test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(C)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.5.1
                                   thermal cycle       Procedure.
                                   test--procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(C)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.5.2
                                   thermal cycle       Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(D)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.6 Corrosion
                                   corrosion test.     test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(E)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.7 Photometry
                                   photometry test.    test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(E)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.7.1
                                   photometry test--   Procedure.
                                   procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(E)...........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.7.2
                                   photometry test--   Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S7.8.5.3 Visual/optical aiming..  S14.10 Visual/      S10.18.9 Visual/
                                   optical aiming.     optical aiming.
S7.8.5.3(a) Vertical aim, lower   S14.10.1 Vertical   S10.18.9.1
 beam.                             aim, lower beam.    Vertical aim,
                                                       lower beam.
S7.8.5.3(a)(1) Vertical position  S14.10.1.1          S10.18.9.1.1
 of cutoff.                        Vertical position   Vertical position
                                   of the cutoff.      of the cutoff.
S7.8.5.3(a)(1) Vertical position  S6.8.5.6.2(c)       S14.2.5.5.3.1 VOL.
 of cutoff.                        Aiming--LB VOL/
                                   VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(a)(1) Vertical position  S6.8.5.6.2(c)       S14.2.5.5.3.2 VOR.
 of cutoff.                        Aiming--LB VOL/
                                   VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(a)(2) Vertical gradient  S14.10.1.2          S10.18.9.1.2
                                   Vertical gradient.  Vertical
                                                       gradient.
S7.8.5.3(a)(3) Horizontal         S14.10.1.3          S10.18.9.1.3
 position of the cutoff.           Horizontal          Horizontal
                                   position of the     position of the
                                   cutoff.             cutoff.

[[Page 68374]]

 
S7.8.5.3(a)(4) Maximum            S14.10.1.4 Maximum  S10.18.9.1.4
 inclination of cutoff.            inclination of      Maximum
                                   the cutoff.         inclination of
                                                       the cutoff.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(i)...............  S14.10.1.5          S10.18.9.1.5
                                   Measuring the       Measuring the
                                   cutoff parameter.   cutoff parameter.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(i)...............  S14.10.1.5.1 Test   S10.18.9.1.5.1
                                   position.           Test position.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(ii)..............  S14.10.1.5.2        S10.18.9.1.5.2
                                   Headlamp aiming.    Headlamp aiming.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(iii).............  S14.10.1.5.3 Beam   S10.18.9.1.5.3
                                   scanning.           Beam scanning.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(iv)..............  S14.10.1.5.4        S10.18.9.1.5.4
                                   Gradient            Gradient
                                   calculation.        calculation.
S7.8.5.3(b) Horizontal aim,       S14.10.2            S10.18.9.2
 lower beam.                       Horizontal aim,     Horizontal aim,
                                   lower beam.         lower beam.
S7.8.5.3(b) Horizontal aim,       S6.8.5.6.2(d)       S14.2.5.5.4
 lower beam.                       Aiming--LB VOL/     Visually aimable
                                   VOR horizontal.     lower beam
                                                       headlamps--horizo
                                                       ntal aim.
S7.8.5.3(c) Vertical aim, upper   S14.10.3 Vertical   S10.18.9.3
 beam.                             aim, upper beam.    Vertical aim,
                                                       upper beam.
S7.8.5.3(c)(1)..................  S14.10.3.1          S10.18.9.3.1
                                   Combined upper      Combined upper
                                   and lower beams.    and lower beams.
S7.8.5.3(c)(1)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(e)       S14.2.5.5.5.1
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     Combined UB & LB.
                                   VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(c)(2)..................  S14.10.3.2 Upper    S10.18.9.3.2 Upper
                                   beam without        beam without
                                   lower beam.         lower beam.
S7.8.5.3(c)(2)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(e)       S14.2.5.5.5.2 Non-
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     combined UB & LB.
                                   VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(d) Horizontal aim,       S14.10.4            S10.18.9.4
 upper beam.                       Horizontal aim,     Horizontal aim,
                                   upper beam.         upper beam.
S7.8.5.3(d)(1)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(f)       S14.2.5.5.6.1
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     Combined UB & LB.
                                   VOR horizontal.
S7.8.5.3(d)(1)..................  S14.10.4.1          S10.18.9.4.1
                                   Combined upper      Combined upper
                                   and lower beams.    and lower beams.
S7.8.5.3(d)(2)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(f)       S14.2.5.5.6.2 Non-
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     combined UB & LB
                                   VOR horizontal.     with VHAD.
S7.8.5.3(d)(2)..................  S14.10.4.2 Upper    S10.18.9.4.2 Upper
                                   beam without        beam without
                                   lower beam.         lower beam.
S7.8.5.3(d)(3)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(f)       S14.2.5.5.6.3 Non-
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     combined UB & LB
                                   VOR horizontal.     without VHAD.
S7.8.5.3(d)(3)..................  S14.10.4.3 Upper    S10.18.9.4.3 Upper
                                   beam without        beam without
                                   lower beam of       lower beam of
                                   VHAD.               VHAD.
S7.8.5.3(e)(1)..................  S14.10.5            S10.18.9.5
                                   Photometric         Photometry.
                                   measurements.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2)..................  S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming.  S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(c)       S14.2.5.5.3.1 VOL.
                                   Aiming--LB VOL/
                                   VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(c)       S14.2.5.5.3.2 VOR.
                                   Aiming--LB VOL/
                                   VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(e)       S14.2.5.5.5.1
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     Combined UB &LB.
                                   VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2)..................  S6.8.5.6.2(e)       S14.2.5.5.5.2 Non-
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     combined UB & LB.
                                   VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(f)(1)..................  S14.6.3 Optical     S10.18.5.3 Optical
                                   axis marking--      axis marking--
                                   visual aim          visual aim
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(i)...............  S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/
                                   VO markings.        VOR/VO markings.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(ii)..............  S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/
                                   VO markings.        VOR/VO markings.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(iii).............  S14.10.6.2 VOR/VO   S10.18.9.6.2 VOR/
                                   markings on         VO markings on
                                   sealed beams.       sealed beams.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(iv)..............  S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/
                                   VO markings.        VOR/VO markings.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(v)...............  S14.10.6 Visual/    S10.18.9.6 Visual/
                                   optical             optical
                                   identification      identification
                                   marking.            marking.
S7.9.1(b).......................  S8.1 Headlighting   S6.1.3.5.3
                                   systems.            Motorcycle
                                                       headlamp
                                                       arrangement.
S7.9.2..........................  S13 Motorcycle      S10.17 Motorcycle
                                   headlamp            headlighting
                                   requirements.       system.
S7.9.2..........................  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
                                   tests.              test procedures.
S7.9.2(a).......................  S13.2 Photometry..  S10.17.3
                                                       Photometry.
S7.9.2(b).......................  S8.1 Headlighting   S10.1.2
                                   systems.            Motorcycles.
S7.9.3..........................  S6.8.5.6.2(i)       S14.2.5.5.8
                                   Aiming--Motorcycl   Motorcycle
                                   e UB.               headlamp--upper
                                                       beam headlamps
                                                       designed to
                                                       comply with Table
                                                       XX.
S7.9.4.1........................  S13.5 Motorcycle    S10.17.5
                                   headlamp            Motorcycle
                                   modulation system.  headlamp
                                                       modulation
                                                       system.
S7.9.4.1(a).....................  S13.5.1(a) Rate...  S10.17.5.1(a)
                                                       Rate.
S7.9.4.1(b).....................  S13.5.1(b) Maximum  S10.17.5.1(b)
                                   power.              Maximum power.
S7.9.4.1(c).....................  S13.5.1(c) Minimum  S10.17.5.1(c)
                                   intensity.          Minimum
                                                       intensity.
S7.9.4.1(d).....................  S13.5.1(d) Wiring.  S10.17.5.1(d)
                                                       Wiring.
S7.9.4.1(e).....................  S13.5.1(e) Failure  S10.17.5.1(e)
                                   mode.               Failure mode.
S7.9.4.1(f).....................  S13.5.1(f) Sensor.  S10.17.5.1(f)
                                                       Sensor.
S7.9.4.1(g).....................  S13.5.1(g) Voltage  S10.17.5.1(g)
                                   drop.               Voltage drop.
S7.9.4.1(h).....................  S13.5.1(h) Full     S10.17.5.1(h) Full
                                   voltage operation.  voltage
                                                       operation.
S7.9.4.2(a).....................  S13.5.2             S10.17.5.2
                                   Replacement         Replacement
                                   modulators.         modulators.
S7.9.4.2(a).....................  S13.5.2.1           S10.17.5.2.1
                                   Replacement         Replacement
                                   performance.        performance.
S7.9.4.2(b).....................  S13.5.2.2           S10.17.5.2.2
                                   Replacement         Replacement
                                   instructions.       instructions.
S7.9.5..........................  S13.4 Motorcycle    S10.17.2
                                   replaceable bulb    Motorcycle
                                   headlamp marking.   replaceable bulb
                                                       headlamp marking.
S7.9.6.1........................  S13.1 Installation  S10.17.1
                                                       Installation.
S7.9.6.2(a).....................  S13.1.1 Single      S10.17.1.1 Single
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S7.9.6.2(b).....................  S13.1.2 Two         S10.17.1.2 Two
                                   headlamps with      headlamps with
                                   both beams.         both beams.

[[Page 68375]]

 
S7.9.6.2(c).....................  S13.1.3 Two         S10.17.1.3 Two
                                   headlamps, upper    headlamps, upper
                                   beam and lower      beam and lower
                                   beam.               beam.
S8.2 Abrasion...................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1 Abrasion
                                   Abrasion test.      test.
S8.2 Abrasion...................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.1
                                   Abrasion test--     Procedure.
                                   procedure.
S8.2(a).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.1.2
                                   Abrasion test--     Abrading pad
                                   procedure.          alignment.
S8.2(b).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.1.3
                                   Abrasion test--     Abrasion test
                                   procedure.          procedure.
S8.2(c)(1)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.1.1
                                   Abrasion test--     Abrading pad.
                                   procedure.
S8.2(c)(3)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.1.1
                                   Abrasion test--     Abrading pad.
                                   procedure.
S8.2(c)(4)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.1.2
                                   Abrasion test--     Abrading pad
                                   procedure.          alignment.
S8.2(d).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.1.3
                                   Abrasion test--     Abrasion test
                                   procedure.          procedure.
S8.2(e).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.1.1.1
                                   Abrasion test--     Abrading pad.
                                   procedure.
S8.3 Chemical resistance........  Table XXIII         S14.6.2 Chemical
                                   Chemical            resistance test.
                                   resistance test.
S8.3 Chemical resistance........  Table XXIII         S14.6.2.1
                                   Chemical            Procedure.
                                   resistance test--
                                   procedure.
S8.3(a).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.2.1.2 Fluid
                                   Chemical            application.
                                   resistance test--
                                   procedure.
S8.3(b).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.2.1.1 Test
                                   Chemical            fluids.
                                   resistance test--
                                   procedure.
S8.3(c).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.2.1.3 Test
                                   Chemical            duration.
                                   resistance test--
                                   procedure.
S8.4 Corrosion..................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4 Corrosion--
                                   Corrosion--connec   connector test.
                                   tor test.
S8.4 Corrosion..................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.1
                                   Corrosion--connec   Procedure.
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure.
S8.4(a).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.1.1
                                   Corrosion--connec   Connector test.
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure (a).
S8.4(a).........................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.2
                                   tests.              Connector--corros
                                                       ion test.
S8.4(a).........................  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Corrosion--connec
                                                       tor test.
S8.4(b).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.1.2 Salt
                                   Corrosion--connec   spray.
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure (b).
S8.4(b).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.1.3 Cycle.
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure (b).
S8.4(b).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.1.4
                                   Corrosion--connec   Chamber.
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure (b).
S8.4(b).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.1.5 Wash.
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure (b).
S8.4(c).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.4.1.6
                                   Corrosion--connec   Connector test.
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure (c).
S8.5 Dust.......................  Table XXIII Dust    S14.6.5 Dust test.
                                   test.
S8.5 Dust.......................  Table XXIII Dust    S14.6.5.1
                                   test--procedure.    Procedure.
S8.5 Dust.......................  Table XXIII Dust    S14.6.5.1.1 Setup.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.5 Dust.......................  Table XXIII Dust    S14.6.5.1.2 Cycle.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.5 Dust.......................  Table XXIII Dust    S14.6.5.1.3 Test
                                   test--procedure.    duration.
S8.6 Temperature and internal     Table XXIII.......  S14.6.6
 heat test.                                            Temperature cycle
                                                       test and internal
                                                       heat test.
S8.6 Temperature and internal     Table XXIII         S14.6.6.1 Samples.
 heat test.                        Temperature cycle
                                   test and internal
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S8.6 Temperature and internal     Table XXIII         S14.6.6.2 General
 heat test.                        Temperature cycle   procedure.
                                   test and internal
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S8.6 Temperature and internal     Table XXIII         S14.6.6.2.1
 heat test.                        Temperature cycle   General
                                   test and internal   activation.
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S8.6 Temperature and internal     Table XXIII         S14.6.6.2.2 Turn
 heat test.                        Temperature cycle   signal
                                   test and internal   activation.
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S8.6 Temperature and internal     Table XXIII         S14.6.6.2.3
 heat test.                        Temperature cycle   Headlamp beam
                                   test and internal   activation.
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.3
                                   Temperature cycle   Temperature cycle
                                   test.               test.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.3.1
                                   Temperature cycle   Procedure.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.3.1.1
                                   Temperature cycle   Cycle.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.3.1.2
                                   Temperature cycle   Activation.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.3.1.3 Test
                                   Temperature cycle   chamber(s).
                                   test--procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.3.1.4
                                   Temperature cycle   Vents and drains.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.6.2 Internal heat test.......  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4 Internal
                                   Internal heat       heat test.
                                   test.
S8.6.2 Internal heat test.......  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4.1
                                   Internal heat       Procedure.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.6.2(a).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4.1.1
                                   Internal heat       Photometric
                                   test--procedure.    output reduction.
S8.6.2(a).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4.1.2 HB1
                                   Internal heat       or HB2 light
                                   test--procedure.    sources.
S8.6.2(a).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4.1.3
                                   Internal heat       Photometric
                                   test--procedure.    measurements.
S8.6.2(b).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4.1.4
                                   Internal heat       Setup.
                                   test--procedure.

[[Page 68376]]

 
S8.6.2(b).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4.1.5
                                   Internal heat       Cycle.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.6.2(c).......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.6.4.1.6
                                   Internal heat       Cleaning.
                                   test--procedure.
S8.7(a).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1.1 Test
                                   Humidity test--     fixture.
                                   procedure(a).
S8.7(a).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1.2
                                   Humidity test--     Headlamp
                                   procedure(a).       mounting.
S8.7(b).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1.3 Setup.
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(b).
S8.7(b).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1.4 Cycle.
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(b).
S8.7(c).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1.5 Air
                                   Humidity test--     flow test setup.
                                   procedure(c).
S8.7(d).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1.6 Air
                                   Humidity test--     flow uniformity.
                                   procedure(d).
S8.7(e).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1.7 Air
                                   Humidity test--     flow procedure.
                                   procedure(e).
S8.7(f).........................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1.8
                                   Humidity test--     Inspection.
                                   procedure(f).
S8.8 Vibration..................  Table XXIII         S14.6.8 Vibration
                                   Vibration test.     test.
S8.8 Vibration..................  Table XXIII         S14.6.8.2
                                   Vibration test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
S8.9 Sealing....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9 Sealing
                                   Sealing test.       test.
S8.9 Sealing....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9.1
                                   Sealing test--      Procedure.
                                   procedure.
S8.9 Sealing....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9.1.1
                                   Sealing test--      Immersion.
                                   procedure.
S8.9 Sealing....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9.1.2
                                   Sealing test--      Pressurized
                                   procedure.          immersion.
S8.9 Sealing....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9.1.3 Cycle.
                                   Sealing test--
                                   procedure.
S8.9 Sealing....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9.1.4
                                   Sealing test--      Inspection.
                                   procedure.
S8.9 Sealing....................  Table XXIII         S14.6.9.2
                                   Sealing test--      Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
S8.10 Chemical and corrosion      Table XXIII         S14.6.10 Chemical
 resistance of reflectors of       Chemical            resistance of
 replaceable lens headlamps.       resistance of       reflectors of
                                   reflectors of       replaceable lens
                                   replaceable lens    headlamps test.
                                   headlamps test.
S8.10 Chemical and corrosion      Table XXIII         S14.6.11 Corrosion
 resistance of reflectors of       Corrosion           resistance of
 replaceable lens headlamps.       resistance of       reflectors of
                                   reflectors of       replaceable lens
                                   replaceable lens    headlamps test.
                                   headlamps test.
S8.10.1 Chemical resistance.....  Table XXIII         S14.6.10.1
                                   Chemical            Procedure.
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S8.10.1(a)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.10.1.2 Fluid
                                   Chemical            application.
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S8.10.1(b)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.10.1.1 Test
                                   Chemical            fluids.
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S8.10.1(c)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.10.1.3 Test
                                   Chemical            duration.
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S8.10.2 Corrosion...............  Table XXIII         S14.6.11.1
                                   Corrosion           Procedure.
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S8.10.2(a)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.11.1.1 Salt
                                   Corrosion           spray.
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S8.10.2(b)......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.11.1.2
                                   Corrosion           Drying and
                                   resistance of       cleaning.
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S9 Deflection test for            Table XXIII         S14.7.1 Deflection
 replaceable light sources.        Deflection test     test for
                                   for replaceable     replaceable light
                                   light sources.      sources.
S9 Deflection test for            Table XXIII         S14.7.1.1
 replaceable light sources.        Deflection test     Procedure.
                                   for replaceable
                                   light sources--
                                   procedure.
S9 Deflection test for            Table XXIII         S14.7.1.1.1 Force
 replaceable light sources.        Deflection test     application.
                                   for replaceable
                                   light sources--
                                   procedure.
S9 Deflection test for            Table XXIII         S14.7.1.1.2
 replaceable light sources.        Deflection test     Application
                                   for replaceable     sequence.
                                   light sources--
                                   procedure.
S9 Deflection test for            Table XXIII         S14.7.1.1.3
 replaceable light sources.        Deflection test     Measurement.
                                   for replaceable
                                   light sources--
                                   procedure.
S10(a)..........................  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S14.2.5.3
                                   photometry          Measurement
                                   measurements.       distance.
S10(a)..........................  S6.8.5.6.2(g)       S14.2.5.5.7
                                   Aiming--Simultane   Simultaneous aim
                                   ous aim.            Type F sealed
                                                       beam headlamps
                                                       and beam
                                                       contributor
                                                       integral beam
                                                       headlamps.
S10(b)..........................  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S14.2.5.3
                                   photometry          Measurement
                                   measurements.       distance.
S10(b)..........................  S6.8.5.6.2(g)       S14.2.5.5.7
                                   Aiming--Simultane   Simultaneous aim
                                   ous aim.            Type F sealed
                                                       beam headlamps
                                                       and beam
                                                       contributor
                                                       integral beam
                                                       headlamps.
S11 Photometric Test............  S6.8.5.5 Daytime    S14.2.4.1.
                                   running lamp
                                   (DRL) photometry
                                   measurements.
S11 Photometric Test............  S6.8.5.5 Daytime    S14.2.4.2.
                                   running lamp
                                   (DRL) photometry
                                   measurements.
S12 Headlamp concealment devices  S16 Headlamp        S12 Headlamp
                                   concealment         concealment
                                   device              device
                                   requirements.       requirements.

[[Page 68377]]

 
S12.1...........................  S16.1 Power loss    S12.1 Power loss
                                   during headlamp     during headlamp
                                   use.                use.
S12.2...........................  S16.2 Manual        S12.2 Manual
                                   device actuation.   device actuation.
S12.3...........................  S16.3 Single step   S12.3 Single step
                                   actuation.          actuation.
S12.4...........................  S16.4 Headlamp      S12.4 Headlamp
                                   aiming and          aiming and
                                   replacement.        replacement.
S12.5...........................  S16.5 Operational   S12.5 Operational
                                   temperature range   temperature range
                                   and time            and time
                                   limitation.         limitation.
S12.6...........................  S16.6 ECE           S12.6 ECE
                                   compliance          compliance
                                   alternative.        alternative.
S12.7 Certification election....  S16.7               S12.7
                                   Certification       Certification
                                   election.           election.
Figure 1a.......................  S7.2.1 Photometry.  S7.2.13
                                                       Photometry.
Figure 1a.......................  S7.8.1 Photometry.  S7.8.13
                                                       Photometry.
Figure 1a.......................  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   Taillamp--Individ   Taillamp--Individ
                                   ual point           ual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 1a.......................  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   Taillamp--Zone      Taillamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 1a.......................  Table XIV Parking   Table XIV Parking
                                   lamp--Individual    lamp--Individual
                                   point photometry.   point photometry.
Figure 1a.......................  Table XIV Parking   Table XIV Parking
                                   lamp--Zone          lamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 1b.......................  S7.2.1 Photometry.  S7.2.13
                                                       Photometry.
Figure 1b.......................  S7.8.1 Photometry.  S7.8.13
                                                       Photometry.
Figure 1b.......................  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   Taillamp--Individ   Taillamp--Individ
                                   ual point           ual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 1b.......................  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   Taillamp--Zone      Taillamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 1b.......................  Table XIV Parking   Table XIV Parking
                                   lamp--Individual    lamp--Individual
                                   point photometry.   point photometry.
Figure 1b.......................  Table XIV Parking   Table XIV Parking
                                   lamp--Zone          lamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 1b, footnote 1...........  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   Taillamp--Maximum   Taillamp--Maximum
                                   photometric         photometric
                                   intensity.          intensity.
Figure 1b, footnote 2...........  Table XIV Parking   Table XIV Parking
                                   lamp--Maximum       lamp--Maximum
                                   photometric         photometric
                                   intensity.          intensity.
Figure 1c.......................  S7.2.1 Photometry.  S7.2.13
                                                       Photometry.
Figure 1c.......................  S7.8.1 Photometry.  S7.8.13
                                                       Photometry.
Figure 1c.......................  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   Taillamp--Individ   Taillamp--Individ
                                   ual point           ual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 1c.......................  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   Taillamp--Zone      Taillamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 1c.......................  Table XIV Parking   Table XIV Parking
                                   lamp--Individual    lamp--Individual
                                   point photometry.   point photometry.
Figure 1c.......................  Table XIV Parking   Table XIV Parking
                                   lamp--Zone          lamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 2........................  S7.6.1 Photometry.  S7.6.13
                                                       Photometry.
Figure 2, footnote 1............  Table XII footnote  Table XII footnote
                                   2.                  2.
Figure 2, footnote 1............  Table XII footnote  Table XII footnote
                                   3.                  3.
Figure 2, footnote 1............  Table XII Single    Table XII Single
                                   backup lamp         lamp system--
                                   system--Zone        Group photometry.
                                   photometry.
Figure 2, footnote 1............  Table XII Two       Table XII Two lamp
                                   backup lamp         system--Each
                                   system--Zone        lamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 4-1......................  Figure 3..........  Figure 3.
Figure 4-2......................  Figure 3..........  Figure 3.
Figure 4-3......................  Figure 3..........  Figure 3.
Figure 4-4......................  Figure 3..........  Figure 3.
Figure 5........................  Figure 5..........  Figure 5.
Figure 6........................  Figure 6..........  Figure 6.
Figure 7........................  Figure 7..........  Figure 7.
Figure 8........................  Figure 8..........  Figure 8.
Figure 9........................  Figure 9..........  Figure 9.
Figure 10.......................  S7.9.3 Photometry.  S7.9.13
                                                       Photometry.
Figure 10.......................  Table XV High       Table XV High
                                   mounted stop        mounted stop
                                   lamp--Individual    lamp--Individual
                                   point photometry.   point photometry.
Figure 10.......................  Table XV High       Table XV High
                                   mounted stop        mounted stop
                                   lamp--Zone          lamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 10, footnote 1...........  Table XV footnote   Table XV footnote
                                   4.                  4.
Figure 10, footnote 2...........  Table XV footnote   Table XV footnote
                                   2.                  2.
Figure 11.......................  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
Figure 12.......................  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
Figure 13.......................  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
Figure 14.......................  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
Figure 15-1.....................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-a Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>1M    beam <greek-i>1M
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 15-1.....................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-b Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>5M    beam <greek-i>5M
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 15-1.....................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>6     beam <greek-i>6
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 15-1.....................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>1     beam <greek-i>1
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 15-2.....................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-a Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>1V    beam <greek-i>1V
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 15-2.....................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>1     beam <greek-i>1
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 15-2.....................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>6     beam <greek-i>6
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 15-2.....................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-c Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>4V    beam <greek-i>4V
                                   photometry.         photometry.

[[Page 68378]]

 
Figure 16.......................  Figure 14.........  Figure 14.
Figure 17-1.....................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-a Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>2M    beam <greek-i>2M
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 17-1.....................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>2     beam <greek-i>2
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 17-2.....................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-a Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>2V    beam <greek-i>2V
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 17-2.....................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>2     beam <greek-i>2
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 18.......................  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
Figure 19.......................  Table V Lens area   Table V-c Lens
                                   visibility.         area visibility.
Figure 19, footnote 2...........  Table V footnote 3  Table V footnote
                                                       3.
Figure 20.......................  Table V Luminous    Table V-d Luminous
                                   intensity           intensity
                                   visibility.         visibility.
Figure 20, footnote 2...........  Table V footnote 4  Table V footnote
                                                       4.
Figure 21.......................  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
Figure 22.......................  Figure 15.........  Figure 15.
Figure 25.......................  Figure 10.........  Figure 10.
Figure 26.......................  Table II            Table II-d
                                   Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamps--2 lamp   headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system--with HB2.   system--with HB2.
Figure 26.......................  Table II            Table II-d
                                   Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamps--2 lamp   headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system--without     system--without
                                   HB2.                HB2.
Figure 26.......................  Table II            Table II-d
                                   Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamps--4 lamp   headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system--with HB2.   system--with HB2.
Figure 26.......................  Table II            Table II-d
                                   Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamps--4 lamp   headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system--without     system--without
                                   HB2.                HB2.
Figure 27-1.....................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-b Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>3M    beam <greek-i>3M
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 27-1.....................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>3     beam <greek-i>3
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 27-2.....................  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-b Lower
                                   beam <greek-i>3V    beam <greek-i>3V
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 27-2.....................  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
                                   beam <greek-i>3     beam <greek-i>3
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 28-1, Types 1A1, 1C1, and  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
 1G1.                              beam <greek-i>4     beam <greek-i>4
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 28-1, Types 2A1, 2C1, and  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
 2G1.                              beam <greek-i>5     beam <greek-i>5
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 28-2, Types 1A1, 1C1, and  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
 1G1.                              beam <greek-i>4     beam <greek-i>4
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 28-2, Types 2A1, 2C1 and   Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-a Lower
 2G1.                              beam <greek-i>2V    beam <greek-i>2V
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 28-2, Types 2A1, 2C1, and  Table XIX Lower     Table XIX-b Lower
 2G1.                              beam <greek-i>4M    beam <greek-i>4M
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 28-2, Types 2A1, 2C1, and  Table XVIII Upper   Table XVIII Upper
 2G1.                              beam <greek-i>5     beam <greek-i>5
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 29.......................  S7.12.1.2           S8.2.1.7
                                   Photometry.         Photometry.
Figure 29.......................  Table XVI Red C2    Table XVI-c Red C2
                                   sheeting            sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 29.......................  Table XVI Red C3    Table XVI-c Red C3
                                   sheeting            sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 29.......................  Table XVI Red C4    Table XVI-c Red C4
                                   sheeting            sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 29.......................  Table XVI White C2  Table XVI-c White
                                   sheeting            C2 sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 29.......................  Table XVI White C3  Table XVI-c White
                                   sheeting            C3 sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 29.......................  Table XVI White C4  Table XVI-c White
                                   sheeting            C4 sheeting
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 30-1.....................  Figure 11.........  Figure 11.
Figure 30-2.....................  Figure 11.........  Figure 11.
Figure 30-3.....................  Figure 11.........  Figure 11.
Figure 30-4.....................  Figure 11.........  Figure 11.
Figure 31.......................  Figure 13.........  Figure 13.
Figure 32.......................  Table XX Motor      Table XX Motor
                                   driven cycle        driven cycle
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 32.......................  Table XX Motor      Table XX Motor
                                   driven cycle with   driven cycle with
                                   single lamp         single lamp
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Figure 32.......................  Table XX            Table XX
                                   Motorcycle          Motorcycle
                                   photometry.         photometry.
Table I.........................  S1 Scope..........  S1 Scope.
Table I.........................  S6.1 Required       S6.1 Required
                                   lamps, reflective   lamps, reflective
                                   devices, and        devices, and
                                   associated          associated
                                   equipment by        equipment by
                                   vehicle type.       vehicle type.
Table I.........................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  S6.1.1 Quantity.
Table I.........................  S6.1.2 Color......  S6.1.2 Color.
Table I.........................  S6.6 Associated     S6.6.1 All except
                                   equipment.          trailers.
Table I.........................  S6.6 Associated     S6.6.2 All except
                                   equipment.          trailers and
                                                       motorcycles.
Table I.........................  S7.14 Associated    S9 Associated
                                   equipment.          equipment
                                                       requirements.
Table I.........................  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table I.........................  Table I Lighting    Table I-b Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table I.........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table I.........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table I.........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table I.........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table I.........................  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table I.........................  Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table II........................  S6.1 Required       S6.1 Required
                                   lamps, reflective   lamps, reflective
                                   devices, and        devices, and
                                   associated          associated
                                   equipment by        equipment by
                                   vehicle type.       vehicle type.
Table II........................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  S6.1.1 Quantity.
Table II........................  S6.1.2 Color......  S6.1.2 Color.
Table II........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     S6.1.3.1.
                                   location and
                                   height.
Table II........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     S6.1.3.2.
                                   location and
                                   height.
Table II........................  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table II........................  Table I Lighting    Table I-b Lighting
                                   device.             device.

[[Page 68379]]

 
Table II........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table II........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table II........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table II........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table II........................  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table II........................  Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table II heading................  S6.1.3.1 Mounting   S6.1.4 Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table III.......................  S1 Scope..........  S1 Scope.
Table III.......................  S6.1 Required       S6.1 Required
                                   lamps, reflective   lamps, reflective
                                   devices, and        devices, and
                                   associated          associated
                                   equipment by        equipment by
                                   vehicle type.       vehicle type.
Table III.......................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  S6.1.1 Quantity.
Table III.......................  S6.1.2 Color......  S6.1.2 Color.
Table III.......................  S6.6 Associated     S6.6.1 All except
                                   equipment.          trailers.
Table III.......................  S6.6 Associated     S6.6.2 All except
                                   equipment.          trailers and
                                                       motorcycles.
Table III.......................  S7.14 Associated    S9 Associated
                                   equipment.          equipment
                                                       requirements.
Table III.......................  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table III.......................  Table I Lighting    Table I-b Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table III.......................  Table I Lighting    Table I-c Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table III.......................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table III.......................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table III.......................  Table I Mounting    Table I-c Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table III.......................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table III.......................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table III.......................  Table I Mounting    Table I-c Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table III.......................  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table III.......................  Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table III.......................  Table I Number and  Table I-c Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table IV........................  S6.1 Required       S6.1 Required
                                   lamps, reflective   lamps, reflective
                                   devices, and        devices, and
                                   associated          associated
                                   equipment by        equipment by
                                   vehicle type.       vehicle type.
Table IV........................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  S6.1.1 Quantity.
Table IV........................  S6.1.2 Color......  S6.1.2 Color.
Table IV........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     S6.1.3.1.
                                   location and
                                   height.
Table IV........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     S6.1.3.2.
                                   location and
                                   height.
Table IV........................  Table I Lighting    Table I-a Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table IV........................  Table I Lighting    Table I-b Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table IV........................  Table I Lighting    Table I-c Lighting
                                   device.             device.
Table IV........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table IV........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table IV........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-c Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table IV........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-a Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table IV........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-b Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table IV........................  Table I Mounting    Table I-c Mounting
                                   location.           location.
Table IV........................  Table I Number and  Table I-a Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table IV........................  Table I Number and  Table I-b Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table IV........................  Table I Number and  Table I-c Number
                                   color.              and color.
Table IV, footnotes 2 and 3.....  Omitted...........  S14.2.1.6.2 Socket
                                                       exemption.
Table IV heading................  S6.1.3.1 Mounting   S6.1.4 Mounting
                                   height.             height.
Table IV, footnote 1............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Overall width.      Overall width.
SAE device documents for          S6.8.5.1            S14.2.1.3
 photometry distance.              Photometry ex       Measurement
                                   headlamp, license   distance.
                                   lamp, & DRL.
SAE device documents referencing  S6.8.1 Physical     S14.1.1 Physical
 SAE J575.                         test requirements.  test
                                                       requirements.
SAE device documents referencing  S6.8.5 Photometric  S14.2 Photometric
 SAE J575.                         tests.              test procedures.
SAE J186a, Sep 1977, 2.1........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   High mounted stop   High mounted stop
                                   lamp.               lamp.
SAE J186a, Sep 1977, 3..........  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J186a, Sep 1977, 3..........  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.1 External
                                   tests.              mount.
SAE J186a, Sep 1977, 3..........  S7.9.4 Physical     S7.9.14.2 Internal
                                   tests.              mount.
SAE J222, Dec 1970, 2...........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Parking lamps.      Parking lamps.
SAE J222, Dec 1970, 3...........  S7.8.2 Physical     S7.8.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J387, Nov 1987..............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Optically           Optically
                                   combined.           combined.
SAE J564a, Apr 1964.............  S7.14.4 Headlamp    S9.4 Headlamp beam
                                   beam switching      switching device.
                                   device.
SAE J564a, Apr 1964.............  S7.14.5.1           S9.5.1 Indicator
                                   Indicator size      size, location,
                                   and location.       and color.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969.............  S7.14.4.1 Semi-     S9.4.1 Semi-
                                   automatic           automatic
                                   headlamp beam       headlamp beam
                                   switching device.   switching device.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969.............  Table XXI.........  S9.4.1.7 Physical
                                                       tests.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969.............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11
                                   Semiautomatic       Semiautomatic
                                   headlamp beam       headlamp beam
                                   switching device    switching device
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 1..........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Semiautomatic       Semiautomatic
                                   headlamp beam       headlamp beam
                                   switching device.   switching device.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 2..........  S7.14.4.1.1         S9.4.1.1 Operating
                                   Operating           instructions.
                                   instructions.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4..........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Sensitivity test.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test.

[[Page 68380]]

 
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.1........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Samples.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2.3.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Operating limits.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2.3.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Sensitivity
                                   headlamp beam       voids.
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2.2.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Adjustment.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2.2.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Switching.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.2.2.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Sensitivity
                                   headlamp beam       curves.
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.1 Test
                                   Semiautomatic       conditions.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   tests--applicable
                                   item.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Voltage
                                   headlamp beam       regulation test.
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.3.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.3.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.3.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Adjustment.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.3.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Measurement.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  S7.14.4.1.2 Manual  S9.4.1.2 Manual
                                   override.           override.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.4
                                   Semiautomatic       Manual override
                                   headlamp beam       test.
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.4.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.4.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.4.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Adjustment.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.4.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Exposure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.4.1.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Override.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.4.1.4
                                   Semiautomatic       Switch to upper
                                   headlamp beam       beam.
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.4.1.5
                                   Semiautomatic       Switch to lower
                                   headlamp beam       beam.
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.5
                                   Semiautomatic       Warmup test.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.5.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.5.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.5.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Adjustment.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.5.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Measurement.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.6........  S7.14.4.1.3 Fail    S9.4.1.3 Fail safe
                                   safe operation.     operation.

[[Page 68381]]

 
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.6
                                   Semiautomatic       Temperature test.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.6.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.6.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.6.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Exposure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.6.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Temperature.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.6.1.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Measurement.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.7 Dust
                                   Semiautomatic       test.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.7.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.7.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.7.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Sensitivity.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.7.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Dust exposure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.7.1.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Measurement.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.8
                                   Semiautomatic       Corrosion test.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.8.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.8.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.8.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Sensitivity.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.8.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Applicability.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.8.1.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Sockets.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.8.1.4
                                   Semiautomatic       Measurement.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9
                                   Semiautomatic       Vibration test.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.2.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Beam switching.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.2.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Mechanical aim.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Sensitivity.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.1.5
                                   Semiautomatic       Measurement.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10(a)....  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Acceleration.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10(b)....  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.1.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Frequency.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10(c)....  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.9.1.4
                                   Semiautomatic       Operation.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.10
                                   Semiautomatic       Sunlight test.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test.

[[Page 68382]]

 
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.10.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.10.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.10.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Exposure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.10.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Rest.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.11
                                   Semiautomatic       Durability test.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.11.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.11.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.11.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Sensitivity.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.11.1.3
                                   Semiautomatic       Measurement.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12(a)....  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.11.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Cycle.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12(b)....  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.11.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Cycle.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.13.......  S7.14.4.1.4         S9.4.1.4 Automatic
                                   Automatic dimming   dimming
                                   indicator.          indicator.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.12
                                   Semiautomatic       Return to upper
                                   headlamp beam       beam test.
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.12.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Performance
                                   headlamp beam       requirements.
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.12.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Procedure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.12.1.1
                                   Semiautomatic       Sensitivity.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15.......  Table XXI           S14.9.3.11.12.1.2
                                   Semiautomatic       Exposure.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.16.......  S7.14.4.1.5 Lens    S9.4.1.5 Lens
                                   accessibility.      accessibility.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.17.......  S7.14.4.1.6         S9.4.1.6 Mounting
                                   Mounting height.    height.
SAE J566, Jan 1960, 1...........  S8.1.5 Headlamp     S10.18.1.1
                                   adjustments.        Adjustments.
SAE J566, Jan 1960, 2...........  S8.1.5 Headlamp     S10.18.1.2
                                   adjustments.        Procedure &
                                                       security.
SAE J566, Jan 1960, 3...........  S8.1.5 Headlamp     S10.18.1.2
                                   adjustments.        Procedure &
                                                       security.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 2.1.........  S6.8.2 Samples for  S14.1.4.2 Mounting
                                   test.               bracket.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 2.3.........  S6.8.2 [fourth      S14.6.8.1 Samples.
                                   sentence].
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 2.3.........  S6.8.2 Samples for  S14.1.4.2 Mounting
                                   test.               bracket.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 3...........  S6.8.3 Laboratory   S14.1.5 Laboratory
                                   facilities.         facilities.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.1.........  Table XXIII         S14.6.8.2
                                   Vibration test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.4.........  Table XXIII         S14.6.3.2
                                   Corrosion test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.4.........  Table XXIII         S14.6.3.1
                                   Corrosion test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.4.........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.6.2
                                   corrosion test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.4.........  Table XXIII VHAD    S14.8.6.1
                                   corrosion test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.1.....  S6.8.5.6.3          S14.2.5.6
                                   Positioner.         Positioner.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.2.....  S6.8.5.6.4          S14.2.5.7.1 Range.
                                   Photometer.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.....  S6.8.5.6.4          S14.2.5.7.2
                                   Photometer.         Sensor.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.1...  S6.8.5.6.4          S14.2.5.7.2.1
                                   Photometer.         Effective area.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.1...  S6.8.5.6.4          S14.2.5.7.2.2
                                   Photometer.         Intercepted
                                                       light.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.1...  S6.8.5.6.4          S14.2.5.7.2.3
                                   Photometer.         Direct
                                                       illumination.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.2...  S6.8.5.6.4          S14.2.5.7.3 Color
                                   Photometer.         response.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.......  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S14.2.5.1
                                   photometry          Mounting.
                                   measurements.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3.....  S6.8.5.6.5          S14.2.5.8 Location
                                   Location of test    of test points.
                                   points.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3.....  S6.8.5.6.5          S14.2.5.8.1
                                   Location of test    Nomenclature.
                                   points.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3.....  S6.8.5.6.5          S14.2.5.8.1.1 ``H-
                                   Location of test    V''.
                                   points.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3.....  S6.8.5.6.5          S14.2.5.8.1.2
                                   Location of test    ``U'' ``D'' ``L''
                                   points.             ``R''.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3.....  S6.8.5.6.5          S14.2.5.8.1.3
                                   Location of test    Angles.
                                   points.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.4.....  S6.8.5.6.1          S14.2.5.4
                                   Seasoning and       Seasoning and
                                   test voltage.       test voltage.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, B..........  S6.8.2 Samples for  S14.1.4.3 Second
                                   test.               sample set.

[[Page 68383]]

 
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, D..........  S6.8.3 Laboratory   S14.1.5 Laboratory
                                   facilities.         facilities.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, E..........  Table XXII          S14.5.1 Vibration
                                   Vibration test.     test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, E..........  Table XXII          S14.5.1.2
                                   Vibration test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, E..........  Table XXII          S14.5.1.1
                                   Vibration test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, F..........  Table XXII          S14.5.2 Moisture
                                   Moisture test.      test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, F..........  Table XXII          S14.5.2.2
                                   Moisture test--     Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, F..........  Table XXII          S14.5.2.1
                                   Moisture test--     Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3 Dust test.
                                   test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3.1 Samples.
                                   test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3.2
                                   test--performance   Procedure (third
                                   requirements.       sentence).
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3.3 Dust
                                   test--performance   test--performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3.2
                                   test--procedure.    Procedure.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, H..........  Table XXII          S14.5.4 Corrosion
                                   Corrosion test.     test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, H..........  Table XXII          S14.5.4.2
                                   Corrosion test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, H..........  Table XXII          S14.5.4.1
                                   Corrosion test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J..........  S6.8.5.1            S14.2.1.1
                                   Photometry ex       Mounting.
                                   headlamp, license
                                   lamp, & DRL.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J..........  S6.8.5.1.1          S14.2.1.4 Location
                                   Location of test    of test points.
                                   points.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J..........  Table X footnote 2  Table X footnote
                                                       2.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J..........  Table XI footnote   Table XI footnote
                                   2.                  2.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J..........  Table XII footnote  Table XII footnote
                                   1.                  1.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J..........  Table XIV footnote  Table XIV footnote
                                   1.                  1.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J..........  Table XVII          Table XVII
                                   footnote 2.         footnote 2.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J..........  Table XVII Red      Table XVII Red
                                   lamp photometry.    lamp photometry.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, K..........  Table XXII Out of   S14.3 Out of focus
                                   focus test.         test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, K..........  Table XXII Out of   S14.3.2
                                   focus test--        Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, K..........  Table XXII Out of   S14.3.1 Procedure.
                                   focus test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, B..........  S6.8.2 Samples for  S14.1.4.3 Second
                                   test.               sample set.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, D..........  S6.8.3 Laboratory   S14.1.5 Laboratory
                                   facilities.         facilities.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, E..........  Table XXII          S14.5.1 Vibration
                                   Vibration test.     test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, E..........  Table XXII          S14.5.1.2
                                   Vibration test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, E..........  Table XXII          S14.5.1.1
                                   Vibration test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, F..........  Table XXII          S14.5.2 Moisture
                                   Moisture test.      test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, F..........  Table XXII          S14.5.2.2
                                   Moisture test--     Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, F..........  Table XXII          S14.5.2.1
                                   Moisture test--     Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3 Dust test.
                                   test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3.1 Samples.
                                   test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3.2
                                   test--performance   Procedure (third
                                   requirements.       sentence).
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3.3 Dust
                                   test--performance   test--performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G..........  Table XXII Dust     S14.5.3.2
                                   test--procedure.    Procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, H..........  Table XXII          S14.5.4 Corrosion
                                   Corrosion test.     test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, H..........  Table XXII          S14.5.4.2
                                   Corrosion test--    Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, H..........  Table XXII          S14.5.4.1
                                   Corrosion test--    Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J..........  S6.8.5.1            S14.2.1.1
                                   Photometry ex       Mounting.
                                   headlamp, license
                                   lamp, & DRL.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J..........  S6.8.5.1.1          S14.2.1.4 Location
                                   Location of test    of test points.
                                   points.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J..........  Standard note--new  Table XIII-a
                                   table.              footnote 2.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J..........  Table VI footnote   Table VI footnote
                                   2.                  2.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J..........  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   2.                  2.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J..........  Table VIII          Table VIII
                                   footnote 1.         footnote 1.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J..........  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   2.                  2.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J..........  Table XV footnote   Table XV footnote
                                   1.                  1.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.1.......  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Material [OUT OF    Material.
                                   ALPHABETICAL
                                   ORDER].
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.1.1.....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Coated materials.   Coated materials.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.2.1.....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Exposed.            Exposed.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.2.2.....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Protected.          Protected.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.1.....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Color bleeding.     Color bleeding.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.2.....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Crazing.            Crazing.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.3.....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Cracking.           Cracking.

[[Page 68384]]

 
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.4.....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Haze.               Haze.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.5.....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Delamination.       Delamination.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3...........  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.3
                                   optical material    Procedure.
                                   tests--procedure.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.1.........  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.2
                                   optical material    Material
                                   tests.              composition.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2.........  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.1 Samples.
                                   optical material
                                   tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2 Note....  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.1.5
                                   optical material    Control samples.
                                   tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2.1.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.1.1 Molded
                                   optical material    samples.
                                   tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2.1.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.1.2
                                   optical material    Exposed area.
                                   tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2.2.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.1.3
                                   optical material    Thickness.
                                   tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.3.........  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2 Outdoor
                                   optical material    exposure test.
                                   tests.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.3.1.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.1
                                   optical material    Location and
                                   tests.              duration.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.3.2.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.3.1
                                   optical material    Mounting.
                                   tests--procedure.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.3.3.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.3.2
                                   optical material    Cleaning.
                                   tests--procedure.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.4.1.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.4
                                   optical material    Luminous
                                   tests--performanc   transmittance.
                                   e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.1.........  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.1.4 Color.
                                   optical material
                                   tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.........  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4
                                   optical material    Performance
                                   tests--performanc   requirements.
                                   e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.1.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.4
                                   optical material    Luminous
                                   tests--performanc   transmittance.
                                   e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.2.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.5
                                   optical material    Color test.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.3.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.2
                                   optical material    Headlamps.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.4.......  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2.2.4.3
                                   optical material    Physical changes.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 5...........  S6.8.4.1 UV tracer  S14.1.3 UV tracer.
SAE J577, Apr 1964, Figure 1....  SAE J577, Apr       Figure 21.
                                   1964, Figure 1.
SAE J577, Apr 1964, Table 1.....  SAE J577, Apr       Figure 21.
                                   1964, Table 1.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977.............  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1 Color
                                   test.               test.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2..........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Color.              Color.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.1........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.2
                                   test--performance   Performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.1........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.2.1 Red.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.2........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.2
                                   test--performance   Performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.2........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.2.2
                                   test--performance   Yellow (Amber).
                                   requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.3........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.2
                                   test--performance   Performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.3........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.2.3
                                   test--performance   White.
                                   requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3..........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.2.1 Design
                                   test.               voltage.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3..........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.2.2
                                   test.               Components.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.3.2
                                   test--performance   Performance
                                   requirements.       requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.3.2.1 Red.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.3.2.2
                                   test--performance   Yellow (Amber).
                                   requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.3.2.3
                                   test--performance   White.
                                   requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.3 Visual
                                   test--procedure.    method.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.3.1
                                   test--procedure.    Procedure.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4
                                   test--procedure.    Tristimulus
                                                       method.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.1
                                   test--procedure.    Procedure.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.1.1
                                   test--procedure.    Receiver spectral
                                                       response.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.1.2
                                   test--procedure.    Integrating
                                                       sphere.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.4.1.3 Non
                                   test--procedure.    uniform color.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, A2(b)......  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.2.3
                                   test.               Operating
                                                       temperature.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, A2(c)......  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.2.5 Test
                                   test.               distance.

[[Page 68385]]

 
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, A2(d)......  Table XXII Color    S14.4.1.2.4
                                   test.               Visible surface.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, Figure 1...  Figure 1..........  Figure 1.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 2.1.........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Sealed beam         Sealed beam
                                   headlamp assembly.  headlamp
                                                       assembly.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 2.2.........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Mounting ring.      Mounting ring.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 2.3.........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Retaining ring.     Retaining ring.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 2.4.........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Aiming screws.      Aiming screws.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.1.2.......  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Corrosion.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.1.2.......  Table XXIII         S14.6.3 Corrosion
                                   Corrosion test.     test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2.........  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.1 Aiming
                                   tests.              adjustment tests.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2.........  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1 Aiming
                                   tests.              adjustment tests.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2.........  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1 Aiming
                                   tests.              adjustment test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2.........  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.1
                                   adjustment test     Procedure.
                                   laboratory--proce
                                   dure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2.........  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.1
                                   adjustment test     Procedure.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2.........  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.1.1
                                   adjustment test     Setup.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2.........  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.18.1.3
                                   adjustment test     Adjustments.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.3.........  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.1 Inward
                                   tests.              force test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.3.........  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1 Inward
                                   tests.              force test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.3.........  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1 Inward
                                   tests.              force test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.3.........  Table XXIII Inward  S14.6.12.1
                                   force test--        Procedure.
                                   procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4.........  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.1
                                   tests.              Connector test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4.........  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7.2
                                   tests.              Connector--corros
                                                       ion test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4.........  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Connector test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4.........  S11.7 Physical      S10.15.7.1
                                   tests.              Corrosion--connec
                                                       tor test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4.........  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1
                                   tests.              Connector test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4.........  Table XXIII         S14.6.15.1
                                   Headlamp            Procedure.
                                   connector test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.5.........  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.1 Torque
                                   tests.              deflection test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.1.2.....  Table XXIII         S14.6.3 Corrosion
                                   Corrosion test.     test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.2.1.....  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.1
                                   adjustment test     Sealed beam
                                   laboratory--perfo   except Type F.
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.2.1.....  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.2 Type
                                   adjustment test     F, replaceable
                                   laboratory--perfo   bulb, integral
                                   rmance              beam, and
                                   requirements.       combination.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.2.2.....  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.1
                                   adjustment test     Sealed beam
                                   laboratory--perfo   except Type F.
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.2.2.....  Table XXIII Aiming  S14.6.17.2.2 Type
                                   adjustment test     F, replaceable
                                   laboratory--perfo   bulb, integral
                                   rmance              beam, and
                                   requirements.       combination.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.3.......  Table XXIII Inward  S14.6.12.2
                                   force test--        Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.4.......  Table XXIII         S14.6.15.2
                                   Headlamp            Performance
                                   connector test--    requirements.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.5.......  Table XXIII Torque  S14.6.13.2
                                   deflection test--   Performance
                                   performance         requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.6.......  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4.2
                                   tests.              Retaining ring
                                                       test ex types G &
                                                       H.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.6.......  Table XXIII         S14.6.14 Retaining
                                   Retaining ring      ring test.
                                   test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.6.......  Table XXIII         S14.6.14.2
                                   Retaining ring      Performance
                                   test--performance   requirements.
                                   requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.6.......  Table XXIII         S14.6.14.1
                                   Retaining ring      Procedure.
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 1....  Figure 4..........  Figure 4.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 1....  Table XXIII         S14.6.15 Headlamp
                                   Headlamp            connector test.
                                   connector test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 2....  Figure 18.........  Figure 18.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 3....  Figure 16.........  Figure 16.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 4....  Figure 17.........  Figure 17.
SAE J584, Apr 1964..............  S13.3 Physical      S10.17.4 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J584, Apr 1964..............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Motor driven        Motor driven
                                   cycle.              cycle.
SAE J584, Apr 1964..............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Motorcycle or       Motorcycle or
                                   motor driven        motor driven
                                   cycle headlamp.     cycle headlamp.
SAE J584, Apr 1964..............  S6.8.5.6.2(j)       S14.2.5.5.9
                                   Aiming--Motorcycl   Motorcycle
                                   e LB.               headlamp--lower
                                                       beam headlamps
                                                       designed to
                                                       comply with Table
                                                       XX.
SAE J584, Oct 1993..............  S6.8.5.6.2(i)       S14.2.5.5.8
                                   Aiming--Motorcycl   Motorcycle
                                   e UB.               headlamp--upper
                                                       beam headlamps
                                                       designed to
                                                       comply with Table
                                                       XX.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 2.1........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Taillamps.          Taillamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3..........  S7.2.2 Physical     S7.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.

[[Page 68386]]

 
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........  S7.2.1.1 Multiple   S7.2.11 Multiple
                                   compartments and    compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.     multiple lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........  S7.2.1.1 Multiple   S7.2.11.1.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........  S7.2.1.1 Multiple   S7.2.11.2.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........  S7.2.1.1 Multiple   S7.2.11.3.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........  S7.2.1.1.1 Lamps    S7.2.11.4
                                   installed on        Taillamps
                                   vehicles 2032 mm    installed on
                                   or more in          vehicles 2032 mm.
                                   overall width.      or more in
                                                       overall width.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.6.2......  S6.8.5.1.2          S14.2.1.5.1 All
                                   Multiple            photometered
                                   compartment &       together.
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.6.2(a)...  S6.8.5.1.2.1        S14.2.1.5.2(a)
                                   Photometry of all   Measuring
                                   compartments/       together.
                                   lamps together.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.6.2(b)...  S6.8.5.1.2.2        S14.2.1.5.2(b)
                                   Photometry of       Measuring
                                   individual          individually.
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 4..........  Table V SAE         Table V-b SAE
                                   taillamp            taillamp
                                   visibility.         visibility.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, Table 1,     Omitted...........  Table VIII
 footnote 5.                                           footnote 4.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 2.1.........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Stop lamps.         Stop lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 4.1.5.2.....  S6.8.5.1.2          S14.2.1.5.1 All
                                   Multiple            photometered
                                   compartment &       together.
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 4.1.5.2.1...  S6.8.5.1.2.1        S14.2.1.5.2(a)
                                   Photometry of all   Measuring
                                   compartments/       together.
                                   lamps together.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 4.1.5.2.2...  S6.8.5.1.2.2        S14.2.1.5.2(b)
                                   Photometry of       Measuring
                                   individual          individually.
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5...........  S7.3.2 Physical     S7.3.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.3.1.1 Multiple   S7.3.11 Multiple
                                   compartments and    compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.     multiple lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.3.1.1 Multiple   S7.3.11.1.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.3.1.1 Multiple   S7.3.11.2.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.3.1.1 Multiple   S7.3.11.3.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12 Ratio to
                                   taillamps.          taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12.1.
                                   taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12.2.
                                   taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12.3.
                                   taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12.4.
                                   taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   6.                  6.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   7.                  5.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  Table IX footnote   Table XIII-a
                                   7.                  footnote 5, Table
                                                       XIII-b, footnote
                                                       4.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  Table IX Stop       Table IX Stop
                                   lamp--Photometric   lamp--Photometric
                                   ratio.              ratio.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  Table IX Stop       Table XIII-b
                                   lamp--Photometric   Motorcycle stop
                                   ratio.              lamp--Photometric
                                                       ratio.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.3.1.......  S7.3.3 Combined     S7.3.15 Combined
                                   lamp bulb           lamp bulb
                                   indexing.           indexing.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.3.1.......  S7.3.3 Combined     S7.3.15.1 Dual
                                   lamp bulb           filament bulbs.
                                   indexing.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.3.1.......  S7.3.3 Combined     S7.3.15.2 Socket
                                   lamp bulb           indexing.
                                   indexing.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.4.1.......  Table V SAE stop    Table V-b SAE stop
                                   lamp visibility.    lamp visibility.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1.....  S7.3.1 Photometry.  S7.3.13
                                                       Photometry.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1.....  S7.3.1 Photometry.  S7.3.13.1.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1.....  Table IX Stop       Table IX Stop
                                   lamp--Individual    lamp--Individual
                                   point photometry.   point photometry.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1.....  Table IX Stop       Table IX Stop
                                   lamp--Zone          lamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1,      Standard note--new  Table XIII-a
 footnote a.                       table.              footnote 1.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1,      Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
 footnote a.                       1.                  1.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1,      Standard note--new  Table XIII-a
 footnote b.                       table.              footnote 3, Table
                                                       XIII-b footnote
                                                       1.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1,      Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
 footnote b.                       3.                  3.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 2...........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   License plate       License plate
                                   lamps.              lamps.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 3...........  S7.7.3 Physical     S7.7.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 4...........  S7.7.3 Physical     S7.7.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 5...........  S7.7.3 Physical     S7.7.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.1.........  S6.6.1 License      S6.6.3 License
                                   plate holder.       plate holder.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.2.........  S6.6.1 License      S6.6.3 License
                                   plate holder.       plate holder.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.3.........  S6.8.5.3 License    S14.2.2 License
                                   plate lamp          plate lamp
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.3.........  S7.7.1              S7.7.15.1.
                                   Installation.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.3.........  S7.7.1              S7.7.15.2.
                                   Installation.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.3.........  S7.7.1              S7.7.15.3.
                                   Installation.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.4.........  S6.1.4 License      S6.1.3.3 License
                                   plate lamp.         plate lamp.

[[Page 68387]]

 
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.5.........  S7.7.1.1 Incident   S7.7.15.4 Incident
                                   light from a        light from a
                                   single lamp.        single lamp.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.6.........  S7.7.1.2 Incident   S7.7.15.5 Incident
                                   light from          light from
                                   multiple lamps.     multiple lamps.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.7.........  S6.8.5.3.1          S14.2.2.1
                                   Illumination        Illumination
                                   surface.            surface.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.8.........  S6.8.5.3.2 Test     S14.2.2.2 Test
                                   stations.           stations.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7...........  S7.7.2 Photometry   S7.7.13
                                   requirements.       Photometry.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7...........  S7.7.2 Photometry   S7.7.13. Ratio--
                                   requirements.       motorcycles and
                                                       motor driven
                                                       cycles.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7...........  S7.7.2 Photometry   S7.7.13.1.
                                   requirements.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7...........  S7.7.2 Photometry   S7.7.13.2
                                   requirements.       Illumination.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7...........  S7.7.2 Photometry   S7.7.13.3 Ratio
                                   requirements.       except
                                                       motorcycles and
                                                       motor driven
                                                       cycles.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, Figure 1....  Table XIII........  Figure 19.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, Figure 2....  Table XIII........  Figure 19.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, Figure 3....  Not included......  Figure 20.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 2.1.........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Turn signal lamps.  Turn signal
                                                       lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4...........  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.1.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4...........  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4.1.5.2.....  S6.8.5.1.2          S14.2.1.5.1 All
                                   Multiple            photometered
                                   compartment &       together.
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4.1.5.2.1...  S6.8.5.1.2.1        S14.2.1.5.2(a)
                                   Photometry of all   Measuring
                                   compartments/       together.
                                   lamps together.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4.1.5.2.2...  S6.8.5.1.2.2        S14.2.1.5.2(b)
                                   Photometry of       Measuring
                                   individual          individually.
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.1.1.3 Multiple   S7.1.1.11 Multiple
                                   compartments and    compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.     multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.1.1.3 Multiple   S7.1.1.11.1.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.1.1.3 Multiple   S7.1.1.11.2.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.1.1.3 Multiple   S7.1.1.11.3.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.1.2.2 Multiple   S7.1.2.11 Multiple
                                   compartments and    compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.     multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.1.2.2 Multiple   S7.1.2.11.1.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.1.2.2 Multiple   S7.1.2.11.2.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2.....  S7.1.2.2 Multiple   S7.1.2.11.3.
                                   compartments and
                                   multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12 Ratio to
                                   to parking lamps    parking lamps and
                                   and clearance       clearance lamps.
                                   lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12.1.
                                   to parking lamps
                                   and clearance
                                   lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12.2.
                                   to parking lamps
                                   and clearance
                                   lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12.3.
                                   to parking lamps
                                   and clearance
                                   lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12.4.
                                   to parking lamps
                                   and clearance
                                   lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   S7.1.2.12 Ratio to
                                   taillamps and       taillamps and
                                   clearance lamps.    clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   S7.1.2.12.1.
                                   taillamps and
                                   clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   S7.1.2.12.2.
                                   taillamps and
                                   clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   S7.1.2.12.3.
                                   taillamps and
                                   clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   S7.1.2.12.4.
                                   taillamps and
                                   clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  Table VI Front      Table VI Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Photometric ratio.  Photometric
                                                       ratio.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   8.                  8.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3.....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Photometric ratio.  Photometric
                                                       ratio.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.....  S7.1.1.2 Spacing    S7.1.1.10 Spacing
                                   to other lamps.     to other lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.....  S7.1.1.2 Spacing    S7.1.1.10.1.
                                   to other lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   1.5 x base          1.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   1.5 x base zone     1.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.

[[Page 68388]]

 
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2 x base            2 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2 x base zone       2 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base          2.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base zone     2.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.1...  S7.1.1.2.1 Spacing  S7.1.1.10.2
                                   measurement for     Spacing
                                   non reflector       measurement for
                                   lamps.              non reflector
                                                       lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.2...  S7.1.1.2.2 Spacing  S7.1.1.10.3
                                   measurement for     Spacing
                                   lamps with          measurement for
                                   reflectors.         lamps with
                                                       reflectors.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.3.1.......  S7.1.4 Combined     S7.1.3 Combined
                                   lamp bulb           lamp bulb
                                   indexing.           indexing.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.3.1.......  S7.1.4 Combined     S7.1.3.1 Dual
                                   lamp bulb           filament bulbs.
                                   indexing.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.3.1.......  S7.1.4 Combined     S7.1.3.2 Socket
                                   lamp bulb           indexing.
                                   indexing.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.3.2.......  Table IV Front      Table IV-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.4.1.......  Table V SAE turn    Table V-b SAE turn
                                   signal lamp         signal lamp
                                   visibility.         visibility.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13
                                   Photometry.         Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13.1.
                                   Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13.2.
                                   Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  S7.1.2.1            S7.1.2.13
                                   Photometry.         Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  S7.1.2.1            S7.1.2.13.1.
                                   Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Base zone           Base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   5.                  5.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Amber lamp zone     Amber lamp group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1.....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Red lamp zone       Red lamp group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1,      Standard note--new  Table XIII-a
 footnote a.                       table.              footnote 1.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1,      Table VI footnote   Table VI footnote
 footnote a.                       1.                  1.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1,      Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
 footnote a.                       1.                  1.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1,      Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
 footnote b.                       4.                  4.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2.....  S7.1.1.2.3 Spacing  S7.1.1.10.4
                                   based photometric   Spacing based
                                   multipliers.        photometric
                                                       multipliers.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   1.5 x base          1.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2 x base            2 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2 x base zone       2 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base          2.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base zone     2.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   1.5 x base zone     1.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 3.....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Base individual     Base individual
                                   point photometry.   point photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 3.....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Amber lamp          Amber lamp
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 3.....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Red lamp            Red lamp
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970.............  S7.14.3 Turn        S9.3 Turn signal
                                   signal pilot        pilot indicator.
                                   indicator.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970.............  S7.14.3 Turn        S9.3.1 TS lamps
                                   signal pilot        not visible.
                                   indicator.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970.............  S7.14.3 Turn        S9.3.2 Indicator
                                   signal pilot        light(s).
                                   indicator.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970.............  S7.14.3 Turn        S9.3.3 Function.
                                   signal pilot
                                   indicator.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970.............  S7.14.3.1           S9.3.4 Indicator
                                   Indicator size      size and color.
                                   and color.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970.............  S7.14.3.1           S9.3.4.1 Interior
                                   Indicator size      mounted.
                                   and color.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970.............  S7.14.3.1           S9.3.4.2 Exterior
                                   Indicator size      mounted.
                                   and color.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970.............  S7.14.3.1           S9.3.5 Visibility.
                                   Indicator size
                                   and color.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970, 3.4........  SAE J588e, Sep      S6.1.1.3.1.
                                   1970, 3.4.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970, 3.9.1......  SAE J588e, Sep      S6.1.1.3.
                                   1970, 3.9.1.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970, 3.9.1......  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   6.                  6.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Turn signal         Turn signal
                                   operating unit.     operating unit.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI.........  S9.1.2 Physical
                                                       tests.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1 Turn
                                   signal operating    Signal operating
                                   unit durability     unit durability
                                   test.               test.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.3
                                   signal operating    Performance
                                   unit durability     requirements.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.

[[Page 68389]]

 
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.3.2
                                   signal operating    Voltage drop
                                   unit durability     (2032 mm or
                                   test--performance   wider).
                                   requirements.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.3.3 Stop
                                   signal operating    contacts.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.1 Power
                                   signal operating    supply
                                   unit durability     specifications.
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.2
                                   signal operating    Procedure.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.2.1
                                   signal operating    Circuit.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.2.2 Cycle.
                                   signal operating
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J589, Apr 1964..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.1.2.3
                                   signal operating    Voltage drop.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Turn signal         Turn signal
                                   flasher.            flasher.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  S7.14.2 Turn        S9.2.1 Indicator
                                   signal flasher.     signals.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI.........  S9.2.2 Physical
                                                       tests.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3 Turn
                                   signal flasher      signal flasher
                                   and vehicular       and vehicular
                                   hazard warning      hazard warning
                                   signal flasher      signal warning
                                   tests.              flasher tests.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.6 Turn
                                   signal flasher      signal flasher
                                   durability test.    durability test.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.6.3
                                   signal flasher      Performance
                                   durability test--   requirements.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.6.1
                                   signal flasher      Samples.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.6.2
                                   signal flasher      Procedure.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.6.2.1
                                   signal flasher      Setup.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.6.2.2
                                   signal flasher      Temperature and
                                   durability test--   voltage.
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.6.2.3
                                   signal flasher      Duration.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5 Turn
                                   signal flasher      signal flasher
                                   flash rate and      flash rate and
                                   percent current     percent current
                                   ``on'' time test.   ``on'' time test.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3.1
                                   signal flasher      Samples.
                                   starting time
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.4 Turn
                                   signal flasher      signal flasher
                                   voltage drop test.  voltage drop
                                                       test.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.4.3
                                   signal flasher      Performance
                                   voltage drop        requirements.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965.............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.4.1
                                   signal flasher      Samples.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3 Turn
                                   signal flasher      signal flasher
                                   starting time       starting time
                                   test.               test.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3.3
                                   signal flasher      Performance
                                   starting time       requirements.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3.3(a)
                                   signal flasher      Normally closed
                                   starting time       contacts.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3.3(b)
                                   signal flasher      Normally open
                                   starting time       contacts.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3.2
                                   signal flasher      Procedure.
                                   starting time
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3.2.1
                                   signal flasher      Setup.
                                   starting time
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.3.2.2
                                   signal flasher      Measurement.
                                   starting time
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 2..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.4.2
                                   signal flasher      Procedure.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 2..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.4.2.1
                                   signal flasher      Setup.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 2..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.4.2.2
                                   signal flasher      Measurement.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.3
                                   signal flasher      Performance
                                   flash rate and      requirements.
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.3(a)
                                   signal flasher      Normally closed
                                   flash rate and      contacts.
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.3(b)
                                   signal flasher      Normally open
                                   flash rate and      contacts.
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.

[[Page 68390]]

 
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.1
                                   signal flasher      Samples.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.2
                                   signal flasher      Procedure.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.2.1
                                   signal flasher      Setup.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.2.2
                                   signal flasher      Temperature and
                                   flash rate and      voltage.
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3..........  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3.5.2.3
                                   signal flasher      Measurement.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, Figure 1...  Figure 2..........  Figure 2.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 2.1........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Clearance lamps.    Clearance lamps.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 2.2........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Side marker lamps.  Side marker
                                                       lamps.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 2.3........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Combination         Combination
                                   clearance and       clearance and
                                   side marker lamps.  side marker
                                                       lamps.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 2.4........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Identification      Identification
                                   lamps.              lamps.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 3..........  S7.4.2 Physical     S7.4.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 3..........  S7.5.2 Physical     S7.5.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1....  S7.4.1 Photometry.  S7.4.13
                                                       Photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1....  S7.4.1 Photometry.  S7.4.13.1.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1....  S7.5.1 Photometry.  S7.5.13
                                                       Photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1....  Table X Amber side  Table X Amber side
                                   marker lamp         marker lamp
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1....  Table X Red side    Table X Red side
                                   marker lamp         marker lamp
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1....  Table XI Amber      Table XI Amber
                                   clearance and       clearance and
                                   identification      identification
                                   lamp photometry.    lamp photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1....  Table XI Red        Table XI Red
                                   clearance and       clearance and
                                   identification      identification
                                   lamp photometry.    lamp photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1,     Table XI footnote   Table XI footnote
 footnote a.                       3.                  3.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1,     S7.4.1.1 Inboard    S7.4.13.2 Inboard
 footnote b.                       photometry.         photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1,     Table X footnote 1  Table X footnote
 footnote b.                                           1.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968.............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Backup lamp.        Backup lamp.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968.............  S7.6.2 Color......  S7.6.2.2
                                                       Incidental light.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968.............  S7.6.3 Physical     S7.6.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968.............  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Backu   Activation--Backu
                                   p lamps.            p lamps.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968, Table 1,     Table XII Single    Table XII Single
 footnote a.                       backup lamp         lamp system--
                                   system--Individua   Individual point
                                   l point             photometry.
                                   photometry.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968, Table 1,     Table XII Two       Table XII Two lamp
 footnote b.                       backup lamp         systems Each
                                   system--Individua   lamp--Individual
                                   l point             point photometry.
                                   photometry.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968, Table 1,     Table XII Backup    Table XII Backup
 footnote c.                       lamp--Maximum       lamp--Maximum
                                   photometric         photometric
                                   intensity.          intensity any
                                                       single lamp.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 2..........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Reflex reflectors.  Reflex
                                                       reflectors.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3..........  S7.10.2 Physical    S8.1.12 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     S14.2.3 Reflex
                                   reflector           reflector and
                                   photometry.         retroreflective
                                                       sheeting
                                                       photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     S14.2.3.1
                                   reflector           Mounting.
                                   photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     S14.2.3.2
                                   reflector           Illumination
                                   photometry.         source.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     S14.2.3.3
                                   reflector           Measurement
                                   photometry.         distance.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     S14.2.3.4 Test
                                   reflector           setup.
                                   photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     S14.2.3.5
                                   reflector           Photodetector.
                                   photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     S14.2.3.6
                                   reflector           Photometry
                                   photometry.         surface.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S14.2.3.7
                                   reflector and       Procedure.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S14.2.3.7.1
                                   reflector and       Observation
                                   retroreflective     angle.
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S14.2.3.7.2
                                   reflector and       Entrance angle.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S14.2.3.7.3
                                   reflector and       Convention.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S14.2.3.7.4
                                   reflector and       Luminous
                                   retroreflective     intensity and
                                   sheeting            illumination.
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S14.2.3.8
                                   reflector and       Measurements.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1.1        S14.2.3.8.3 Reflex
                                   Reflex reflector    reflector
                                   photometry          photometry
                                   measurement         measurement
                                   adjustments.        adjustments.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1.1        S14.2.3.8.3.1
                                   Reflex reflector    Reflectors with
                                   photometry          non fixed
                                   measurement         rotation.
                                   adjustments.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1.1        S14.2.3.8.3.2
                                   Reflex reflector    Reflectors with
                                   photometry          fixed rotation.
                                   measurement
                                   adjustments.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7......  S6.8.5.4.1.1        S14.2.3.8.3.3
                                   Reflex reflector    Additional
                                   photometry          photometric
                                   measurement         readings.
                                   adjustments.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.8......  S6.8.2 Samples for  S14.4.1.1 Samples.
                                   test.

[[Page 68391]]

 
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1....  S7.10.1 Photometry  S8.1.11
                                                       Photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1....  S7.10.1.1           S8.1.13
                                   Alternative side    Alternative side
                                   reflex reflectors.  reflex reflector
                                                       material.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1....  Table XVI Red       Table XVI-a Red
                                   reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1,     Table XVI White     Table XVI-a White
 footnote a.                       reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1,     Table XVI Amber     Table XVI-a Amber
 footnote a.                       reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A...  S7.10.1 Photometry  S8.1.11
                                                       Photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A...  S7.10.1.1           S8.1.13
                                   Alternative side    Alternative side
                                   reflex reflectors.  reflex reflector
                                                       material.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A...  Table XVI Red       Table XVI-a Red
                                   reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A,    Table XVI Amber     Table XVI-a Amber
 footnote a.                       reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A,    Table XVI White     Table XVI-a White
 footnote a.                       reflex reflector    reflex reflector
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968.............  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.1 Standard
                                   1968.               test circuit.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968.............  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.1.1 Test
                                   1968.               circuit setup.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 4..........  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.1.1.1
                                   1968, 4.            Series
                                                       resistance.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 5..........  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.1.1.2 A-B
                                   1968, 5.            resistance.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 6..........  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.1.1.3 C-D
                                   1968, 6.            voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 7..........  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.1.1.4
                                   1968, 7.            Voltage
                                                       adjustments--fixe
                                                       d load flashers.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 8..........  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.1.1.5
                                   1968, 8.            Voltage
                                                       adjustments--vari
                                                       able load
                                                       flashers.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 8..........  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.1.1.6
                                   1968, 8.            Measurements.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10.........  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.1
                                   1965, 10.           Starting time,
                                                       voltage drop, and
                                                       flash rate &
                                                       percent current
                                                       ``on'' time
                                                       tests.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10.........  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.1(a)
                                   1965, 10.           Transients.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10.........  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.2 Power
                                   1968, 10 and 11.    supply
                                                       specifications.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(a)......  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.2.1(b)
                                   1968, 10(a).        Output voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(b)......  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.2.1(c)
                                   1968, 10(b).        Output current.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(c)......  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.2.1(d)
                                   1968, 10(c).        Static
                                                       regulation.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(c)......  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.2.1(e)
                                   1968, 10(c).        Dynamic
                                                       regulation.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(d)......  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.2.1(f)
                                   1968, 10(d).        Ripple voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11.........  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.2
                                   1965, 11.           Durability tests.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11.........  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.2(a)
                                   1965, 11.           Transients.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11.........  SAE J823b, Apr      S14.9.3.2 Power
                                   1968, 10 and 11.    supply
                                                       specifications.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(a)......  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.2(b)
                                   1965, 11(a).        Output voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(b)......  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.2(c)
                                   1965, 11(b).        Output current.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(c)......  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.2(d)
                                   1965, 11(c).        Static
                                                       regulation.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(c)......  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.2(e)
                                   1965, 11(c).        Dynamic
                                                       regulation.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(d)......  SAE J590b, Oct      S14.9.3.2.2(f)
                                   1965, 11(d).        Ripple voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, Figure 1...  SAE J823b, Apr      Figure 22.
                                   1968, Figure 1.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   School bus signal   School bus signal
                                   lamps.              lamps.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  S6.4.1 Effective    S6.4.1 Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area requirements.  area
                                                       requirements.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  S6.4.2 Visibility.  S6.4.2 Visibility.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  S6.4.6 School bus   S6.4.5 School bus
                                   signal lamp         signal lamp
                                   aiming.             aiming.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  S6.8.5.1            S14.2.1.2 School
                                   Photometry ex       bus signal lamp
                                   headlamp, license   aiming.
                                   lamp, & DRL.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  S7.13.2 Physical    S7.11.14 Physical
                                   test requirements.  tests.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Schoo   Activation--Schoo
                                   l bus signal        l bus signal
                                   lamps.              lamps.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  Table IV School     Table IV-c School
                                   bus signal lamp--   bus signal lamp--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
SAE J887, Jul 1964..............  Table V School bus  Table V-a School
                                   signal lamp         bus signal lamp
                                   visibility.         visibility.
SAE J887, Jul 1964, Table 1.....  S7.13.1 Photometry  S7.11.13
                                                       Photometry.
SAE J887, Jul 1964, Table 1.....  Table XVII School   Table XVII School
                                   bus signal lamp     bus signal lamp
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J910, Jan 1966..............  Table XXI.........  S9.6.3 Physical
                                                       tests.
SAE J910, Jan 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.2 Vehicular
                                   Vehicular hazard    hazard warning
                                   warning signal      signal operating
                                   operating unit      unit durability
                                   durability test.    test.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 1...........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Vehicular hazard    Vehicular hazard
                                   warning signal      warning signal
                                   operating unit.     operating unit.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 3(b)........  S7.14.6 Vehicular   S9.6.1
                                   hazard warning      Combinations.
                                   signal operating
                                   unit.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 3(c)........  S7.14.6.1           S9.6.2 Operation.
                                   Operating unit
                                   switch.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 3(d)........  S7.14.6 Vehicular   S9.6.1
                                   hazard warning      Combinations.
                                   signal operating
                                   unit.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 3(e)........  S7.14.6.1           S9.6.2 Operation.
                                   Operating unit
                                   switch.

[[Page 68392]]

 
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.2.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Performance
                                   warning signal      requirements.
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.2.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Procedure.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.2.1.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Circuit.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.2.1.2 Cycle.
                                   Vehicular hazard
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.2.1.3
                                   Vehicular hazard    Voltage drop.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 5...........  S7.14.8 Vehicular   S9.8.2 Single TS
                                   hazard warning      indicators.
                                   signal pilot
                                   indicator.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 5...........  S7.14.8 Vehicular   S9.8.3 Function.
                                   hazard warning
                                   signal pilot
                                   indicator.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 5...........  S7.14.8.1           S9.8.4 Indicator
                                   Indicator size      size and color.
                                   and color.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Vehicular hazard    Vehicular hazard
                                   warning signal      warning signal
                                   flasher.            flasher.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  S7.14.7 Vehicular   S9.7.1 Indicator
                                   hazard warning      signals.
                                   signal flasher.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  S7.14.8 Vehicular   S9.8.2 Single TS
                                   hazard warning      indicators.
                                   signal pilot
                                   indicator.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  S7.14.8 Vehicular   S9.8.3 Function.
                                   hazard warning
                                   signal pilot
                                   indicator.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  S7.14.8.1           S9.8.4 Indicator
                                   Indicator size      size and color.
                                   and color.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI.........  S9.7.2 Physical
                                                       tests.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI Turn      S14.9.3 Turn
                                   signal flasher      signal flasher
                                   and vehicular       and vehicular
                                   hazard warning      hazard warning
                                   signal flasher      signal warning
                                   tests.              flasher tests.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.10
                                   Vehicular hazard    Vehicular hazard
                                   warning signal      warning signal
                                   flasher             flasher
                                   durability test.    durability test.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9
                                   Vehicular hazard    Vehicular hazard
                                   warning signal      warning signal
                                   flasher flash       flasher flash
                                   rate and percent    rate and percent
                                   current ``on''      current ``on''
                                   time test.          time test.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Samples.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.7
                                   Vehicular hazard    Vehicular hazard
                                   warning signal      warning signal
                                   flasher starting    flasher starting
                                   time test.          time test.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.7.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Samples.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.8
                                   Vehicular hazard    Vehicular hazard
                                   warning signal      warning signal
                                   flasher voltage     flasher voltage
                                   drop test.          drop test.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.8.3
                                   Vehicular hazard    Performance
                                   warning signal      requirements.
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966..............  Table XXI           S14.9.3.8.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Samples.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.7.3
                                   Vehicular hazard    Performance
                                   warning signal      requirements.
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.7.3(a)
                                   Vehicular hazard    Normally closed
                                   warning signal      contacts.
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.7.3(b)
                                   Vehicular hazard    Normally open
                                   warning signal      contacts.
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.7.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Procedure.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.7.2.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Setup.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.7.2.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Measurement.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 2...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.8.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Procedure.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 2...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.8.2.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Setup.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 2...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.8.2.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Measurement.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9.3
                                   Vehicular hazard    Performance
                                   warning signal      requirements.
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.

[[Page 68393]]

 
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9.3(a)
                                   Vehicular hazard    Normally closed
                                   warning signal      contacts.
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9.3(b)
                                   Vehicular hazard    Normally open
                                   warning signal      contacts.
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Procedure.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9.2.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Setup.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9.2.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Temperature and
                                   warning signal      voltage.
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.9.2.3
                                   Vehicular hazard    Measurement.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.10.3
                                   Vehicular hazard    Performance
                                   warning signal      requirements.
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.10.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Samples.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.10.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Procedure.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.10.2.1
                                   Vehicular hazard    Setup.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.10.2.2
                                   Vehicular hazard    Temperature and
                                   warning signal      voltage.
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4...........  Table XXI           S14.9.3.10.2.3
                                   Vehicular hazard    Duration.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, Figure 1....  Figure 2..........  Figure 2.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.1........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Headlamp.           Headlamp.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.1.1......  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.1.1......  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Sealed beam         Sealed beam
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.2........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Upper beam.         Upper beam.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.3........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Lower beam.         Lower beam.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.4........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Mechanically        Mechanically
                                   aimable headlamp    aimable headlamp.
                                   [OUT OF
                                   ALPHABETICAL
                                   ORDER].
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.5........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Aiming plane.       Aiming plane.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.6........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Headlamp            Headlamp
                                   mechanical axis.    mechanical axis.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.7........  S4 Definitions--H-  S4 Definitions--H-
                                   V axis.             V axis.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.9........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Seasoning.          Seasoning.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.10.......  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Design Voltage.     Design Voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.11.......  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Test voltage.       Test voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.12.......  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Rated voltage.      Rated voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.1.4.1....  S6.8.5.6.1          S14.2.5.4
                                   Seasoning and       Seasoning and
                                   test voltage.       test voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.1.4.2....  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S14.2.5.3
                                   photometry          Measurement
                                   measurements.       distance.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.1.4.3....  S6.8.5.6.1          S14.2.5.4
                                   Seasoning and       Seasoning and
                                   test voltage.       test voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.1.4.3....  S6.8.5.6.2(a)       S14.2.5.5.1
                                   Aiming--mechanica   Mechanically
                                   l.                  aimable headlamps
                                                       using an external
                                                       aimer.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.5.1......  S6.8.2 Samples for  S14.1.4.1
                                   test.               Representative
                                                       samples.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.7........  Table XXIII         S14.6.16 Headlamp
                                   Headlamp wattage    wattage test.
                                   test.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.7........  Table XXIII         S14.6.16.1
                                   Headlamp wattage    Procedure.
                                   test--procedure.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.3........  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.3.3......  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.3......  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.4......  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.4.1....  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.4.2....  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.4.3....  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.5......  S17.3 Sealed beam   S6.5.3.3 Sealed
                                   headlamp markings.  beam headlamp
                                                       markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 5...  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 6...  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 7...  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 8...  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 9...  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 10..  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.

[[Page 68394]]

 
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 11..  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 11..  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 12..  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 13..  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 14..  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 15..  Relocated to Part   Relocated to Part
                                   564, Appendix C.    564, Appendix C.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 2.1........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Turn signal lamps.  Turn signal
                                                       lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 4..........  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.1.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 4.1.5.2....  S6.8.5.1.2          S14.2.1.5.1 All
                                   Multiple            photometered
                                   compartment &       together.
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 4.1.5.2....  S6.8.5.1.2.2        S14.2.1.5.2(b)
                                   Photometry of       Measuring
                                   individual          individually.
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 4.1.5.2....  S6.8.5.1.2.3        S14.2.1.5.3
                                   Multiple            Multiple on 2032
                                   compartment/lamp    mm or wider.
                                   photometry for
                                   wide vehicles.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12 Ratio to
                                   to parking lamps    parking lamps and
                                   and clearance       clearance lamps.
                                   lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12.1.
                                   to parking lamps
                                   and clearance
                                   lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12.2.
                                   to parking lamps
                                   and clearance
                                   lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12.3.
                                   to parking lamps
                                   and clearance
                                   lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    S7.1.1.12.4.
                                   to parking lamps
                                   and clearance
                                   lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  Table VI footnote   Table VI footnote
                                   4.                  4.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  Table VI Front      Table VI Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Photometric ratio.  Photometric
                                                       ratio.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   7.                  7.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   8.                  8.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Photometric ratio.  Photometric
                                                       ratio.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.3....  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   6.                  6.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   1.5 x base          1.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   1.5 x base zone     1.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2 x base            2 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2 x base zone       2 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base          2.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base zone     2.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.5....  S7.1.1.2.1 Spacing  S7.1.1.10.2
                                   measurement for     Spacing
                                   non reflector       measurement for
                                   lamps.              non reflector
                                                       lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.6....  S7.1.1.2.2 Spacing  S7.1.1.10.3
                                   measurement for     Spacing
                                   lamps with          measurement for
                                   reflectors.         lamps with
                                                       reflectors.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.1......  S7.1.3 Physical     S7.1.2.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.1......  S7.1.4 Combined     S7.1.3 Combined
                                   lamp bulb           lamp bulb
                                   indexing.           indexing.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.1......  S7.1.4 Combined     S7.1.3.1 Dual
                                   lamp bulb           filament bulbs.
                                   indexing.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.1......  S7.1.4 Combined     S7.1.3.2 Socket
                                   lamp bulb           indexing.
                                   indexing.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.2......  Table IV Front      Table IV-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.2......  Table IV Rear turn  Table IV-a Rear
                                   signal lamp--       turn signal lamp--
                                   Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.4.1......  Table V SAE turn    Table V-b SAE turn
                                   signal lamp         signal lamp
                                   visibility.         visibility.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13
                                   Photometry.         Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13.1.
                                   Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  S7.1.1.1            S7.1.1.13.2.
                                   Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  S7.1.2.1            S7.1.2.13
                                   Photometry.         Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  S7.1.2.1            S7.1.2.13.1.
                                   Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   S7.1.2.12 Ratio to
                                   taillamps and       taillamps and
                                   clearance lamps.    clearance lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   S7.1.2.12.1.
                                   taillamps and
                                   clearance lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   S7.1.2.12.4.
                                   taillamps and
                                   clearance lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Base zone           Base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.

[[Page 68395]]

 
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Amber lamp zone     Amber lamp group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Red lamp zone       Red lamp group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1....  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   5.                  5.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   1.5 x base          1.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   1.5 x base zone     1.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2 x base            2 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2....  Table VI Front      Table VI-b Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2 x base zone       2 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base          2.5 x base
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   2.5 x base zone     2.5 x base group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 3....  Table VI Front      Table VI-a Front
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Base individual     Base individual
                                   point photometry.   point photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 3....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Amber lamp          Amber lamp
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 3....  Table VII Rear      Table VII Rear
                                   turn signal lamp--  turn signal lamp--
                                   Red lamp            Red lamp
                                   individual point    individual point
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, footnote a.  Table VI footnote   Table VI footnote
                                   1.                  1.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, footnote a.  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   1.                  1.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, footnote b.  Table VII footnote  Table VII footnote
                                   4.                  4.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 2.1........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Stop lamps.         Stop lamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 4.1.5.2....  S6.8.5.1.2          S14.2.1.5.1 All
                                   Multiple            photometered
                                   compartment &       together.
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 4.1.5.2....  S6.8.5.1.2.2        S14.2.1.5.2(b)
                                   Photometry of       Measuring
                                   individual          individually.
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 4.1.5.2....  S6.8.5.1.2.3        S14.2.1.5.3
                                   Multiple            Multiple on 2032
                                   compartment/lamp    mm or wider.
                                   photometry for
                                   wide vehicles.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5..........  S7.3.2 Physical     S7.3.14 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12 Ratio to
                                   taillamps.          taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12.1.
                                   taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12.2.
                                   taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12.3.
                                   taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2....  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   S7.3.12.4.
                                   taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2....  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   6.                  6.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2....  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   7.                  5.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2....  Table IX Stop       Table IX Stop
                                   lamp--Photometric   lamp--Photometric
                                   ratio.              ratio.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.3.1......  S7.3.3 Combined     S7.3.15 Combined
                                   lamp bulb           lamp bulb
                                   indexing.           indexing.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.3.1......  S7.3.3 Combined     S7.3.15.1 Dual
                                   lamp bulb           filament bulbs.
                                   indexing.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.3.1......  S7.3.3 Combined     S7.3.15.2 Socket
                                   lamp bulb           indexing.
                                   indexing.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.3.2......  Table IV Stop       Table IV-a Stop
                                   lamp--Effective     lamp--Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.4.1......  Table V SAE stop    Table V-b SAE stop
                                   lamp visibility.    lamp visibility.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1....  S7.3.1 Photometry.  S7.3.13
                                                       Photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1....  S7.3.1 Photometry.  S7.3.13
                                                       Photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1....  S7.3.1 Photometry.  S7.3.13.1.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1....  S7.3.1 Photometry.  S7.3.13.1.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1....  Table IX Stop       Table IX Stop
                                   lamp--Individual    lamp--Individual
                                   point photometry.   point photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1....  Table IX Stop       Table IX Stop
                                   lamp--Zone          lamp--Group
                                   photometry.         photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, footnote a.  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   1.                  1.
SAE J1398, May 1985, footnote a.  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   1.                  1.
SAE J1398, May 1985, footnote b.  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   3.                  3.
SAE J1398, May 1985, footnote b.  Table IX footnote   Table IX footnote
                                   3.                  3.
64 FR 16358.....................  64 FR 16358.......  Table I-a Mounting
                                                       height--Clearance
                                                       lamps--rear.
64 FR 16358.....................  64 FR 16358.......  Table I-a Mounting
                                                       height--Identific
                                                       ation lamps--
                                                       rear.
64 FR 16358.....................  64 FR 16358.......  Table I-b Mounting
                                                       height--Clearance
                                                       lamps--rear.
64 FR 16358.....................  64 FR 16358.......  Table I-b Mounting
                                                       height--Identific
                                                       ation lamps--
                                                       rear.
70 FR 65972.....................  S6.7 Replacement    S6.7 Replacement
                                   equipment.          equipment.
Interpretation--Alkire 11/28/89.  S6.2.2 Lamp or      S6.2.2 Lamp or
                                   reflective device   reflective device
                                   obstructed.         obstructed.
Interpretation--Camp 6/17/97....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Overall width.      Overall width.
Interpretation--Clarke 7/28/05..  S6.2.5 Auxiliary    S6.1.3.6 Auxiliary
                                   identification      lamp.
                                   lamps.

[[Page 68396]]

 
Interpretation--Faber 5/26/00...  Table I             Table I-a
                                   Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
Interpretation--Faber 5/26/00...  Table I             Table I-b
                                   Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
Interpretation--Faber 5/26/00...  Table I             Table I-c
                                   Activation--Stop    Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.              lamps.
Interpretation--King 7/12/00....  S6.1.3 Mounting     S6.1.3.1.
                                   location and
                                   height.
Interpretation--King 7/12/00....  S6.1.3 Mounting     S6.1.3.2.
                                   location and
                                   height.
Interpretation--Nakaya 6/18/85..  S6.1.3.2.1 High     S6.1.4.1.1 High
                                   mounted stop lamp   mounted stop lamp
                                   mounting.           mounting.
Interpretation--Parkyn 6/1/98...  Table IX footnote   Table XIII-b
                                   5.                  footnote 3.
Interpretation--Spingler 4/6/     S14.10.1.5          S10.18.9.1.5
 2000.                             Measuring the       Measuring the
                                   cutoff parameter.   cutoff parameter.
Interpretation--Spingler 7/2/99.  Table XIX 10[deg]   Table XIX 10[deg]
                                   U-90[deg]U Test     U-90[deg]U Test
                                   area.               area.
Various.........................  S17 Headlamp        S6.5.3 Headlamp
                                   marking             marking
                                   requirements.       requirements.
New figure......................  Figure 12-1.......  Figure 12-1.
New figure......................  Figure 12-2.......  Figure 12-2.
New language....................  Table V footnote 1  Table V footnote
                                                       1.
New reference to other sections.  S17.5 Additional    S6.5.3.5
                                   headlamp markings.  Additional
                                                       headlamp
                                                       markings.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.1 Number
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.5
                                                       Activation [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table IV-a].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.7
                                                       Visibility [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to S6.4].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S9.3.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.1.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.1 Number
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I and
                                                       S6.1.3.2].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.5
                                                       Activation [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table IV-a].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.7
                                                       Visibility [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to S6.4].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S9.3].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.1.2.10 Spacing
                                                       to other lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2 Taillamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I and
                                                       S6.1.3.2].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.4].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].

[[Page 68397]]

 
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.2.12 Ratio [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to S7.1.2.12 and
                                                       7.3.12].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3 Stop lamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I and
                                                       S6.1.3.2].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table IV-a].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.4].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.3.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4 Side marker
                                                       lamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.11 Multiple
                                                       compartments and
                                                       multiple lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.4.12 Ratio [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5 Clearance and
                                                       identification
                                                       lamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.11 Multiple
                                                       compartments and
                                                       multiple lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].

[[Page 68398]]

 
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.12 Ratio.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.12.1
                                                       Clearance lamps
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to
                                                       S7.1.1.12 and
                                                       S7.1.2.12].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.5.12.2
                                                       Identification
                                                       lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6 Backup lamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.2 Color of
                                                       light.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.2.1 [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--see
                                                       Table V-a].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.11 Multiple
                                                       compartments and
                                                       multiple lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.6.12 Ratio [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7 License plate
                                                       lamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I and
                                                       S6.1.1].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.11 Multiple
                                                       compartments and
                                                       multiple lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.12 Ratio [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.7.15
                                                       Installation.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8 Parking
                                                       lamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.4].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].

[[Page 68399]]

 
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.11 Multiple
                                                       compartments and
                                                       multiple lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.8.12 Ratio [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to S7.1.1.12].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9 High-mounted
                                                       lamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I and
                                                       S6.1.1.2].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I and
                                                       S6.1.4.1].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table IV-b].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table V-
                                                       a].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.11 Multiple
                                                       compartments and
                                                       multiple lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.9.12 Ratio [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10 Daytime
                                                       running lamps
                                                       (DRLs).
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.1 Number
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I and
                                                       S7.10.13(b)].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table I
                                                       and
                                                       S7.10.10.1(c)].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.11 Multiple
                                                       compartments and
                                                       multiple lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.10.12 Ratio
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11 School bus
                                                       signal lamps.
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.1 Number
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.2 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table IV-c].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table V-
                                                       a].

[[Page 68400]]

 
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.10 Spacing
                                                       to other lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.11 Multiple
                                                       compartments and
                                                       multiple lamps
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S7.11.12 Ratio
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.1 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.2 Color [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.3 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.4 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.5 Activation
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.6 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.7 Visibility
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.8 Indicator
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.9 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S8.1.10 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.3 Number [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.4 Color of
                                                       light [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.5 Mounting
                                                       location [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.6 Mounting
                                                       height [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to Table I].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.7 Activation
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to Table
                                                       I, Table II, and
                                                       S6.1.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.8 Effective
                                                       projected
                                                       luminous lens
                                                       area [New
                                                       section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.9 Visibility
                                                       [New section--No
                                                       requirement].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.10 Indicator
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S9.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.11 Markings
                                                       [New section--
                                                       points to S6.5].
New section.....................  New section.......  S10.12 Spacing to
                                                       other lamps [New
                                                       section--points
                                                       to S6.1.3.5].
New table.......................  New table.........  Table III Marking
                                                       Requirements
                                                       Locations [New
                                                       Table--points to
                                                       marking
                                                       requirements].
New title.......................  S6 Vehicle          S6 Vehicle
                                   requirements.       requirements.
New title.......................  New title.........  S6.1.3 Mounting
                                                       location.
New title.......................  New title.........  S6.1.3.5 Headlamp
                                                       beam mounting.
New title.......................  S6.2 Impairment...  S6.2 Impairment.
New title.......................  S6.4 Visibility,    S6.4 Lens area,
                                   and aiming.         visibility, and
                                                       aiming.
New title.......................  S6.5 Marking......  S6.5 Marking.
New title.......................  S8.2 Simultaneous   S6.1.5.2
                                   beam activation.    Simultaneous beam
                                                       activation.
New title.......................  New title.........  S6.6 Associated
                                                       equipment.
New title.......................  S7 Signal lamps,    S7 Signal lamp
                                   reflective          requirements.
                                   devices, and
                                   associated
                                   equipment
                                   requirements.
New title.......................  S7.1 Turn signal    S7.1 Turn signal
                                   lamps.              lamps.
New title.......................  S7.1.1 Front turn   S7.1.1 Front turn
                                   signal lamps.       signal lamps.
New title.......................  New title.........  S7.1.2 Rear turn
                                                       signal lamps.
New title.......................  S7.10 Reflex        S8.1 Reflex
                                   reflectors.         reflectors.
New title.......................  Table III           S8.2.1.4
                                   Application         Application
                                   pattern.            pattern.
New title.......................  New title.........  S9.1 Turn signal
                                                       operating unit.
New title.......................  New title.........  S9.2 Turn signal
                                                       flasher.
New title.......................  New title.........  S9.6 Vehicular
                                                       hazard warning
                                                       signal operating
                                                       unit.

[[Page 68401]]

 
New title.......................  New title.........  S9.7 Vehicular
                                                       hazard warning
                                                       signal flasher.
New title.......................  New title.........  S9.8 Vehicular
                                                       hazard warning
                                                       signal pilot
                                                       indicator.
New title.......................  S7.14.8 Vehicular   S9.8.1 Two TS
                                   hazard warning      indicators.
                                   signal pilot
                                   indicator.
New title.......................  New title.........  S10.1 Vehicle
                                                       headlighting
                                                       systems.
New title.......................  S9.4 Physical       S10.13.4 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
New title.......................  S10.7 Physical      S10.14.7 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
New title.......................  S11.5 Markings....  S10.15.4 Markings.
New title.......................  S12.3 Physical      S10.16.3 Physical
                                   tests.              tests.
New title.......................  New title.........  S11.4 Physical
                                                       tests.
New title.......................  New title.........  S14 Physical and
                                                       photometry test
                                                       procedures and
                                                       performance
                                                       requirements.
New title.......................  New title.........  S14.1 General test
                                                       procedures and
                                                       performance
                                                       requirements.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.1            S14.2.1 Photometry
                                   Photometry ex       measurements for
                                   headlamp, license   all lamps except
                                   lamp, & DRL.        license lamps,
                                                       headlamps, and
                                                       DRLs.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.1.2          S14.2.1.5 Multiple
                                   Multiple            compartment and
                                   compartment &       multiple lamp
                                   multiple lamp       photometry of
                                   photometry.         turn signal
                                                       lamps, stop
                                                       lamps, and
                                                       taillamps.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.5 Daytime    S14.2.4 Daytime
                                   running lamp        running lamp
                                   (DRL) photometry    (DRL) photometry
                                   measurements.       measurements.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S14.2.5 Headlamp
                                   photometry          photometry
                                   measurements.       measurements.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.6.2(c)       S14.2.5.5.3
                                   Aiming--LB VOL/     Visually aimable
                                   VOR vertical.       lower beam
                                                       headlamps--vertic
                                                       al aim.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.6.2(e)       S14.2.5.5.5
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     Visually aimable
                                   VOR vertical.       upper beam
                                                       headlamps--vertic
                                                       al aim.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.6.2(f)       S14.2.5.5.6
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     Visually aimable
                                   VOR horizontal.     upper beam
                                                       headlamps--horizo
                                                       ntal aim.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.6.4          S14.2.5.7
                                   Photometer.         Photometer.
New title.......................  S6.8.5.6.2(h)       S14.2.5.10
                                   Aiming--Moveable    Moveable
                                   reflector.          reflector aimed
                                                       headlamp
                                                       photometry
                                                       measurements.
New title.......................  New title.........  S14.4 General test
                                                       procedures and
                                                       performance
                                                       requirements.
New title.......................  New title.........  S14.4.1.2 General
                                                       procedure.
New title.......................  Table XXII Plastic  S14.4.2 Plastic
                                   optical material    optical materials
                                   tests--applicatio   tests.
                                   n.
New title.......................  Table XXII........  S14.5 Signal lamp
                                                       and reflective
                                                       device physical
                                                       test procedures
                                                       and performance
                                                       requirements.
New title.......................  Table XXIII.......  S14.6 Headlamp
                                                       physical test
                                                       procedures and
                                                       performance
                                                       requirements.
New title.......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7 Humidity
                                   Humidity test.      test.
New title.......................  Table XXIII         S14.6.7.1
                                   Humidity test--     Procedure.
                                   procedure.
New title.......................  Table XXIII.......  S14.7 Replaceable
                                                       light source
                                                       physical test
                                                       procedures and
                                                       performance
                                                       requirements.
New title.......................  Table XXIII.......  S14.8 Vehicle
                                                       headlamp aiming
                                                       device (VHAD)
                                                       physical test
                                                       procedures and
                                                       performance
                                                       requirements.
New title.......................  Table XXI.........  S14.9 Associated
                                                       equipment
                                                       physical test
                                                       procedures and
                                                       performance
                                                       requirements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


           Appendix B.--FMVSS No. 108 Rewrite Cross Reference
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     FMVSS No. 108       FMVSS No. 108
    Current FMVSS No. 108 or         rewrite NPRM     rewrite final rule
 incorporated document citation        citation            citation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
S1 Scope........................  S1 Scope..........  S1; Table I; Table
                                                       III.
S2 Purpose......................  S2 Purpose........  S2 Purpose.
S3 Application..................  S3 Application....  S3 Application
                                                       (except section
                                                       citation).
S4 Definitions..................  S4 Definitions....  S4 Definitions.
S4 Definitions--Aiming plane....  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Aiming plane.       1985, 2.5.
S4 Definitions--Aiming reference  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 plane.                            Aiming reference    Aiming reference
                                   plane.              plane.
S4 Definitions--Aiming screws...  S4 Definitions--    SAE J580, Dec
                                   Aiming screws.      1986, 2.4.
S4 Definitions--Axis of           S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 reference.                        Axis of reference.  Axis of
                                                       reference.
S4 Definitions--Backup lamp.....  S4 Definitions--    SAE J593c, Feb
                                   Backup lamp.        1968.
S4 Definitions--Beam contributor  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Beam contributor.   Beam contributor.
S4 Definitions--Cargo lamp......  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Cargo lamp.         Cargo lamp.

[[Page 68402]]

 
S4 Definitions--Clearance lamps.  S4 Definitions--    SAE J592e, Jul
                                   Clearance lamps.    1972, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Coated materials  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Coated materials.   1991, 2.2.1.1.
S4 Definitions--Color...........  S4 Definitions--    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   Color.              1977, 2.
S4 Definitions--Color bleeding..  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Color bleeding.     1991, 2.2.3.1.
S4 Definitions--Combination       S4 Definitions--    SAE J592e, Jul
 clearance and side marker lamps.  Combination         1972, 2.3.
                                   clearance and
                                   side marker lamps.
S4 Definitions--Cracking........  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Cracking.           1991, 2.2.3.3.
S4 Definitions--Crazing.........  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Crazing.            1991, 2.2.3.2.
S4 Definitions--Cutoff..........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Cutoff.             Cutoff.
S4 Definitions--Delamination....  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Delamination.       1991, 2.2.3.5.
S4 Definitions--Design Voltage..  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Design Voltage.     1985, 2.10.
S4 Definitions--Direct reading    S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 indicator.                        Direct reading      Direct reading
                                   indicator.          indicator.
S4 Definitions--Effective light-  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 emitting surface.                 Effective light-    Effective light-
                                   emitting surface.   emitting surface.
S4 Definitions--Effective         S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 projected luminous lens area.     Effective           Effective
                                   projected           projected
                                   luminous lens       luminous lens
                                   area.               area.
S4 Definitions--Effective         S4 Definitions--    S6.3.
 projected luminous lens area.     Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
S4 Definitions--Exposed.........  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Exposed.            1991, 2.2.2.1.
S4 Definitions--Filament........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Filament.           Filament.
S4 Definitions--Flash...........  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Flash.              Flash.
S4 Definitions--Fully opened....  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
                                   Fully opened.       Fully opened.
S4 Definitions--Haze............  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Haze.               1991, 2.2.3.4.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp........  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Headlamp.           1985, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp          S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 concealment device.               Headlamp            Headlamp
                                   concealment         concealment
                                   device.             device.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp          S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
 mechanical axis.                  Headlamp            1985, 2.6.
                                   mechanical axis.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp test     S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 fixture.                          Headlamp test       Headlamp test
                                   fixture.            fixture.
S4 Definitions--High mounted      S4 Definitions--    SAE J186a, Sep
 stop lamp.                        High mounted stop   1977, 2.1.
                                   lamp.
S4 Definitions--H-V axis........  S4 Definitions--H-  SAE J1383, Apr
                                   V axis.             1985, 2.7.
S4 Definitions--Identification    S4 Definitions--    SAE J592e, Jul
 lamps.                            Identification      1972, 2.4.
                                   lamps.
S4 Definitions--Integral beam     S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 headlamp.                         Integral beam       Integral beam
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S4 Definitions--License plate     S4 Definitions--    SAE J587, Oct
 lamps.                            License plate       1981, 2.
                                   lamps.
S4 Definitions--Lower beam......  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Lower beam.         1985, 2.3.
S4 Definitions--Material........  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Material [OUT OF    1991, 2.2.1.
                                   ALPHABETICAL
                                   ORDER].
S4 Definitions--Mechanically      S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
 aimable headlamp.                 Mechanically        1985, 2.4.
                                   aimable headlamp
                                   [OUT OF
                                   ALPHABETICAL
                                   ORDER].
S4 Definitions--Motor driven      S4 Definitions--    SAE J584, Apr
 cycle.                            Motor driven        1964.
                                   cycle.
S4 Definitions--Motorcycle or     S4 Definitions--    SAE J584, Apr
 motor driven cycle headlamp.      Motorcycle or       1964.
                                   motor driven
                                   cycle headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Mounting ring...  S4 Definitions--    SAE J580, Dec
                                   Mounting ring.      1986, 2.2.
S4 Definitions--Mounting ring     S4 Definitions--    S7.3.7(e)(1).
 (type F sealed beam).             Mounting ring
                                   (type F sealed
                                   beam).
S4 Definitions--Multiple          S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 compartment lamp.                 Multiple            Multiple
                                   compartment lamp.   compartment lamp.
S4 Definitions--Multiple lamp     S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 arrangement.                      Multiple lamp       Multiple lamp
                                   arrangement.        arrangement.
S4 Definitions--Optically         S4 Definitions--    S5.1.1.11.
 combined.                         Optically
                                   combined.
S4 Definitions--Optically         S4 Definitions--    S5.4(b).
 combined.                         Optically
                                   combined.
S4 Definitions--Optically         S4 Definitions--    S5.4(c).
 combined.                         Optically
                                   combined.
S4 Definitions--Optically         S4 Definitions--    SAE J387, Nov
 combined.                         Optically           1987.
                                   combined.
S4 Definitions--Overall width...  S4 Definitions--    Interpretation--Ca
                                   Overall width.      mp 6/17/97.
S4 Definitions--Overall width...  S4 Definitions--    Table IV, footnote
                                   Overall width.      1.
S4 Definitions--Parking lamps...  S4 Definitions--    SAE J222, Dec
                                   Parking lamps.      1970, 2.
S4 Definitions--Protected.......  S4 Definitions--    SAE J576, Jul
                                   Protected.          1991, 2.2.2.2.
S4 Definitions--Rated voltage...  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Rated voltage.      1985, 2.12.
S4 Definitions--Reflex            S4 Definitions--    SAE J594f, Jan
 reflectors.                       Reflex reflectors.  1977, 2.
S4 Definitions--Remote reading    S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 indicator.                        Remote reading      Remote reading
                                   indicator.          indicator.
S4 Definitions--Replaceable bulb  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 headlamp.                         Replaceable bulb    Replaceable bulb
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Replaceable       S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 light source.                     Replaceable light   Replaceable light
                                   source.             source.
S4 Definitions--Retaining ring..  S4 Definitions--    SAE J580, Dec
                                   Retaining ring.     1986, 2.3.
S4 Definitions--Retaining ring    S4 Definitions--    S7.3.7(e)(2).
 (type F sealed beam).             Retaining ring
                                   (type F sealed
                                   beam).
S4 Definitions--School bus        S4 Definitions--    SAE J887, Jul
 signal lamps.                     School bus signal   1964.
                                   lamps.
S4 Definitions--Sealed beam       S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
 headlamp.                         Sealed beam         1985, 2.1.1.
                                   headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Sealed beam       S4 Definitions--    SAE J580, Dec
 headlamp assembly.                Sealed beam         1986, 2.1.
                                   headlamp assembly.
S4 Definitions--Seasoning.......  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Seasoning.          1985, 2.9.
S4 Definitions--Semiautomatic     S4 Definitions--    SAE J565b, Feb
 headlamp beam switching device.   Semiautomatic       1969, 1.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device.
S4 Definitions--Side marker       S4 Definitions--    SAE J592e, Jul
 lamps.                            Side marker lamps.  1972, 2.2.

[[Page 68403]]

 
S4 Definitions--Stop lamps......  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1398, May
                                   Stop lamps.         1985, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Stop lamps......  S4 Definitions--    SAE J586, Feb
                                   Stop lamps.         1984, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Taillamps.......  S4 Definitions--    SAE J585e, Sep
                                   Taillamps.          1977, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Test voltage....  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Test voltage.       1985, 2.11.
S4 Definitions--Turn signal       S4 Definitions--    SAE J590b, Oct
 flasher.                          Turn signal         1965.
                                   flasher.
S4 Definitions--Turn signal       S4 Definitions--    SAE J1395, Apr
 lamps.                            Turn signal lamps.  1985, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Turn signal       S4 Definitions--    SAE J588, Nov
 lamps.                            Turn signal lamps.  1984, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Turn signal       S4 Definitions--    SAE J589, Apr
 operating unit.                   Turn signal         1964.
                                   operating unit.
S4 Definitions--Upper beam......  S4 Definitions--    SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Upper beam.         1985, 2.2.
S4 Definitions--Vehicle headlamp  S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 aiming device or VHAD.            Vehicle headlamp    Vehicle headlamp
                                   aiming device or    aiming device or
                                   VHAD.               VHAD.
S4 Definitions--Vehicular hazard  S4 Definitions--    SAE J945, Feb
 warning signal flasher.           Vehicular hazard    1966.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher.
S4 Definitions--Vehicular hazard  S4 Definitions--    SAE J910, Jan
 warning signal operating unit.    Vehicular hazard    1966, 1.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit.
S4 Definitions--Visually/         S4 Definitions--    S4 Definitions--
 optically aimable headlamp.       Visually/           Visually/
                                   optically aimable   optically aimable
                                   headlamp.           headlamp.
S5 References to SAE              S5 References to    S6 Subreferenced
 publications.                     SAE publications.   SAE Standards and
                                                       Recommended
                                                       Practices.
S5.1 Recommended=mandatory......  S5.1                S6.1.
                                   Recommended=manda
                                   tory.
S5.1 SAE Publications...........  S5.1 SAE            S5.2.1.
                                   Publications.
S6 Vehicle requirements.........  S6 Vehicle          New title.
                                   requirements.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective   S6.1 Required       Table I.
 devices, and associated           lamps, reflective
 equipment by vehicle type.        devices, and
                                   associated
                                   equipment by
                                   vehicle type.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective   S6.1 Required       Table II.
 devices, and associated           lamps, reflective
 equipment by vehicle type.        devices, and
                                   associated
                                   equipment by
                                   vehicle type.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective   S6.1 Required       Table III.
 devices, and associated           lamps, reflective
 equipment by vehicle type.        devices, and
                                   associated
                                   equipment by
                                   vehicle type.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective   S6.1 Required       Table IV.
 devices, and associated           lamps, reflective
 equipment by vehicle type.        devices, and
                                   associated
                                   equipment by
                                   vehicle type.
S6.1.1 Quantity.................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  S5.1.1.
S6.1.1 Quantity.................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  S5.1.1.10 Multiple
                                                       license plate
                                                       lamps and backup
                                                       lamps.
S6.1.1 Quantity.................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  Table I.
S6.1.1 Quantity.................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  Table II.
S6.1.1 Quantity.................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  Table III.
S6.1.1 Quantity.................  S6.1.1 Quantity...  Table IV.
S6.1.1.1 Conspicuity systems....  S6.1.1.1            S5.7 Conspicuity
                                   Conspicuity         systems.
                                   systems.
S6.1.1.1 Conspicuity systems....  S6.1.1.1            S5.7.1
                                   Conspicuity         Retroreflective
                                   systems.            sheeting.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamp.  S6.1.1.2 High       S5.1.1.27(a).
                                   mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamp.  S6.1.1.2 High       S5.1.1.27(b).
                                   mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamp.  S6.1.1.2 High       S5.1.1.27(b)(1).
                                   mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamp.  S6.1.1.2 High       S5.3.1.8(b).
                                   mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.1.3 Truck tractor rear       S6.1.1.3 Truck      S5.1.1.1 Truck
 double faced turn signal lamps.   tractor rear turn   tractor
                                   signal lamps.       exemption; SAE
                                                       J588e, Sep 1970,
                                                       3.9.1.
S6.1.1.3.1......................  SAE J588e, Sep      SAE J588e, Sep
                                   1970, 3.4.          1970, 3.4.
S6.1.1.4 Daytime running lamps    S6.2.4 Daytime      S5.5.11(a) Daytime
 (DRL).                            running lamps       running lamps
                                   (DRL).              (DRL).
S6.1.2 Color....................  S6.1.2 Color......  S5.1.5.
S6.1.2 Color....................  S6.1.2 Color......  Table I.
S6.1.2 Color....................  S6.1.2 Color......  Table II.
S6.1.2 Color....................  S6.1.2 Color......  Table III.
S6.1.2 Color....................  S6.1.2 Color......  Table IV.
S6.1.3 Mounting location........  New title.........  New title.
S6.1.3.1........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     Interpretation--Ki
                                   location and        ng 7/12/00.
                                   height.
S6.1.3.1........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     S5.3.
                                   location and
                                   height.
S6.1.3.1........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     Table II.
                                   location and
                                   height.
S6.1.3.1........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     Table IV.
                                   location and
                                   height.
S6.1.3.2........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     Interpretation--Ki
                                   location and        ng 7/12/00.
                                   height.
S6.1.3.2........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     S5.3.
                                   location and
                                   height.
S6.1.3.2........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     Table II.
                                   location and
                                   height.
S6.1.3.2........................  S6.1.3 Mounting     Table IV.
                                   location and
                                   height.
S6.1.3.3 License plate lamp.....  S6.1.4 License      SAE J587, Oct
                                   plate lamp.         1981, 6.4.
S6.1.3.5 Headlamp beam mounting.  New title.........  New title.
S6.1.3.5.1 Vertical headlamp      S8.1.3 Vertical     S7.4(b); S7.5(d).
 arrangement.                      headlamp
                                   arrangement.
S6.1.3.5.2 Horizontal headlamp    S8.1.4 Horizontal   S7.4(b); S7.5(d).
 arrangement.                      headlamp
                                   arrangement.
S6.1.3.5.3 Motorcycle headlamp    S8.1 Headlighting   S7.9.1(b).
 arrangement.                      systems.
S6.1.3.6 Auxiliary lamp.........  S6.2.5 Auxiliary    Interpretation--Cl
                                   identification      arke 7/28/05.
                                   lamps.
S6.1.4 Mounting height..........  S6.1.3.1 Mounting   Table II heading.
                                   height.
S6.1.4 Mounting height..........  S6.1.3.1 Mounting   Table IV heading.
                                   height.
S6.1.4.1.1 High-mounted stop      S6.1.3.2.1 High     S5.3.1.8(a)(2);
 lamp mounting.                    mounted stop lamp   Interpretation--N
                                   mounting.           akaya 6/18/85.

[[Page 68404]]

 
S6.1.4.1.2......................  S7.9.2 Interior     S5.3.1.8(a)(3).
                                   mounting.
S6.1.4.1.2. High-mounted stop     S6.1.3.2.2. High    S5.3.1.8(a)(3).
 lamp reflections.                 mounted stop lamp
                                   reflections.
S6.1.4.1.3 Accessibility........  S7.9.1 High         S5.1.1.27(a)(5).
                                   mounted stop lamp
                                   design.
S6.1.4.1.3 Accessibility........  S7.9.1 High         S5.1.1.27(b)(4).
                                   mounted stop lamp
                                   design.
S6.1.5 Activation...............  S6.1.5 Activation.  S5.1.1.11 Stop
                                                       lamp and turn
                                                       signal lamp
                                                       activation
                                                       interaction.
S6.1.5 Activation...............  S6.1.5 Activation.  S5.5.10(a).
S6.1.5 Activation...............  S6.1.5 Activation.  S5.5.10(b).
S6.1.5 Activation...............  S6.1.5 Activation.  S5.5.10(d).
S6.1.5 Activation...............  S6.1.5 Activation.  S5.5.3.
S6.1.5 Activation...............  S6.1.5 Activation.  S5.5.7.
S6.1.5.1 Hazard warning signal..  S6.1.1.4 Hazard     S5.5.5.
                                   warning lamps.
S6.1.5.2 Simultaneous beam        S8.2 Simultaneous   New title.
 activation.                       beam activation.
S6.1.5.2.1......................  S8.2 Simultaneous   S5.5.8.
                                   beam activation.
S6.1.5.2.2......................  S8.2 Simultaneous   S5.5.8.
                                   beam activation.
S6.1.5.2.3......................  S8.2 Simultaneous   S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
                                   beam activation.
S6.2 Impairment.................  S6.2 Impairment...  New title.
S6.2.1 Impairment due to          S6.2.1 Impairment   S5.1.3 Impairment.
 additional lamps or reflective    due to additional
 devices.                          lamps or
                                   reflective
                                   devices.
S6.2.1 Impairment due to          S6.2.1 Impairment   S5.3.2(a).
 additional lamps or reflective    due to additional
 devices.                          lamps or
                                   reflective
                                   devices.
S6.2.2 Lamp or reflective device  S6.2.2 Lamp or      Interpretation--Al
 obstructed.                       reflective device   kire 11/28/89.
                                   obstructed.
S6.2.2 Lamp or reflective device  S6.2.2 Lamp or      S5.3.2.2.
 obstructed.                       reflective device
                                   obstructed.
S6.2.3 Headlamp obstructions....  S14.2 Headlamp      S7.8.5.
                                   obstructions.
S6.2.3.1 Coverings..............  S14.2 Headlamp      S7.8.5.
                                   obstructions.
S6.2.3.2 Wipers.................  S14.2 Headlamp      S7.8.5.
                                   obstructions.
S6.3 Equipment combinations.....  S6.3 Equipment      S5.4 Equipment
                                   combinations.       combinations.
S6.3.1 High mounted stop lamp     S6.3.1 High         S5.4(a).
 and cargo lamp.                   mounted stop lamp
                                   and cargo lamp.
S6.3.2 Optically combined HSML    S6.3.2 Optically    S5.4(b).
 and cargo lamp prohibition.       combined HSML and
                                   cargo lamp
                                   prohibition.
S6.3.3. Clearance lamp and        S6.3.3. Clearance   S5.4(c).
 taillamp.                         lamp and taillamp.
S6.4 Lens area, visibility, and   S6.4 Visibility,    New title.
 aiming.                           and aiming.
S6.4.1 Effective projected        S6.4.1 Effective    S5.1.1.22 Motor
 luminous lens area requirements.  projected           driven cycle stop
                                   luminous lens       lamp exemptions.
                                   area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected        S6.4.1 Effective    S5.1.1.25
 luminous lens area requirements.  projected           Motorcycle turn
                                   luminous lens       signal lamp
                                   area requirements.  EPLLA.
S6.4.1 Effective projected        S6.4.1 Effective    S5.1.1.26(a).
 luminous lens area requirements.  projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected        S6.4.1 Effective    S5.1.1.26(b).
 luminous lens area requirements.  projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected        S6.4.1 Effective    S5.1.1.27(a)(1).
 luminous lens area requirements.  projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected        S6.4.1 Effective    S5.1.1.27(b)(1).
 luminous lens area requirements.  projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected        S6.4.1 Effective    SAE J887, Jul
 luminous lens area requirements.  projected           1964.
                                   luminous lens
                                   area requirements.
S6.4.2 Visibility...............  S6.4.2 Visibility.  S5.3.2(c).
S6.4.2 Visibility...............  S6.4.2 Visibility.  S5.3.2(d).
S6.4.2 Visibility...............  S6.4.2 Visibility.  S5.3.2(e).
S6.4.2 Visibility...............  S6.4.2 Visibility.  SAE J887, Jul
                                                       1964.
S6.4.3 Visibility requirement     S6.4.3 Visibility   S5.3.2(b).
 options.                          options.
S6.4.3(a) Lens area option......  S6.4.3(a) Lens      S5.3.2(b)(1).
                                   area option.
S6.4.3(b) Luminous intensity      S6.4.3(b) Luminous  S5.3.2(b)(2).
 option.                           intensity option.
S6.4.4 Legacy visibility option.  S6.4.4 SAE          S5.3.2.4.
                                   visibility
                                   alternative to
                                   S6.4.3.
S6.4.5 School bus signal lamp     S6.4.6 School bus   SAE J887, Jul
 aiming.                           signal lamp         1964.
                                   aiming.
S6.5 Marking....................  S6.5 Marking......  New title.
S6.5.1 DOT marking..............  S6.5.1 DOT marking  S7.2(a).
S6.5.1 DOT marking..............  S6.5.1 DOT marking  S7.2(e).
S6.5.1.1 DOT marking--            S6.5.1.1 DOT        S5.7.1.5
 conspicuity sheeting.             marking--conspicu   Certification.
                                   ity sheeting.
S6.5.1.2 DOT marking--except      S6.5.1.2 DOT        S5.8.10.
 headlamps.                        marking--except
                                   headlamps.
S6.5.2 DRL marking..............  S6.5.2 DRL marking  S5.5.11(a)(2).
S6.5.3 Headlamp markings........  S17 Headlamp        Various.
                                   marking
                                   requirements.
S6.5.3.1 Trademark..............  S17.1 Trademark...  S7.2(b).
S6.5.3.2 Voltage and trade        S17.2 Voltage and   S7.2(c).
 number.                           trade number.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   S5.2.2.
 markings.                         headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   S5.8.2.
 markings.                         headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   S7.3.1.
 markings.                         headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   S7.3.7(f).
 markings.                         headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   S7.3.8(f).
 markings.                         headlamp markings.

[[Page 68405]]

 
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   S7.3.9(c).
 markings.                         headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   SAE J1383, Apr
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  1985, 2.1.1.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   SAE J1383, Apr
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  1985, 5.3.3.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   SAE J1383, Apr
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  1985, 5.4.3.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   SAE J1383, Apr
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  1985, 5.4.4.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   SAE J1383, Apr
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  1985, 5.4.4.1.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   SAE J1383, Apr
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  1985, 5.4.4.2.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   SAE J1383, Apr
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  1985, 5.4.4.3.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp     S17.3 Sealed beam   SAE J1383, Apr
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  1985, 5.4.5.
S6.5.3.4 Replaceable bulb         S17.4 Replaceable   S7.5(g).
 headlamp markings.                bulb headlamp
                                   markings.
S6.5.3.5 Additional headlamp      S17.5 Additional    New reference to
 markings.                         headlamp markings.  other sections.
S6.6 Associated equipment.......  New title.........  New title.
S6.6.1 All except trailers......  S6.6 Associated     S5.1.1; Table I;
                                   equipment.          Table III.
S6.6.2 All except trailers and    S6.6 Associated     S5.1.1; Table I;
 motorcycles.                      equipment.          Table III.
S6.6.3 License plate holder.....  S6.6.1 License      SAE J587, Oct
                                   plate holder.       1981, 6.1 and
                                                       6.2.
S6.7 Replacement equipment......  S6.7 Replacement    S5.8.1; S5.8.3;
                                   equipment.          S5.8.4; S5.8.5;
                                                       S5.8.6; S5.8.7;
                                                       S5.8.8; S5.8.9.
S6.7.1 General requirements.....  S6.7.1 General      70 FR 65972.
                                   requirements.
S6.7.1.1(a).....................  S6.7.1.1(a).......  70 FR 65972.
S6.7.1.1(b).....................  S6.7.1.1(b).......  70 FR 65972.
S6.7.1.2........................  S6.7.1.2..........  70 FR 65972.
S6.7.1.3........................  S6.7.1.3..........  70 FR 65972.
S6.7.2 Version of this Standard.  S6.7.2 Version of   70 FR 65972.
                                   this Standard.
S7 Signal lamp requirements.....  S7 Signal lamps,    New title.
                                   reflective
                                   devices, and
                                   associated
                                   equipment
                                   requirements.
S7.1 Turn signal lamps..........  S7.1 Turn signal    New title.
                                   lamps.
S7.1.1 Front turn signal lamps..  S7.1.1 Front turn   New title.
                                   signal lamps.
S7.1.1.1 Number [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.1.1.2 Color of light [New      New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.1.1.3 Mounting location [New   New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.1.1.4 Mounting height [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.1.1.5 Activation [New          New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.1.1.6 Effective projected      New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--points to Table IV-a].
S7.1.1.7 Visibility [New          New section.......  New section.
 section--points to S6.4].
S7.1.1.8 Indicator [New section-- New section.......  New section.
 points to S9.3.
S7.1.1.9 Markings [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.1.1.10 Spacing to other lamps  S7.1.1.2 Spacing    SAE J588, Nov
                                   to other lamps.     1984, 5.1.5.4.
S7.1.1.10.1.....................  S7.1.1.2 Spacing    SAE J588, Nov
                                   to other lamps.     1984, 5.1.5.4.
S7.1.1.10.2 Spacing measurement   S7.1.1.2.1 Spacing  SAE J588, Nov
 for non-reflector lamps.          measurement for     1984, 5.1.5.4.1;
                                   non reflector       SAE J1395, Apr
                                   lamps.              1985, 5.1.5.5.
S7.1.1.10.3 Spacing measurement   S7.1.1.2.2 Spacing  SAE J588, Nov
 for lamps with reflectors.        measurement for     1984, 5.1.5.4.2;
                                   lamps with          SAE J1395, Apr
                                   reflectors.         1985, 5.1.5.6.
S7.1.1.10.4 Spacing based         S7.1.1.2.3 Spacing  S5.3.1.7; SAE
 photometric multipliers.          based photometric   J588, Nov 1984,
                                   multipliers.        Table 2.
S7.1.1.11 Multiple compartments   S7.1.1.3 Multiple   SAE J588, Nov
 and multiple lamps.               compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.1.....................  S7.1.1.3 Multiple   SAE J588, Nov
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.2.....................  S7.1.1.3 Multiple   SAE J588, Nov
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.3.....................  S7.1.1.3 Multiple   SAE J588, Nov
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.4 Lamps installed on    S7.1.1.3.1 Lamps    S5.1.1.12.
 vehicles 2032 mm or more in       installed on
 overall width.                    vehicles 2032 mm
                                   or more in
                                   overall width.
S7.1.1.12 Ratio to parking lamps  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    SAE J588, Nov
 and clearance lamps.              to parking lamps    1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                   and clearance       SAE J1395, Apr
                                   lamps.              1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.1.1.12.1.....................  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    SAE J588, Nov
                                   to parking lamps    1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                   and clearance       SAE J1395, Apr
                                   lamps.              1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.1.1.12.2.....................  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    SAE J588, Nov
                                   to parking lamps    1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                   and clearance       SAE J1395, Apr
                                   lamps.              1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.1.1.12.3.....................  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    SAE J588, Nov
                                   to parking lamps    1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                   and clearance       SAE J1395, Apr
                                   lamps.              1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.1.1.12.4.....................  S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio    SAE J588, Nov
                                   to parking lamps    1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                   and clearance       SAE J1395, Apr
                                   lamps.              1985, 5.1.5.2.

[[Page 68406]]

 
S7.1.1.13 Photometry............  S7.1.1.1            S5.1.1.7; SAE
                                   Photometry.         J588, Nov 1984,
                                                       Table 1; SAE
                                                       J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       Table 1.
S7.1.1.13.1.....................  S7.1.1.1            S5.1.1.7; SAE
                                   Photometry.         J588, Nov 1984,
                                                       Table 1; SAE
                                                       J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       Table 1.
S7.1.1.13.2.....................  S7.1.1.1            S5.1.1.7; SAE
                                   Photometry.         J588, Nov 1984,
                                                       Table 1; SAE
                                                       J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       Table 1.
S7.1.1.14 Physical tests........  S7.1.3 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J588,
                                                       Nov 1984, 4; SAE
                                                       J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       4.
S7.1.2 Rear turn signal lamps...  New title.........  New title.
S7.1.2.1 Number [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.1.2.2 Color of light [New      New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.1.2.3 Mounting location [New   New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I and
 S6.1.3.2].
S7.1.2.4 Mounting height [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.1.2.5 Activation [New          New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.1.2.6 Effective projected      New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--points to Table IV-a].
S7.1.2.7 Visibility [New          New section.......  New section.
 section--points to S6.4].
S7.1.2.8 Indicator [New section-- New section.......  New section.
 points to S9.3].
S7.1.2.9 Markings [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.1.2.10 Spacing to other lamps  New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.1.2.11 Multiple compartments   S7.1.2.2 Multiple   SAE J588, Nov
 and multiple lamps.               compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.1.....................  S7.1.2.2 Multiple   SAE J588, Nov
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.2.....................  S7.1.2.2 Multiple   SAE J588, Nov
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.3.....................  S7.1.2.2 Multiple   SAE J588, Nov
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.4 Lamps installed on    S7.1.2.2.1 Lamps    S5.1.1.12.
 vehicles 2032 mm or more in       installed on
 overall width.                    vehicles 2032 mm
                                   or more in
                                   overall width.
S7.1.2.12 Ratio to taillamps and  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   SAE J588, Nov
 clearance lamps.                  taillamps and       1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                   clearance lamps.    SAE J1395, Apr
                                                       1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.12.1.....................  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   SAE J588, Nov
                                   taillamps and       1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                   clearance lamps.    SAE J1395, Apr
                                                       1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.12.2.....................  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   SAE J588, Nov
                                   taillamps and       1984, 5.1.5.3.
                                   clearance lamps.
S7.1.2.12.3.....................  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   SAE J588, Nov
                                   taillamps and       1984, 5.1.5.3.
                                   clearance lamps.
S7.1.2.12.4.....................  S7.1.2.3 Ratio to   SAE J588, Nov
                                   taillamps and       1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                   clearance lamps.    SAE J1395, Apr
                                                       1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.13 Photometry............  S7.1.2.1            SAE J588, Nov
                                   Photometry.         1984, Table 1;
                                                       SAE J1395, Apr
                                                       1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.13.1.....................  S7.1.2.1            SAE J588, Nov
                                   Photometry.         1984, Table 1;
                                                       SAE J1395, Apr
                                                       1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.13.2 Motorcycle            S7.1.2.1            S5.1.1.7
 alternative.                      Photometry.         Motorcycle turn
                                                       signal lamp.
S7.1.2.14 Physical tests........  S7.1.3 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J588,
                                                       Nov 1984, 4; SAE
                                                       J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       5.3.1.
S7.1.3 Combined lamp bulb         S7.1.4 Combined     SAE J588, Nov
 indexing.                         lamp bulb           1984, 5.3.1; SAE
                                   indexing.           J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       5.3.1.
S7.1.3.1 Dual filament bulbs....  S7.1.4 Combined     SAE J588, Nov
                                   lamp bulb           1984, 5.3.1; SAE
                                   indexing.           J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       5.3.1.
S7.1.3.2 Socket indexing........  S7.1.4 Combined     SAE J588, Nov
                                   lamp bulb           1984, 5.3.1; SAE
                                   indexing.           J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       5.3.1.
S7.2 Taillamps..................  New section.......  New section.
S7.2.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.2.2 Color of light [New        New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.2.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I and
 S6.1.3.2].
S7.2.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].

[[Page 68407]]

 
S7.2.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.2.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.2.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.2.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.4].
S7.2.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.2.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.2.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.2.11 Multiple compartments     S7.2.1.1 Multiple   SAE J585e, Sep
 and multiple lamps.               compartments and    1977, 3.1.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.1.......................  S7.2.1.1 Multiple   SAE J585e, Sep
                                   compartments and    1977, 3.1.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.2.......................  S7.2.1.1 Multiple   SAE J585e, Sep
                                   compartments and    1977, 3.1.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.3.......................  S7.2.1.1 Multiple   SAE J585e, Sep
                                   compartments and    1977, 3.1.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.4 Taillamps installed on  S7.2.1.1.1 Lamps    SAE J585e, Sep
 vehicles 2032 mm. or more in      installed on        1977, 3.1.
 overall width.                    vehicles 2032 mm
                                   or more in
                                   overall width.
S7.2.12 Ratio [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to S7.1.2.12 and 7.3.12].
S7.2.13 Photometry..............  S7.2.1 Photometry.  S5.1.1.6; Figure
                                                       1a; Figure 1b;
                                                       Figure 1c.
S7.2.14 Physical tests..........  S7.2.2 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J585e,
                                                       Sep 1977, 3.
S7.3 Stop lamps.................  New section.......  New section.
S7.3.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.3.2 Color of light [New        New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.3.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I and
 S6.1.3.2].
S7.3.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.3.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.3.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--points to Table IV-a].
S7.3.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.4].
S7.3.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.3.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.3.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.3.11 Multiple compartments     S7.3.1.1 Multiple   SAE J586, Feb
 and multiple lamps.               compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.1.......................  S7.3.1.1 Multiple   SAE J586, Feb
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.2.......................  S7.3.1.1 Multiple   SAE J586, Feb
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.3.......................  S7.3.1.1 Multiple   SAE J586, Feb
                                   compartments and    1984, 5.1.5.2.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.4 Lamps installed on      S7.3.1.1.1 Lamps    S5.1.1.12.
 vehicles 2032 mm or more in       installed on
 overall width.                    vehicles 2032 mm
                                   or more in
                                   overall width.
S7.3.12 Ratio to taillamps......  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   SAE J586, Feb
                                   taillamps.          1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.12.1.......................  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   SAE J586, Feb
                                   taillamps.          1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.12.2.......................  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   SAE J586, Feb
                                   taillamps.          1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.12.3.......................  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   SAE J586, Feb
                                   taillamps.          1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.12.4.......................  S7.3.1.2 Ratio to   SAE J586, Feb
                                   taillamps.          1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.13 Photometry..............  S7.3.1 Photometry.  SAE J586, Feb
                                                       1984, Table 1;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, Table 1.
S7.3.13.1.......................  S7.3.1 Photometry.  SAE J586, Feb
                                                       1984, Table 1;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, Table 1.

[[Page 68408]]

 
S7.3.13.2 Motor driven cycle      S7.3.1 Photometry.  S5.1.1.22 Motor
 alternative.                                          driven cycle stop
                                                       lamp exemptions.
S7.3.14 Physical tests..........  S7.3.2 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J586,
                                                       Feb 1984, 5; SAE
                                                       J1398, May 1985,
                                                       5.
S7.3.15 Combined lamp bulb        S7.3.3 Combined     SAE J586, Feb
 indexing.                         lamp bulb           1984, 5.3.1; SAE
                                   indexing.           J1398, May 1985,
                                                       5.3.1.
S7.3.15.1 Dual filament bulbs...  S7.3.3 Combined     SAE J586, Feb
                                   lamp bulb           1984, 5.3.1; SAE
                                   indexing.           J1398, May 1985,
                                                       5.3.1.
S7.3.15.2 Socket indexing.......  S7.3.3 Combined     SAE J586, Feb
                                   lamp bulb           1984, 5.3.1; SAE
                                   indexing.           J1398, May 1985,
                                                       5.3.1.
S7.4 Side marker lamps..........  New section.......  New section.
S7.4.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.4.2 Color of light [New        New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.4.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.4.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.4.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.4.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.4.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.4.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.4.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.4.11 Multiple compartments     New section.......  New section.
 and multiple lamps [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.4.12 Ratio [New section--No    New section.......  New section.
 requirement].
S7.4.13 Photometry..............  S7.4.1 Photometry.  SAE J592e, Jul
                                                       1972, Table 1.
S7.4.13.1.......................  S7.4.1 Photometry.  SAE J592e, Jul
                                                       1972, Table 1.
S7.4.13.2 Inboard photometry....  S7.4.1.1 Inboard    S5.1.1.3;
                                   photometry.         S5.1.1.8; SAE
                                                       J592e, Jul 1972,
                                                       Table 1, footnote
                                                       b.
S7.4.14 Physical tests..........  S7.4.2 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J592e,
                                                       Jul 1972, 3.
S7.5 Clearance and                New section.......  New section.
 identification lamps.
S7.5.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.5.2 Color of light [New        New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.5.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.5.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.5.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.5.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.5.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.5.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.5.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.5.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.5.11 Multiple compartments     New section.......  New section.
 and multiple lamps [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.5.12 Ratio...................  New section.......  New section.
S7.5.12.1 Clearance lamps [New    New section.......  New section.
 section--points to S7.1.1.12
 and S7.1.2.12].
S7.5.12.2 Identification lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.5.13 Photometry..............  S7.5.1 Photometry.  SAE J592e, Jul
                                                       1972, Table 1.
S7.5.14 Physical tests..........  S7.5.2 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J592e,
                                                       Jul 1972, 3.
S7.6 Backup lamps...............  New section.......  New section.
S7.6.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.6.2 Color of light...........  New section.......  New section.
S7.6.2.1 [New section--points to  New section.......  New section.
 Table I].
S7.6.2.2 Incidental light.......  S7.6.2 Color......  SAE J593c, Feb
                                                       1968.
S7.6.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].

[[Page 68409]]

 
S7.6.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--No requirement].
S7.6.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.6.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.6.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 see Table V-a].
S7.6.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section
 No requirement].
S7.6.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.6.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.6.11 Multiple compartments     New section.......  New section.
 and multiple lamps [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.6.12 Ratio [New section--No    New section.......  New section.
 requirement].
S7.6.13 Photometry..............  S7.6.1 Photometry.  Figure 2.
S7.6.14 Physical tests..........  S7.6.3 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2;SAE J593c,
                                                       Feb 1968.
S7.7 License plate lamps........  New section.......  New section.
S7.7.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I and S6.1.1].
S7.7.2 Color of light [New        New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.7.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.7.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--No requirement].
S7.7.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.7.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.7.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.7.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.7.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.7.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.7.11 Multiple compartments     New section.......  New section.
 and multiple lamps [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.7.12 Ratio [New section--No    New section.......  New section.
 requirement].
S7.7.13 Photometry..............  S7.7.2 Photometry   SAE J587, Oct
                                   requirements.       1981, 7.
S7.7.13. Ratio--motorcycles and   S7.7.2 Photometry   SAE J587, Oct
 motor driven cycles.              requirements.       1981, 7.
S7.7.13.1.......................  S7.7.2 Photometry   SAE J587, Oct
                                   requirements.       1981, 7.
S7.7.13.2 Illumination..........  S7.7.2 Photometry   SAE J587, Oct
                                   requirements.       1981, 7.
S7.7.13.3 Ratio except            S7.7.2 Photometry   SAE J587, Oct
 motorcycles and motor driven      requirements.       1981, 7.
 cycles.
S7.7.14 Physical tests..........  S7.7.3 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J587,
                                                       Oct 1981, 3, 4,
                                                       and 5.
S7.7.15 Installation............  New section.......  New section.
S7.7.15.1.......................  S7.7.1              SAE J587, Oct
                                   Installation.       1981, 6.3.
S7.7.15.2.......................  S7.7.1              SAE J587, Oct
                                   Installation.       1981, 6.3.
S7.7.15.3.......................  S7.7.1              SAE J587, Oct
                                   Installation.       1981, 6.3.
S7.7.15.4 Incident light from a   S7.7.1.1 Incident   SAE J587, Oct
 single lamp.                      light from a        1981, 6.5.
                                   single lamp.
S7.7.15.5 Incident light from     S7.7.1.2 Incident   SAE J587, Oct
 multiple lamps.                   light from          1981, 6.6.
                                   multiple lamps.
S7.8 Parking lamps..............  New section.......  New section.
S7.8.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.8.2 Color of light [New        New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.8.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.8.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.8.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.8.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.8.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.4].
S7.8.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.8.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].

[[Page 68410]]

 
S7.8.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.8.11 Multiple compartments     New section.......  New section.
 and multiple lamps [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.8.12 Ratio [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to S7.1.1.12].
S7.8.13 Photometry..............  S7.8.1 Photometry.  S5.1.1.6; Figure
                                                       1a; Figure 1b;
                                                       Figure 1c.
S7.8.14 Physical tests..........  S7.8.2 Physical     S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J222,
                                                       Dec 1970, 3.
S7.9 High-mounted lamps.........  New section.......  New section.
S7.9.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I and S6.1.1.2].
S7.9.2 Color of light [New        New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.9.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.9.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I and
 S6.1.4.1].
S7.9.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.9.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--points to Table IV-b].
S7.9.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 points to Table V-a].
S7.9.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.9.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.9.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.9.11 Multiple compartments     New section.......  New section.
 and multiple lamps [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.9.12 Ratio [New section--No    New section.......  New section.
 requirement].
S7.9.13 Photometry..............  S7.9.3 Photometry.  S5.1.1.27(a)(3)
                                                       and (b)(3);
                                                       Figure 10.
S7.9.14 Physical tests..........  S7.9.4 Physical     S5.1.1.27(a)(4);
                                   tests.              S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                                       S6.2; SAE J186a,
                                                       Sep 1977, 3.
S7.9.14.1 External mount........  S7.9.4 Physical     S5.1.1.27(a)(4);
                                   tests.              S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                                       S6.2; SAE J186a,
                                                       Sep 1977, 3.
S7.9.14.2 Internal mount........  S7.9.4 Physical     S5.1.1.27(a)(4);
                                   tests.              S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                                       S6.2; SAE J186a,
                                                       Sep 1977, 3.
S7.10 Daytime running lamps       New section.......  New section.
 (DRLs).
S7.10.1 Number [New section--     New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.10.2 Color of light [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.10.3 Mounting location [New    New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.10.4 Mounting height [New      New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I and
 S7.10.13(b)].
S7.10.5 Activation [New section-- New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I and
 S7.10.10.1(c)].
S7.10.6 Effective projected       New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.10.7 Visibility [New section-- New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.10.8 Indicator [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.10.9 Markings [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.10.10 Spacing to other lamps.  S7.11.2 Spacing to  S5.5.11(a)(4).
                                   turn signal lamps.
S7.10.10.1(a)...................  S7.11.2.2(a) Not    S5.5.11(a)(4)(i).
                                   optically
                                   combined with
                                   turn signal lamp.
S7.10.10.1(b)...................  S7.11.2.2(b) Not    S5.5.11(a)(4)(iii)
                                   optically           .
                                   combined with
                                   turn signal lamp.
S7.10.10.1(c)...................  S7.11.2.2(c) Not    S5.5.11(a)(4)(iv).
                                   optically
                                   combined with
                                   turn signal lamp.
S7.10.11 Multiple compartments    New section.......  New section.
 and multiple lamps [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.10.12 Ratio [New section--No   New section.......  New section.
 requirement].
S7.10.13 Photometry.............  S7.11.1 Photometry  S5.5.11(a)(1).
S7.10.13(a).....................  S7.11.1(a)........  S5.5.11(a)(1)(i).
S7.10.13(b).....................  S7.11.1(b)........  S5.5.11(a)(1)(ii).
S7.10.14 Physical tests.........  S7.11.3 Physical    S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S5.5.11(a)(3);
                                                       S6.2.

[[Page 68411]]

 
S7.11 School bus signal lamps...  New section.......  New section.
S7.11.1 Number [New section--     New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.11.2 Color of light [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.11.3 Mounting location [New    New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.11.4 Mounting height [New      New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S7.11.5 Activation [New section-- New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S7.11.6 Effective projected       New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--points to Table IV-c].
S7.11.7 Visibility [New section-- New section.......  New section.
 points to Table V-a].
S7.11.8 Indicator [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S7.11.9 Markings [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S7.11.10 Spacing to other lamps   New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S7.11.11 Multiple compartments    New section.......  New section.
 and multiple lamps [New
 section--No requirement].
S7.11.12 Ratio [New section--No   New section.......  New section.
 requirement].
S7.11.13 Photometry.............  S7.13.1 Photometry  S5.1.4(b); SAE
                                                       J887, Jul 1964,
                                                       Table 1.
S7.11.14 Physical tests.........  S7.13.2 Physical    S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   test requirements.  S6.2; SAE J887,
                                                       Jul 1964.
S8.1 Reflex reflectors..........  S7.10 Reflex        New title.
                                   reflectors.
S8.1.1 Number [New section--      New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S8.1.2 Color [New section--       New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S8.1.3 Mounting location [New     New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S8.1.4 Mounting height [New       New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S8.1.5 Activation [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S8.1.6 Effective projected        New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S8.1.7 Visibility [New section--  New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S8.1.8 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S8.1.9 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S8.1.10 Spacing to other lamps    New section.......  New section.
 [New section--No requirement].
S8.1.11 Photometry..............  S7.10.1 Photometry  SAE J594f, Jan
                                                       1977, Table 1 and
                                                       Table 1A.
S8.1.12 Physical tests..........  S7.10.2 Physical    S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
                                   tests.              S6.2; SAE J594f,
                                                       Jan 1977, 3.
S8.1.13 Alternative side reflex   S7.10.1.1           S5.1.1.4
 reflector material.               Alternative side    Alternative side
                                   reflex reflectors.  reflex material:
                                                       SAE J594f, Jan
                                                       1977, Table 1 and
                                                       Table 1A.
S8.2 Conspicuity systems........  S7.12 Conspicuity   S5.7.3 Combination
                                   systems.            of sheeting and
                                                       reflectors.
S8.2.1 Retroreflective sheeting.  S7.12.1             S5.7.1
                                   Retroreflective     Retroreflective
                                   sheeting.           sheeting.
S8.2.1.1 Construction...........  S7.12.1             S5.7.1.1
                                   Retroreflective     Construction.
                                   sheeting.
S8.2.1.2 Performance              S7.12.1             S5.7.1.2;
 requirements.                     Retroreflective     S5.7.1.3(d).
                                   sheeting.
S8.2.1.3 Certification marking..  S7.12.1.1           S5.7.1.5
                                   Certification       Certification.
                                   marking.
S8.2.1.4 Application pattern....  Table III           New title.
                                   Application
                                   pattern.
S8.2.1.4.1 Alternating red and    Table III           S5.7.1.3 Sheeting
 white materials.                  Application         pattern,
                                   pattern--Alternat   dimensions, and
                                   ing--Retroreflect   relative
                                   ive sheeting.       coefficients of
                                                       retroreflection.
S8.2.1.4.1.1 Segments...........  Table III           S5.7.1.3(b).
                                   Application
                                   pattern--Alternat
                                   ing--Retroreflect
                                   ive sheeting.
S8.2.1.4.1.2 Proportion.........  Table III           S5.7.1.3(c).
                                   Application
                                   pattern--Alternat
                                   ing--Retroreflect
                                   ive sheeting.
S8.2.1.5 Application location...  Table III           S5.7.1.4(a).
                                   Application
                                   location--Retrore
                                   flective sheeting.
S8.2.1.6 Application spacing....  Table III           S5.7.1.4(b) and
                                   Application         (c).
                                   spacing--Retroref
                                   lective sheeting.
S8.2.1.7 Photometry.............  S7.12.1.2           S5.7.1.2; Figure
                                   Photometry.         29.
S8.2.2 Conspicuity reflex         S7.12.2             S5.7.2 Reflex
 reflectors.                       Conspicuity         reflectors.
                                   reflex reflectors.
S8.2.2.1 Certification marking..  S7.12.2.1           S5.7.2.3
                                   Certification       Certification.
                                   marking.
S8.2.2.2 Application pattern....  Table III           S5.7.2.2.
                                   Application
                                   pattern.
S8.2.2.2.1 Alternating red and    Table III           S5.7.2.2(a).
 white materials.                  Application
                                   pattern--Alternat
                                   ing--Conspicuity
                                   reflex reflectors.

[[Page 68412]]

 
S8.2.2.2.2 White material.......  Table III           S5.7.2.2(b).
                                   Application
                                   pattern--White--C
                                   onspicuity reflex
                                   reflectors.
S8.2.2.3 Photometry.............  S7.12.2.2           S5.7.2.1.
                                   Photometry.
S8.2.2.3.1 Red reflectors.......  S7.12.2.2           S5.7.2.1(a) and
                                   Photometry.         (b).
S8.2.2.3.2 White reflectors--     S7.12.2.2           S5.7.2.1(a) and
 horizontal orientation.           Photometry.         (c).
S8.2.2.3.3 White reflectors--     S7.12.2.2           S5.7.2.1(a) and
 vertical orientation.             Photometry.         (d).
S8.2.3 Conspicuity system         Table III Trailer   New title.
 installation on trailers.         rear.
S8.2.3.1 Trailer rear...........  Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of
                                   rear.               trailers.
S8.2.3.1.1 Element 1--            Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.1(a).
 alternating red and white         rear--Element 1--
 materials.                        Alternating.
S8.2.3.1.2 Element 2--white &     Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of
 Exceptions..                      rear--Element 2--   trailers.
                                   White.
S8.2.3.1.2.1 Upper corners......  Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.1(b).
                                   rear--Element 2--
                                   White--requiremen
                                   t.
S8.2.3.1.2.2 Non-rectangular      Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.1(b).
 body.                             rear--Element 2--
                                   White--requiremen
                                   t.
S8.2.3.1.3 Element 3--            Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of
 alternating red and white         rear--Element 3--   trailers.
 materials & Exceptions.           Alternating.
S8.2.3.1.3.1 Underride device...  Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.1(c).
                                   rear--Element 3--
                                   Alternating--requ
                                   irement.
S8.2.3.2 Trailer side--           Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.2 Side of
 alternating red and white         side--Alternating.  trailers.
 materials.
S8.2.3.2.1 Horizontal strip.....  Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.2(a).
                                   side--Alternating
                                   -requirement.
S8.2.3.2.2 Non-continuous.......  Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.2(a).
                                   side--Alternating
                                   -requirement.
S8.2.3.2.3 Obstructions.........  Table III Trailer   S5.7.1.4.2(b).
                                   side--Alternating
                                   -requirement.
S8.2.4 Conspicuity system         Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3 Rear of
 installation on truck tractors.   tractor.            truck tractors.
S8.2.4.1 Element 1--alternating   Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3 Rear of
 red and white materials.          tractor--Element    truck tractors.
                                   1--Alternating.
S8.2.4.1.1 Lower horizontal.....  Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3(a).
                                   tractor--Element
                                   1--Alternating--r
                                   equirement.
S8.2.4.1.2 Mudflap mounting.....  Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3(a).
                                   tractor--Element
                                   1--Alternating--r
                                   equirement.
S8.2.4.1.3 Mounting alternatives  Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3(a).
                                   tractor--Element
                                   1--Alternating--r
                                   equirement.
S8.2.4.1.4 Obstruction..........  Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3(a).
                                   tractor--Element
                                   1--Alternating--r
                                   equirement.
S8.2.4.2 Element 2--white.......  Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3(b).
                                   tractor--Element
                                   2--White.
S8.2.4.2.1 Obstruction..........  Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3(b).
                                   tractor--Element
                                   2--White--require
                                   ment.
S8.2.4.2.2 Symmetrical            Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3(b).
 relocation.                       tractor--Element
                                   2--White--require
                                   ment.
S8.2.4.2.3 Window mounting......  Table III Truck     S5.7.1.4.3(b).
                                   tractor--Element
                                   2--White--require
                                   ment.
S9 Associated equipment           S7.14 Associated    Table I and Table
 requirements.                     equipment.          III.
S9.1 Turn signal operating unit.  New title.........  New title.
S9.1.1 Canceling................  S7.14.1 Turn        S5.1.1.5.
                                   signal operating
                                   unit.
S9.1.2 Physical tests...........  Table XXI.........  SAE J589, Apr
                                                       1964.
S9.2 Turn signal flasher........  New title.........  New title.
S9.2.1 Indicator signals........  S7.14.2 Turn        SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher.     1965.
S9.2.2 Physical tests...........  Table XXI.........  SAE J590b, Oct
                                                       1965.
S9.3 Turn signal pilot indicator  S7.14.3 Turn        S5.5.6; SAE J588e,
                                   signal pilot        Sep 1970.
                                   indicator.
S9.3.1 TS lamps not visible.....  S7.14.3 Turn        S5.5.6; SAE J588e,
                                   signal pilot        Sep 1970.
                                   indicator.
S9.3.2 Indicator light(s).......  S7.14.3 Turn        S5.5.6; SAE J588e,
                                   signal pilot        Sep 1970.
                                   indicator.
S9.3.3 Function.................  S7.14.3 Turn        S5.5.6; SAE J588e,
                                   signal pilot        Sep 1970.
                                   indicator.
S9.3.4 Indicator size and color.  S7.14.3.1           SAE J588e, Sep
                                   Indicator size      1970.
                                   and color.
S9.3.4.1 Interior mounted.......  S7.14.3.1           SAE J588e, Sep
                                   Indicator size      1970.
                                   and color.
S9.3.4.2 Exterior mounted.......  S7.14.3.1           SAE J588e, Sep
                                   Indicator size      1970.
                                   and color.
S9.3.5 Visibility...............  S7.14.3.1           SAE J588e, Sep
                                   Indicator size      1970.
                                   and color.
S9.3.6 Turn signal lamp failure.  S7.14.3.2 Turn      S5.5.6.
                                   signal lamp
                                   failure.
S9.4 Headlamp beam switching      S7.14.4 Headlamp    S5.5.1 Headlamp
 device.                           beam switching      beam switching.
                                   device.
S9.4 Headlamp beam switching      S7.14.4 Headlamp    SAE J564a, Apr
 device.                           beam switching      1964.
                                   device.
S9.4.1 Semi-automatic headlamp    S7.14.4.1 Semi-     S5.5.1 Headlamp
 beam switching device.            automatic           beam switching.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device.
S9.4.1 Semi-automatic headlamp    S7.14.4.1 Semi-     SAE J565b, Feb
 beam switching device.            automatic           1969.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device.
S9.4.1.1 Operating instructions.  S7.14.4.1.1         SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Operating           1969, 2.
                                   instructions.

[[Page 68413]]

 
S9.4.1.2 Manual override........  S7.14.4.1.2 Manual  SAE J565b, Feb
                                   override.           1969, 4.4.
S9.4.1.3 Fail safe operation....  S7.14.4.1.3 Fail    SAE J565b, Feb
                                   safe operation.     1969, 4.6.
S9.4.1.4 Automatic dimming        S7.14.4.1.4         SAE J565b, Feb
 indicator.                        Automatic dimming   1969, 4.13.
                                   indicator.
S9.4.1.5 Lens accessibility.....  S7.14.4.1.5 Lens    SAE J565b, Feb
                                   accessibility.      1969, 4.16.
S9.4.1.6 Mounting height........  S7.14.4.1.6         SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Mounting height.    1969, 4.17.
S9.4.1.7 Physical tests.........  Table XXI.........  SAE J565b, Feb
                                                       1969.
S9.5 Upper beam headlamp          S7.14.5 Upper beam  S5.5.2 Upper beam
 indicator.                        headlamp            indicator.
                                   indicator.
S9.5.1 Indicator size, location,  S7.14.5.1           S5.5.2; SAE J564a,
 and color.                        Indicator size      Apr 1964.
                                   and location.
S9.6 Vehicular hazard warning     New title.........  New title.
 signal operating unit.
S9.6.1 Combinations.............  S7.14.6 Vehicular   SAE J910, Jan
                                   hazard warning      1966, 3(b) and
                                   signal operating    (d).
                                   unit.
S9.6.2 Operation................  S7.14.6.1           S5.5.5; SAE J910,
                                   Operating unit      Jan 1966, 3(c)
                                   switch.             and (e).
S9.6.3 Physical tests...........  Table XXI.........  SAE J910, Jan
                                                       1966.
S9.7 Vehicular hazard warning     New title.........  New title.
 signal flasher.
S9.7.1 Indicator signals........  S7.14.7 Vehicular   SAE J945, Feb
                                   hazard warning      1966.
                                   signal flasher.
S9.7.2 Physical tests...........  Table XXI.........  SAE J945, Feb
                                                       1966.
S9.8 Vehicular hazard warning     New title.........  New title.
 signal pilot indicator.
S9.8.1 Two TS indicators........  S7.14.8 Vehicular   New title.
                                   hazard warning
                                   signal pilot
                                   indicator.
S9.8.2 Single TS indicators.....  S7.14.8 Vehicular   SAE J910, Jan
                                   hazard warning      1966, 5; SAE
                                   signal pilot        J945, Feb 1966.
                                   indicator.
S9.8.3 Function.................  S7.14.8 Vehicular   SAE J910, Jan
                                   hazard warning      1966, 5; SAE
                                   signal pilot        J945, Feb 1966.
                                   indicator.
S9.8.4 Indicator size and color.  S7.14.8.1           SAE J910, Jan
                                   Indicator size      1966, 5; SAE
                                   and color.          J945, Feb 1966.
S10 Headlighting system           S8 Headlighting     S7 Headlighting
 requirements.                     system              requirements.
                                   requirements.
S10.1 Vehicle headlighting        New title.........  New title.
 systems.
S10.1.1 Vehicles ex motorcycles   S8.1 Headlighting   S7.1.
 & trailers.                       systems.
S10.1.2 Motorcycles.............  S8.1 Headlighting   S7.9.2(b).
                                   systems.
S10.2 Aiming....................  S10.2 Aimability..  S7.8.5.
S10.3 Number [New section--       New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I].
S10.4 Color of light [New         New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S10.5 Mounting location [New      New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S10.6 Mounting height [New        New section.......  New section.
 section--points to Table I].
S10.7 Activation [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 points to Table I, Table II,
 and S6.1.5].
S10.8 Effective projected         New section.......  New section.
 luminous lens area [New
 section--No requirement].
S10.9 Visibility [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 No requirement].
S10.10 Indicator [New section--   New section.......  New section.
 points to S9.5].
S10.11 Markings [New section--    New section.......  New section.
 points to S6.5].
S10.12 Spacing to other lamps     New section.......  New section.
 [New section--points to
 S6.1.4.2].
S10.13 Sealed beam headlighting   S9 Sealed beam      S7.3 Sealed beam
 system.                           headlamp            headlighting
                                   requirements.       system.
S10.13.1 Installation...........  S9.1 Installation.  S7.3.2 Type A
                                                       headlighting
                                                       system.
S10.13.1 Installation...........  S9.1 Installation.  S7.3.3 Type B
                                                       headlighting
                                                       system.
S10.13.1 Installation...........  S9.1 Installation.  S7.3.4 Type C
                                                       headlighting
                                                       system.
S10.13.1 Installation...........  S9.1 Installation.  S7.3.5 Type D
                                                       headlighting
                                                       system.
S10.13.1 Installation...........  S9.1 Installation.  S7.3.6 Type E
                                                       headlighting
                                                       system.
S10.13.1 Installation...........  S9.1 Installation.  S7.3.7 Type F
                                                       headlighting
                                                       system.
S10.13.1 Installation...........  S9.1 Installation.  S7.3.8 Type G
                                                       headlighting
                                                       system.
S10.13.1 Installation...........  S9.1 Installation.  S7.3.9 Type H
                                                       headlighting
                                                       system.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim.......  S9.2 Simultaneous   S7.3.7(h).
                                   aim.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim.......  S9.2 Simultaneous   S7.3.7(h)(1).
                                   aim.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim.......  S9.2 Simultaneous   S7.3.7(h)(2).
                                   aim.
S10.13.3 Photometry.............  S9.3 Photometry...  S7.3.2(a)(3).
S10.13.3 Photometry.............  S9.3 Photometry...  S7.3.3(a).
S10.13.3 Photometry.............  S9.3 Photometry...  S7.3.4.
S10.13.3 Photometry.............  S9.3 Photometry...  S7.3.5(a).
S10.13.3 Photometry.............  S9.3 Photometry...  S7.3.6(a).
S10.13.3 Photometry.............  S9.3 Photometry...  S7.3.7(b).
S10.13.3 Photometry.............  S9.3 Photometry...  S7.3.8(b).
S10.13.3 Photometry.............  S9.3 Photometry...  S7.3.9(a).
S10.13.4 Physical tests.........  S9.4 Physical       New title.
                                   tests.
S10.13.4.1 Aiming adjustment      S9.4 Physical       SAE J580, Dec
 test.                             tests.              1986, 4.2.
S10.13.4.1 Connector test.......  S9.4 Physical       SAE J580, Dec
                                   tests.              1986, 4.4.

[[Page 68414]]

 
S10.13.4.1 Corrosion............  S9.4 Physical       SAE J580, Dec
                                   tests.              1986, 4.1.2.
S10.13.4.1 Inward force test....  S9.4 Physical       SAE J580, Dec
                                   tests.              1986, 4.3.
S10.13.4.1 Torque deflection      S9.4 Physical       SAE J580, Dec
 test.                             tests.              1986, 4.5.
S10.13.4.1 Vibration............  S9.4 Physical       S7.3.2(c);
                                   tests.              S7.3.7(i);
                                                       S7.3.8(d).
S10.13.4.1 Wattage..............  S9.4 Physical       S7.3.2(d);
                                   tests.              S7.3.3(b);
                                                       S7.3.5(b);
                                                       S7.3.6(b);
                                                       S7.3.7(g);
                                                       S7.3.8(e);
                                                       S7.3.9(b).
S10.13.4.2 Retaining ring test    S9.4 Physical       S7.3.8(c) (1); SAE
 ex types G & H.                   tests.              J580, Dec 1986,
                                                       5.1.6.
S10.13.4.3 Color test...........  S9.4 Physical       S5.1.5.
                                   tests.
S10.13.4.3 Material test........  S9.4 Physical       S5.1.2.
                                   tests.
S10.14 Integral beam              S10 Integral beam   S7.4 Integral Beam
 headlighting.                     headlamp            Headlighting
                                   requirements.       System.
S10.14.1 Installation...........  S10.1 Installation  S7.4 Integral Beam
                                                       Headlighting
                                                       System.
S10.14.1 Installation...........  S10.1 Installation  S7.4(a).
S10.14.2 Aimability.............  S10.2 Aimability..  S7.4(f).
S10.14.3 Simultaneous aim.......  S10.3 Simultaneous  S7.4(d).
                                   aim.
S10.14.4 Markings...............  S10.4 Markings....  S7.4(c)(1);
                                                       S7.4(c)(2).
S10.14.5 Additional light         S10.5 Additional    S7.4(i).
 sources.                          light sources.
S10.14.6 Photometry.............  S10.6 Photometry..  S7.4(a).
S10.14.7 Physical tests.........  S10.7 Physical      New title.
                                   tests.
S10.14.7.1 Aiming adjustment      S10.7 Physical      SAE J580, Dec
 tests.                            tests.              1986, 4.2.
S10.14.7.1 Connector test.......  S10.7 Physical      SAE J580, Dec
                                   tests.              1986, 4.4.
S10.14.7.1 Corrosion test.......  S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(3);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.1 Inward force test....  S10.7 Physical      S7.8.5.1(b); SAE
                                   tests.              J580, Dec 1986,
                                                       4.3.
S10.14.7.1 Temperature cycle      S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(5)(i).
 test.                             tests.
S10.14.7.1 Vibration test.......  S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(7).
                                   tests.
S10.14.7.2 Connector--corrosion   S10.7 Physical      S8.4(a); SAE J580,
 test.                             tests.              Dec 1986, 4.4.
S10.14.7.2 Dust test............  S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(4);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.2 Humidity test........  S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(6);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.2 Sealing test.........  S10.7 Physical      S7.4(g).
                                   tests.
S10.14.7.3 Abrasion test........  S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(1);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.4 Chemical resistance    S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(2);
 test.                             tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.5 Internal heat test...  S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(5)(ii);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.6 Chemical resistance--  S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(2).
 reflector.                        tests.
S10.14.7.6 Corrosion resistance-- S10.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(3).
 reflector.                        tests.
S10.14.7.7 Torque deflection      S10.7 Physical      S7.8.5.1(a).
 test.                             tests.
S10.14.7.8 Color test...........  S10.7 Physical      S5.1.5.
                                   tests.
S10.14.7.8 Material test........  S10.7 Physical      S5.1.2.
                                   tests.
S10.15 Replaceable bulb           S11 Replaceable     S7.5 Replaceable
 headlighting system.              bulb headlamp       bulb headlighting
                                   requirements.       system.
S10.15.1 Installation...........  S11.1 Installation  S7.5(a).
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions....  S11.2 Aiming        S7.5(d)(1).
                                   restrictions.
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions....  S11.2 Aiming        S7.5(e)(1).
                                   restrictions.
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions....  S11.2 Aiming        S7.5(h).
                                   restrictions.
S10.15.3 Replacement equipment..  S11.4 Replacement   S7.5(f).
                                   equipment.
S10.15.4 Markings...............  S11.5 Markings....  New title.
S10.15.4.1 U & L................  S11.5 Markings....  S7.5(d)(3)(i)(B).
S10.15.4.1 U & L................  S11.5 Markings....  S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(B).
S10.15.4.1 U & L................  S11.5 Markings....  S7.5(e)(3)(i).
S10.15.4.1 U & L................  S11.5 Markings....  S7.5(e)(3)(ii).
S10.15.4.1.1 Exception..........  Omitted...........  S7.5(d)(3)(i)(A).
S10.15.4.1.1 Exception..........  Omitted...........  S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(A).
S10.15.5. Additional light        S11.3 Additional    S7.5(j).
 sources.                          light sources.
S10.15.6 Photometry.............  S11.6 Photometry..  S7.5(b).
S10.15.7 Physical tests.........  S11.7 Physical      S7.5(i).
                                   tests.
S10.15.7.1 Aiming adjustment      S11.7 Physical      SAE J580, Dec
 tests.                            tests.              1986, 4.2.
S10.15.7.1 Connector test.......  S11.7 Physical      SAE J580, Dec
                                   tests.              1986, 4.4.
S10.15.7.1 Corrosion test.......  S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(3);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.1 Corrosion--connector   S11.7 Physical      S8.4(a); SAE J580,
 test.                             tests.              Dec 1986, 4.4.
S10.15.7.1 Dust test............  S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(4);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.1 Humidity test........  S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(6);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.1 Inward force test....  S11.7 Physical      S7.8.5.1(b); SAE
                                   tests.              J580, Dec 1986,
                                                       4.3.
S10.15.7.1 Temperature cycle      S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(5)(i).
 test.                             tests.
S10.15.7.1 Vibration test.......  S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(7).
                                   tests.
S10.15.7.2 Abrasion test........  S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(1);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.3 Chemical resistance    S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(2);
 test.                             tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.4 Internal heat test...  S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(5)(ii);
                                   tests.              S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.5 Chemical resistance--  S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(2).
 reflector.                        tests.
S10.15.7.5 Corrosion resistance-- S11.7 Physical      S7.4(h)(3).
 reflector.                        tests.
S10.15.7.6 Torque deflection      S11.7 Physical      S7.8.5.1(a).
 test.                             tests.
S10.15.7.7 Color test...........  S11.7 Physical      S5.1.5.
                                   tests.
S10.15.7.7 Material test........  S11.7 Physical      S5.1.2.
                                   tests.
S10.16 Combination headlighting   S12 Combination     S7.6 Combination
 system.                           headlamps.          Headlighting
                                                       System.
S10.16.1 Installation...........  S12.1 Installation  S7.6.1.

[[Page 68415]]

 
S10.16.2 Photometry.............  S12.2 Photometry..  S7.6.2.
S10.16.2 Photometry.............  S12.2 Photometry..  S7.6.2.1.
S10.16.2 Photometry.............  S12.2 Photometry..  S7.6.2.2.
S10.16.2 Photometry.............  S12.2 Photometry..  S7.6.3.
S10.16.3 Physical tests.........  S12.3 Physical      New title.
                                   tests.
S10.16.3.1 Type F sealed beam...  S12.3 Physical      S7.6.2.
                                   tests.
S10.16.3.2 Integral beam........  S12.3 Physical      S7.6.2.1.
                                   tests.
S10.16.3.3 Replaceable bulb.....  S12.3 Physical      S7.6.2.2.
                                   tests.
S10.17 Motorcycle headlighting    S13 Motorcycle      S7.9.2.
 system.                           headlamp
                                   requirements.
S10.17.1 Installation...........  S13.1 Installation  S7.9.6.1.
S10.17.1.1 Single headlamp......  S13.1.1 Single      S7.9.6.2(a).
                                   headlamp.
S10.17.1.2 Two headlamps with     S13.1.2 Two         S7.9.6.2(b).
 both beams.                       headlamps with
                                   both beams.
S10.17.1.3 Two headlamps, upper   S13.1.3 Two         S7.9.6.2(c).
 beam and lower beam.              headlamps, upper
                                   beam and lower
                                   beam.
S10.17.2 Motorcycle replaceable   S13.4 Motorcycle    S7.9.5.
 bulb headlamp marking.            replaceable bulb
                                   headlamp marking.
S10.17.3 Photometry.............  S13.2 Photometry..  S7.9.2(a).
S10.17.4 Physical tests.........  S13.3 Physical      SAE J584, Apr
                                   tests.              1964.
S10.17.5 Motorcycle headlamp      S13.5 Motorcycle    S7.9.4.1.
 modulation system.                headlamp
                                   modulation system.
S10.17.5.1(a) Rate..............  S13.5.1(a) Rate...  S7.9.4.1(a).
S10.17.5.1(b) Maximum power.....  S13.5.1(b) Maximum  S7.9.4.1(b).
                                   power.
S10.17.5.1(c) Minimum intensity.  S13.5.1(c) Minimum  S7.9.4.1(c).
                                   intensity.
S10.17.5.1(d) Wiring............  S13.5.1(d) Wiring.  S7.9.4.1(d).
S10.17.5.1(e) Failure mode......  S13.5.1(e) Failure  S7.9.4.1(e).
                                   mode.
S10.17.5.1(f) Sensor............  S13.5.1(f) Sensor.  S7.9.4.1(f).
S10.17.5.1(g) Voltage drop......  S13.5.1(g) Voltage  S7.9.4.1(g).
                                   drop.
S10.17.5.1(h) Full voltage        S13.5.1(h) Full     S7.9.4.1(h).
 operation.                        voltage operation.
S10.17.5.2 Replacement            S13.5.2             S7.9.4.2(a).
 modulators.                       Replacement
                                   modulators.
S10.17.5.2.1 Replacement          S13.5.2.1           S7.9.4.2(a).
 performance.                      Replacement
                                   performance.
S10.17.5.2.2 Replacement          S13.5.2.2           S7.9.4.2(b).
 instructions.                     Replacement
                                   instructions.
S10.18.1 Headlamp mounting and    S14.1 Headlamp      S7.8.2.
 aiming.                           mounting and
                                   aiming.
S10.18.1.1 Adjustments..........  S8.1.5 Headlamp     SAE J566, Jan
                                   adjustments.        1960, 1.
S10.18.1.2 Procedure & security.  S8.1.5 Headlamp     SAE J566, Jan
                                   adjustments.        1960, 2.
S10.18.1.2 Procedure & security.  S8.1.5 Headlamp     SAE J566, Jan
                                   adjustments.        1960, 3.
S10.18.2 Headlamp aiming systems  S14.3 Headlamp      S7.8.5.
                                   aiming systems.
S10.18.3 Aim adjustment           S14.4 Aim           S7.8.2.1(a).
 interaction.                      adjustment
                                   interaction.
S10.18.3 Aim adjustment           S14.4 Aim           S7.8.2.1(b).
 interaction.                      adjustment
                                   interaction.
S10.18.3.1 Excess aim             S14.4.1 Excess aim  S7.8.5.2(b)(3).
 interaction.                      interaction.
S10.18.4 Horizontal adjustment--  S14.5 Horizontal    S7.8.2.1(c).
 visually aimed headlamp.          adjustment--visua
                                   lly aimed
                                   headlamp.
S10.18.5 Optical axis marking...  S14.6 Optical axis  S7.8.1.
                                   marking.
S10.18.5.1 Optical axis marking-- S14.6.1 Optical     S7.8.1(b).
 vehicle.                          axis marking--
                                   vehicle.
S10.18.5.2 Optical axis marking-- S14.6.2 Optical     S7.8.1(a).
 lamp.                             axis marking--
                                   lamp.
S10.18.5.3 Optical axis marking-- S14.6.3 Optical     S7.8.1(c).
 visual aim headlamp.              axis marking--
                                   visual aim
                                   headlamp.
S10.18.5.3 Optical axis marking-- S14.6.3 Optical     S7.8.5.3(f)(1).
 visual aim headlamp.              axis marking--
                                   visual aim
                                   headlamp.
S10.18.6 Moveable reflector       S14.7 Moveable      S7.8.2.2(a).
 requirements.                     reflectors.
S10.18.6 Moveable reflector       S14.7 Moveable      S7.8.2.2(b).
 requirements.                     reflectors.
S10.18.7 External aiming........  S14.8 External      S7.8.5.1 External
                                   aiming.             aiming.
S10.18.7.1 Headlamp aiming        S14.8.1 Headlamp    S7.8.5.1(d).
 device locating plates.           aiming device
                                   locating plates.
S10.18.7.1.1 Aiming pads........  S14.8.1.1 Aiming    S7.8.5.1(d)(1).
                                   pads.
S10.18.7.1.2 Aiming dimension     S14.8.1.2 Aiming    S7.8.5.1(d)(2).
 marking.                          dimension marking.
S10.18.7.2 Nonadjustable          S14.8.2             S7.8.5.1(e).
 headlamp aiming device locating   Nonadjustable
 plates.                           headlamp aiming
                                   device locating
                                   plates.
S10.18.8 On--vehicle aiming.....  S14.9 On--vehicle   S7.8.5.2 On--
                                   aiming.             vehicle aiming.
S10.18.8.1 Aim..................  S14.9.1 Aim.......  S7.8.5.2(a) Aim.
S10.18.8.1.1 Vertical aim.......  S14.9.1.1 Vertical  S7.8.5.2(a)(1)
                                   aim.                Vertical axis.
S10.18.8.1.1.1 Graduations......  S14.9.1.1.1         S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(i).
                                   Graduations.
S10.18.8.1.1.2 VHAD markings....  S14.9.1.1.2 VHAD    S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(ii)
                                   markings.           .
S10.18.8.1.1.3 Graduation scale.  S14.9.1.1.3         S7.8.5.2(a)(1)
                                   Graduation scale.   (iii).
S10.18.8.1.1.4 Vertical           S14.9.1.1.4         S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(iv)
 indicator range.                  Vertical            .
                                   indicator range.
S10.18.8.1.1.5 Floor slope        S14.9.1.1.5 Floor   S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(v).
 compensation.                     slope
                                   compensation.
S10.18.8.1.1.6 Graduation         S14.9.1.1.6         S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(vi)
 legibility.                       Graduation          .
                                   legibility.
S10.18.8.1.2 Horizontal aim.....  S14.9.1.2           S7.8.5.2(a)(2)
                                   Horizontal aim.     Horizontal aim.
S10.18.8.1.2.1 Graduation scale.  S14.9.1.2.1         S7.8.5.2(a)(2)
                                   Graduation scale.   (i).
S10.18.8.1.2.2 Horizontal         S14.9.1.2.2         S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(ii)
 markings.                         Horizontal          .
                                   markings.
S10.18.8.1.2.3 Graduation         S14.9.1.2.3         S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(iii
 legibility.                       Graduation          ).
                                   legibility.
S10.18.8.1.2.4 Horizontal         S14.9.1.2.4         S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(iv)
 indicator range.                  Horizontal          .
                                   indicator range.

[[Page 68416]]

 
S10.18.8.2 Aiming instructions..  S14.9.2 Aiming      S7.8.5.2(b) Aiming
                                   instructions.       instructions.
S10.18.8.2.1 Aiming instruction   S14.9.2.1 Aiming    S7.8.5.2(b)(1).
 location and content.             instruction
                                   location and
                                   content.
S10.18.8.2.2 Remote indicator     S14.9.2.2 Remote    S7.8.5.2(b)(2).
 instructions.                     indicator
                                   instructions.
S10.18.8.3 Permanent calibration  S14.9.3 Permanent   S7.8.5.2(c).
                                   calibrations.
S10.18.8.4 Replacement units....  S14.9.4             S7.8.5.2(d)(2).
                                   Replacement units.
S10.18.8.5 Physical tests.......  S14.9.5 Physical    S7.8.5.2(d)
                                   tests.              Testing the VHAD.
S10.18.9 Visual/optical aiming..  S14.10 Visual/      S7.8.5.3 Visual/
                                   optical aiming.     optical aiming.
S10.18.9.1 Vertical aim, lower    S14.10.1 Vertical   S7.8.5.3(a)
 beam.                             aim, lower beam.    Vertical aim,
                                                       lower beam.
S10.18.9.1.1 Vertical position    S14.10.1.1          S7.8.5.3(a)(1)
 of the cutoff.                    Vertical position   Vertical position
                                   of the cutoff.      of cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.2 Vertical gradient..  S14.10.1.2          S7.8.5.3(a)(2)
                                   Vertical gradient.  Vertical
                                                       gradient.
S10.18.9.1.3 Horizontal position  S14.10.1.3          S7.8.5.3(a)(3)
 of the cutoff.                    Horizontal          Horizontal
                                   position of the     position of the
                                   cutoff.             cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.4 Maximum inclination  S14.10.1.4 Maximum  S7.8.5.3(a)(4)
 of the cutoff.                    inclination of      Maximum
                                   the cutoff.         inclination of
                                                       cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.5 Measuring the        S14.10.1.5          Interpretation--Sp
 cutoff parameter.                 Measuring the       ingler 4/6/2000.
                                   cutoff parameter.
S10.18.9.1.5 Measuring the        S14.10.1.5          S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(i).
 cutoff parameter.                 Measuring the
                                   cutoff parameter.
S10.18.9.1.5.1 Test position....  S14.10.1.5.1 Test   S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(i).
                                   position.
S10.18.9.1.5.2 Headlamp aiming..  S14.10.1.5.2        S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(ii)
                                   Headlamp aiming.    .
S10.18.9.1.5.3 Beam scanning....  S14.10.1.5.3 Beam   S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(iii
                                   scanning.           ).
S10.18.9.1.5.4 Gradient           S14.10.1.5.4        S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(iv)
 calculation.                      Gradient            .
                                   calculation.
S10.18.9.2 Horizontal aim, lower  S14.10.2            S7.8.5.3(b)
 beam.                             Horizontal aim,     Horizontal aim,
                                   lower beam.         lower beam.
S10.18.9.3 Vertical aim, upper    S14.10.3 Vertical   S7.8.5.3(c)
 beam.                             aim, upper beam.    Vertical aim,
                                                       upper beam.
S10.18.9.3.1 Combined upper and   S14.10.3.1          S7.8.5.3(c)(1).
 lower beams.                      Combined upper
                                   and lower beams.
S10.18.9.3.2 Upper beam without   S14.10.3.2 Upper    S7.8.5.3(c)(2).
 lower beam.                       beam without
                                   lower beam.
S10.18.9.4 Horizontal aim, upper  S14.10.4            S7.8.5.3(d)
 beam.                             Horizontal aim,     Horizontal aim,
                                   upper beam.         upper beam.
S10.18.9.4.1 Combined upper and   S14.10.4.1          S7.8.5.3(d)(1).
 lower beams.                      Combined upper
                                   and lower beams.
S10.18.9.4.2 Upper beam without   S14.10.4.2 Upper    S7.8.5.3(d)(2).
 lower beam.                       beam without
                                   lower beam.
S10.18.9.4.3 Upper beam without   S14.10.4.3 Upper    S7.8.5.3(d)(3).
 lower beam of VHAD.               beam without
                                   lower beam of
                                   VHAD.
S10.18.9.5 Photometry...........  S14.10.5            S7.8.5.3(e)(1).
                                   Photometric
                                   measurements.
S10.18.9.6 Visual/optical         S14.10.6 Visual/    S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(v).
 identification marking.           optical
                                   identification
                                   marking.
S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/VOR/VO markings  S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(i).
                                   VO markings.
S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/VOR/VO markings  S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(ii)
                                   VO markings.        .
S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/VOR/VO markings  S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(iv)
                                   VO markings.        .
S10.18.9.6.2 VOR/VO markings on   S14.10.6.2 VOR/VO   S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(iii
 sealed beams.                     markings on         ).
                                   sealed beams.
S11 Replaceable light sources...  S15 Replaceable     S7.7 Replaceable
                                   light sources.      light sources.
S11.1 Markings..................  S15.1 Markings....  S7.7(a).
S11.2 Ballast markings..........  S15.4 Ballast       S7.7(e).
                                   markings.
S11.3 Gas discharge laboratory    S15.5 Gas           S7.7(f).
 life.                             discharge
                                   laboratory life.
S11.4 Physical tests............  New title.........  New title.
S11.4.1 Deflection test.........  S15.6 Physical      S7.7(g).
                                   tests.
S11.4.1 Pressure test...........  S15.6 Physical      S7.7(c).
                                   tests.
S11.4.2 Power & Luminous flux     S15.2 Power and     S7.7(b).
 tests.                            flux measurement.
S11.4.2 Power & Luminous flux     S15.3 Power and     S7.7(d).
 tests.                            flux measurement.
S12 Headlamp concealment device   S16 Headlamp        S12 Headlamp
 requirements.                     concealment         concealment
                                   device              devices.
                                   requirements.
S12.1 Power loss during headlamp  S16.1 Power loss    S12.1.
 use.                              during headlamp
                                   use.
S12.2 Manual device actuation...  S16.2 Manual        S12.2.
                                   device actuation.
S12.3 Single step actuation.....  S16.3 Single step   S12.3.
                                   actuation.
S12.4 Headlamp aiming and         S16.4 Headlamp      S12.4.
 replacement.                      aiming and
                                   replacement.
S12.5 Operational temperature     S16.5 Operational   S12.5.
 range and time limitation.        temperature range
                                   and time
                                   limitation.
S12.6 ECE compliance alternative  S16.6 ECE           S12.6.
                                   compliance
                                   alternative.
S12.7 Certification election....  S16.7               S12.7
                                   Certification       Certification
                                   election.           election.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens     S18 Replaceable     S5.8.1.
 requirements.                     headlamp lens
                                   requirements.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens     S18 Replaceable     S5.8.11.
 requirements.                     headlamp lens
                                   requirements.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens     S18 Replaceable     S7.2(e).
 requirements.                     headlamp lens
                                   requirements.
S14 Physical and photometry test  New title.........  New title.
 procedures and performance
 requirements.
S14.1 General test procedures     New title.........  New title.
 and performance requirements.
S14.1.1 Physical test             S6.8.1 Physical     SAE device
 requirements.                     test requirements.  documents
                                                       referencing SAE
                                                       J575.
S14.1.2 Plastic optical           S6.8.4 Plastic      S5.1.2.
 materials.                        optical materials.
S14.1.3 UV tracer...............  S6.8.4.1 UV tracer  SAE J576, Jul
                                                       1991, 5.
S14.1.4.1 Representative samples  S6.8.2 Samples for  SAE J1383, Apr
                                   test.               1985, 4.5.1.
S14.1.4.2 Mounting bracket......  S6.8.2 Samples for  SAE J575, Dec
                                   test.               1988, 2.1.
S14.1.4.2 Mounting bracket......  S6.8.2 Samples for  SAE J575, Dec
                                   test.               1988, 2.3.
S14.1.4.3 Second sample set.....  S6.8.2 Samples for  SAE J575d, Aug
                                   test.               1967, B.

[[Page 68417]]

 
S14.1.4.3 Second sample set.....  S6.8.2 Samples for  SAE J575e, Aug
                                   test.               1970, B.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities...  S6.8.3 Laboratory   SAE J575, Dec
                                   facilities.         1988, 3.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities...  S6.8.3 Laboratory   SAE J575d, Aug
                                   facilities.         1967, D.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities...  S6.8.3 Laboratory   SAE J575e, Aug
                                   facilities.         1970, D.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S5.7.1.2.
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S5.7.2.1(a).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.2(a)(3).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.3(a).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.4 Type C
 procedures.                       tests.              headlighting
                                                       system.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.5(a).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.6(a).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.7(b).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.7(d).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.7(h)(1).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.8(b).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.3.9(a).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.4(a)(1)(i).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.4(a)(1)(iii).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.4(a)(2)(i).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.4(a)(2)(ii).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.4(a)(3).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.5(b).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.5(d)(2).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.5(e)(2).
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.6.2.
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.6.3.
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  S7.9.2.
 procedures.                       tests.
S14.2 Photometric test            S6.8.5 Photometric  SAE device
 procedures.                       tests.              documents
                                                       referencing SAE
                                                       J575.
S14.2.1 Photometry measurements   S6.8.5.1            New title.
 for all lamps except license      Photometry ex
 lamps, headlamps, and DRLs.       headlamp, license
                                   lamp, & DRL.
S14.2.1.1 Mounting..............  S6.8.5.1            SAE J575d, Aug
                                   Photometry ex       1967, J; SAE
                                   headlamp, license   J575e, Aug 1970,
                                   lamp, & DRL.        J.
S14.2.1.2 School bus signal lamp  S6.8.5.1            SAE J887, Jul
 aiming.                           Photometry ex       1964.
                                   headlamp, license
                                   lamp, & DRL.
S14.2.1.3 Measurement distance..  S6.8.5.1            SAE device
                                   Photometry ex       documents for
                                   headlamp, license   photometry
                                   lamp, & DRL.        distance.
S14.2.1.4 Location of test        S6.8.5.1.1          SAE J575d, Aug
 points.                           Location of test    1967, J; SAE
                                   points.             J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       J.
S14.2.1.5 Multiple compartment    S6.8.5.1.2          New title.
 and multiple lamp photometry of   Multiple
 turn signal lamps, stop lamps,    compartment &
 and taillamps.                    multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered      S6.8.5.1.2          SAE J1395, Apr
 together.                         Multiple            1985, 4.1.5.2.
                                   compartment &
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered      S6.8.5.1.2          SAE J1398, May
 together.                         Multiple            1985, 4.1.5.2.
                                   compartment &
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered      S6.8.5.1.2          SAE J585e, Sep
 together.                         Multiple            1977, 3.6.2.
                                   compartment &
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered      S6.8.5.1.2          SAE J586, Feb
 together.                         Multiple            1984, 4.1.5.2.
                                   compartment &
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered      S6.8.5.1.2          SAE J588, Nov
 together.                         Multiple            1984, 4.1.5.2.
                                   compartment &
                                   multiple lamp
                                   photometry.
S14.2.1.5.2(a) Measuring          S6.8.5.1.2.1        SAE J585e, Sep
 together.                         Photometry of all   1977, 3.6.2(a).
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps together.
S14.2.1.5.2(a) Measuring          S6.8.5.1.2.1        SAE J586, Feb
 together.                         Photometry of all   1984, 4.1.5.2.1.
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps together.
S14.2.1.5.2(a) Measuring          S6.8.5.1.2.1        SAE J588, Nov
 together.                         Photometry of all   1984, 4.1.5.2.1.
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps together.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring          S6.8.5.1.2.2        SAE J1395, Apr
 individually.                     Photometry of       1985, 4.1.5.2.
                                   individual
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring          S6.8.5.1.2.2        SAE J1398, May
 individually.                     Photometry of       1985, 4.1.5.2.
                                   individual
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring          S6.8.5.1.2.2        SAE J585e, Sep
 individually.                     Photometry of       1977, 3.6.2(b).
                                   individual
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring          S6.8.5.1.2.2        SAE J586, Feb
 individually.                     Photometry of       1984, 4.1.5.2.2.
                                   individual
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring          S6.8.5.1.2.2        SAE J588, Nov
 individually.                     Photometry of       1984, 4.1.5.2.2.
                                   individual
                                   compartments/
                                   lamps.

[[Page 68418]]

 
S14.2.1.5.3 Multiple on 2032 mm   S6.8.5.1.2.3        SAE J1395, Apr
 or wider.                         Multiple            1985, 4.1.5.2.
                                   compartment/lamp
                                   photometry for
                                   wide vehicles.
S14.2.1.5.3 Multiple on 2032 mm   S6.8.5.1.2.3        SAE J1398, May
 or wider.                         Multiple            1985, 4.1.5.2.
                                   compartment/lamp
                                   photometry for
                                   wide vehicles.
S14.2.1.6 Bulbs.................  S6.8.5.2 Bulbs....  S5.1.1.17.
S14.2.1.6.1 Bulbs without MSCD..  S6.8.5.2.1 Bulbs    S5.1.1.16.
                                   without MSCD.
S14.2.1.6.2 Socket exemption....  Omitted...........  Table IV footnotes
                                                       2 and 3.
S14.2.2 License plate lamp        S6.8.5.3 License    SAE J587, Oct
 photometry.                       plate lamp          1981, 6.3.
                                   photometry.
S14.2.2.1 Illumination surface..  S6.8.5.3.1          SAE J587, Oct
                                   Illumination        1981, 6.7.
                                   surface.
S14.2.2.2 Test stations.........  S6.8.5.3.2 Test     SAE J587, Oct
                                   stations.           1981, 6.8.
S14.2.2.3 Bulbs.................  S6.8.5.2 Bulbs....  S5.1.1.17.
S14.2.3 Reflex reflector and      S6.8.5.4 Reflex     SAE J594f, Jan
 retroreflective sheeting          reflector           1977, 3.1.7.
 photometry.                       photometry.
S14.2.3.1 Mounting..............  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector           1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry.
S14.2.3.2 Illumination source...  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector           1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry.
S14.2.3.3 Measurement distance..  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector           1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry.
S14.2.3.4 Test setup............  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector           1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry.
S14.2.3.5 Photodetector.........  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector           1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry.
S14.2.3.6 Photometry surface....  S6.8.5.4 Reflex     SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector           1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry.
S14.2.3.7 Procedure.............  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector and       1977, 3.1.7.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.3.7.1 Observation angel...  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector and       1977, 3.1.7.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.3.7.2 Entrance angle......  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector and       1977, 3.1.7.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.3.7.3 Convention..........  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector and       1977, 3.1.7.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.3.7.4 Luminous intensity    S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   SAE J594f, Jan
 and illumination.                 reflector and       1977, 3.1.7.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.3.8 Measurements..........  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   SAE J594f, Jan
                                   reflector and       1977, 3.1.7.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.3.8.1 Reflex reflectors...  S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S5.7.2 Reflex
                                   reflector and       reflectors.
                                   retroreflective
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.3.8.2 Retroreflective       S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex   S5.7.1.2
 sheeting.                         reflector and       Performance
                                   retroreflective     requirements.
                                   sheeting
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.3.8.3 Reflex reflector      S6.8.5.4.1.1        SAE J594f, Jan
 photometry measurement            Reflex reflector    1977, 3.1.7.
 adjustments.                      photometry
                                   measurement
                                   adjustments.
S14.2.3.8.3.1 Reflectors with     S6.8.5.4.1.1        SAE J594f, Jan
 non fixed rotation.               Reflex reflector    1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry
                                   measurement
                                   adjustments.
S14.2.3.8.3.2 Reflectors with     S6.8.5.4.1.1        SAE J594f, Jan
 fixed rotation.                   Reflex reflector    1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry
                                   measurement
                                   adjustments.
S14.2.3.8.3.3 Additional          S6.8.5.4.1.1        SAE J594f, Jan
 photometric readings.             Reflex reflector    1977, 3.1.7.
                                   photometry
                                   measurement
                                   adjustments.
S14.2.4 Daytime running lamp      S6.8.5.5 Daytime    New title.
 (DRL) photometry measurements.    running lamp
                                   (DRL) photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.4.1.......................  S6.8.5.5 Daytime    S11 Photometric
                                   running lamp        Test.
                                   (DRL) photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.4.2.......................  S6.8.5.5 Daytime    S11 Photometric
                                   running lamp        Test.
                                   (DRL) photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.4.3 Bulbs.................  S6.8.5.2 Bulbs....  S5.1.1.17.
S14.2.5 Headlamp photometry       S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   New title.
 measurements.                     photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.5.1 Mounting..............  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   SAE J575, Dec
                                   photometry          1988, 4.6.3.
                                   measurements.
S14.2.5.2 Glare area............  S6.8.5.6.5          S7.2(d).
                                   Location of test
                                   points.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance..  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S10(a).
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance..  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S10(b).
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance..  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S7.4(e).
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance..  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S7.5(c).
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance..  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   S7.8.5.2(d)(1).
                                   photometry
                                   measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance..  S6.8.5.6 Headlamp   SAE J1383, Apr
                                   photometry          1985, 4.1.4.2.
                                   measurements.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test      S6.8.5.6.1          SAE J1383, Apr
 voltage.                          Seasoning and       1985, 4.1.4.1.
                                   test voltage.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test      S6.8.5.6.1          SAE J1383, Apr
 voltage.                          Seasoning and       1985, 4.1.4.3.
                                   test voltage.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test      S6.8.5.6.1          SAE J575, Dec
 voltage.                          Seasoning and       1988, 4.6.3.4.
                                   test voltage.
S14.2.5.5 Aiming................  S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming.  S7.2(d).

[[Page 68419]]

 
S14.2.5.5 Aiming................  S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming.  S7.3.7(b).
S14.2.5.5 Aiming................  S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming.  S7.8.5.2(d)(1).
S14.2.5.5 Aiming................  S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming.  S7.8.5.3(e)(2).
S14.2.5.5.1 Mechanically aimable  S6.8.5.6.2(a)       SAE J1383, Apr
 headlamps using an external       Aiming--mechanica   1985, 4.1.4.3.
 aimer.                            l.
S14.2.5.5.2 Mechanically aimable  S6.8.5.6.2(b)       S7.8.5.2(d)(1).
 headlamps equipped with a VHAD.   Aiming--VHAD.
S14.2.5.5.3 Visually aimable      S6.8.5.6.2(c)       New title.
 lower beam headlamps--vertical    Aiming--LB VOL/
 aim.                              VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.3.1 VOL...............  S6.8.5.6.2(c)       S7.8.5.3(a)(1) and
                                   Aiming--LB VOL/     (e)(2).
                                   VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.3.2 VOR...............  S6.8.5.6.2(c)       S7.8.5.3(a)(1) and
                                   Aiming--LB VOL/     (e)(2).
                                   VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.4 Visually aimable      S6.8.5.6.2(d)       S7.8.5.3(b)
 lower beam headlamps--            Aiming--LB VOL/     Horizontal aim,
 horizontal aim.                   VOR horizontal.     lower beam.
S14.2.5.5.5 Visually aimable      S6.8.5.6.2(e)       New title.
 upper beam headlamps--vertical    Aiming--UB VOL/
 aim.                              VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.5.1 Combined UB & LB..  S6.8.5.6.2(e)       S7.8.5.3(c)(1) and
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/     (e)(2).
                                   VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.5.2 Non--combined UB &  S6.8.5.6.2(e)       S7.8.5.3(c)(2) and
 LB.                               Aiming--UB VOL/     (e)(2).
                                   VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.6 Visually aimable      S6.8.5.6.2(f)       New title.
 upper beam headlamps--            Aiming--UB VOL/
 horizontal aim.                   VOR horizontal.
S14.2.5.5.6.1 Combined UB & LB..  S6.8.5.6.2(f)       S7.8.5.3(d)(1).
                                   Aiming--UB VOL/
                                   VOR horizontal.
S14.2.5.5.6.2 Non-combined UB &   S6.8.5.6.2(f)       S7.8.5.3(d)(2).
 LB with VHAD.                     Aiming--UB VOL/
                                   VOR horizontal.
S14.2.5.5.6.3 Non-combined UB &   S6.8.5.6.2(f)       S7.8.5.3(d)(3).
 LB without VHAD.                  Aiming--UB VOL/
                                   VOR horizontal.
S14.2.5.5.7 Simultaneous aim      S6.8.5.6.2(g)       S10(a) and (b).
 Type F sealed beam headlamps      Aiming--Simultane
 and beam contributor integral     ous aim.
 beam headlamps.
S14.2.5.5.8 Motorcycle headlamp-- S6.8.5.6.2(i)       S7.9.3 and SAE
 upper beam headlamps designed     Aiming--Motorcycl   J584, Oct 1993.
 to comply with Table XX.          e UB.
S14.2.5.5.9 Motorcycle headlamp-- S6.8.5.6.2(j)       SAE J584, Apr
 lower beam headlamps designed     Aiming--Motorcycl   1964.
 to comply with Table XX.          e LB.
S14.2.5.6 Positioner............  S6.8.5.6.3          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Positioner.         1988, 4.6.2.1.
S14.2.5.7 Photometer............  S6.8.5.6.4          New title.
                                   Photometer.
S14.2.5.7.1 Range...............  S6.8.5.6.4          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Photometer.         1988, 4.6.2.2.
S14.2.5.7.2 Sensor..............  S6.8.5.6.4          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Photometer.         1988, 4.6.2.3.
S14.2.5.7.2.1 Effective area....  S6.8.5.6.4          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Photometer.         1988, 4.6.2.3.1.
S14.2.5.7.2.2 Intercepted light.  S6.8.5.6.4          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Photometer.         1988, 4.6.2.3.1.
S14.2.5.7.2.3 Direct              S6.8.5.6.4          SAE J575, Dec
 illumination.                     Photometer.         1988, 4.6.2.3.1.
S14.2.5.7.3 Color response......  S6.8.5.6.4          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Photometer.         1988, 4.6.2.3.2.
S14.2.5.8 Location of test        S6.8.5.6.5          SAE J575, Dec
 points.                           Location of test    1988, 4.6.3.3.
                                   points.
S14.2.5.8.1 Nomenclature........  S6.8.5.6.5          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Location of test    1988, 4.6.3.3.
                                   points.
S14.2.5.8.1.1 ``H-V''...........  S6.8.5.6.5          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Location of test    1988, 4.6.3.3.
                                   points.
S14.2.5.8.1.2 ``U'' ``D'' ``L''   S6.8.5.6.5          SAE J575, Dec
 ``R''.                            Location of test    1988, 4.6.3.3.
                                   points.
S14.2.5.8.1.3 Angles............  S6.8.5.6.5          SAE J575, Dec
                                   Location of test    1988, 4.6.3.3.
                                   points.
S14.2.5.9 Beam contributor        S6.8.5.6.6 Beam     S7.4(a)(3).
 photometry measurements.          contributor
                                   photometry.
S14.2.5.10 Moveable reflector     S6.8.5.6.2(h)       New title.
 aimed headlamp photometry         Aiming--Moveable
 measurements.                     reflector.
S14.2.5.10.1....................  S6.8.5.6.2(h)       S7.8.2.2(b).
                                   Aiming--Moveable
                                   reflector.
S14.2.5.10.2....................  S6.8.5.6.2(h)       S7.8.3.
                                   Aiming--Moveable
                                   reflector.
S14.2.5.10.3....................  S6.8.5.6.2(h)       S7.8.4.
                                   Aiming--Moveable
                                   reflector.
S14.3 Out of focus test.........  Table XXII Out of   SAE J575d, Aug
                                   focus test.         1967, K.
S14.3.1 Procedure...............  Table XXII Out of   SAE J575d, Aug
                                   focus test--        1967, K.
                                   procedure.
S14.3.2 Performance requirements  Table XXII Out of   SAE J575d, Aug
                                   focus test--        1967, K.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.4 General test procedures     New title.........  New title.
 and performance requirements.
S14.4.1 Color test..............  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test.               1977.
S14.4.1.1 Samples...............  S6.8.2 Samples for  SAE J594f, Jan
                                   test.               1977, 3.1.8.
S14.4.1.2 General procedure.....  New title.........  New title.
S14.4.1.2.1 Design voltage......  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test.               1977, 3.
S14.4.1.2.2 Components..........  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test.               1977, 3.
S14.4.1.2.3 Operating             Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
 temperature.                      test.               1977, A2(b).
S14.4.1.2.4 Visible surface.....  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test.               1977, A2(d).
S14.4.1.2.5 Test distance.......  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test.               1977, A2(c).
S14.4.1.3 Visual method.........  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--procedure.    1977, 3.1.
S14.4.1.3.1 Procedure...........  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--procedure.    1977, 3.1.
S14.4.1.3.2 Performance           Table XXII Color    S5.1.5; SAE J578c,
 requirements.                     test--performance   Feb 1977, 3.1.
                                   requirements.

[[Page 68420]]

 
S14.4.1.3.2.1 Red...............  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--performance   1977, 3.1.
                                   requirements.
S14.4.1.3.2.2 Yellow (Amber)....  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--performance   1977, 3.1.
                                   requirements.
S14.4.1.3.2.3 White.............  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--performance   1977, 3.1.
                                   requirements.
S14.4.1.4 Tristimulus method....  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--procedure.    1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.1 Procedure...........  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--procedure.    1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.1.1 Receiver spectral   Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
 response.                         test--procedure.    1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.1.2 Integrating sphere  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--procedure.    1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.1.3 Non uniform color.  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--procedure.    1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.2 Performance           Table XXII Color    S5.1.5; SAE J578c,
 requirements.                     test--performance   Feb 1977, 2.1,
                                   requirements.       2.2, and 2.3.
S14.4.1.4.2.1 Red...............  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--performance   1977, 2.1.
                                   requirements.
S14.4.1.4.2.2 Yellow (Amber)....  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--performance   1977, 2.2.
                                   requirements.
S14.4.1.4.2.3 White.............  Table XXII Color    SAE J578c, Feb
                                   test--performance   1977, 2.3.
                                   requirements.
S14.4.2 Plastic optical           Table XXII Plastic  New title.
 materials tests.                  optical material
                                   tests--applicatio
                                   n.
S14.4.2.1 Samples...............  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.2.
                                   tests--samples.
S14.4.2.1.1 Molded samples......  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.2.1.
                                   tests--samples.
S14.4.2.1.2 Exposed area........  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.2.1.
                                   tests--samples.
S14.4.2.1.3 Thickness...........  Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(d); SAE
                                   optical material    J576, Jul 1991,
                                   tests--samples.     3.2.2.
S14.4.2.1.4 Color...............  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 4.1.
                                   tests--samples.
S14.4.2.1.5 Control samples.....  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.2 Note.
                                   tests--samples.
S14.4.2.2 Outdoor exposure test.  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.3.
                                   tests.
S14.4.2.2.1 Location and          Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(g); SAE
 duration.                         optical material    J576, Jul 1991,
                                   tests.              3.3.1.
S14.4.2.2.2 Material composition  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.1.
                                   tests.
S14.4.2.2.3 Procedure...........  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.
                                   tests--procedure.
S14.4.2.2.3.1 Mounting..........  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.3.2.
                                   tests--procedure.
S14.4.2.2.3.2 Cleaning..........  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 3.3.3.
                                   tests--procedure.
S14.4.2.2.4 Performance           Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(a); SAE
 requirements.                     optical material    J576, Jul 1991,
                                   tests--performanc   4.2.
                                   e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.1 Haze..............  Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(b);
                                   optical material    S5.1.2(c).
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.1(a) Except reflex..  Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(b).
                                   optical material
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.1(b) Reflex.........  Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(c).
                                   optical material
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.2 Headlamps.........  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 4.2.3.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.3 Physical changes..  Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(c); SAE
                                   optical material    J576, Jul 1991,
                                   tests--performanc   4.2.4.
                                   e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.4 Luminous            Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
 transmittance.                    optical material    1991, 3.4.1 and
                                   tests--performanc   4.2.1.
                                   e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.5 Color test........  Table XXII Plastic  SAE J576, Jul
                                   optical material    1991, 4.2.2.
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S14.4.2.3 Heat test.............  Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(e) and (f).
                                   optical material
                                   tests.
S14.4.2.3.1 Procedure...........  Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(f).
                                   optical material
                                   tests--procedure.
S14.4.2.3.2 Performance           Table XXII Plastic  S5.1.2(e).
 requirements.                     optical material
                                   tests--performanc
                                   e requirements.
S14.5 Signal lamp and reflective  Table XXII........  New title.
 device physical test procedures
 and performance requirements.
S14.5.1 Vibration test..........  Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
                                   Vibration test.     1967, E; SAE
                                                       J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       E.
S14.5.1.1 Procedure.............  Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
                                   Vibration test--    1967, E; SAE
                                   procedure.          J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       E.

[[Page 68421]]

 
S14.5.1.2 Performance             Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
 requirements.                     Vibration test--    1967, E; SAE
                                   performance         J575e, Aug 1970,
                                   requirements.       E.
S14.5.2 Moisture test...........  Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
                                   Moisture test.      1967, F; SAE
                                                       J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       F.
S14.5.2.1 Procedure.............  Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
                                   Moisture test--     1967, F; SAE
                                   procedure.          J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       F.
S14.5.2.2 Performance             Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
 requirements.                     Moisture test--     1967, F; SAE
                                   performance         J575e, Aug 1970,
                                   requirements.       F.
S14.5.3 Dust test...............  Table XXII Dust     SAE J575d, Aug
                                   test.               1967, G; SAE
                                                       J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       G.
S14.5.3.1 Samples...............  Table XXII Dust     SAE J575d, Aug
                                   test.               1967, G; SAE
                                                       J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       G.
S14.5.3.2 Procedure.............  Table XXII Dust     SAE J575d, Aug
                                   test--procedure.    1967, G; SAE
                                                       J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       G.
S14.5.3.2 Procedure (third        Table XXII Dust     SAE J575d, Aug
 sentence).                        test--performance   1967, G; SAE
                                   requirements.       J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       G.
S14.5.3.3 Dust test--performance  Table XXII Dust     SAE J575d, Aug
 requirements.                     test--performance   1967, G; SAE
                                   requirements.       J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       G.
S14.5.4 Corrosion test..........  Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
                                   Corrosion test.     1967, H; SAE
                                                       J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       H.
S14.5.4.1 Procedure.............  Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
                                   Corrosion test--    1967, H; SAE
                                   procedure.          J575e, Aug 1970,
                                                       H.
S14.5.4.2 Performance             Table XXII          SAE J575d, Aug
 requirements.                     Corrosion test--    1967, H; SAE
                                   performance         J575e, Aug 1970,
                                   requirements.       H.
S14.6 Headlamp physical test      Table XXIII.......  New title.
 procedures and performance
 requirements.
S14.6.1 Abrasion test...........  Table XXIII         S8.2 Abrasion.
                                   Abrasion test.
S14.6.1.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         S8.2 Abrasion.
                                   Abrasion test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.1.1.1 Abrading pad........  Table XXIII         S8.2(c)(1) and
                                   Abrasion test--     (3); S8.2(e).
                                   procedure.
S14.6.1.1.2 Abrading pad          Table XXIII         S8.2(a) and
 alignment.                        Abrasion test--     (c)(4).
                                   procedure.
S14.6.1.1.3 Abrasion test         Table XXIII         S8.2(b) and (d).
 procedure.                        Abrasion test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.1.2 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(1); S8.1.
 requirements.                     Abrasion test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.2 Chemical resistance test  Table XXIII         S8.3 Chemical
                                   Chemical            resistance.
                                   resistance test.
S14.6.2.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         S8.3 Chemical
                                   Chemical            resistance.
                                   resistance test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.2.1.1 Test fluids.........  Table XXIII         S8.3(b).
                                   Chemical
                                   resistance test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.2.1.2 Fluid application...  Table XXIII         S8.3(a).
                                   Chemical
                                   resistance test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.2.1.3 Test duration.......  Table XXIII         S8.3(c).
                                   Chemical
                                   resistance test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.2.2 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(2); S8.1.
 requirements.                     Chemical
                                   resistance test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.3 Corrosion test..........  Table XXIII         SAE J580, Dec
                                   Corrosion test.     1986, 4.1.2 and
                                                       5.1.1.2.
S14.6.3.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         S7.8.5.1(c); SAE
                                   Corrosion test--    J575, Dec 1988,
                                   procedure.          4.4.
S14.6.3.2 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.8.5.1(c); SAE
 requirements.                     Corrosion test--    J575, Dec 1988,
                                   performance         4.4.
                                   requirements.
S14.6.4 Corrosion--connector      Table XXIII         S8.4 Corrosion.
 test.                             Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test.
S14.6.4.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         S8.4 Corrosion.
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.4.1.1 Connector test......  Table XXIII         S8.4(a).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure(a).
S14.6.4.1.2 Salt spray..........  Table XXIII         S8.4(b).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure(b).
S14.6.4.1.3 Cycle...............  Table XXIII         S8.4(b).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure(b).
S14.6.4.1.4 Chamber.............  Table XXIII         S8.4(b).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure(b).
S14.6.4.1.5 Wash................  Table XXIII         S8.4(b).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure(b).
S14.6.4.1.6 Connector test......  Table XXIII         S8.4(c).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   procedure(c).
S14.6.4.2 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(3).
 requirements.                     Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.4.2.1 Corrosion...........  Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(3).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.4.2.2 Adhesion............  Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(3).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.4.2.3 Terminal corrosion..  Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(3).
                                   Corrosion--connec
                                   tor test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.

[[Page 68422]]

 
S14.6.5 Dust test...............  Table XXIII Dust    S8.5 Dust.
                                   test.
S14.6.5.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII Dust    S8.5 Dust.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.5.1.1 Setup...............  Table XXIII Dust    S8.5 Dust.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.5.1.2 Cycle...............  Table XXIII Dust    S8.5 Dust.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.5.1.3 Test duration.......  Table XXIII Dust    S8.5 Dust.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.5.2 Performance             Table XXIII Dust    S7.4(h)(4); S8.1.
 requirements.                     test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.6 Temperature cycle test    Table XXIII.......  S8.6 Temperature
 and internal heat test.                               and internal heat
                                                       test.
S14.6.6.1 Samples...............  Table XXIII         S8.6 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   and internal heat
                                   test and internal   test.
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.6.2 General procedure.....  Table XXIII         S8.6 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   and internal heat
                                   test and internal   test.
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.6.2.1 General activation..  Table XXIII         S8.6 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   and internal heat
                                   test and internal   test.
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.6.2.2 Turn signal           Table XXIII         S8.6 Temperature
 activation.                       Temperature cycle   and internal heat
                                   test and internal   test.
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.6.2.3 Headlamp beam         Table XXIII         S8.6 Temperature
 activation.                       Temperature cycle   and internal heat
                                   test and internal   test.
                                   heat test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.6.3 Temperature cycle test  Table XXIII         S8.6.1 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   cycle.
                                   test.
S14.6.6.3.1 Procedure...........  Table XXIII         S8.6.1 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   cycle.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.1 Cycle.............  Table XXIII         S8.6.1 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   cycle.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.2 Activation........  Table XXIII         S8.6.1 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   cycle.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.3 Test chamber(s)...  Table XXIII         S8.6.1 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   cycle.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.4 Vents and drains..  Table XXIII         S8.6.1 Temperature
                                   Temperature cycle   cycle.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.2 Performance           Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(5)(i);
 requirements.                     Temperature cycle   S8.1.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.6.4 Internal heat test....  Table XXIII         S8.6.2 Internal
                                   Internal heat       heat test.
                                   test.
S14.6.6.4.1 Procedure...........  Table XXIII         S8.6.2 Internal
                                   Internal heat       heat test.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.1 Photometric output  Table XXIII         S8.6.2(a).
 reduction.                        Internal heat
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.2 HB1 or HB2 light    Table XXIII         S8.6.2(a).
 sources.                          Internal heat
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.3 Photometric         Table XXIII         S8.6.2(a).
 measurements.                     Internal heat
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.4 Setup.............  Table XXIII         S8.6.2(b).
                                   Internal heat
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.5 Cycle.............  Table XXIII         S8.6.2(b).
                                   Internal heat
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.6 Cleaning..........  Table XXIII         S8.6.2(c).
                                   Internal heat
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.2 Performance           Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(5)(ii);
 requirements.                     Internal heat       S8.1.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.7 Humidity test...........  Table XXIII         New title.
                                   Humidity test.
S14.6.7.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         New title.
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.7.1.1 Test fixture........  Table XXIII         S8.7(a).
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(a).
S14.6.7.1.2 Headlamp mounting...  Table XXIII         S8.7(a).
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(a).
S14.6.7.1.3 Setup...............  Table XXIII         S8.7(b).
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(b).
S14.6.7.1.4 Cycle...............  Table XXIII         S8.7(b).
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(b).
S14.6.7.1.5 Air flow test setup.  Table XXIII         S8.7(c).
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(c).
S14.6.7.1.6 Air flow uniformity.  Table XXIII         S8.7(d).
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(d).
S14.6.7.1.7 Air flow procedure..  Table XXIII         S8.7(e).
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(e).
S14.6.7.1.8 Inspection..........  Table XXIII         S8.7(f).
                                   Humidity test--
                                   procedure(f).
S14.6.7.2 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(6).
 requirements.                     Humidity test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.8 Vibration test..........  Table XXIII         S8.8 Vibration.
                                   Vibration test.
S14.6.8.1 Samples...............  S6.8.2 [fourth      SAE J575, Dec
                                   sentence].          1988, 2.3.
S14.6.8.2 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         S8.8; SAE J575,
                                   Vibration test--    Dec 1988, 4.1.
                                   procedure.
S14.6.8.3 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.3.2(c);
 requirements.                     Vibration test--    S7.3.7(i);
                                   performance         S7.3.8(d);
                                   requirements.       S7.4(h)(7).
S14.6.9 Sealing test............  Table XXIII         S8.9 Sealing.
                                   Sealing test.
S14.6.9.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         S8.9 Sealing.
                                   Sealing test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.9.1.1 Immersion...........  Table XXIII         S8.9 Sealing.
                                   Sealing test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.9.1.2 Pressurized           Table XXIII         S8.9 Sealing.
 immersion.                        Sealing test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.9.1.3 Cycle...............  Table XXIII         S8.9 Sealing.
                                   Sealing test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.9.1.4 Inspection..........  Table XXIII         S8.9 Sealing.
                                   Sealing test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.9.2 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.4(g); S7.5(i);
 requirements.                     Sealing test--      S8.9.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.10 Chemical resistance of   Table XXIII         S8.10 Chemical and
 reflectors of replaceable lens    Chemical            corrosion
 headlamps test.                   resistance of       resistance of
                                   reflectors of       reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens    replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test.     headlamps.

[[Page 68423]]

 
S14.6.10.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII         S8.10.1 Chemical
                                   Chemical            resistance.
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.10.1.1 Test fluids........  Table XXIII         S8.10.1(b).
                                   Chemical
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.10.1.2 Fluid application..  Table XXIII         S8.10.1(a).
                                   Chemical
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.10.1.3 Test duration......  Table XXIII         S8.10.1(c).
                                   Chemical
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.10.2 Performance            Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(2); S8.1.
 requirements.                     Chemical
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.11 Corrosion resistance of  Table XXIII         S8.10 Chemical and
 reflectors of replaceable lens    Corrosion           corrosion
 headlamps test.                   resistance of       resistance of
                                   reflectors of       reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens    replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test.     headlamps.
S14.6.11.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII         S8.10.2 Corrosion.
                                   Corrosion
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.11.1.1 Salt spray.........  Table XXIII         S8.10.2(a).
                                   Corrosion
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.11.1.2 Drying and cleaning  Table XXIII         S8.10.2(b).
                                   Corrosion
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.11.2 Performance            Table XXIII         S7.4(h)(3); S8.1.
 requirements.                     Corrosion
                                   resistance of
                                   reflectors of
                                   replaceable lens
                                   headlamps test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.12 Inward force test......  Table XXIII Inward  S7.8.5.1(b).
                                   force test.
S14.6.12.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII Inward  SAE J580, Dec
                                   force test--        1986, 4.3.
                                   procedure.
S14.6.12.2 Performance            Table XXIII Inward  S7.8.5.1(b); SAE
 requirements.                     force test--        J580, Dec 1986,
                                   performance         5.1.3.
                                   requirements.
S14.6.13 Torque deflection test.  Table XXIII Torque  S7.3.8(c) (2);
                                   deflection test.    S7.8.5.1(a).
S14.6.13.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII Torque  S7.3.8(c) (2);
                                   deflection test--   S7.8.5.1(a).
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.1.1 Mounting...........  Table XXIII Torque  S7.3.8(c) (2);
                                   deflection test--   S7.8.5.1(a).
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.1.2 Deflectometers.....  Table XXIII Torque  S7.3.8(c)(2);
                                   deflection test--   S7.8.5.1(a).
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.1.3 Deflectometer        Table XXIII Torque  S7.3.8(c)(2);
 adapters.                         deflection test--   S7.8.5.1(a).
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.1.4 Torque.............  Table XXIII Torque  S7.3.8(c) (2);
                                   deflection test--   S7.8.5.1(a).
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.1.5 Torque application.  Table XXIII Torque  S7.8.5.1(a).
                                   deflection test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.1.6 Group I aiming pads  Table XXIII Torque  S7.8.5.1(a).
                                   deflection test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.1.7 Group II aiming      Table XXIII Torque  S7.8.5.1(a).
 pads.                             deflection test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.1.8 Non-adjustable       Table XXIII Torque  S7.8.5.1(a).
 locating plates.                  deflection test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.13.2 Performance            Table XXIII Torque  S7.8.5.1(a); SAE
 requirements.                     deflection test--   J580, Dec 1986,
                                   performance         5.1.5.
                                   requirements.
S14.6.14 Retaining ring test....  Table XXIII         SAE J580, Dec
                                   Retaining ring      1986, 5.1.6.
                                   test.
S14.6.14.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII         S7.3.7(e)(7); SAE
                                   Retaining ring      J580, Dec 1986,
                                   test--procedure.    5.1.6.
S14.6.14.2 Performance            Table XXIII         SAE J580, Dec
 requirements.                     Retaining ring      1986, 5.1.6.
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.15 Headlamp connector test  Table XXIII         S7.3.2(b); SAE
                                   Headlamp            J580, Dec 1986,
                                   connector test.     Figure 1.
S14.6.15.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII         SAE J580, Dec
                                   Headlamp            1986, 4.4.
                                   connector test--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.15.2 Performance            Table XXIII         SAE J580, Dec
 requirements.                     Headlamp            1986, 5.1.4.
                                   connector test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.16 Headlamp wattage test..  Table XXIII         SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Headlamp wattage    1985, 4.7.
                                   test.
S14.6.16.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII         SAE J1383, Apr
                                   Headlamp wattage    1985, 4.7.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.6.16.2 Performance            Table XXIII         S7.3.2(d);
 requirements.                     Headlamp wattage    S7.3.3(b);
                                   test--performance   S7.3.5(b);
                                   requirements.       S7.3.6(b);
                                                       S7.3.7(g);
                                                       S7.3.8(e);
                                                       S7.3.9(b).
S14.6.17 Aiming adjustment test-- Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8 Aimability
 laboratory.                       adjustment test     Performance
                                   laboratory.         Requirements.
S14.6.17.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII Aiming  SAE J580, Dec
                                   adjustment test     1986, 4.2.
                                   laboratory--proce
                                   dure.
S14.6.17.2 Performance            Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8.2.1(c);
 requirements.                     adjustment test     S7.8.2.2(d).
                                   laboratory--perfo
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.17.2.1 Sealed beam except   Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8.3; S7.8.4;
 Type F.                           adjustment test     SAE J580, Dec
                                   laboratory--perfo   1986, 5.1.2.1 and
                                   rmance              5.1.2.2.
                                   requirements.
S14.6.17.2.2 Type F, replaceable  Table XXIII Aiming  S7.3.7(e)(5);
 bulb, integral beam, and          adjustment test     S7.8.3; S7.8.4;
 combination.                      laboratory--perfo   SAE J580, Dec
                                   rmance              1986, 5.1.2.1 and
                                   requirements.       5.1.2.2.
S14.6.17.2.3 Moveable reflector.  Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8.2.2(a) and
                                   adjustment test     (c).
                                   laboratory--perfo
                                   rmance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.18 Aiming adjustment test-- Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8 Aimability
 on vehicle.                       adjustment test     Performance
                                   on vehicle.         Requirements.

[[Page 68424]]

 
S14.6.18.1 Procedure............  Table XXIII Aiming  SAE J580, Dec
                                   adjustment test     1986, 4.2.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.18.1.1 Setup..............  Table XXIII Aiming  SAE J580, Dec
                                   adjustment test     1986, 4.2.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.18.1.2 Vehicle pitch......  Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8.3.
                                   adjustment test
                                   on vehicle--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.18.1.3 Adjustments........  Table XXIII Aiming  SAE J580, Dec
                                   adjustment test     1986, 4.2.
                                   on vehicle--
                                   procedure.
S14.6.18.2 Performance            Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8 Aimability
 requirements.                     adjustment test     Performance
                                   on vehicle--        Requirements.
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.18.2.1 Vertical range.....  Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8.3.
                                   adjustment test
                                   on vehicle--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.18.2.2 Continuous vertical  Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8.3.
 adjustment.                       adjustment test
                                   on vehicle--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.6.18.2.3 Aim interaction....  Table XXIII Aiming  S7.8.2.1(a) and
                                   adjustment test     (c).
                                   on vehicle--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.7 Replaceable light source    Table XXIII.......  New title.
 physical test procedures and
 performance requirements.
S14.7.1 Deflection test for       Table XXIII         S9 Deflection test
 replaceable light sources.        Deflection test     for replaceable
                                   for replaceable     light sources.
                                   light sources.
S14.7.1.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         S9 Deflection test
                                   Deflection test     for replaceable
                                   for replaceable     light sources.
                                   light sources--
                                   procedure.
S14.7.1.1.1 Force application...  Table XXIII         S9 Deflection test
                                   Deflection test     for replaceable
                                   for replaceable     light sources.
                                   light sources--
                                   procedure.
S14.7.1.1.2 Application sequence  Table XXIII         S9 Deflection test
                                   Deflection test     for replaceable
                                   for replaceable     light sources.
                                   light sources--
                                   procedure.
S14.7.1.1.3 Measurement.........  Table XXIII         S9 Deflection test
                                   Deflection test     for replaceable
                                   for replaceable     light sources.
                                   light sources--
                                   procedure.
S14.7.1.2 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.7(g).
 requirements.                     Deflection test
                                   for replaceable
                                   light sources--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.7.2 Pressure test for         Table XXIII         S7.7(c).
 replaceable light sources.        Pressure test for
                                   replaceable light
                                   sources.
S14.7.2.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII         S7.7(c).
                                   Pressure test for
                                   replaceable light
                                   sources--procedur
                                   e.
S14.7.2.1.1 Force application...  Table XXIII         S7.7(c).
                                   Pressure test for
                                   replaceable light
                                   sources--procedur
                                   e.
S14.7.2.1.2 Application sequence  Table XXIII         S7.7(c).
                                   Pressure test for
                                   replaceable light
                                   sources--procedur
                                   e.
S14.7.2.2 Performance             Table XXIII         S7.7(c).
 requirements.                     Pressure test for
                                   replaceable light
                                   sources--performa
                                   nce requirements.
S14.7.3 Replaceable light source  S15.2; S15.3......  S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
 power and flux measurement
 procedure.
S14.7.3.1 Seasoning.............  S15.2; S15.3......  S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
S14.7.3.1.1 Resistive filament    S15.2; S15.3......  S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
 source.
S14.7.3.1.2 Discharge source....  S15.2; S15.3......  S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
S14.7.3.2 Test voltage..........  S15.2; S15.3......  S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
S14.7.3.3 Luminous flux           S15.2; S15.3......  S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
 measurement.
S14.7.3.3.1 Resistive filament    S15.2; S15.3......  S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
 light source setup.
S14.7.3.3.2 Discharge light       S15.2; S15.3......  S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
 source setup.
S14.8 Vehicle headlamp aiming     Table XXIII.......  New title.
 device (VHAD) physical test
 procedures and performance
 requirements.
S14.8.1 Samples.................  Table XXIII.......  S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
                                                       .
S14.8.2 Scale graduation test...  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i).
                                   scale graduation
                                   test.
S14.8.2.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i).
                                   scale graduation
                                   test--procedure.
S14.8.2.2 Performance             Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i).
 requirements.                     scale graduation
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.8.3 Cold scale graduation     Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
 test.                             cold scale          (A).
                                   graduation test.
S14.8.3.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
                                   cold scale          (A).
                                   graduation test--
                                   procedure.
S14.8.3.2 Performance             Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
 requirements.                     cold scale          (A).
                                   graduation test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.8.4 Hot scale graduation      Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
 test.                             hot scale           (B).
                                   graduation test.
S14.8.4.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
                                   hot scale           (B).
                                   graduation test--
                                   procedure.
S14.8.4.2 Performance             Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
 requirements.                     hot scale           (B).
                                   graduation test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.8.5 Thermal cycle test......  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
                                   thermal cycle       (C).
                                   test.

[[Page 68425]]

 
S14.8.5.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
                                   thermal cycle       (C).
                                   test--procedure.
S14.8.5.2 Performance             Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
 requirements.                     thermal cycle       (C).
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.8.6 Corrosion test..........  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
                                   corrosion test.     (D).
S14.8.6.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.1(c); SAE
                                   corrosion test--    J575, Dec 1988,
                                   procedure.          4.4.
S14.8.6.2 Performance             Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.1(c); SAE
 requirements.                     corrosion test--    J575, Dec 1988,
                                   performance         4.4.
                                   requirements.
S14.8.7 Photometry test.........  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
                                   photometry test.    (E).
S14.8.7.1 Procedure.............  Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
                                   photometry test--   (E).
                                   procedure.
S14.8.7.2 Performance             Table XXIII VHAD    S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
 requirements.                     photometry test--   (E).
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9 Associated equipment        Table XXI.........  New title.
 physical test procedures and
 performance requirements.
S14.9.1 Turn Signal operating     Table XXI Turn      SAE J589, Apr
 unit durability test.             signal operating    1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test.
S14.9.1.1 Power supply            Table XXI Turn      SAE J589, Apr
 specifications.                   signal operating    1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.1.2 Procedure.............  Table XXI Turn      SAE J589, Apr
                                   signal operating    1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.1.2.1 Circuit.............  Table XXI Turn      SAE J589, Apr
                                   signal operating    1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.1.2.2 Cycle...............  Table XXI Turn      SAE J589, Apr
                                   signal operating    1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.1.2.3 Voltage drop........  Table XXI Turn      SAE J589, Apr
                                   signal operating    1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.1.3 Performance             Table XXI Turn      S5.1.1.13; SAE
 requirements.                     signal operating    J589, Apr 1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.1.3.1 Voltage drop (<2032   Table XXI Turn      S5.1.1.13.
 mm wide).                         signal operating
                                   unit durability
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.1.3.2 Voltage drop (2032    Table XXI Turn      SAE J589, Apr
 mm or wider).                     signal operating    1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.1.3.3 Stop contacts.......  Table XXI Turn      SAE J589, Apr
                                   signal operating    1964.
                                   unit durability
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.2 Vehicular hazard warning  Table XXI           SAE J910, Jan
 signal operating unit             Vehicular hazard    1966.
 durability test.                  warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test.
S14.9.2.1 Procedure.............  Table XXI           SAE J910, Jan
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.2.1.1 Circuit.............  Table XXI           SAE J910, Jan
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.2.1.2 Cycle...............  Table XXI           SAE J910, Jan
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.2.1.3 Voltage drop........  Table XXI           SAE J910, Jan
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.2.2 Performance             Table XXI           SAE J910, Jan
 requirements.                     Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   operating unit
                                   durability test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3 Turn signal flasher and   Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 vehicular hazard warning signal   signal flasher      1965; SAE J945,
 warning flasher tests.            and vehicular       Feb 1966.
                                   hazard warning
                                   signal flasher
                                   tests.
S14.9.3.1 Standard test circuit.  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968.               1968.
S14.9.3.1.1 Test circuit setup..  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968.               1968.
S14.9.3.1.1.1 Series resistance.  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, 4.            1968, 4.
S14.9.3.1.1.2 A-B resistance....  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, 5.            1968, 5.
S14.9.3.1.1.3 C-D voltage.......  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, 6.            1968, 6.
S14.9.3.1.1.4 Voltage             SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
 adjustments--fixed load           1968, 7.            1968, 7.
 flashers.
S14.9.3.1.1.5 Voltage             SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
 adjustments--variable load        1968, 8.            1968, 8.
 flashers.
S14.9.3.1.1.6 Measurements......  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, 8.            1968, 8.
S14.9.3.2 Power supply            SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
 specifications.                   1968, 10 and 11.    1968, 10 and 11.
S14.9.3.2.1 Starting time,        SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
 voltage drop, and flash rate &    1965, 10.           1968, 10.
 percent current ``on'' time
 tests.
S14.9.3.2.1(a) Transients.......  SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1965, 10.           1968, 10.
S14.9.3.2.1(b) Output voltage...  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, 10(a).        1968, 10(a).
S14.9.3.2.1(c) Output current...  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, 10(b).        1968, 10(b).
S14.9.3.2.1(d) Static regulation  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, 10(c).        1968, 10(c).
S14.9.3.2.1(e) Dynamic            SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
 regulation.                       1968, 10(c).        1968, 10(c).
S14.9.3.2.1(f) Ripple voltage...  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, 10(d).        1968, 10(d).
S14.9.3.2.2 Durability tests....  SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1965, 11.           1968, 11.
S14.9.3.2.2(a) Transients.......  SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1965, 11.           1968, 11.

[[Page 68426]]

 
S14.9.3.2.2(b) Output voltage...  SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1965, 11(a).        1968, 11(a).
S14.9.3.2.2(c) Output current...  SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1965, 11(b).        1968, 11(b).
S14.9.3.2.2(d) Static regulation  SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1965, 11(c).        1968, 11(c).
S14.9.3.2.2(e) Dynamic            SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
 regulation.                       1965, 11(c).        1968, 11(c).
S14.9.3.2.2(f) Ripple voltage...  SAE J590b, Oct      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1965, 11(d).        1968, 11(d).
S14.9.3.3 Turn signal flasher     Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 starting time test.               signal flasher      1965, 1.
                                   starting time
                                   test.
S14.9.3.3.1 Samples.............  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965.
                                   starting time
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.3.2 Procedure...........  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965, 1.
                                   starting time
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.3.2.1 Setup.............  Table XXI Turn      S5.1.1.19; SAE
                                   signal flasher      J590b, Oct 1965,
                                   starting time       1.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.3.2.2 Measurement.......  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965, 1.
                                   starting time
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.3.3 Performance           Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 requirements.                     signal flasher      1965, 1.
                                   starting time
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.3.3(a) Normally closed    Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 contacts.                         signal flasher      1965, 1.
                                   starting time
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.3.3(b) Normally open      Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 contacts.                         signal flasher      1965, 1.
                                   starting time
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.4 Turn signal flasher     Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 voltage drop test.                signal flasher      1965.
                                   voltage drop test.
S14.9.3.4.1 Samples.............  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.4.2 Procedure...........  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965, 2.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.4.2.1 Setup.............  Table XXI Turn      S5.1.1.19; SAE
                                   signal flasher      J590b, Oct 1965,
                                   voltage drop        2.
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.4.2.2 Measurement.......  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965, 2.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.4.3 Performance           Table XXI Turn      S5.1.1.20; SAE
 requirements.                     signal flasher      J590b, Oct 1965.
                                   voltage drop
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.5 Turn signal flasher     Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 flash rate and percent current    signal flasher      1965.
 ``on'' time test.                 flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test.
S14.9.3.5.1 Samples.............  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965, 3.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2 Procedure...........  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965, 3.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2.1 Setup.............  Table XXI Turn      S5.1.1.19; SAE
                                   signal flasher      J590b, Oct 1965,
                                   flash rate and      3.
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2.2 Temperature and     Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 voltage.                          signal flasher      1965, 3.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2.3 Measurement.......  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965, 3.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.5.3 Performance           Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 requirements.                     signal flasher      1965, 3.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.5.3(a) Normally closed    Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 contacts.                         signal flasher      1965, 3.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.5.3(b) Normally open      Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 contacts.                         signal flasher      1965, 3.
                                   flash rate and
                                   percent current
                                   ``on'' time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.6 Turn signal flasher     Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 durability test.                  signal flasher      1965.
                                   durability test.
S14.9.3.6.1 Samples.............  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2 Procedure...........  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2.1 Setup.............  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2.2 Temperature and     Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 voltage.                          signal flasher      1965.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2.3 Duration..........  Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
                                   signal flasher      1965.
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.6.3 Performance           Table XXI Turn      SAE J590b, Oct
 requirements.                     signal flasher      1965.
                                   durability test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.7 Vehicular hazard        Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 warning signal flasher starting   Vehicular hazard    1966.
 time test.                        warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test.
S14.9.3.7.1 Samples.............  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.

[[Page 68427]]

 
S14.9.3.7.2 Procedure...........  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 1.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.7.2.1 Setup.............  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 1.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.7.2.2 Measurement.......  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 1.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.7.3 Performance           Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 requirements.                     Vehicular hazard    1966, 1.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.7.3(a) Normally closed    Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 contacts.                         Vehicular hazard    1966, 1.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.7.3(b) Normally open      Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 contacts.                         Vehicular hazard    1966, 1.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher starting
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.8 Vehicular hazard        Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 warning signal flasher voltage    Vehicular hazard    1966.
 drop test.                        warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test.
S14.9.3.8.1 Samples.............  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.8.2 Procedure...........  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 2.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.8.2.1 Setup.............  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 2.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.8.2.2 Measurement.......  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 2.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.8.3 Performance           Table XXI           S5.1.1.20; SAE
 requirements.                     Vehicular hazard    J945, Feb 1966.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher voltage
                                   drop test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.9 Vehicular hazard        Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 warning signal flasher flash      Vehicular hazard    1966.
 rate and percent current ``on''   warning signal
 time test.                        flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test.
S14.9.3.9.1 Samples.............  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2 Procedure...........  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 3.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2.1 Setup.............  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 3.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2.2 Temperature and     Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 voltage.                          Vehicular hazard    1966, 3.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2.3 Measurement.......  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 3.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.9.3 Performance           Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 requirements.                     Vehicular hazard    1966, 3.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.9.3(a) Normally closed    Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 contacts.                         Vehicular hazard    1966, 3.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.9.3(b) Normally open      Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 contacts.                         Vehicular hazard    1966, 3.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher flash
                                   rate and percent
                                   current ``on''
                                   time test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.10 Vehicular hazard       Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 warning signal flasher            Vehicular hazard    1966.
 durability test.                  warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test.
S14.9.3.10.1 Samples............  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2 Procedure..........  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2.1 Setup............  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2.2 Temperature and    Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 voltage.                          Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2.3 Duration.........  Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
                                   Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.10.3 Performance          Table XXI           SAE J945, Feb
 requirements.                     Vehicular hazard    1966, 4.
                                   warning signal
                                   flasher
                                   durability test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.

[[Page 68428]]

 
S14.9.3.11 Semiautomatic          Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 headlamp beam switching device    Semiautomatic       1969.
 tests.                            headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   tests.
S14.9.3.11.1 Test conditions....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.2.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   tests--applicable
                                   item.
S14.9.3.11.2 Sensitivity test...  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.2.1 Samples..........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.1.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2 Procedure........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.2.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.1 Adjustment.....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.2.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.2 Switching......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.2.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.3 Sensitivity      Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 curves.                           Semiautomatic       1969, 4.2.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.3 Performance        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.2.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 Operating        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 limits.                           Semiautomatic       1969, 4.2.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.2.3.2 Sensitivity      Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 voids.                            Semiautomatic       1969, 4.2.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sensitivity test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.3 Voltage regulation   Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 test.                             Semiautomatic       1969, 4.3.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test.
S14.9.3.11.3.1 Procedure........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.3.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.1.1 Adjustment.....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.3.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.1.2 Measurement....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.3.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.2 Performance        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.3.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   voltage
                                   regulation test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.4 Manual override      Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 test.                             Semiautomatic       1969, 4.4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test.
S14.9.3.11.4.1 Procedure........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.1 Adjustment.....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.2 Exposure.......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.3 Override.......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.4 Switch to upper  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 beam.                             Semiautomatic       1969, 4.4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.5 Switch to lower  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 beam.                             Semiautomatic       1969, 4.4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.2 Performance        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.4.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   manual override
                                   test--performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.5 Warmup test........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.5.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test.
S14.9.3.11.5.1 Procedure........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.5.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.5.1.1 Adjustment.....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.5.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.5.1.2 Measurement....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.5.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test--
                                   procedure.

[[Page 68429]]

 
S14.9.3.11.5.2 Performance        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.5.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   warmup test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.6 Temperature test...  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.7.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test.
S14.9.3.11.6.1 Procedure........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.7.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.1 Exposure.......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.7.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.2 Temperature....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.7.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.3 Measurement....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.7.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.2 Performance        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.7.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   temperature test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.7 Dust test..........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.8.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test.
S14.9.3.11.7.1 Procedure........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.8.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.1 Sensitivity....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.8.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.2 Dust exposure..  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.8.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.3 Measurement....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.8.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.2 Performance        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.8.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   dust test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.8 Corrosion test.....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.9.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test.
S14.9.3.11.8.1 Procedure........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.9.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.1 Sensitivity....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.9.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.2 Applicability..  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.9.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.3 Sockets........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.9.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.4 Measurement....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.9.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.2 Performance        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.9.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   corrosion test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9 Vibration test.....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test.
S14.9.3.11.9.1 Procedure........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.1 Sensitivity....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.2 Acceleration...  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10(a).
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.3 Frequency......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10(b).
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.4 Operation......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10(c).
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.5 Measurement....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.2 Performance        Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9.2.1 Beam switching.  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9.2.2 Mechanical aim.  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.10.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   vibration test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.

[[Page 68430]]

 
S14.9.3.11.10 Sunlight test.....  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.11.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test.
S14.9.3.11.10.1 Procedure.......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.11.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.1.1 Exposure......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.11.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.1.2 Rest..........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.11.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.2 Performance       Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.11.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   sunlight test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.11 Durability test...  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.12.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test.
S14.9.3.11.11.1 Procedure.......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.12.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.1 Sensitivity...  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.12.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.2 Cycle.........  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.12(a) and
                                   headlamp beam       (b).
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.3 Measurement...  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.12.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.2 Performance       Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.12.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   durability test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
S14.9.3.11.12 Return to upper     Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 beam test.                        Semiautomatic       1969, 4.15.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test.
S14.9.3.11.12.1 Procedure.......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.15.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.1.1 Sensitivity...  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.15.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.1.2 Exposure......  Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
                                   Semiautomatic       1969, 4.15.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test--
                                   procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.2 Performance       Table XXI           SAE J565b, Feb
 requirements.                     Semiautomatic       1969, 4.15.
                                   headlamp beam
                                   switching device
                                   return to upper
                                   beam test--
                                   performance
                                   requirements.
Figure 1........................  Figure 1..........  SAE J578c, Feb
                                                       1977, Figure 1.
Figure 2........................  Figure 2..........  SAE J590b, Oct
                                                       1965, Figure 1.
Figure 2........................  Figure 2..........  SAE J945, Feb
                                                       1966, Figure 1.
Figure 3........................  Figure 3..........  Figure 4-1.
Figure 3........................  Figure 3..........  Figure 4-2.
Figure 3........................  Figure 3..........  Figure 4-3.
Figure 3........................  Figure 3..........  Figure 4-4.
Figure 4........................  Figure 4..........  SAE J580, Dec
                                                       1986, Figure 1.
Figure 5........................  Figure 5..........  Figure 5.
Figure 6........................  Figure 6..........  Figure 6.
Figure 7........................  Figure 7..........  Figure 7.
Figure 8........................  Figure 8..........  Figure 8.
Figure 9........................  Figure 9..........  Figure 9.
Figure 10.......................  Figure 10.........  Figure 25.
Figure 11.......................  Figure 11.........  Figure 30-1.
Figure 11.......................  Figure 11.........  Figure 30-2.
Figure 11.......................  Figure 11.........  Figure 30-3.
Figure 11.......................  Figure 11.........  Figure 30-4.
Figure 12-1.....................  Figure 12-1.......  New.
Figure 12-2.....................  Figure 12-2.......  New.
Figure 13.......................  Figure 13.........  Figure 31.
Figure 14.......................  Figure 14.........  Figure 16.
Figure 15.......................  Figure 15.........  Figure 22.
Figure 16.......................  Figure 16.........  SAE J580, Dec
                                                       1986, Figure 3.
Figure 17.......................  Figure 17.........  SAE J580, Dec
                                                       1986, Figure 4.
Figure 18.......................  Figure 18.........  SAE J580, Dec
                                                       1986, Figure 2.
Figure 19.......................  Table XIII........  SAE J587, Oct
                                                       1981, Figures 1 &
                                                       2.
Figure 20.......................  Not included......  SAE J587, Oct
                                                       1981, Figure 3.
Figure 21.......................  SAE J577, Apr       SAE J577, Apr
                                   1964, Figure 1      1964, Figure 1
                                   and Table 1.        and Table 1.
Figure 22.......................  SAE J823b, Apr      SAE J823b, Apr
                                   1968, Figure 1.     1968, Figure 1.
Table I-a Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.10(d).
                                   Taillamps.
Table I-a Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.3.
                                   Taillamps.
Table I-a Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.7(a).
                                   Taillamps.

[[Page 68431]]

 
Table I-a Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.7(b).
                                   Taillamps.
Table I-a Activation--Backup      Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 lamps.                            Activation--Backu
                                   p lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Backup      Table I             SAE J593c, Feb
 lamps.                            Activation--Backu   1968.
                                   p lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Clearance   Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 lamps.                            Activation--Clear
                                   ance lamps.
Table I-a Activation--DRL.......  Table I             S5.5.10(d).
                                   Activation--DRL.
Table I-a Activation--DRL.......  Table I             S5.5.11(a) Daytime
                                   Activation--DRL.    running lamps
                                                       (DRL).
Table I-a Activation--DRL.......  Table I             S5.5.11(a)(5).
                                   Activation--DRL.
Table I-a Activation--Headlamp..  Table I             S5.5.8.
                                   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.
Table I-a Activation--Headlamp..  Table I             S5.5.9.
                                   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.
Table I-a Activation--Headlamp..  Table I             S5.5.10(b).
                                   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.
Table I-a Activation--Headlamp..  Table I             S5.5.10(d).
                                   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.
Table I-a Activation--High        Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 mounted stop lamps.               Activation--High
                                   mounted stop
                                   lamps.
Table I-a Activation--            Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 Identification lamps.             Activation--Ident
                                   ification lamps.
Table I-a Activation--License     Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 plate lamps.                      Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.
Table I-a Activation--License     Table I             S5.5.7(a).
 plate lamps.                      Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.
Table I-a Activation--License     Table I             S5.5.7(b).
 plate lamps.                      Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Parking     Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 lamps.                            Activation--Parki
                                   ng lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Parking     Table I             S5.5.7(a).
 lamps.                            Activation--Parki
                                   ng lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Parking     Table I             S5.5.7(b).
 lamps.                            Activation--Parki
                                   ng lamps.
Table I-a Activation--High        Table I             S5.5.4.
 mounted stop lamps.               Activation--High
                                   mounted stop
                                   lamps.
Table I-a Activation--School bus  Table I             S5.1.4(b)(ii).
 signal lamps.                     Activation--Schoo
                                   l bus signal
                                   lamps.
Table I-a Activation--School bus  Table I             S5.5.10(a).
 signal lamps.                     Activation--Schoo
                                   l bus signal
                                   lamps.
Table I-a Activation--School bus  Table I             SAE J887, Jul
 signal lamps.                     Activation--Schoo   1964.
                                   l bus signal
                                   lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Side        Table I             S5.5.10(b).
 marker lamps.                     Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Side        Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 marker lamps.                     Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Side        Table I             S5.5.7(a).
 marker lamps.                     Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Side        Table I             S5.5.7(b).
 marker lamps.                     Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             Interpretation--Fa
                                   Activation--Stop    ber 5/26/00.
                                   lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.1.1.11 Stop
                                   Activation--Stop    lamp and turn
                                   lamps.              signal lamp
                                                       activation
                                                       interaction.
Table I-a Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.5.4.
                                   Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Turn        Table I             S5.5.10(a).
 signals.                          Activation--Turn
                                   signals.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    S5.1.1.27(a).
                                   device.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    S5.1.1.27(b).
                                   device.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    S5.1.1.4
                                   device.             Alternative side
                                                       reflex material.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    S5.5.11(a) Daytime
                                   device.             running lamps
                                                       (DRL).
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    S5.5.11(a)(3).
                                   device.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    S5.5.11(b).
                                   device.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table I.
                                   device.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table II.
                                   device.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table III.
                                   device.
Table I-a Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table IV.
                                   device.
Table I-a Additional Lamps        Table I Additional  S5.1.4 School bus
 Required on All School Buses      Lamps Required on   signal lamps.
 except Multifunction School       All School Buses
 Activity Buses.                   except
                                   Multifunction
                                   School Activity
                                   Buses.
Table I-a Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    S5.5.11(b).
                                   height.
Table I-a Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table I.
                                   height.
Table I-a Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table II.
                                   height.
Table I-a Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table III.
                                   height.
Table I-a Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table IV.
                                   height.
Table I-a Mounting height--       Table I Mounting    S5.3.1.4 Rear
 Clearance lamps.                  Height--Clearance   clearance lamp
                                   lamps.              mounting.
Table I-a Mounting height--       64 FR 16358.......  64 FR 16358.
 Clearance lamps--rear.
Table I-a Mounting height--       64 FR 16358.......  64 FR 16358.
 Identification lamps--rear.
Table I-a Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table I.
                                   location.
Table I-a Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table II.
                                   location.
Table I-a Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table III.
                                   location.
Table I-a Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table IV.
                                   location.
Table I-a Mounting location--     Table I Mounting    S5.3.1.8(a)(1).
 High mounted stop lamp.           location--High
                                   mounted stop lamp.
Table I-a Mounting location--     Table I Mounting    S5.3.1.6 Truck
 Clearance lamps.                  location--          tractor clearance
                                   Clearance lamps.    lamps.
Table I-a Mounting location--     Table I Mounting    S5.3.2.1.
 Clearance lamps.                  location--
                                   Clearance lamps.
Table I-a Mounting location--     Table I Mounting    S5.3.1.2 Truck
 Reflex reflectors.                location--Reflex    tractor rear
                                   reflectors.         reflex.
Table I-a Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.1.1.1 Truck
                                   color.              tractor
                                                       exemption--TS.
Table I-a Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.1.1.10 Multiple
                                   color.              license plate
                                                       lamps and backup
                                                       lamps.
Table I-a Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.1.1.2 Truck
                                   color.              tractor
                                                       exemption.
Table I-a Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.5.11(a)(3).
                                   color.
Table I-a Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table I.
                                   color.
Table I-a Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table II.
                                   color.

[[Page 68432]]

 
Table I-a Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table III.
                                   color.
Table I-a Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table IV.
                                   color.
Table I-a Number and color--      Table I Number and  S5.1.1.3
 Intermediate side marker lamps.   color--Intermedia   Intermediate side
                                   te side marker      marker exemption.
                                   lamps.
Table I-a Number and color--      Table I Number and  S5.1.4(a).
 School bus signal lamps.          color--School bus
                                   signal lamps.
Table I-a Number and color--      Table I Number and  S5.1.4(b)(i).
 School bus signal lamps.          color--School bus
                                   signal lamps.
Table I-b Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.10(d).
                                   Taillamps.
Table I-b Activation--Clearance   Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 lamps.                            Activation--Clear
                                   ance lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Side        Table I             S5.5.10(b).
 marker lamps.                     Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Side        Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 marker lamps.                     Activation--Side
                                   marker lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             Interpretation--
                                   Activation--Stop    Faber 5/26/00.
                                   lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.1.1.11 Stop
                                   Activation--Stop    lamp and turn
                                   lamps.              signal lamp
                                                       activation
                                                       interaction.
Table I-b Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.5.10(d).
                                   Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.5.4.
                                   Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Turn        Table I             S5.5.10(a).
 signals.                          Activation--Turn
                                   signals.
Table I-b Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    S5.1.1.4
                                   device.             Alternative side
                                                       reflex material.
Table I-b Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table I.
                                   device.
Table I-b Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table II.
                                   device.
Table I-b Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table III.
                                   device.
Table I-b Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table IV.
                                   device.
Table I-b Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table I.
                                   height.
Table I-b Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table II.
                                   height.
Table I-b Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table III.
                                   height.
Table I-b Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table IV.
                                   height.
Table I-b Mounting Height--       Table I Mounting    S5.3.1.4 Rear
 Clearance lamps.                  Height--Clearance   clearance lamp
                                   lamps.              mounting.
Table I-b Mounting height--       64 FR 16358.......  64 FR 16358.
 Clearance lamps--rear.
Table I-b Mounting height--       64 FR 16358.......  64 FR 16358.
 Identification lamps--rear.
Table I-b Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table I.
                                   location.
Table I-b Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table II.
                                   location.
Table I-b Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table III.
                                   location.
Table I-b Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table IV.
                                   location.
Table I-b Mounting location--     Table I Mounting    S5.3.2.1.
 Clearance lamps.                  location--Clearan
                                   ce lamps.
Table I-b Mounting location--     Table I Mounting    S5.3.1.3 Trailer
 Reflex reflectors.                location--Reflex    front reflex and
                                   reflectors.         side marker.
Table I-b Mounting location--     Table I Mounting    S5.3.1.3 Trailer
 Side marker lamps.                location--Side      front reflex and
                                   marker lamps.       side marker.
Table I-b Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.1.1.10 Multiple
                                   color.              license plate
                                                       lamps and backup
                                                       lamps.
Table I-b Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.1.1.14 Trailer
                                   color.              exemption--rear.
Table I-b Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.1.1.15 Trailer
                                   color.              exemption--front.
Table I-b Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table I.
                                   color.
Table I-b Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table II.
                                   color.
Table I-b Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table III.
                                   color.
Table I-b Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table IV.
                                   color.
Table I-b Number and color--      Table I Number and  S5.1.1.9 Boat
 Clearance lamp.                   color--Clearance    trailer
                                   lamp.               exemption.
Table I-b Number and color--      Table I Number and  S5.1.1.3
 Intermediate side marker lamps.   color--Intermedia   Intermediate side
                                   te side marker      marker exemption.
                                   lamps.
Table I-b Reflex reflectors.....  S6.1.1.1.1          S5.1.1.29
                                   Conspicuity and     Conspicuity
                                   reflex.             system replace
                                                       reflex on
                                                       trailers.
Table I-c Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.10(d).
                                   Taillamps.
Table I-c Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.3.
                                   Taillamps.
Table I-c Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.7(a).
                                   Taillamps.
Table I-c Activation Taillamps..  Table I Activation  S5.5.7(b).
                                   Taillamps.
Table I-c Activation--Headlamp..  Table I             S5.5.9.
                                   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.
Table I-c Activation--Headlamp..  Table I             S5.5.10(d).
                                   Activation--Headl
                                   amp.
Table I-c Activation--License     Table I             S5.5.10(d).
 plate lamps.                      Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.
Table I-c Activation--License     Table I             S5.5.7(a).
 plate lamps.                      Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.
Table I-c Activation--License     Table I             S5.5.7(b).
 plate lamps.                      Activation--Licen
                                   se plate lamps.
Table I-c Activation--Motorcycle  Table I             S5.5.10(b).
 headlamps.                        Activation--Motor
                                   cycle headlamps.
Table I-c Activation--Motorcycle  Table I             S5.5.10(c).
 headlamps.                        Activation--Motor
                                   cycle headlamps.
Table I-c Activation--Motorcycle  Table I             S5.5.9.
 headlamps.                        Activation--Motor
                                   cycle headlamps.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             Interpretation--Fa
                                   Activation--Stop    ber 5/26/00.
                                   lamps.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.1.1.11 Stop
                                   Activation--Stop    lamp and turn
                                   lamps.              signal lamp
                                                       activation
                                                       interaction.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.5.10(d).
                                   Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.5.10(d).
                                   Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps  Table I             S5.5.4.
                                   Activation--Stop
                                   lamps.

[[Page 68433]]

 
Table I-c Activation--Turn        Table I             S5.5.10(a).
 signals.                          Activation--Turn
                                   signals.
Table I-c Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    S5.1.1.4
                                   device.             Alternative side
                                                       reflex material.
Table I-c Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table III.
                                   device.
Table I-c Lighting device.......  Table I Lighting    Table IV.
                                   device.
Table I-c Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table III.
                                   height.
Table I-c Mounting height.......  Table I Mounting    Table IV.
                                   height.
Table I-c Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table III.
                                   location.
Table I-c Mounting location.....  Table I Mounting    Table IV.
                                   location.
Table I-c Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.1.1.10 Multiple
                                   color.              license plate
                                                       lamps and backup
                                                       lamps.
Table I-c Number and color......  Table I Number and  S5.1.1.21 Motor
                                   color.              driven cycle turn
                                                       signal exemption.
Table I-c Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table III.
                                   color.
Table I-c Number and color......  Table I Number and  Table IV.
                                   color.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps  Table II Sealed     S7.3.2 Type A
 Type A.                           beam headlamps      headlighting
                                   Type A.             system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps  Table II Sealed     S7.3.3 Type B
 Type B.                           beam headlamps      headlighting
                                   Type B.             system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps  Table II Sealed     S7.3.4 Type C
 Type C.                           beam headlamps      headlighting
                                   Type C.             system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps  Table II Sealed     S7.3.5 Type D
 Type D.                           beam headlamps      headlighting
                                   Type D.             system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps  Table II Sealed     S7.3.6 Type E
 Type E.                           beam headlamps      headlighting
                                   Type E.             system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps  Table II Sealed     S7.3.7 Type F
 Type F.                           beam headlamps      headlighting
                                   Type F.             system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps  Table II Sealed     S7.3.8 Type G
 Type G.                           beam headlamps      headlighting
                                   Type G.             system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps  Table II Sealed     S7.3.9 Type H
 Type H.                           beam headlamps      headlighting
                                   Type H.             system.
Table II-b Combination            Table II            S7.6.2.
 headlamps--2 lamp system.         Combination
                                   headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system.
Table II-b Combination            Table II            S7.6.3.
 headlamps--4 lamp system.         Combination
                                   headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system.
Table II-c Integral beam          Table II Integral   S7.4(a)(2).
 headlamps--2 lamp system.         beam headlamps--2
                                   lamp system.
Table II-c Integral beam          Table II Integral   S7.4(a)(1)(i).
 headlamps--4 lamp system.         beam headlamps--4
                                   lamp system.
Table II-c Integral beam          Table II Integral   S7.4(a)(1)(iii).
 headlamps--4 lamp system U & L.   beam headlamps--4
                                   lamp system U & L.
Table II-c Integral beam          Table II Integral   S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
 headlamps--4 lamp system--        beam headlamps--4
 simultaneous activation.          lamp system--
                                   simultaneous
                                   activation.
Table II-c Integral beam          Table II Integral   S7.4(a)(3).
 headlamps--beam contributor       beam headlamps--
 system.                           beam contributor
                                   system.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb       Table II            Figure 26.
 headlamps--2 lamp system--with    Replaceable bulb
 HB2.                              headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system--with HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb       Table II            S7.5(e).
 headlamps--2 lamp system--with    Replaceable bulb
 HB2.                              headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system--with HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb       Table II            Figure 26.
 headlamps--2 lamp system--        Replaceable bulb
 without HB2.                      headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system--without
                                   HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb       Table II            S7.5(d).
 headlamps--2 lamp system--        Replaceable bulb
 without HB2.                      headlamps--2 lamp
                                   system--without
                                   HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb       Table II            Figure 26.
 headlamps--4 lamp system--with    Replaceable bulb
 HB2.                              headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system--with HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb       Table II            S7.5(e).
 headlamps--4 lamp system--with    Replaceable bulb
 HB2.                              headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system--with HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb       Table II            Figure 26.
 headlamps--4 lamp system--        Replaceable bulb
 without HB2.                      headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system--without
                                   HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb       Table II            S7.5(d).
 headlamps--4 lamp system--        Replaceable bulb
 without HB2.                      headlamps--4 lamp
                                   system--without
                                   HB2.
Table II footnote 1.............  Table II footnote   S5.5.8.
                                   1.
Table II footnote 2.............  Table II footnote   S7.4(d).
                                   2.
Table II footnote 3.............  Table II footnote   S5.5.8.
                                   3.
Table II footnote 4.............  Table II footnote   S5.5.8.
                                   4.
Table II footnote 5.............  Table II footnote   S5.5.8.
                                   5.
Table II footnote 6.............  Table II footnote   S7.4(a)(3).
                                   6.
Table II footnote 7.............  Omitted...........  S7.4(a)(3).
Table III Marking Requirements    New table.........  New table.
 Locations [New Table--points to
 marking requirements].
Table IV-a Front turn signal      Table IV Front      S5.1.1.25 Motor
 lamp--Effective projected         turn signal lamp--  cycle turn signal
 luminous lens area.               Effective           lamp EPLLA.
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Front turn signal      Table IV Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--Effective projected         turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.3.2.
 luminous lens area.               Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Front turn signal      Table IV Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--Effective projected         turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.3.2.
 luminous lens area.               Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Rear turn signal       Table IV Rear turn  S5.1.1.25 Motor
 lamp--Effective projected         signal lamp--       cycle turn signal
 luminous lens area.               Effective           lamp EPLLA.
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Rear turn signal       Table IV Rear turn  S5.1.1.26(a).
 lamp--Effective projected         signal lamp--
 luminous lens area.               Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.

[[Page 68434]]

 
Table IV-a Rear turn signal       Table IV Rear turn  S5.1.1.26(b).
 lamp--Effective projected         signal lamp--
 luminous lens area.               Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Rear turn signal       Table IV Rear turn  SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--Effective projected         signal lamp--       1985, 5.3.2.
 luminous lens area.               Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Stop lamp--Effective   Table IV Stop lamp- S5.1.1.22 Motor
 projected luminous lens area.     Effective           driven cycle stop
                                   projected           lamp exemptions.
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Stop lamp--Effective   Table IV Stop       S5.1.1.26(a).
 projected luminous lens area.     lamp--Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Stop lamp--Effective   Table IV Stop       S5.1.1.26(b).
 projected luminous lens area.     lamp--Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-a Stop lamp--Effective   Table IV Stop       SAE J1398, May
 projected luminous lens area.     lamp--Effective     1985, 5.3.2.
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-b High mounted stop      Table IV High       S5.1.1.27(a)(1).
 lamp--Effective projected         mounted stop
 luminous lens area.               lamp--Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-b High mounted stop      Table IV High       S5.1.1.27(b)(1).
 lamp--Effective projected         mounted stop
 luminous lens area.               lamp--Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV-c School bus signal      Table IV School     SAE J887, Jul
 lamp--Effective projected         bus signal lamp--   1964.
 luminous lens area.               Effective
                                   projected
                                   luminous lens
                                   area.
Table IV footnote 1.............  Table IV footnote   S5.1.1.22 Motor
                                   1.                  driven cycle stop
                                                       lamp exemptions.
Table V-a Backup lamp visibility  Table V Backup      S5.3.2(e).
                                   lamp visibility.
Table V-a High mounted stop lamp  Table V High        S5.3.2(c).
 visibility.                       mounted stop lamp
                                   visibility.
Table V-a High mounted stop lamp  Table V High        S5.3.2(d).
 visibility.                       mounted stop lamp
                                   visibility.
Table V-a HMSL--Visibility......  Table V HMSL--      S5.1.1.27(a)(2).
                                   Visibility.
Table V-a HMSL--Visibility......  Table V HMSL--      S5.1.1.27(b)(2).
                                   Visibility.
Table V-a School bus signal lamp  Table V School bus  SAE J887, Jul
 visibility.                       signal lamp         1964.
                                   visibility.
Table V-b SAE stop lamp           Table V SAE stop    SAE J1398, May
 visibility.                       lamp visibility.    1985, 5.4.1.
Table V-b SAE stop lamp           Table V SAE stop    SAE J586, Feb
 visibility.                       lamp visibility.    1984, 5.4.1.
Table V-b SAE taillamp            Table V SAE         SAE J585e, Sep
 visibility.                       taillamp            1977, 4.
                                   visibility.
Table V-b SAE turn signal lamp    Table V SAE turn    SAE J1395, Apr
 visibility.                       signal lamp         1985, 5.4.1.
                                   visibility.
Table V-b SAE turn signal lamp    Table V SAE turn    SAE J588, Nov
 visibility.                       signal lamp         1984, 5.4.1.
                                   visibility.
Table V-c Lens area visibility..  Table V Lens area   Figure 19.
                                   visibility.
Table V-c Lens area visibility..  Table V Lens area   S5.3.2(b)(1).
                                   visibility.
Table V-d Luminous intensity      Table V Luminous    Figure 20.
 visibility.                       intensity
                                   visibility.
Table V-d Luminous intensity      Table V Luminous    S5.3.2(b)(2).
 visibility.                       intensity
                                   visibility.
Table V footnote 1..............  Table V footnote 1  New language.
Table V footnote 2..............  Table V footnote 2  S5.3.2.3.
Table V footnote 3..............  Table V footnote 3  Figure 19,
                                                       footnote 2.
Table V footnote 4..............  Table V footnote 4  Figure 20,
                                                       footnote 2.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--Base group photometry.      turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 1.
                                   Base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--Base group photometry.      turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 1.
                                   Base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--Base individual point       turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 3.
 photometry.                       Base individual
                                   point photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--Base individual point       turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 3.
 photometry.                       Base individual
                                   point photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--1.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.1.5.4.
 photometry.                       1.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--1.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 2.
 photometry.                       1.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--1.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.1.5.4.
 photometry.                       1.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--1.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 2.
 photometry.                       1.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--1.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.1.5.4.
 point photometry.                 1.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--1.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 2.
 point photometry.                 1.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--1.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.1.5.4.
 point photometry.                 1.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--1.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 2.
 point photometry.                 1.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--2 x base group photometry.  turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.1.5.4.
                                   2 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--2 x base group photometry.  turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 2.
                                   2 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--2 x base group photometry.  turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.1.5.4.
                                   2 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--2 x base group photometry.  turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 2.
                                   2 x base zone
                                   photometry.

[[Page 68435]]

 
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--2 x base individual point   turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.1.5.4.
 photometry.                       2 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--2 x base individual point   turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 2.
 photometry.                       2 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--2 x base individual point   turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.1.5.4.
 photometry.                       2 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--2 x base individual point   turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 2.
 photometry.                       2 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      S5.3.1.7 Turn
 lamp--2.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  signal spacing.
 photometry.                       2.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--2.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.1.5.4.
 photometry.                       2.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--2.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 2.
 photometry.                       2.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--2.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.1.5.4.
 photometry.                       2.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--2.5 x base group            turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 2.
 photometry.                       2.5 x base zone
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      S5.3.1.7 Turn
 lamp--2.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  signal spacing.
 point photometry.                 2.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--2.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.1.5.4.
 point photometry.                 2.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 lamp--2.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 2.
 point photometry.                 2.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--2.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.1.5.4.
 point photometry.                 2.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal      Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 lamp--2.5 x base individual       turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 2.
 point photometry.                 2.5 x base
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VI Front turn signal lamp-- Table VI Front      SAE J1395, Apr
 Photometric ratio.                turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.1.5.2.
                                   Photometric ratio.
Table VI Front turn signal lamp-- Table VI Front      SAE J588, Nov
 Photometric ratio.                turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.1.5.3.
                                   Photometric ratio.
Table VI footnote 1.............  Table VI footnote   SAE J588, Nov
                                   1.                  1984, Table 1,
                                                       footnote a; SAE
                                                       J1395, Apr 1985,
                                                       footnote a.
Table VI footnote 2.............  Table VI footnote   SAE J575e, Aug
                                   2.                  1970, J.
Table VI footnote 3.............  Table VI footnote   S5.3.2.3.
                                   3.
Table VI footnote 4.............  Table VI footnote   SAE J1395, Apr
                                   4.                  1985, 5.1.5.2.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J1395, Apr
 Red lamp individual point         turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 3.
 photometry.                       Red lamp
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J588, Nov
 Red lamp individual point         turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 3.
 photometry.                       Red lamp
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J1395, Apr
 Red lamp group photometry.        turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 1.
                                   Red lamp zone
                                   photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J588, Nov
 Red lamp group photometry.        turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 1.
                                   Red lamp zone
                                   photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J1395, Apr
 Amber lamp individual point       turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 3.
 photometry.                       Amber lamp
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J588, Nov
 Amber lamp individual point       turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 3.
 photometry.                       Amber lamp
                                   individual point
                                   photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J1395, Apr
 Amber lamp group photometry.      turn signal lamp--  1985, Table 1.
                                   Amber lamp zone
                                   photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J588, Nov
 Amber lamp group photometry.      turn signal lamp--  1984, Table 1.
                                   Amber lamp zone
                                   photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J1395, Apr
 Photometric ratio.                turn signal lamp--  1985, 5.1.5.2.
                                   Photometric ratio.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear      SAE J588, Nov
 Photometric ratio.                turn signal lamp--  1984, 5.1.5.3.
                                   Photometric ratio.
Table VII footnote 1............  Table VII footnote  SAE J588, Nov
                                   1.                  1984, Table 1,
                                                       footnote a; SAE
                                                       J1395, Apr 1985
                                                       footnote a.
Table VII footnote 2............  Table VII footnote  SAE J575e, Aug
                                   2.                  1970, J.
Table VII footnote 3............  Table VII footnote  S5.3.2.3.
                                   3.
Table VII footnote 4............  Table VII footnote  SAE J588, Nov
                                   4.                  1984, Table 1,
                                                       footnote b; SAE
                                                       J1395, Apr 1985
                                                       footnote b.
Table VII footnote 5............  Table VII footnote  SAE J588, Nov
                                   5.                  1984, Table 1;
                                                       SAE J1395, Apr
                                                       1985, Table 1.
Table VII footnote 6............  Table VII footnote  S5.1.1.1; SAE
                                   6.                  J588e, Sep 1970,
                                                       3.9.1; SAE J1395,
                                                       Apr 1985,
                                                       5.1.5.3.
Table VII footnote 7............  Table VII footnote  SAE J1395, Apr
                                   7.                  1985, 5.1.5.2.
Table VII footnote 8............  Table VII footnote  SAE J588, Nov
                                   8.                  1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                                       SAE J1395, Apr
                                                       1985, 5.1.5.2.

[[Page 68436]]

 
Table VIII Taillamp--Individual   Table VIII          Figure 1a.
 point photometry.                 Taillamp--Individ
                                   ual point
                                   photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Individual   Table VIII          Figure 1b.
 point photometry.                 Taillamp--Individ
                                   ual point
                                   photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Individual   Table VIII          Figure 1c.
 point photometry.                 Taillamp--Individ
                                   ual point
                                   photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Group        Table VIII          Figure 1a.
 photometry.                       Taillamp--Zone
                                   photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Group        Table VIII          Figure 1b.
 photometry.                       Taillamp--Zone
                                   photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Group        Table VIII          Figure 1c.
 photometry.                       Taillamp--Zone
                                   photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Maximum      Table VIII          Figure 1b,
 photometric intensity.            Taillamp--Maximum   footnote 1.
                                   photometric
                                   intensity.
Table VIII footnote 1...........  Table VIII          SAE J575e, Aug
                                   footnote 1.         1970, J.
Table VIII footnote 2...........  Table VIII          S5.1.1.6.
                                   footnote 2.
Table VIII footnote 3...........  Table VIII          S5.3.2.3.
                                   footnote 3.
Table VIII footnote 4...........  Omitted...........  SAE J585e, Sep
                                                       1977, Table 1,
                                                       footnote 5.
Table IX Stop lamp--Individual    Table IX Stop       SAE J1398, May
 point photometry.                 lamp--Individual    1985, Table 1.
                                   point photometry.
Table IX Stop lamp--Individual    Table IX Stop       SAE J586, Feb
 point photometry.                 lamp--Individual    1984, Table 1.
                                   point photometry.
Table IX Stop lamp--Group         Table IX Stop       SAE J1398, May
 photometry.                       lamp--Zone          1985, Table 1.
                                   photometry.
Table IX Stop lamp--Group         Table IX Stop       SAE J586, Feb
 photometry.                       lamp--Zone          1984, Table 1.
                                   photometry.
Table IX Stop lamp--Photometric   Table IX Stop       SAE J1398, May
 ratio.                            lamp--Photometric   1985, 5.1.5.2.
                                   ratio.
Table IX Stop lamp--Photometric   Table IX Stop       SAE J586, Feb
 ratio.                            lamp--Photometric   1984, 5.1.5.3.
                                   ratio.
Table IX footnote 1.............  Table IX footnote   SAE J586, Feb
                                   1.                  1984, Table 1,
                                                       footnote a; SAE
                                                       J1398, May 1985,
                                                       footnote a.
Table IX footnote 2.............  Table IX footnote   SAE J575e, Aug
                                   2.                  1970, J.
Table IX footnote 3.............  Table IX footnote   SAE J586, Feb
                                   3.                  1984, Table 1,
                                                       footnote b; SAE
                                                       J1398, May 1985,
                                                       footnote b.
Table IX footnote 4.............  Table IX footnote   S5.3.2.3.
                                   4.
Table IX footnote 5.............  Table IX footnote   SAE J586, Feb
                                   7.                  1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, 5.1.5.2.
Table IX footnote 6.............  Table IX footnote   SAE J586, Feb
                                   6.                  1984, 5.1.5.3;
                                                       SAE J1398, May
                                                       1985, 5.1.5.2.
Table X Red side marker lamp      Table X Red side    SAE J592e, Jul
 photometry.                       marker lamp         1972, Table 1.
                                   photometry.
Table X Amber side marker lamp    Table X Amber side  SAE J592e, Jul
 photometry.                       marker lamp         1972, Table 1.
                                   photometry.
Table X footnote 1..............  Table X footnote 1  S5.1.1.8; SAE
                                                       J592e, Jul 1972,
                                                       Table 1, footnote
                                                       b.
Table X footnote 2..............  Table X footnote 2  SAE J575d, Aug
                                                       1967, J.
Table X footnote 3..............  Table X footnote 3  S5.3.2.3.
Table XI Red clearance and        Table XI Red        SAE J592e, Jul
 identification lamp photometry.   clearance and       1972, Table 1.
                                   identification
                                   lamp photometry.
Table XI Amber clearance and      Table XI Amber      SAE J592e, Jul
 identification lamp photometry.   clearance and       1972, Table 1.
                                   identification
                                   lamp photometry.
Table XI footnote 1.............  Table XI footnote   S5.3.2.3.
                                   1.
Table XI footnote 2.............  Table XI footnote   SAE J575d, Aug
                                   2.                  1967, J.
Table XI footnote 3.............  Table XI footnote   SAE J592e, Jul
                                   3.                  1972, Table 1,
                                                       footnote a.
Table XI footnote 4.............  Table XI footnote   S5.3.2.1.
                                   4.
Table XII Single lamp system--    Table XII Single    S5.1.1.18 Backup
 Individual point photometry.      backup lamp         lamp photometry.
                                   system--Individua
                                   l point
                                   photometry.
Table XII Single lamp system--    Table XII Single    SAE J593c, Feb
 Individual point photometry.      backup lamp         1968, Table 1,
                                   system--Individua   footnote a.
                                   l point
                                   photometry.
Table XII Single lamp system--    Table XII Single    Figure 2, footnote
 Group photometry.                 backup lamp         1.
                                   system--Zone
                                   photometry.
Table XII Two lamp systems--Each  Table XII Two       S5.1.1.18 Backup
 lamp--Individual point            backup lamp         lamp photometry.
 photometry.                       system--Individua
                                   l point
                                   photometry.
Table XII Two lamp systems--Each  Table XII Two       SAE J593c, Feb
 lamp--Individual point            backup lamp         1968, Table 1,
 photometry.                       system--Individua   footnote b.
                                   l point
                                   photometry.
Table XII Two lamp system--Each   Table XII Two       Figure 2, footnote
 lamp--Group photometry.           backup lamp         1.
                                   system--Zone
                                   photometry.
Table XII Backup lamp--Maximum    Table XII Backup    SAE J593c, Feb
 photometric intensity any         lamp--Maximum       1968, Table 1,
 single lamp.                      photometric         footnote c.
                                   intensity.
Table XII footnote 1............  Table XII footnote  SAE J575d, Aug
                                   1.                  1967, J.
Table XII footnote 2............  Table XII footnote  Figure 2, footnote
                                   2.                  1.
Table XII footnote 3............  Table XII footnote  Figure 2, footnote
                                   3.                  1.
Table XII footnote 4............  Table XII footnote  S5.1.1.18 Backup
                                   4.                  lamp photometry.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle turn      S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1  S5.1.1.7
 signal lamp--Individual point                         Motorcycle turn
 photometry.                                           signal lamp.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle turn      S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1  S5.1.1.7
 signal lamp--Group photometry.                        Motorcycle turn
                                                       signal lamp.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle turn      S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1  S5.1.1.7
 signal lamp--Photometric ratio.                       Motorcycle turn
                                                       signal lamp.

[[Page 68437]]

 
Table XIII-b Motorcycle stop      Table IX Stop       SAE J586, Feb
 lamp--Photometric ratio.          lamp--Photometric   1984, 5.1.5.3.
                                   ratio.
Table XIII-b Motor driven cycle   Table IX Motor      S5.1.1.22 Motor
 stop lamp--Group photometry.      driven cycle stop   driven cycle stop
                                   lamp zone           lamp exemptions.
                                   photometry.
Table XIII-a footnote 1.........  Standard note--new  SAE J586, Feb
                                   table.              1984, Table 1,
                                                       footnote a; SAE
                                                       J588, Nov 1984,
                                                       Table 1 footnote
                                                       a.
Table XIII-a footnote 2.........  Standard note--new  SAE J575e, Aug
                                   table.              1970, J.
Table XIII-a footnote 3, Table    Standard note--new  SAE J586, Feb
 XIII footnote 1.                  table.              1984, Table 1,
                                                       footnote b.
Table XIII-a footnote 4, Table    Standard note--new  S5.3.2.3.
 XIII-b footnote 2.                table.
Table XIII-b footnote 3.........  Table IX footnote   S5.1.1.22;
                                   5.                  Interpretation--P
                                                       arkyn 6/1/98.
Table XIII-a footnote 5, Table    Table IX footnote   SAE J586, Feb
 XIII-b footnote 4.                7.                  1984, 5.1.5.3.
Table XIV Parking lamp--          Table XIV Parking   Figures 1a, 1b,
 Individual point photometry.      lamp--Individual    and 1c.
                                   point photometry.
Table XIV Parking lamp--Group     Table XIV Parking   Figures 1a, 1b,
 photometry.                       lamp--Zone          and 1c.
                                   photometry.
Table XIV Parking lamp--Maximum   Table XIV Parking   Figure 1b,
 photometric intensity.            lamp--Maximum       footnote 2.
                                   photometric
                                   intensity.
Table XIV footnote 1............  Table XIV footnote  SAE J575d, Aug
                                   1.                  1967, J.
Table XIV footnote 2............  Table XIV footnote  S5.1.1.6.
                                   2.
Table XIV footnote 3............  Table XIV footnote  S5.3.2.3.
                                   3.
Table XV High mounted stop lamp-- Table XV High       Figure 10.
 Individual point photometry.      mounted stop
                                   lamp--Individual
                                   point photometry.
Table XV High mounted stop lamp-- Table XV High       Figure 10.
 Group photometry.                 mounted stop
                                   lamp--Zone
                                   photometry.
Table XV footnote 1.............  Table XV footnote   SAE J575e, Aug
                                   1.                  1970, J.
Table XV footnote 2.............  Table XV footnote   Figure 10,
                                   2.                  footnote 2.
Table XV footnote 3.............  Table XV footnote   S5.1.1.27(b)(3).
                                   3.
Table XV footnote 4.............  Table XV footnote   Figure 10,
                                   4.                  footnote 1.
Table XVI-a Red reflex reflector  Table XVI Red       SAE J594f, Jan
 photometry.                       reflex reflector    1977, Tables 1
                                   photometry.         and 1A.
Table XVI-a Amber reflex          Table XVI Amber     SAE J594f, Jan
 reflector photometry.             reflex reflector    1977, Table 1,
                                   photometry.         footnote a.
Table XVI-a Amber reflex          Table XVI Amber     SAE J594f, Jan
 reflector photometry.             reflex reflector    1977, Table 1A,
                                   photometry.         footnote a.
Table XVI-a White reflex          Table XVI White     SAE J594f, Jan
 reflector photometry.             reflex reflector    1977, Table 1,
                                   photometry.         footnote a.
Table XVI-a White reflex          Table XVI White     SAE J594f, Jan
 reflector photometry.             reflex reflector    1977, Table 1A,
                                   photometry.         footnote a
Table XVI-a footnote 1..........  Table XVI footnote  S5.3.2.3.
                                   1.
Table XVI-b Red conspicuity       Table XVI Red       S5.7.2.1(b).
 reflex reflector photometry.      conspicuity
                                   reflex reflector
                                   photometry.
Table XVI-b White horizontal      Table XVI White     S5.7.2.1(c).
 conspicuity reflex reflector      horizontal
 photometry.                       conspicuity
                                   reflex reflector
                                   photometry.
Table XVI-b White vertical        Table XVI White     S5.7.2.1(d).
 conspicuity reflex reflector      vertical
 photometry.                       conspicuity
                                   reflex reflector
                                   photometry.
Table XVI-c Red C2 sheeting       Table XVI Red C2    S5.7.1.2; Figure
 photometry.                       sheeting            29.
                                   photometry.
Table XVI-c Red C3 sheeting       Table XVI Red C3    S5.7.1.2; Figure
 photometry.                       sheeting            29.
                                   photometry.
Table XVI-c Red C4 sheeting       Table XVI Red C4    S5.7.1.2; Figure
 photometry.                       sheeting            29.
                                   photometry.
Table XVI-c White C2 sheeting     Table XVI White C2  S5.7.1.2; Figure
 photometry.                       sheeting            29.
                                   photometry.
Table XVI-c White C3 sheeting     Table XVI White C3  S5.7.1.2; Figure
 photometry.                       sheeting            29.
                                   photometry.
Table XVI-c White C4 sheeting     Table XVI White C4  S5.7.1.2; Figure
 photometry.                       sheeting            29.
                                   photometry.
Table XVII School bus signal      Table XVII School   SAE J887, Jul
 lamp photometry.                  bus signal lamp     1964, Table 1.
                                   photometry.
Table XVII Red lamp photometry..  Table XVII Red      SAE J575d, Aug
                                   lamp photometry.    1967, J.
Table XVII Amber lamp photometry  Table XVII Amber    S5.1.4(b).
                                   lamp photometry.
Table XVII footnote 1...........  Table XVII          S5.3.2.3.
                                   footnote 1.
Table XVII footnote 2...........  Table XVII          SAE J575d, Aug
                                   footnote 2.         1967, J.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 15-1.
 i>1 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>1
                                   photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 15-2.
 i>1 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>1
                                   photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 17-1.
 i>2 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>2
                                   photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 17-2.
 i>2 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>2
                                   photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 27-1.
 i>3 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>3
                                   photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 27-2.
 i>3 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>3
                                   photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 28-1, Types
 i>4 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>4     1A1, 1C1, and
                                   photometry.         1G1.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 28-2, Types
 i>4 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>4     1A1, 1C1, and
                                   photometry.         1G1.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 28-1, Types
 i>5 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>5     2A1, 2C1, and
                                   photometry.         2G1.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 28-2, Types
 i>5 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>5     2A1, 2C1, and
                                   photometry.         2G1.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 15-1.
 i>6 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>6
                                   photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   Figure 15-2.
 i>6 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>6
                                   photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam <greek-    Table XVIII Upper   S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
 i>6 photometry.                   beam <greek-i>6
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 15-1.
 i>1M photometry.                  beam <greek-i>1M
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 15-2.
 i>1V photometry.                  beam <greek-i>1V
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 17-1.
 i>2M photometry.                  beam <greek-i>2M
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 17-2.
 i>2V photometry.                  beam <greek-i>2V
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 28-2, Types
 i>2V photometry.                  beam <greek-i>2V    2A1, 2C1 and 2G1.
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 27-1.
 i>3M photometry.                  beam <greek-i>3M
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 27-2.
 i>3V photometry.                  beam <greek-i>3V
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 28-2, Types
 i>4M photometry.                  beam <greek-i>4M    2A1, 2C1, and
                                   photometry.         2G1.

[[Page 68438]]

 
Table XIX-c Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 15-2.
 i>4V photometry.                  beam <greek-i>4V
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-c Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
 i>4V photometry.                  beam <greek-i>4V
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     Figure 15-1.
 i>5M photometry.                  beam <greek-i>5M
                                   photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam <greek-    Table XIX Lower     S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
 i>5M photometry.                  beam <greek-i>5M
                                   photometry.
Table XIX 10[deg] U-90[deg] U     Table XIX 10[deg]   Interpretation--Sp
 Test area.                        U-90[deg] U Test    ingler 7/2/99.
                                   area.
Table XX Motorcycle photometry..  Table XX            Figure 32.
                                   Motorcycle
                                   photometry.
Table XX Motor driven cycle       Table XX Motor      Figure 32.
 photometry.                       driven cycle
                                   photometry.
Table XX Motor driven cycle with  Table XX Motor      Figure 32.
 single lamp photometry.           driven cycle with
                                   single lamp
                                   photometry.
Redundant--eliminated...........  S8.1.1              S7.3.
                                   Headlighting
                                   system type.
Redundant--eliminated...........  S8.1.1              S7.4.
                                   Headlighting
                                   system type.
Redundant--eliminated...........  S8.1.1              S7.5.
                                   Headlighting
                                   system type.
Redundant--eliminated...........  S8.1.1              S7.6.
                                   Headlighting
                                   system type.
Redundant--eliminated...........  S8.1.2 Headlamp     S7.3.
                                   category.
Redundant--eliminated...........  S8.1.2 Headlamp     S7.4.
                                   category.
Redundant--eliminated...........  S8.1.2 Headlamp     S7.5.
                                   category.
Redundant--eliminated...........  S8.1.2 Headlamp     S7.6.
                                   category.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   Figure 11.
 C.                                564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   Figure 12.
 C.                                564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   Figure 13.
 C.                                564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   Figure 14.
 C.                                564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   Figure 18.
 C.                                564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   Figure 21.
 C.                                564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, 5.3.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 10.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 11.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 11.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 12.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 13.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 14.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 15.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 5.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 6.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 7.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 8.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix   Relocated to Part   SAE J1383, Apr
 C.                                564, Appendix C.    1985, Figure 9.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      Appendix C.--List of Figures
         [Current FMVSS No. 108 is 49 CFR 571.108, Oct. 1, 2006]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Figure No.                              Title
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...................  CHROMATICITY DIAGRAM [SAE J578c, FEB 1977, FIGURE
                       1].
2...................  FLASHER PERFORMANCE CHART [SAE J590b, OCT 1965,
                       FIGURE 1].
3...................  REPLACEABLE BULB HEADLAMP AIM PADS [CURRRENT FMVSS
                       108 FIG. 4-1 TO 4-4].
4...................  HEADLAMP CONNECTOR TEST SETUP [SAE J580, DEC 1986,
                       FIGURE 1].
5...................  HEADLAMP ABRASION TEST FIXTURE [CURRENT FMVSS 108
                       FIGURE 5].
6...................  THERMAL CYCLE TEST PROFILE [CURRENT FMVSS 108
                       FIGURE 6].
7...................  DIRT/AMBIENT TEST SETUP [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE
                       7].
8...................  REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
                       [CURRENT FMVSS 108 FIGURE 8].
9...................  ENVIROMENTAL TEST PROFILE [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE
                       9].
10..................  REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE PRESSURE TEST SETUP
                       [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 25].
11..................  TRAILER CONSPICUITY TREATMENT EXAMPLES [CURRENT
                       FMVSS108 FIGURES 30-1 TO 30-4].
12-1................  TRAILER CONSPICUITY DETAIL I [NEW].
12-2................  TRAILER CONSPICUITY DETAIL II [NEW].
13..................  TRACTOR CONSPICUITY TREATMENT EXAMPLES [CURRENT
                       FMVSS108 FIGURE 31].
14..................  92 x 150 HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
                       [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 16].
15..................  TYPES G AND H HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
                       [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 22].
16..................  TYPES A AND E HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
                       [SAE J580, DEC 1986, FIGURE 3].
17..................  TYPE B HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP [SAE
                       J580, DEC 1986, FIGURE 4].
18..................  TYPES C AND D HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
                       [SAE J580, DEC 1986, FIGURE 2].
19..................  LICENSE PLATE LAMP TARGET LOCATIONS [SAE J587, OCT
                       1981, FIGURES 1 & 2].
20..................  LICENSE PLATE LAMP MEASUREMENT OF INCIDENT LIGHT
                       ANGLE [SAE J587, OCT 1981, FIGURE 3].
21..................  VIBRATION TEST MACHINE [SAE J577, APRIL 1964,
                       FIGURE 1 & TABLE 1].
22..................  FLASHER STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT [SAE J823b, APRIL
                       1968, FIGURE 1].
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 68439]]

 
             FIGURES TO INCORPORATE IN 49 CFR 564 APPENDIX C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
LF HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 11]
 [INCLUDES TYPE F NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE LOCATING PLATE
 INFORMATION].
UF HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 12].
LF/UF MOUNTING FEATURES [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 13].
LF/UF MOUNTING RING [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 14].
TYPE G & H HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [CURRENT FMVSS 108 FIGURE
 18].
TYPE G & H HEADLAMP MOUNTING INFORMATION [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 21].
TYPE 1A1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
 11].
TYPE 2A1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
 10] [INCLUDES 100 mm X 165 mm NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE
 LOCATING PLATE INFORMATION].
TYPE 2B1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
 13] [INCLUDES 142 mm X 200 mm NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE
 LOCATING PLATE INFORMATION].
TYPE 1C1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
 7] [INCLUDES 178 mm DIA. NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE LOCATING
 PLATE INFORMATION].
TYPE 2C1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
 8].
TYPE 2D1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
 5] [INCLUDES 146 mm DIA. NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE LOCATING
 PLATE INFORMATION].
TYPE 2E1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
 15].
TYPES 1A1, 2A1, AND 2E1 HEADLAMP MOUNTING RING/LAMP BODY DIMENSIONAL
 INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE 12].
TYPE 2B1 HEADLAMP MOUNTING RING/LAMP BODY DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE
 J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE 14].
TYPES 1C1 AND 2C1 HEADLAMP MOUNTING RING/LAMP BODY DIMENSIONAL
 INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE 9].
TYPE 2D1 HEADLAMP MOUNTING RING/LAMP BODY DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE
 J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE 6].
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[FR Doc. 07-5644 Filed 12-3-07; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-59-P